Measurement Quantization:
A Count-Based Resolution of the Quantum Measurement Problem
Jody A. Geiger
Informativity Institute
Chicago, IL USA 60605
jodygeiger@informativity.org
ORCID: 0000–0001–5389–0447
ABSTRACT
Measurement Quantization (MQ) resolves the quantum measurement problem through conserved, pre-probabilistic relational counts on a non-spatiotemporal Internal Frame mapped through an admissible Frames mapping to a System Frame measure, not through discreteness alone. Normalization gives outcome weights; completed contextual realization plus an exclusive outcome partition induce a single-valued record map whose pushforward distribution equals those weights, identifying empirical probabilities, with restriction and renormalization afterward. The wave function is constructed as an amplitude-phase representation; arbitrary-observable Born rule follows after Hilbert completion through spectral/POVM representation. Schrödinger-form evolution is conditionally selected with independently fixed phase-action scale. Translation covariance yields Weyl relations and
rather than postulated canonical kinematics. A Lorentz-covariant System Frame completion on emergent metric yields Klein–Gordon and Dirac sectors. Combining L=ħ/2, rotational covariance, and Clifford factorization fixes S2=3ħ2/4 and j=1/2, yielding Pauli generators, 4πperiodicity, Stern–Gerlach probabilities, conserved positive hypersurface current, and the Pauli–Schrödinger limit without primitive spin. Local composition extends to observable algebras: GNS fixes representations, Fock space is recovered in free/stationary regimes, U(1) charge labels superselection, and MQ Maxwell sector supplies QED; non-Abelian and Standard-Model completion are not claimed. Composite availability is non-factorizable, reproducing Bell–CHSH violations with measurement independence and operational no-signaling. Novelty is the closed count-to-record architecture across probability, realization, dynamics, Bell correlations, and parameter-free finite-count metrology. MQ predicts upper-count gravitational transition frequencies 11.6426596 ppm above standard quantum mechanics, untested at required precision. Finally, finite distinguishability, additive composition, relational relabeling invariance, closed conservation, and no primitive weighting field uniquely select nonnegative integer multiplicity as minimal finite-domain pre-probabilistic carrier.
Keywords: Measurement Quantization, quantum foundations, measurement problem, Bell correlations, measurement, wave function
1. INTRODUCTION
Quantum mechanics is among the most empirically successful frameworks in the history of physics, yet the ontological status of its foundational object, the wave function, remains unresolved [1–4]. Whether the wave function represents a physical entity, a state of knowledge, or a representational structure remains an open question despite nearly a century of experimental confirmation. This ambiguity underlies persistent tensions surrounding the measurement problem and the emergence of classical behavior from quantum systems [5–8].
Standard quantum theory encodes physical dynamics in a continuous wave function defined over configuration space and governed by linear evolution together with probabilistic measurement rules. While operationally successful, this structure leaves unresolved foundational questions regarding the origin of quantization, the role of discreteness, and the emergence of single stable measurement records from unitary quantum evolution. In particular, quantum mechanics presupposes probabilistic outcomes and the Born rule [1] without deriving a deeper kinematic origin for either.
A central unresolved issue in standard implementations of quantum mechanics is that unitary evolution can produce entangled superpositions of system–apparatus record states, whereas completed measurements yield single stable records unless the formalism is supplemented by collapse, branching, hidden-variable structure, or another account of outcome realization. This tension constitutes the measurement consistency problem developed formally in Sec. 2.5 and Appx. B [22].
The issue is well established in the measurement-problem literature. Schlosshauer emphasizes that decoherence suppresses interference without, by itself, settling the outcome problem [7]; Adler argues explicitly that decoherence does not solve the measurement problem [9]; and Gomes likewise identifies the incompatibility between unitary evolution and definite outcomes as requiring a physical account of outcome selection [10]. Bell-related results further require any viable framework reproducing quantum predictions to accommodate nonclassical correlations while preserving operational no-signaling [3,16].
Measurement Quantization (MQ) [11] addresses this problem by treating the wave function as derived rather than primitive. Its primitive structure is conserved count structure in the Internal Frame, while wave-function encoding, probability density, amplitudes, phase structure, operators, and empirical records arise only after realization in the System Frame. The two domains are related by the Frames mapping (Appx. A.2–A.4). For a completed measurement, contextual realization together with the mutually exclusive outcome partition establishes one record class; restriction and renormalization then condition subsequent predictions on that realized record rather than introducing fundamental collapse dynamics (Secs. 3.1–3.2.1; Appx. H.3–H.9). The same MQ publication develops multiple quantitative constructions from this framework [11], but those constructions are not presumed to be statistically independent empirical tests.
Many programs already reconstruct quantum structure from nonstandard primitives, including deterministic discrete models, exact-uncertainty and Fisher-information schemes, stochastic mechanics, entropic dynamics, scale-relativity constructions, hydrodynamic reformulations, causal-set approaches, and operational or informational reconstructions [15,53–59,72,91]. Accordingly, the novelty claimed here is not discreteness, an emergent wave-function representation, recovery of the Schrödinger equation, or outcome actualization by itself, but the conjunction of the complete MQ derivational chain.
That claim is specific. MQ begins with conserved measurement-availability counts carrying neither probability nor spacetime geometry. An admissible Frames mapping produces a realized measure whose normalization yields relative outcome weights; their empirical probability meaning follows only when completed contextual realization and the measurable outcome partition induce one record label and the pushforward of the same complete-interaction count measure yields the identical label distribution. Post-outcome restriction and renormalization then update predictions. Composite mapped availability yields non-factorizable Bell statistics while preparation remains measurement independent and the realized marginals remain operationally no-signaling; the same architecture also fixes the coefficient-resolved non-relativistic quantum correspondence and finite-count metrological predictions without target-specific adjustable parameters. Secs. 4.4–4.6 and Appx. AU compare these elements with representative reconstruction programs. No priority is claimed for any individual mathematical device.
The count premise is likewise bounded. MQ asks for the minimal pre-metric, pre-probabilistic carrier representing finitely distinguishable stable-record precursors whose multiplicities compose additively, are invariant under relational relabeling, and are conserved under closed redistribution. Sec. 2.4.1 and Appx. W show that, under those conditions, Theorem 2.1 selects the free commutative multiplicity structure of finite relational units, canonically represented by nonnegative integer counts. The remaining assumption is that this minimal operational carrier is ontologically complete rather than merely an effective record description.
Fig. 1. Count of lf describing realized separation in the System Frame, with discrete count evaluated in the Internal Frame. Modified from [11].
To motivate the Frames mapping, consider the right-triangle construction of Fig. 1. Its orthogonal legs are realized separations constructed from whole counts of the fundamental length measure lf, with one leg fixed at count one and the other assigned the integer count nL. The realized hypotenuse count is, corresponding to a realized separation
, and is not integer-valued for any nonzero nL. The mapping-induced residual count contribution
therefore gives the equivalent realized count nL+QL. Realized geometric composition is consequently not closed over the primitive integer-count structure.
Arithmetic non-closure alone does not uniquely select MQ: one could enlarge the primitive number field, abandon integer closure, or adopt another discrete-to-continuum construction. Within the realization class considered here, MQ excludes those alternatives by requiring conserved integer counts, a fixed unit reference, no intrinsic metric structure in the count domain, and observable geometric separation only after an admissible Frames mapping. Appx. M proves the resulting conditional three-role necessity: the fixed Reference Frame normalization (side a), the discrete Internal Frame count (side b), and the non-discrete realized System Frame separation (side c). The Reference Frame is an operational normalization/comparison role, not a third primitive ontological domain.
The same construction produces the Informativity differential 2QLnL, the exact count-dependent finite-count contraction factor of the local mapping-normalization rule (Eqs. (M.6)–(M.8); Sec. 2.9.1). It depends on count separation and mapping normalization rather than relative observer velocity and is therefore distinct from Lorentz contraction. The associated metrological comparisons are treated in Appx. J as residual, provenance, and dependence assessments; reused or algebraically related inputs are not counted as independent empirical evidence, and prospective discrimination is developed in Sec. 2.9.2 and Appx. J.8–J.9.
MQ therefore formalizes a discrete Internal Frame carrying conserved count structure over irreducible fundamental measures and a realized System Frame in which observables arise relationally through the Frames mapping (Appx. A.1–A.4; Appx. C.1–C.22). The Frames Principle requires physically meaningful observables to arise through this mapping. Within the admissibility class established in Sec. 2.8.1 and Appx. C.4.1–C.4.3, realization preserves count conservation, relational adjacency, finite normalization, and the required consistency invariants. Distinct admissible count configurations may share a coarse-grained realized encoding, while every realized structure within the proved class is supported by conserved count structure. The resulting normalization, continuum, operator, and dynamical constructions are developed in Secs. 2.5–2.8 and 3.2–3.7 and Appx. C–G.
Importantly, MQ discreteness is a quantitatively testable structural hypothesis because its finite-count realization produces metrological consequences distinct from the corresponding upper-count limit. In particular, MQ predicts a small realization-dependent correction to the gravitational coupling G associated with the Informativity differential. This is an MQ prediction, not a community-established classification of separate gravitational constants. Conventional metrology reports a single Newtonian gravitational constant G; the 2022 CODATA recommended value is 6.67430(15)×10-11 m³ kg⁻¹ s⁻² [62]. Within MQ, the finite-count and upper-count values are alternative predicted realizations of the same coupling. With c denoting the speed of light and tf and mf the fundamental time and mass measures, respectively, Eq. (1) gives the count-resolved relation. Experimental discrimination requires the applicable interaction realization to be specified independently of the measured result.
The numerical proximity of the historical CODATA 2010 and 2014 recommendations to two MQ realization values in Appx. J is retained only as a historical residual comparison. CODATA adjustments combine heterogeneous measurements into one recommended value and do not classify experiments by an MQ interaction realization; successive adjustments therefore cannot establish the predicted realization dependence. A more informative differential target became available when Schlamminger et al. independently repeated the BIPM torsion-balance experiment at NIST using the original apparatus and gravitational geometry [80]. Their combined result, G=(6.67387±0.00038)×10-11 m³ kg⁻¹ s⁻², differs from the MQ finite-count value 6.67384483×10-11 m³ kg⁻¹ s⁻² by about 0.07 standard deviations using the quoted combined uncertainty. The same source geometry was measured in free-deflection and electrostatic-servo modes, with the servo result lower for both copper and sapphire source masses. Although the authors investigated systematic effects extensively, residual mode- and configuration-dependent uncertainty remained. The result therefore does not demonstrate an MQ effect; it provides a post-publication differential consistency target whose prospective interpretation is developed in Sec. 2.9.2 and Appx. J.8–J.9.
A second finite-count correspondence concerns the classical inverse fine-structure constant
. With θsi denoting the dimensionless MQ coefficient, Eq. (2) gives its MQ realization.
The resulting value differs from the tabulated reference by a diagonal standardized residual of approximately 0.0077 using the quoted uncertainties (Appx. J.2 and J.5–J.7). Because the comparison shares electromagnetic input structure with the CODATA quantity, it is classified as reused-input concordance rather than independent validation. Appendix K distinguishes the dimensional representations of θsi: the untagged θsi is dimensionless, the corresponding angular quantity is Θsi=θsi rad, and the momentum realization is
, where ℏ is the reduced Planck constant. These quantities may share the same numerical coefficient in the adopted realization but are not the same physical quantity and are not equated dimensionally. This convention is consistent with the SI treatment of plane angle as a quantity with the unit radian, whose symbol remains useful in identifying the quantity [81]. MQ derives additional first-principles relations among physical constants through the Frames mapping, with examples given in the summary publication ([11], Appx. L, M, P–R, AA, AD, AM, AP–AR, BA, BL, BM). Here “first-principles” describes derivational provenance within MQ and does not imply statistical independence from empirical inputs; Appx. J.6–J.8 audits that distinct evidentiary question.
The corresponding control construction, obtained by removing the mapping-induced Informativity differential and using continuum Planck-scale normalization, is retained only as a model comparison. Inferential comparison of the finite-count and control constructions requires the residual, uncertainty, and covariance treatment of Appx. J.1–J.3; the earlier conversion of a right-tail p-value into a positive “agreement sigma” is therefore not used.
Finite-count corrections are called fixed only when the universal MQ inputs and interaction realization are determined independently of the target measurement; this does not imply that every numerical input is free of empirical anchoring. Appendix AG records that provenance and separates universal inputs, independently measured subsystem and apparatus quantities, and predicted quantities with no target-specific adjustable parameter. Non-injectivity of coarse-grained realization explains why realized observables need not retain all Internal Frame information, but it does not by itself generate Bell correlations; those additionally require the composite non-factorizable availability structure and contextual outcome partitions of Sec. 3.7 and Appx. G–H.
This distinction is essential for Bell–CHSH constraints [3,16]. Bell-inequality violations exclude Bell-local factorizable descriptions satisfying the corresponding assumptions; they do not imply controllable faster-than-light signaling. MQ therefore does not claim Bell local causality for realized System Frame outcome statistics. Its composite construction instead yields non-factorizable joint probabilities while retaining preparation measurement independence and operational no-signaling, together with adjacency-local redistribution of conserved count structure in the Internal Frame (Sec. 3.7; Appx. G.1–G.12 and H.7). The Bell–CHSH result further requires the dichotomic analyzer-response relation that resolves the composite availability into angle-dependent System Frame outcome partitions; non-injectivity of the Frames mapping alone is insufficient to determine either the Bell violation or the quantum angular dependence (Appx. G.5–G.12).
MQ likewise does not begin from Hilbert space [17], operators, probabilistic axioms, or a Bell-local hidden-variable completion. The primitive object is conserved count structure defined through the discrete measurement count field (Sec. 2.6; Appx. A–C). Mapped availability subsequently supplies amplitudes and phase-sensitive interference, while Internal Frame redistribution remains deterministic (Secs. 2.11 and 3.1–3.6; Appx. C–E). The realized System Frame representation reconstructs the linearity, superposition structure, and non-factorizable correlations required for quantum correspondence without imposing Bell factorization (Secs. 3.3–3.7; Appx. D, G, and H).
The framework is applied explicitly to two-slit interference, quantum measurement, entanglement correlations, and the conditional recovery of Schrödinger dynamics in the continuum realization limit. Successive discrete differences supply the local Laplacian structure, while the remaining non-relativistic admissibility conditions and independently fixed MQ kinetic coefficient are treated separately in Sec. 3.5 and Appx. O. The resulting Schrödinger equation [2] is therefore a coefficient-resolved recovery within the stated admissibility class rather than a consequence of discreteness alone. Quantum, electromagnetic, and gravitational observables are subsequently treated as distinct System Frame realizations developed from the common count-based kinematic architecture (Appx. A.3–A.10 and Appx. C–H).
2. METHODS
2.1 Nomenclature and Terminology
Because MQ relates discrete count structure to continuum quantum dynamics, the paper uses terminology drawn from several established research domains. The full vocabulary and symbol list used throughout the work is collected in Appx. A, including the definitions of the Internal Frame, System Frame, Frames mapping, conserved count structure, encoded availability, adjacency flux, relational regions, normalization, and realized observables. The terminology is therefore not introduced ad hoc in the body of the paper. Rather, each technical term is either a standard term from an established discipline or an MQ-specific compound term defined from such structures in Appx. A.
For orientation, terms associated with discrete mathematics and conservation methods include relational cells, adjacency links, adjacency boundary, adjacency divergence, and adjacency count-flux. Terms associated with quantum information theory include encoded availability, conditioning, no-signaling, Bell–CHSH constraints, and contextual restriction. Terms associated with quantum mechanics include wave function, phase field, Hilbert space state vector, Schrödinger evolution, and Born-rule probability. Terms associated with measure theory and mathematical physics include normalization, probability density, marginal density, inner product, self-adjoint operator, and spectral structure. Terms associated with kinematics and continuum physics include configuration domain, realized separation, continuum encoding, emergent metric, and continuum dynamics.
This nomenclature is used to keep distinct the primitive count-based structures of the Internal Frame from the realized relational structures of the System Frame. In particular, the Internal Frame carries no intrinsic metric, continuum coordinate, or differential structure. Such structures arise only after application of the Frames mapping. Readers encountering unfamiliar terms should therefore consult Appx. A before interpreting them by analogy with standard spacetime, Hilbert-space, or continuum-mechanical usage.
2.2.1 Verification and Dependency Architecture
The breadth of the present construction is intentional because the central measurement claim depends on a linked chain extending from primitive count structure to realized probability, dynamics, composite states, and experimentally distinguishable consequences. It does not follow, however, that every claim must be verified as one indivisible argument. Appendix AE decomposes the manuscript into independently reviewable modules and records the explicit dependencies between them. This separates the core count-to-record result from later geometric, relativistic, field-theoretic, gravitational, and metrological extensions, while preserving every logical link needed to determine which downstream claims depend on a disputed upstream step.
The verification rule is deliberately asymmetric. A specialist need only validate the assumptions, derivations, and external inputs assigned to a module together with the upstream results on which that module explicitly depends; no module may rely silently on a later result. Table AE.1 gives the resulting claim-to-proof crosswalk, and Table AE.2 gives the corresponding dependency and evidence gates. The map also distinguishes MQ-derived results, standard mathematical representation theorems used after MQ structure has been established, external experimental correspondence, and prospective MQ-specific tests. Thus, a referee can audit the manuscript by domain without treating breadth itself as evidence for, or against, any individual derivation. Section 2.2.2 provides the front-of-paper entry point and identifies the minimum core audit before optional extensions are considered.
Independent formal verification is a separate evidentiary status from author-side derivational completeness. Appendix AV therefore defines an external specialist sign-off protocol for the major proof gates identified in Appendix AE. Until a gate has been checked by a reviewer who did not participate in the derivation and has returned a reproducible acceptance or defect report, that gate is described here as author-verified but not independently verified. This distinction prevents the manuscript architecture itself from being mistaken for external validation.
2.2 Verification and Review Architecture
2.2.2 Referee Roadmap and Minimal Proof Paths
For editorial triage, the manuscript can be audited through four bounded paths. Path I is the minimum argument for the central count-to-record measurement claim; Paths II-IV test dynamical correspondence, optional universality extensions, and MQ-specific empirical discrimination. Appendix AE contains the complete claim-to-proof and failure-propagation map.
Audit path and decision | Minimum proof path | Boundary of the judgment |
I. Core measurement claim. Does conserved pre-probabilistic count structure yield one completed record and a unique empirical record-probability law without primitive collapse or a primitive Born rule? | Secs. 2.4.1, 2.6-2.8.1, 3.1-3.4.3; Theorems 2.1-2.2; Propositions 2.1-2.2, 3.1; Eq. (32); Appxs. C, H.8-H.9, T, W, AN, AH. Appx. F.8-F.19 is needed only for the later Hilbert/spectral representation. | This judgment does not require relativistic fields, spin, QFT, gravity, topology change, metrological predictions, or quantum geometry. |
II. Ordinary-quantum dynamical closure. Does the core construction recover the claimed non-relativistic kinematics, dynamics, interference, Bell statistics, and classical-record correspondence? | Secs. 3.4.4-3.11; Appxs. E, F, G, O, S, U; Appx. Y only for the derived Galilean limit consumed by the kinetic reconstruction. | Failure limits the dynamical reconstruction but does not by itself erase the preceding count-measure and completed-record result. |
III. Optional universality extensions. How far does the architecture extend into Lorentzian geometry, topology, Dirac matter, QFT, gravity, and coherent quantum geometry? | Secs. 2.9.1-2.8.3, 3.11.1-3.10; Appxs. N, X, Y, Z, P, Q, R, AA, AB, AJ, AK, AL, AO, AP, AQ, AR, AS; dependency gates G5-G6 in Table AE.2. | These extensions are not prerequisites for the core measurement claim unless the disputed step also attacks an upstream premise explicitly shared in Table AE.2. |
IV. MQ-specific empirical adjudication. Are finite-count consequences prospectively distinguishable from standard quantum mechanics or conventional gravitational metrology? | Sec. 2.9.2, Sec. 4.7.1; Appxs. J, L, AC, AD, AM, AT. Primary prospective discriminators: QG-PPM and G-DIFF; provenance and covariance control evidential independence. | Ordinary interference, Bell, Stern-Gerlach, QED, and other correspondence tests are consistency tests, not independent MQ confirmation merely because their apparatus differs. |
The roadmap changes no proof burden. A referee may issue a bounded judgment after completing the path relevant to that claim, and any rejection propagates only through the explicit dependency gates of Table AE.2.
Appendix AV converts these four reading paths into five specialist verification packets with explicit independence, reproducibility, acceptance, and failure-propagation criteria. The packets are intended for separate review so that agreement in one discipline cannot substitute for verification in another.
2.3 MQ Resolution Strategy
MQ addresses the measurement consistency constraint of Sec. 2.5 by separating conserved encoded availability from realized measurement structure. Rather than requiring the same wave-function formalism to account simultaneously for unitary evolution and realized measurement records, MQ distinguishes between discrete conserved count structure and its continuum realization under the Frames mapping.
In MQ, the conserved count structure is defined in the Internal Frame. The Internal Frame carries no primitive continuum coordinate, metric, or differential structure. Instead, it consists of conserved count relations defined on a discrete relational adjacency configuration domain. Structure at this level is represented through count availability, adjacency relations, and admissible count redistribution under allowed updates.
Realized observables arise only after realization in the System Frame. The System Frame is the continuum encoding generated through an admissible Frames mapping constrained by the Frames Principle. The mapping first fixes the admissible realization structure. For a completed measurement, referenceability fixes a single contextual realization; the measurable outcome partition then induces exactly one outcome label, while the pushforward of the underlying complete-interaction count measure through the same realization reproduces the normalized outcome distribution derived from encoded availability (Sec. 3.2.1; Appx. H.9). Contextual restriction does not perform this selection but updates the predictive encoding after the realized outcome is established. Wave-function encoding, probability density, amplitudes, phase structure, operators, and differential evolution arise only after realization of conserved count structure in the System Frame encoding.
This separation resolves the measurement consistency constraint by assigning different roles to normalized outcome weighting, empirical probability identification, outcome realization, ensemble frequency, and post-outcome conditioning. Conserved availability evolves through deterministic redistribution in the Internal Frame; normalization of its mapped System Frame encoding assigns relative weights to admissible outcome classes; the complete admissible interaction and its outcome partition induce one realized label; the pushforward of the same complete-interaction count measure proves that those normalized weights are exactly the distribution of realized labels; and only then is the predictive encoding restricted and renormalized to the corresponding record class (Sec. 3.2.1; Appx. H.9). No stochastic collapse of the underlying count structure or simultaneous physical realization of all alternatives is required.
Within this framework, normalization of encoded availability first produces a normalized outcome-weight measure in the System Frame. Its interpretation as empirical probability is not inferred from normalization alone: Sec. 3.2.1 and Appx. H.9 identify the same measure as the pushforward distribution of the completed-interaction outcome map. Superposition correspondingly represents linear structure within the System Frame encoding rather than simultaneous realization of multiple macroscopic measurement records. Interference, conditioning, and entanglement therefore arise from realization structure induced through the Frames mapping.
MQ consequently preserves Schrödinger dynamics, Bell–CHSH violations, Hilbert-space structure, and operational no-signaling while avoiding the requirement that globally unitary evolution correspond to simultaneous realization of multiple stable measurement records. The framework thereby provides a non-branching conserved-availability resolution of the quantum measurement problem consistent with the operational constraints established in Secs. 2.4–2.5.
2.3.1 Primitive Assumptions and Derived Structures
MQ separates its primitive kinematic assumptions from the quantum structures claimed as consequences. Primitive content is limited to the discrete measurement-availability count structure on the Internal Frame relational adjacency domain, admissible count-conserving redistribution, and the requirement that observable realization proceed through a Frames mapping constrained by the Frames Principle. The mapping is therefore primitive as a structural relation, but its existence is not left as an unchecked assumption. Section 2.8.1 and Appx. C.4.2 give an explicit constructive existence result for finite connected domains, while Sec. 2.10.3 and Appx. AO extend the measure, mapping, probability, and topology construction to connected locally finite domains by compatible finite exhaustion. Appx. C.4.1 states the admissibility conditions and equivalence relation. No primitive continuum coordinate, metric, probability measure, wave function, operator algebra, or physical time is assigned to the Internal Frame.
The logical status of the subsequent constructions is deliberately separated. First, the Frames mapping induces a realized System Frame measure from conserved Internal Frame count structure; when that measure is density-representable, normalization produces a finite additive unit-normalized outcome-weight measure. Second, single-valued completed realization is a referenceability property of the admissible mapping, and the outcome label map is induced by composition of the contextual realization with the disjoint, exhaustive System Frame outcome partition. The pushforward of the normalized complete-interaction count measure under this induced outcome map equals the normalized System Frame outcome-weight measure, thereby establishing its empirical probability interpretation and realization-frequency compatibility (Sec. 3.2.1; Appx. H.9). Third, post-outcome conditioning is a separate predictive update. Fourth, the MQ wave function is a complex amplitude-phase representation constructed from the already normalized density together with the realized redistribution phase; Proposition C.3 fixes the minimal local complex U(1) representation. Fifth, Appx. F reconstructs the complex pre-Hilbert geometry from the MQ availability norm and coherent amplitude composition: the availability norm obeys the parallelogram identity, the Jordan-von Neumann polarization theorem therefore fixes the inner product uniquely, and separable composite realization induces the Hilbert tensor product through the universal property of bilinear composition. Hilbert completion then adds only norm-limit points, after which the spectral/POVM representation of arbitrary measurements is available. Sixth, within the admissibility class of Sec. 3.5, mapped successive-difference structure conditionally selects Schrödinger-form evolution. Measure construction, probability identification, individual outcome realization, ensemble frequency, post-outcome conditioning, amplitude representation, spectral measurement completion, and dynamical selection are therefore distinct but explicitly linked claims.
Pointwise Frames mapping representatives are not required to be unique. Section 2.8.1 and Appx. C.4.3 instead identify the physical mapping with an admissible equivalence class: representatives related by invariant-preserving Frames automorphisms are the same realization law, while inequivalent global classes are distinguished by observable content and defect holonomy. Completed-interaction outcome uniqueness remains a separate statement and does not depend on a preferred coordinate representative.
A further operator-kinematic step is now derived rather than merely represented. Appendix S starts from the realized System Frame translation action induced by adjacency-local count redistribution under the Frames mapping. Strong continuity and norm preservation make that translation a unitary one-parameter group; the independently derived MQ phase-action scale fixes its self-adjoint generator as p̂=-iℏ∇. Because the mapped position coordinate acts by multiplication, translation covariance gives T(a)†x̂_jT(a)=x̂_j+a_jI. Exponentiating the position action then yields the Weyl relations, whose infinitesimal form on a common dense invariant core is [x̂_i,p̂_j]=iℏδ_ij. Thus the canonical commutator is downstream of mapped translation and the MQ action scale, not an additional Internal Frame postulate.
For finite composites, this hierarchy is now closed beyond the binary product case. Appendix F.14-F.14.1 first reconstructs the bipartite tensor product from separable MQ composition and then extends it uniquely to any finite number of subsystems by associativity. Within that derived composite space, Schmidt decomposition, reduced-state spectra, purification, and the standard monogamy consequences are theorems of the representation rather than additional quantum postulates. The non-factorizable joint availability developed in Sec. 3.7 therefore occupies the complete multipartite state space fixed by the same count-to-amplitude construction.
The primitive measure entering this chain is itself fixed on finite MQ domains: Proposition 2.1 shows that the integer unit-count ontology, finite additivity, and relabeling invariance leave only the counting measure, with any overall scale removed by normalization. The later probability law therefore does not inherit an arbitrary family of pre-probabilistic weights. Appendix T combines this primitive uniqueness with the completed-context pushforward and coarse-graining consistency into a single pre-Hilbert theorem: for every finite MQ measurement context, the empirical record-probability measure is the unique admissible probability assignment inherited from the count ontology. No alternative context-dependent weighting survives the same relabeling, additivity, normalization, and realization-consistency requirements.
The assumption count can therefore be audited globally rather than inferred from the number of later mathematical conditions. Appendix AF collects the independent roots of the present construction and distinguishes five statuses: primitive ontological commitments, operational premises defining the measurement class, realized-domain regularity conditions, extension-specific physical conditions, and standard representation theorems used only after the corresponding MQ structure has been obtained. It also lists familiar quantum structures that are not independent assumptions in this manuscript because they are downstream results. This ledger is intended to answer the reconstruction objection directly: a later condition is counted as a new assumption only if it contributes physical content not already fixed by an upstream MQ result or by the empirical domain being modeled.
Parameter economy is audited separately from assumption economy. Appendix AG partitions every numerical quantity used by the flagship derivations into universal externally anchored quantities, exact structural relations, quantities derived from those inputs, measured subsystem inputs, apparatus calibration variables, and predicted outputs. A quantity is called “target-parameter-free” only when no parameter is estimated from the dataset used to test that prediction. This stricter usage prevents a derived universal quantity that ultimately inherits a CODATA input from being mistaken for an ab initio numerical prediction.
The integer character of the primitive carrier is separately addressed in Sec. 2.4.1 and Appx. W. It is not inferred from the later Born rule, Hilbert geometry, or the quantitative MQ mapping corrections. Rather, it follows conditionally from finite distinguishability, compositional additivity, relational relabeling invariance, nonnegative conserved multiplicity, and the requirement that no further primitive scalar label or weighting field be introduced. This keeps the ontology argument logically upstream of the quantum structures that MQ subsequently derives.
2.4 Motivation and Scope of Discreteness
No physical measurement can access arbitrarily fine operational resolution, nor can it distinguish an unbounded number of stable outcomes within a finite physical region [14,18]. This reflects a fundamental constraint associated with finite information capacity and entropy bounds in physical systems [14,18–21] and is distinct from ordinary instrumental resolution limits. Here “finite information capacity” is used in the conservative operational sense relevant to bounded regions and stable physical records, not as a claim that the universe possesses a finite-dimensional state space.
A century of foundational analysis has documented a persistent tension between (i) globally linear norm-preserving evolution, (ii) empirically observed definite measurement records, and (iii) Born-rule probability assignment. In modern terms, the measurement problem [1,7,8,22,23] concerns the apparent incompatibility between universally linear quantum evolution and the existence of single stable records with well-defined probabilities, including the preferred-basis, outcome-selection, and Born-rule problems. Early quantum theory formalized measurement through projection and state-collapse postulates [6,8,23], while later interpretations such as Many Worlds [24,25] attempted to avoid collapse by treating branching structure as emergent within a universal wave function. Decoherence mitigates part of this tension by explaining suppression of interference through environment-induced entanglement, but decoherence alone does not derive either unique records or the Born rule from linear evolution [5,7]. Various approaches attempt to supplement this gap through symmetry, decision-theoretic, or typicality arguments, yet the status of such derivations remains unsettled [7,26,27].
Recent work at the intersection of quantum information, cosmology, and foundations has further questioned the universality of globally unitary Schrödinger evolution in contexts where spacetime itself evolves. In expanding universe settings, Cotler and Strominger have argued that time evolution may be represented more naturally through isometries rather than strictly unitary operators, preserving inner products while allowing effective embedding into enlarged state structures during cosmological evolution [28,29]. In quantum information language, isometries describe norm-preserving embeddings that need not be invertible on the realized state space. A quantum channel may therefore be realized through an isometric embedding or equivalently through unitary evolution on a larger space followed by restriction. We use “isometric” only in this structural sense, without commitment to any particular underlying extension mechanism. Importantly, isometric evolution alone does not resolve the problem of definite records or probability assignment.
The present work takes definite records, finite record capacity, repeatability, conditional probability updating, and operational no-signaling as explicit premises for the class of measurement descriptions examined here. Accordingly, before introducing the MQ count structure, we establish a conditional record-consistency result. The result is not a blanket no-go theorem against Everettian, relative-state, or other branching interpretations; it applies only to frameworks that accept Operational Constraints 1–5 in the sense stated below, including the single-realized-record requirement.
We therefore adopt the following operational constraints:
Operational Constraint 1 (Definite Records)
Every completed laboratory measurement terminates in a single definite macroscopic record, such as a pointer position, detector-click pattern, or registered bit string that remains stable under immediate rereading. This operational definiteness constitutes the minimal empirical content of a measurement outcome and defines the object to which probabilities are experimentally assigned [8,23].
Operational Constraint 2 (Finite Record Capacity)
Any finite physical system — finite energy, finite spatial extent, finite entropy resources — can encode only a finite number of mutually distinguishable and stably retrievable macroscopic records. Infinite information density or unbounded stable outcome multiplicity within a bounded region is physically inadmissible under standard thermodynamic and information-theoretic constraints. This assumption concerns stable records and bounded resources only and does not assert that the global universe possesses finite dimension [18–21].
Operational Constraint 3 (Linear Norm-Preserving Micro-Evolution)
Between record-generating interactions, evolution of an isolated system is represented by a linear norm-preserving one-parameter family of transformations on the relevant state space. This corresponds to the standard dynamical postulate of quantum theory, typically represented through unitary Schrödinger evolution on Hilbert space [2,30].
Operational Constraint 4 (Repeatability and Consistent Probability Updating)
If a record is interrogated twice in immediate succession using the same apparatus, with no intervening dynamics capable of altering the record, the second interrogation returns the same outcome with unit probability. Probabilities assigned to records are additive over mutually exclusive outcomes and are updated through conditioning on the realized record. These operational requirements render records stable empirical objects and ensure consistency of sequential probability assignment [6,8,23,31,32].
Operational Constraint 5 (Operational Relativistic Causality)
Statistics of local measurement records cannot be controllably altered through space-like separated measurement choices. Equivalently, local marginal outcome statistics remain independent of distant measurement settings. This operational no-signaling requirement is strictly weaker than Bell local causality (factorizability) and constitutes the relevant relativistic compatibility condition [33,34].
Taken together, these operational constraints define the measurement class analyzed in this paper: stable observer-accessible records, finite record capacity, repeatability, conditional probability assignment, and operational relativistic causality. They are not claimed to be interpretation-neutral at the level of global ontology. In particular, Operational Constraint 1 is a single-record premise. A relative-state or Everettian framework may instead regard each observer record as definite only relative to a branch while retaining multiple branches globally [25]. Such a framework therefore does not satisfy the global single-record reading used in the conditional theorem below, even though it may reproduce branch-relative definite records.
The resulting consistency constraint is developed formally in Sec. 2.5 and rigorously established in Appx. B. MQ addresses this constraint by separating conserved encoded availability in the Internal Frame from realized observational structure in the System Frame, with realized observables arising only after contextual restriction and normalization under the Frames mapping and the Frames Principle.
MQ is then introduced as a minimal count-based kinematic structure in which discreteness is built directly into the measurement description. MQ distinguishes the discrete Internal Frame, in which conserved count structure is defined over irreducible count configurations, from the realized System Frame, in which realized observables arise through mapping-normalized realization induced by the Frames mapping under the Frames Principle (Secs. 2.6–2.12; Appx. A.2–A.5 and Appx. C.1–C.22). In MQ, discreteness pertains to encoded measurement availability and stable record structure, while probability appears only after normalization of encoded availability in the realized System Frame (Secs. 3.1–3.2; Appx. C.7–C.8, Appx. C.9–C.21, Appx. D.1–D.2, and Appx. G.11–G.12). Determinism applies to the evolution of encoded availability in the Internal Frame, not to realized System Frame outcomes (Sec. 2.11; Appx. C.5, Appx. G.4, and Appx. H.4).
This positioning is essential for the later foundational analysis developed in Secs. 3.3–3.11 and Appx. G–I. MQ reproduces Bell–CHSH violations while preserving operational no-signaling in the realized System Frame together with adjacency-local redistribution of conserved count structure in the Internal Frame (Sec. 3.7; Appx. G.7, Appx. H.1–H.7, and Appx. G.8–G.12). MQ therefore does not satisfy Bell local causality at the level of realized System Frame outcome statistics. Instead, non-factorizable joint probabilities arise through contextual restriction and renormalization induced by the Frames mapping (Secs. 3.6–3.7; Appx. G.5–G.6, Appx. H.2, and Appx. G.8–G.12).
2.4.1 Operational Minimality of the Primitive Integer-Count Carrier
Operational Constraint 2 establishes only that a bounded finite-resource apparatus cannot support an unbounded number of mutually distinguishable stable records; by itself, that statement does not prove that microscopic reality is integer-valued. The stronger MQ question is whether a more general primitive carrier is required once the measurement description is stripped of continuum coordinates, metric, probability, and arbitrary scalar weights. Operational reconstructions of quantum theory likewise treat distinguishability and composition as physically meaningful primitives, although they do not infer the MQ count ontology from them [143]. The mathematical step needed here is therefore a minimality statement about multiplicity rather than an appeal to discreteness by assertion.
Theorem 2.1 (Operational minimality of the finite integer-count carrier). Consider the finite measurement class of Operational Constraints 1–2 and require a primitive pre-probabilistic carrier with the following properties: elementary record precursors are finitely distinguishable; independent juxtaposition and disjoint recombination are associative and additive; the order and arbitrary labels of otherwise identical primitive units have no physical significance; multiplicity is nonnegative and is conserved under closed redistribution; and no additional primitive metric, probability, continuous amplitude, or scalar weighting field is admitted. Then the configuration carrier is, up to relabeling of its generators, the free commutative monoid of finite multisets of primitive relational units. For a single primitive unit type its additive multiplicity is canonically represented by the nonnegative integers; over the relational adjacency domain a configuration is equivalently a finitely supported nonnegative-integer count assignment. Thus the integer count used by MQ is the unique minimal carrier of conserved distinguishable multiplicity under the stated assumptions, not an independently adjustable numerical choice.
The proof is given in Appx. W. The key point is that finite distinguishability supplies identifiable elementary occurrences, composition supplies repeated juxtaposition, relabeling invariance removes ordering and naming information, and conservation preserves multiplicity. The universal mathematical object with exactly those operations and no additional relations is the free commutative monoid, equivalently the finite-multiset construction [144]. A real-valued primitive weight would add a scalar structure not supplied by distinguishability; signed multiplicity would contradict nonnegative availability; and an idempotent carrier would erase experimentally distinguishable multiplicity by making repeated occurrences equivalent to one occurrence.
This result strengthens but does not overstate the physical claim. Entropy and information bounds support finite stable record capacity in bounded systems [14,18–21], while Theorem 2.1 shows why integer multiplicity is the minimal carrier once that finite record structure is required to compose, relabel, and conserve without importing later quantum or geometric structure. Neither those bounds nor Theorem 2.1 can prove the metaphysical nonexistence of every deeper variable. The physically relevant question is narrower: whether any additional primitive structure can distinguish two admissible realizations or records once the complete MQ count configuration and measurement context are fixed. Theorem 2.2 and Appx. AN close that question for the finite measurement domain by separating empirically equivalent extensions from physically distinct ones.
Theorem 2.2 (Observable completeness of the finite MQ count carrier). Fix the finite measurement class of Theorem 2.1, the conserved count configuration and adjacency data, the admissible Frames mapping equivalence class, and a complete measurement context. Consider any proposed extension that appends additional primitive data while leaving the MQ structures intact. Exactly one of two cases obtains. If varying the additional data while holding the MQ data fixed leaves every admissible System Frame observable, completed-interaction record, normalization, current, holonomy, and other realization invariant unchanged for every context in the claimed domain, then the enlarged descriptions are physically equivalent under the same quotient principle already used for admissible Frames mapping representatives; the additional data do not label distinct physical states in this domain. If instead some variation of the additional data changes any such invariant or record, the extension is physically inequivalent and supplies an empirical discriminator against the count-only MQ ontology. Therefore, the finite MQ carrier is physically complete modulo empirically equivalent extensions; any physically consequential completion beyond it is necessarily testable in principle rather than an undetectable hidden freedom. The proof and scope are given in Appx. AN.
The theorem does not assert that logic can exclude an empirically inert metaphysical substrate. No physical theory can distinguish two descriptions that differ only in structure that has no possible effect on any observable or admissible interaction in the theory's domain. The result instead removes such structure from the scientific completeness question by quotienting it as representational surplus. This is consistent with the role of physical equivalence in gauge and generally covariant theories [178] and with the use of operational equivalence as a constraint on ontological descriptions of laboratory procedures [179]. MQ therefore retains a sharp Level-I falsification condition: reproducible evidence that stable records, their conserved precursors, or any other admissible System Frame observable depend on irreducible primitive information not determined by the MQ count configuration would select the second branch of Theorem 2.2 and reject count-only completeness.
2.5 The Measurement Consistency Problem
The operational constraints introduced in Sec. 2.4 jointly impose a conditional consistency requirement on measurement frameworks that retain a globally single realized record. Linear norm-preserving evolution can produce a superposition of mutually orthogonal system-apparatus record components, whereas Operational Constraint 1 requires one realized macroscopic record for the completed measurement. The issue addressed here is therefore not whether unitary quantum mechanics mathematically contains several record components, but whether those components may all be interpreted as simultaneously realized records within the same observer-accessible record ontology while the single-record premise is retained.
Under linear evolution, an initial superposition evolves into an entangled system-apparatus state containing multiple correlated record components. Standard single-outcome formulations require one of those alternatives to be the realized record. Everett's relative-state formulation instead retains the full unitary state and treats records as relative to correlated components rather than asserting one globally selected outcome [25]. Modern decoherence-based Everettian accounts further use decoherence to identify dynamically robust branch structure [7]. These are different responses to the measurement problem and must not be conflated.
Projection-based collapse theories alter the state-update dynamics; hidden-variable theories supplement the quantum state with additional outcome-relevant structure; MQ uses contextual restriction and renormalization of encoded availability; and Everett-type theories retain global unitary evolution while rejecting a globally unique realized outcome. Consequently, the argument below does not establish that branching theories are internally inconsistent. It establishes only that simultaneous global multiplicity and a globally single realized record cannot both be imposed on the same observer-accessible record description.
Finite record capacity and repeatability sharpen the operational setting but do not, by themselves, refute Everettian branching. A finite apparatus can support only finitely many mutually distinguishable stable records at a given time, while an Everettian ontology may distribute distinct records across branch-relative observer states rather than place them all in one observer-accessible record space. The relevant contradiction therefore arises only when a framework simultaneously demands global single-record realization and interprets more than one orthogonal record component as realized within that same record ontology.
The resulting conditional consistency requirement may therefore be stated as follows.
Theorem 2.3 (Conditional Record-Consistency Constraint).
Consider a framework satisfying Operational Constraints 1–5 with Operational Constraint 1 interpreted as requiring exactly one globally realized observer-accessible macroscopic record for each completed measurement. If linear norm-preserving evolution produces more than one mutually orthogonal record component, those components cannot all be interpreted as simultaneously realized records within that same observer-accessible record ontology while the single-record requirement is retained.
globally linear norm-preserving evolution,
simultaneous physical realization of more than one orthogonal macroscopic record component within one observer-accessible record ontology,
finite stable record capacity,
repeatability with conditioning on the recorded result, and
exactly one globally realized observational record per completed measurement,
cannot all hold together. In particular, conditions (ii) and (v) are mutually incompatible under the stated meaning of a realized record. A framework can evade the conclusion by rejecting the global single-record premise, by modifying the dynamics, by adding outcome-relevant structure, or by denying that every nonzero record component is itself a realized record. The theorem therefore classifies the assumption that must change; it does not select among those alternatives.
The derivation, scope conditions, and MQ application of Theorem 2.3 are developed in Appx. B.
MQ resolves this inconsistency by separating conserved encoded availability from realized observational structure through the distinction between the Internal Frame and the System Frame. Conserved count structure evolves in the Internal Frame independently of realized observational outcomes. The Internal Frame therefore does not represent simultaneously realized branching structure. Instead, it defines the conserved availability structure from which realized observables are obtained through the Frames mapping under the Frames Principle. Realized observables, normalized encoded availability densities, amplitudes, and operator representations arise only after normalization and realization in the System Frame.
MQ adopts the non-branching alternative developed in Secs. 3.1–3.2: realized records are represented at the System Frame level without altering the conserved count evolution in the Internal Frame.
This separation permits MQ to preserve linear Schrödinger evolution, Hilbert-space structure, Bell–CHSH violations, and operational no-signaling without requiring simultaneous realization of multiple stable observational records. Probability consequently arises from normalization of encoded availability after realization rather than from primitive stochastic postulates or ontological branching assumptions.
The following sections formalize this structure beginning with the definition of the conserved measurement count field and the distinction between the Internal Frame and the System Frame.
2.6 Definition of the Measurement Count Field
The primitive object of MQ is the discrete measurement-availability count field defined in the Internal Frame. The field is defined on a relational adjacency structure rather than on continuum spatial coordinates and possesses no primitive metric, geometric vector, or continuum differential structure. We denote the discrete measurement-availability count assignment by nI(ξ,A), where ξ labels an Internal Frame relational cell and A is the discrete Internal Frame update index. The value nI(ξ,A)∈N0 gives the non-negative count associated with relational cell ξ at update step A. This count represents encoded measurement availability prior to normalization and probabilistic interpretation and defines the conserved count structure from which realized System Frame structure is subsequently derived through the Frames mapping.
Theorem 2.1 supplies the upstream status of this definition. On the finite measurement domains treated here, the nonnegative-integer codomain is the canonical representation of the minimal conserved multiplicity carrier selected by the operational and structural conditions of Sec. 2.4.1. Proposition 2.1 then answers a different question: once that count carrier is fixed, relabeling invariance and finite additivity uniquely determine the primitive measure used to aggregate its unit counts. Theorem 2.1 therefore concerns the ontology of multiplicity; Proposition 2.1 concerns the measure on that ontology.
Let ω'⊆ω denote an admissible relational region consisting of a finite adjacency-connected subset of Internal Frame relational cells, where adjacency is defined solely through admissible relational links of the Internal Frame count structure. The associated Internal Frame regional count measure is defined by
which gives the total encoded availability count over relational region ω' at update index A. The quantity NI(ω',A) denotes the Internal Frame regional count measure and is distinct from the mapping normalization functional N[ω'] introduced later through realized System Frame normalization (Appx. A.3 and Appx. A.5).
The discrete measurement availability count field satisfies basic structural constraints implied by conserved count structure. Non-negativity requires
and finite additivity holds for disjoint admissible relational regions,
Finite additivity ensures consistency under admissible coarse-graining and relational domain decomposition and guarantees that the conserved count structure admits a well-defined realized System Frame encoding after application of the Frames mapping (Sec. 3.4; Appx. C.6–C.8 and Appx. C.9–C.10).
Proposition 2.1 (Primitive count-measure uniqueness on a finite MQ domain). Fix an Internal Frame update and a finite admissible count domain. Decompose each integer availability count n_I(ξ,A) only as a bookkeeping device into that many unit-count tokens. Let U_A denote the resulting finite set of primitive count units. A nonnegative finitely additive measure on subsets of U_A that uses the MQ unit count as its reference and is invariant under relabeling of physically indistinguishable unit-count tokens is uniquely the counting measure. The physical count configuration n_I may vary with preparation and deterministic evolution; the measure functional that aggregates those counts does not contain an additional weighting freedom.
Proof. Relabeling invariance makes every primitive unit count carry the same measure. The fixed MQ unit reference sets that common value to one. Finite additivity then fixes the measure of every finite subset D of U_A by cardinality,
and the regional count measure of Eq. (3) is precisely the cardinality of the corresponding token subset. If the unit convention is temporarily left unfixed, every admissible alternative differs only by one common positive scale c; normalization removes even that freedom:
Thus, a cell- or outcome-dependent primitive weight is not another admissible MQ count measure: it would introduce an additional scalar weighting field beyond the integer count ontology. Proposition 2.1 establishes uniqueness of the primitive measure conditional on the MQ count-only substrate; it does not assert that every preparation has the same count configuration. Nonuniform quantum probabilities can therefore arise only from different count multiplicities of the dynamically generated event preimages under the Frames mapping, not from unequal primitive weights assigned by hand.
Under the Frames mapping, the Internal Frame count measure induces a realized System Frame measure on realized continuum regions. When the induced measure is absolutely continuous with respect to the realized System Frame continuum volume element d3r, it admits a density representation written ρS(r,t) (Sec. 3.4; Appx. C.6 and Appx. A.4). All coordinate-dependent densities, gradients, and continuum differential structures therefore belong exclusively to the realized System Frame and do not appear in the primitive Internal Frame definition (Secs. 3.4–3.5; Appx. C.6–C.8, Appx. C.9–C.21, and Appx. E.1–E.3).
Count evolution in the Internal Frame is defined through deterministic redistribution over the relational adjacency structure. Let JI denote the Internal Frame adjacency count-flux defined on oriented admissible adjacency links connecting neighboring relational cells ξ and ξ' (Appx. A.2). The orientation is purely combinatorial and introduces no geometric or continuum directional structure. The associated adjacency-divergence operator divadj acts on the adjacency count-flux and returns the net signed count flow out of a relational cell. It is a purely combinatorial operator defined on the adjacency structure of the Internal Frame and does not represent a realized continuum differential divergence (Appx. A.2).
The local conservation law for the discrete measurement-availability count field is therefore written at the relational-cell level as
where ΔA is the discrete update operator acting on the Internal Frame update index A. Equation (9) states that any update variation of local encoded availability count is exactly balanced by the net adjacency count-flux through the relational cell. Conserved count structure is therefore redistributed only through adjacency relations and not through any background geometric evolution (Appx. C.4–C.5 and Sec. 2.11).
For any admissible relational region ω'⊆ω, define the adjacency boundary ∂ω' as the set of oriented adjacency links connecting cells in ω' to cells outside ω' (Appx. A.2). The net boundary count-flux is then defined by
which gives the signed outward adjacency flux across the relational boundary. The boundary definition is entirely relational and combinatorial and does not involve geometric surfaces, normal vectors, or continuum metric structure.
Summing Eq. (9) over all relational cells satisfying ξ∈ω' yields the regional conservation law
Using Eq. (3), the summation may be expressed directly in terms of the regional count measure NI(ω',A), giving
where Eq. (12) is the compact regional conservation law written in terms of the regional count measure NI(ω',A).
Equation (11) states that the update variation of total encoded availability within an admissible relational region equals minus the net outward adjacency count-flux across its relational boundary. Equation (12) is the equivalent measure-level representation obtained through the definition of the regional count measure. Together, Eqs. (11) and (12) establish conservation of encoded availability at the regional level and provide the discrete basis for continuum mapping and realized encoded-availability conservation developed later in Secs. 3.4–3.5 and Appx. C.5–C.8.
For closed admissible domains satisfying ϕI(∂ω',A)=0, total Internal Frame count is conserved:
This closed-domain conservation condition provides the count-conservation basis for normalization preservation in the realized System Frame encoding (Appx. C.5, C.7–C.8, C.11, and Appx. E.1–E.2).
After application of the Frames mapping to the realized System Frame, this discrete conservation structure becomes the basis for normalization preservation in the encoded-availability representation (Sec. 3.4; Appx. C.7–C.8, Appx. C.11, Appx. E.1–E.2, and Appx. G.11–G.12), with norm-preserving realized dynamics subsequently developed within the realized System Frame formalism (Secs. 3.5 and 3.11; Appx. F.4–F.6, Appx. F.7–F.11, and Appx. F.15–F.17).
We denote the realized System Frame phase field by ϕ(r,t) (Appx. A.5 and Appx. E.6), while the Internal Frame boundary count-flux is denoted by ϕI(∂ω',A) (Appx. A.2). These symbols represent distinct structures and are not interchangeable.
At this stage the discrete measurement-availability count field is the only primitive object. Probability density, phase structure, interference behavior, operator structure, and realized continuum dynamics arise only after normalization and realized System Frame encoding through the Frames mapping under the Frames Principle (Secs. 3.1–3.11; Appx. C–F and Appx. H). The realized quantum state representation is therefore derived from conserved count structure rather than introduced axiomatically.
2.7 Internal and System Frames
MQ separates primitive count kinematics from realized continuum encoding through two ontologically distinct but mapping-related domains together with a third operational reference role. The Reference Frame fixes the unit normalization used to compare a variable count with its realization; it does not carry an independent primitive state space. The Internal Frame is the discrete count domain, and the System Frame is the realized non-discrete relational encoding. The Internal Frame is defined by the discrete measurement count field together with its admissible redistribution dynamics. This structure is specified on a relational adjacency domain and carries no continuum coordinate, metric, geometric vector, or continuum differential structure. Physical structure at this level is determined entirely by count distribution, adjacency relations, and adjacency count-flux. The primitive count objects obey non-negativity, finite additivity, and conservation under admissible updates (Sec. 2.6; Appx. C.2–C.5). This kinematic layer supplies the conserved count structure from which realized continuum observables are derived.
The System Frame is the realized continuum encoding of this conserved count structure in terms of spatial and temporal coordinates (r,t). It is obtained through the deterministic, many-to-one Frames mapping under the Frames Principle (Secs. 2.7–2.8; Appx. A.3 and Appx. C.1–C.22). Under this mapping, the Internal Frame count measure induces a realized System Frame measure which, when absolutely continuous with respect to the realized continuum volume element, admits an encoded availability density representation ρS(r,t). Coordinate-dependent densities, gradients, differential operators, and metric relations therefore belong exclusively to the realized System Frame, not to the primitive Internal Frame. Wave function encoding and operator representations arise only after this realization step (Secs. 3.4–3.11; Appx. C.6–C.22 and Appx. F). The realized geometric structure induced by the Frames mapping is developed explicitly in Sec. 2.8, Appx. A.3 and Appx. M, where realized metric structure is derived from count-based relational composition. The local metric sufficiency conditions for this realization are proved in Appx. N.
The conserved count structure is preserved across the Frames mapping, while the mathematical representation differs between the two descriptions. Primitive count redistribution and adjacency conservation are defined in the Internal Frame, whereas amplitudes, normalized probability densities, differential generators, and continuum conservation laws arise only after realization in the System Frame. MQ therefore constructs amplitudes, probabilities, and dynamical operators from normalized encoded availability rather than introducing them as primitive ontological objects (Secs. 3.4–3.11; Appx. C–F).
The frame distinction established above is assumed in the later derivations; Secs. 3.1 and 3.6–3.7 apply it directly to conditioning, interference, and entanglement.
With respect to Bell constraints, the discrete measurement count field is not used as a Bell-local hidden-variable response space. MQ introduces no setting-independent local response variable λ carrying response functions P(A∣a,λ) and P(B∣b,λ). Bell and CHSH assumptions, including factorizability, P(A,B∣a,b,λ)=P(A∣a,λ)P(B∣b,λ), apply only to realized System Frame outcome statistics. In MQ those statistics are computed from normalized encoded availability under contextual restriction, so Bell factorizability is not imposed. What is established directly is operational no-signaling: the observed local marginals are invariant under space-like separated setting choices. This operational statement is weaker than λ-conditioned parameter independence in a Bell model. Bell–CHSH violations [3] therefore arise from contextual many-to-one encoding under the Frames mapping, not from nonlocal update dynamics (Sec. 3.7; Appx. G.1–G.7, Appx. H.1–H.7, and Appx. G.8–G.12).
2.8 The Frames Mapping: Admissibility and Physical Uniqueness
The connection between the discrete Internal Frame description and the continuum System Frame representation is established through the Frames mapping, which realizes continuum geometric structure from conserved count relations. The primitive measurement count field nI(ξ,A) is defined only on a relational adjacency domain and possesses no primitive coordinate, metric, geometric vector, or continuum differential structure. Under the deterministic, many-to-one Frames mapping and the Frames Principle, admissible System Frame realizations correspond to the image of the Internal Frame realization mapping operator MI, which maps deterministic count redistribution to constraint manifolds in the realized continuum encoding (Sec. 2.11; Appx. A.3 and Appx. C.1).
The connection between the discrete Internal Frame description and the continuum System Frame representation is established through the Frames mapping. In the present paper the symbol M denotes the structural realization map from an admissible Internal Frame count configuration to its admissible System Frame realization class. This class may contain more than one coordinate representative before a measurement context is imposed, while distinct Internal Frame configurations may also possess the same coarse-grained System Frame encoding. The mapping is therefore deterministic at the level of the admissible realization class but is not asserted to be a one-to-one correspondence between primitive configurations and individual continuum points. Once the full measurement context and complete admissible interaction are fixed, the completed contextual realization M_c is single-valued by referenceability; the disjoint outcome partition then induces the realized label before post-outcome restriction and renormalization (Sec. 3.2.1; Appx. H.9). This distinction removes the earlier conflation between a deterministic structural mapping rule, non-injective coarse-graining, completed-context realization, and predictive conditioning.
2.8.1 Admissibility, Equivalence, and Uniqueness Status
The Frames mapping is admissible only when it preserves the structures independently required by the MQ primitive and operational assumptions. At the count-measure level these are non-negativity, finite additivity on disjoint relational regions, local finiteness of the induced System Frame measure, and closed-region count conservation. At the realization level the mapping must preserve adjacency-local redistribution, admit finite normalization, remain invariant under admissible relabeling of purely relational Internal Frame labels, assign exactly one realized outcome to each complete admissible interaction configuration, encode distinct realized outcomes injectively as stable macroscopic records, and remain path-consistent on every contractible reference cycle. The last requirement is the MQ holonomy-free closure condition. These conditions are collected formally in Appx. A.3 and Appx. C.4.1, while their measurement application is made explicit in Secs. 3.1-3.2 and Appx. H.8.
For every realized chart on which metric reconstruction is invoked, Frames mapping admissibility additionally requires a local C³ realization, a full-rank realization Jacobian, and C³-diffeomorphic chart transitions. In a pseudo-Riemannian extension the realized tangent image must also be nondegenerate with respect to the chosen constant-signature reference form. These are explicit differential-geometric regularity conditions rather than consequences of count conservation. Appx. N proves that they are sufficient to make the induced System Frame metric symmetric, nondegenerate, of constant prescribed signature, sufficiently smooth for curvature, coordinate covariant, and independent of admissible reparametrization.
The motivations for these conditions are logically distinct. Positivity, additivity, and conservation follow from treating the primitive substrate as conserved count rather than probability. Adjacency locality follows from the definition of admissible Internal Frame redistribution. Relabeling invariance follows because relational cell labels carry no physical coordinate meaning. Finite normalization is required before encoded availability can define a probability measure. Stable record distinguishability follows from Operational Constraints 1 and 4. Holonomy-free closure is required so that transporting reference data around a contractible loop does not assign path-dependent realized observables; this parallels the standard role of holonomy as a loop-level consistency diagnostic in gauge and geometric descriptions [74]. None of these motivations presupposes a primitive Hilbert space or wave function.
These requirements define an admissibility class of representatives, not an unconstrained family of physical laws. The physically relevant object is the quotient of that representative space by admissibility-preserving Frames automorphisms. Two representatives are realization-equivalent when they produce the same realized observables for every admissible Internal Frame region and preserve normalization, stable-record encoding, and contractible-cycle closure. Local representatives related in this way differ only by a change of realization description; they cannot be used to tune an observable prediction. On overlapping realization charts the associated transition maps must be invertible and satisfy the identity cocycle, so locally equivalent descriptions glue consistently. If the domain contains a genuine global obstruction, non-contractible defect holonomies are additional invariant data. Accordingly, the complete physical class is specified by the local automorphism orbit together with the regular domain and its invariant defect-holonomy set. This is the standard mathematical distinction between gauge-like representative freedom and physical inequivalence, with holonomy acting as a global invariant [74]; the MQ specialization and proof are given in Appx. C.4.3.
Proposition 2.2 (Restricted physical uniqueness of the Frames mapping). Fix an admissible Internal Frame domain U, its conserved count data and boundary/interaction context, and the MQ realization invariants used in the present construction. Then (i) all Frames mapping representatives connected by an admissibility-preserving automorphism belong to one physical mapping class [M]U; (ii) local representatives define a consistent global realization only when their overlap maps satisfy the cocycle condition; and (iii) on a non-contractible domain, two global realizations are physically equivalent only if their defect sets and all defect holonomies agree. For the bounded contractible finite measurement domains of Proposition 2.3, the defect data are trivial, so the physical mapping is unique up to the automorphism orbit [M]U. The explicit construction and classification are given in Appx. C.4.3.
Proposition 2.2 closes the ambiguity relevant to the quantum derivations. The arbitrary positive basis functions used in the existence construction of Appx. C.4.2 are auxiliary representatives, not adjustable physics: once two choices preserve the same realized measure/current, record map, normalization, and closure invariants, they lie in the same physical class. A choice that changes those observables is not an alternative representative of the same MQ law; it is an inequivalent mapping class and must independently satisfy the count-normalization relations of Sec. 2.8.2, the continuity/current constraints, the composite-system constraints, and the restricted dynamical conditions of Sec. 3.5. Thus, admissibility cannot be used as a free fitting function to insert a desired continuum law.
Proposition 2.3 (Constructive existence of an admissible MQ realization). For a finite connected Internal Frame relational region with nonzero finite count measure, count-conserving adjacency redistribution, and a finite System Frame outcome partition represented on a bounded contractible realization chart, there exists at least one Frames mapping representative satisfying the measure, conservation, adjacency, finite-normalization, relational-relabeling, stable-record, and contractible-cycle closure requirements of Sec. 2.8.1. The construction is explicit in Appx. C.4.2. Where metric reconstruction is invoked, the same realization chart can simultaneously satisfy the smoothness, full-rank, and nondegeneracy conditions of Appx. N.
The proof uses a positive normalized basis of System Frame densities to carry each finite Internal Frame count exactly into a finite realized measure, a divergence lift of each adjacency transfer to preserve the discrete continuity law, and an exact System Frame availability connection so that every contractible reference cycle has zero holonomy. Relabeling only permutes the basis functions, while the finite outcome partition and the record construction of Sec. 3.2.1 provide single-valued realized labels and injective stable records. Thus the advertised conditions are jointly satisfiable on the physical class used here rather than merely imposed separately.
The consequences of the mapping must likewise be separated by which admissibility properties they use. Positivity, additivity, local finiteness, and finite normalization support the induced System Frame measure and its normalized probability representation [42]. Count conservation together with adjacency-local redistribution supplies the mapped continuity/current structure. The absence of primitive metric structure, combined with count-composition closure and the specific MQ normalization rule, yields the emergent geometric relations of Sec. 2.8.2. Holonomy-free closure guarantees path consistency on contractible cycles but does not by itself derive interference or the Schrödinger equation. Likewise, non-injectivity of the coarse-grained encoding explains loss of recoverable Internal Frame information but does not by itself imply Bell violation; the latter additionally requires the composite non-factorizable availability and contextual partition structure of Sec. 3.7 and Appx. G–H. Schrödinger-form evolution additionally requires the restricted dynamical admissibility class stated in Sec. 3.5. Finally, the quantitative Informativity differential and associated metrological predictions require the specific MQ count-normalization construction summarized in Eqs. (14–17) and Appx. J rather than merely the abstract existence of a Frames mapping.
This hierarchy is important because the Frames Principle is stronger than the statement that some map exists, but weaker than a claim that every later quantum result follows from mapping alone. The principle fixes where observables reside and requires admissible realization; the additional measure, closure, composite-system, and dynamical conditions determine which specific continuum and quantum consequences follow.
The remaining question is whether the specific finite-count normalization used by MQ is freely selectable within that physical class. Appendix AI now separates two issues that were previously conflated. The primitive Internal Frame supplies no angular metric and therefore cannot simply assume Euclidean geometry. However, on a regular local free-realization neighborhood whose count and boundary data contain no direction-selecting invariant, relational relabeling invariance and the physical-equivalence rule of Proposition 2.2 require all unit System Frame spatial directions to lie in one orbit of admissibility-preserving linear isometries. For a finite-dimensional normed tangent realization, transitivity of the linear isometry group on the unit sphere forces the unit ball to be an ellipsoid and hence the norm to be induced by an inner product [160]. The Jordan-von Neumann characterization then gives the equivalent parallelogram law [110]. With the MQ unit reference fixed and no directional scale available, that inner product is isotropic up to an overall scale already fixed by l_f. Thus, the positive quadratic spatial norm used in Appendix M is downstream of the direction-free local-realization condition rather than an independently selectable metric ansatz. Appendix AI states the scope and the residual anisotropic-sector boundary precisely.
Proposition 2.4 (Conditional uniqueness of the MQ local mapping-normalization rule). Fix the finite, bounded, contractible measurement class of Propositions 2.2-2.3 and a regular direction-free local spatial realization satisfying Appendix AI. Then Appendix AI selects the positive isotropic inner-product norm from relational direction equivalence; with (i) a fixed unit reference of norm l_f, (ii) collinear additivity of n_L identical primitive count units, (iii) orientation-preserving realization, and (iv) asymptotic identity of the realized separation with n_L l_f as n_L grows, the realized right-triangle separation is uniquely l=(n_L+Q_L)l_f=sqrt(1+n_L^2)l_f, the positive residual is uniquely Q_L=sqrt(1+n_L^2)-n_L, and the associated finite-count normalization factor is uniquely 2Q_L n_L=1-Q_L^2. Any different local normalization either is only a representative transformation that leaves these invariants unchanged, introduces a physical direction-selecting invariant excluded from the local free sector, or defines an inequivalent theory. The metric-selection proof is given in Appx. AI and the residual algebra in Appx. M, Eqs. (M.4-M.8).
Proposition 2.4 remains conditional to the direction-free sector, but the complementary anisotropic sector is now constructive rather than unspecified. Section 2.8.3 and Appx. AQ show that once primitive adjacency, matter, boundary, or defect data break direction equivalence, the same MQ Action fixes the local quadratic response on the admissible edge-transfer space. Mapping that action Hessian to the realized tangent space produces a unique positive anisotropic principal tensor, and the mapped count measure together with the fixed unit scale reconstructs the corresponding System Frame spatial metric. Thus neither an arbitrary anisotropic tensor nor a freely chosen Finsler function is admitted: changing the anisotropy while holding the physical source invariants and MQ Action fixed changes the action response and defines an inequivalent theory. The direction-free limit reduces to Appx. AI and the Appendix M normalization rule.
2.8.2 Geometric Consequences of the Admissible Mapping
To understand the geometric origin of the Frames mapping, consider the right-triangle realization construction shown in Fig. 1. Orthogonal realized separations are constructed from whole-count relations defined relative to a fundamental reference measure lf, with one leg fixed at count one and the second assigned an integer count nL. The realized hypotenuse separation is then determined by
where 2QLnL is the Informativity differential (i.e., length contraction) induced by mapping normalization under realized continuum encoding. Since
is not integer-valued for nonzero integer nL, realized geometric composition is not closed over discrete count structure. By itself this establishes arithmetic non-closure only. Under the independent MQ admissibility conditions proved in Appx. M, preserving conserved integer count structure while admitting realized continuum geometry requires a distinct realization layer in which non-integer geometric relations become admissible under the Frames mapping.
Under the stated MQ admissibility conditions the construction is stronger than a heuristic. Appx. M gives the elementary closure proof: for every positive integer count nₗ, the Euclidean norm √(1+nₗ²) lies strictly between nₗ and nₗ+1 and therefore cannot be an Internal Frame integer count. Side a is simultaneously noninterchangeable with side b because it is fixed as the normalization reference, whereas side b is the variable conserved count. Accordingly, the construction requires three distinct roles—Reference, Internal, and System—while only the Internal and System roles define distinct ontological domains. In the terminology of metric geometry, this is a source/target distinction for a realization map rather than a claim that the triangle alone proves a unique microscopic ontology [82]. The Internal Frame preserves exact count conservation and adjacency redistribution, while realized continuum geometry emerges only after mapping normalization and continuum realization.
The realized System Frame interval is written
where the displayed tensor is the realized System Frame metric induced by mapped count structure. Equation (15) is a local interval statement. For differential-geometric sufficiency, the reconstruction is understood through the two-point realized separation and coincidence limit stated precisely in Appx. N; Eq. (16) is retained as the corresponding local single-chart shorthand. This distinction is essential because an unconstrained Hessian of a one-point scalar is not, by itself, a global definition of a metric tensor.
Using the count-to-coordinate realization relation,
the realized metric may be written directly in terms of count structure as
Accordingly, Eqs. (16–18) are evaluated locally at coincidence for neighboring realized points. The manifestly covariant mixed-endpoint reconstruction is Eq. (N.5), and its count-resolved form is Eq. (N.6). The fundamental-length factors cancel under the count-to-coordinate relation of Eq. (17), but the tensorial definition remains the two-point coincidence-limit construction.
Under the regularity and rank conditions of Appx. N, Eqs. (15–18) therefore represent a genuine emergent System Frame spatial metric rather than merely a matrix of count derivatives. The right-triangle construction fixes the positive-definite spatial reference norm used in the non-relativistic sector; it does not by itself determine a spacetime signature. Section 2.9.1 and Appx. X now close that distinct step for the regular four-dimensional realization class used here. Adjacency-local redistribution together with the single primitive update ordering induces a locally finite reachability order on count-update events; its monotone Frames mapping gives one realized evolution direction and a finite nonzero propagation boundary. Because Appx. M–N already fix a three-dimensional positive spatial tangent subspace, any nondegenerate quadratic metric representing that nontrivial causal boundary must have exactly one eigenvalue of opposite sign. By Sylvester inertia this selects the Lorentzian class, conventionally (-,+,+,+), with future orientation inherited from increasing update order (Proposition 2.6; Appx. X) [145–147]. Symmetry, nondegeneracy, smoothness, covariance, and reparametrization independence then follow from the standard pullback/induced-metric construction proved in Appx. N [83], while the equivalence with local squared-separation reconstruction follows from the standard world-function coincidence identities [84]. Continuum derivatives, geometric intervals, and differential operators consequently belong exclusively to the realized System Frame and do not exist in the primitive Internal Frame description.
When the induced System Frame measure is absolutely continuous with respect to the realized continuum volume element, it admits an encoded availability density representation written ρS(r,t) (Sec. 3.4; Appx. C.6 and Appx. A.4). The normalized count-gradient field is then defined on the realized encoded availability density by
where ∇ is taken with respect to realized System Frame coordinates. Equation (19) represents the continuum realization of admissible discrete count differences under the Frames mapping and serves as a local fractional variation measure of mapped encoded availability. Uniform encoded availability density yields vanishing fractional variation and therefore locally uniform continuum realization structure.
The scalar θsi characterizes fractional encoded availability scaling with realized separation in the System Frame representation and functions as a kinematic expansion parameter derived from count ratios. MQ nomenclature retains the single symbol θsi across regimes to reflect scalar invariance of the underlying count ratios. In MQ fundamental-measure form, θsi is fixed by irreducible count measures as ([11], Appx. V)
and is dimensionless in the System Frame ([11], Appx. AX). The dimensional rule is stated explicitly in Appx. K: the scalar coefficient θsi is dimensionless; angular and momentum realizations are separate quantities carrying their own units. A published Shwartz–Harris calculation for polarization-entangled X-ray down-conversion gives a degenerate-frequency Bell-state solution with signal and idler angles of 3.26239 rad [35]. That number is a result of their numerical phase-matching/current-density model, not a reported experimental measurement of θsi. The later X-ray down-conversion and X-ray/optical wave-mixing experiments [36,37] establish the relevant nonlinear X-ray processes but do not report an experimental determination of the 3.26239-rad Bell-state angle. The evidentiary status and MQ correspondence are separated explicitly in Appx. L.
The Frames mapping therefore acts locally on discrete count differences and adjacency relations when producing realized continuum encoding. Spatial structure in the System Frame arises from mapped count gradients and count-composition geometry, while symmetry and conservation of count redistribution constrain the associated realized continuum metric and operator structures. Metric structure, directional structure, amplitudes, and differential generators consequently enter only through realization encoding and are not primitive components of the Internal Frame.
Because realization encoding is performed on a shared underlying availability structure, contextual restriction and renormalization produce single-measurement marginal probabilities determined by local measurement partitions, while joint probabilities retain the geometric structure of the mapped count distribution. Consequently, MQ does not introduce a setting-independent Bell-local response variable with factorizable local outcome functions. Standard Bell and CHSH inequalities [3,38,39], derived from factorizability P(A,B∣a,b,λ)=P(A∣a,λ)P(B∣b,λ) together with measurement independence, apply only to realized System Frame outcome probabilities, not to the primitive count level. In MQ those probabilities are computed from normalized mapped encoded availability under measurement context, so Bell factorizability is not imposed, while the realized marginals satisfy operational no-signaling under space-like separated setting choices. The latter should not be identified automatically with λ-conditioned parameter independence. The resulting Bell–CHSH violations therefore arise from contextual many-to-one realization encoding under the Frames mapping, rather than from nonlocal update dynamics, consistent with the Bell-constraint analysis developed later (Appx. G–H).
The Internal Frame therefore supplies only discrete ordering, adjacency, and conserved count redistribution, whereas continuum gradients, realized directions, metric structure, and differential operators arise exclusively in the realized System Frame encoding derived from mapped count-composition structure.
2.8.3 Invariant-Selected Anisotropic Realization
Appendix AI proves that the regular local free-realization sector is isotropic when no physical datum distinguishes spatial directions. The converse problem is not solved by merely allowing a general tensor: anisotropy must be generated by the same primitive data and action that define the MQ realization. For a regular anisotropic neighborhood, Appx. AQ therefore forms the second variation of the single MQ Action on the finite adjacency-transfer space after the actual count state, matter content, boundary conditions, and defect/holonomy class are fixed. This finite response matrix contains the complete local direction-selecting information supplied by the physical state; no additional metric coefficients are introduced.
Under the Frames mapping, each admissible primitive edge variation has a realized tangent increment. Contracting those increments with the action response matrix gives a symmetric positive principal tensor A^{ij} governing the continuum quadratic response. This is the same graph-to-elliptic structure used in weighted diffusion and Dirichlet-form constructions [188]. In three realized spatial dimensions the standard conductivity-metric correspondence then reconstructs the spatial metric uniquely from A^{ij}, with the remaining overall unit fixed by the mapped count measure and l_f [187]. The isotropic case is recovered when the action response is proportional to the identity on the realized tangent space.
Proposition 2.5 (Invariant selection of the regular anisotropic MQ metric). Fix a regular three-dimensional local System Frame realization, a finite-support Internal Frame neighborhood, its conserved count and adjacency data, the realized matter state, boundary conditions, defect/holonomy class, and the single MQ Action. Assume the action is twice differentiable on the admissible local transfer variables and that its stationary second variation is positive definite on the realized spatial transfer subspace. Then the action Hessian and the mapped edge increments determine a unique symmetric positive principal tensor A^{ij}. The locally finite mapped measure and fixed unit scale determine from A^{ij} one positive-definite System Frame spatial metric h_{ij}; representatives related by relational relabeling or Frames automorphism give the same tensor geometrically. Any different anisotropic tensor changes the quadratic action response and is physically inequivalent. A nonquadratic Finsler norm is not an additional representative freedom: it can arise only if the MQ Action itself contains independently derived direction-dependent higher-order response data. The construction and uniqueness proof are given in Appx. AQ.
Proposition 2.5 closes the anisotropy gap at the level required by the present continuum construction: regular local anisotropy is determined by physical invariants through the fixed MQ Action rather than selected by ansatz. It does not claim that every anisotropic medium has a nondegenerate local quadratic response. Degenerate action Hessians, genuinely nonlocal constitutive response, or higher-order direction-dependent sectors require their corresponding MQ action terms to be derived before a metric can be assigned; those cases remain explicit extension boundaries rather than free metric choices.
2.9 Relativistic and Metrological Consequences of the Mapping
2.9.1 Discreteness, Lorentz Symmetry, and the Informativity Differential
The discreteness postulated by MQ is not a discrete spacetime lattice. The Internal Frame carries count labels, adjacency, and update ordering but no spacetime coordinates, metric, inertial-frame velocity, or boost parameter. Lorentz transformations therefore have no primitive domain of action on those count labels. Lorentz symmetry is instead a property of the realized System Frame spacetime description, where coordinates, metric structure, propagation velocities, and observer transformations are defined. This distinction is essential because discreteness of a non-spatiotemporal relational substrate does not by itself imply a preferred inertial frame or observable Lorentz violation.
The Informativity differential is likewise not a Lorentz-violating contraction law. It is the count-dependent normalization residual fixed by the right-triangle realization and the Frames mapping (Eq. (14); Appx. J). Its value depends on count separation and mapping normalization, not on relative observer velocity, boost direction, photon energy, polarization, or inertial-frame orientation. Consequently, the present MQ construction generates none of the characteristic signatures by which Lorentz violation is experimentally sought: preferred-frame anisotropy, boost- or orientation-dependent couplings, vacuum birefringence, or energy-dependent vacuum propagation speed. The term “mapping-induced finite-count contraction” is used throughout this paper which states the intended distinction without implying violation of Lorentz symmetry.
This distinction is experimentally consequential. Modern Lorentz tests are commonly organized within the Standard-Model Extension (SME), where departures from Lorentz symmetry are parameterized by explicit coefficients in matter, photon, neutrino, and gravity sectors; the accumulated bounds are extremely restrictive and show no established Lorentz-violating signal [85,86]. Astrophysical propagation tests provide complementary constraints: the GW170817/GRB 170817A association limits the fractional difference between gravitational-wave and light speeds to approximately the 10⁻¹⁵ level [87], while gamma-ray burst timing constrains linear energy-dependent photon dispersion at or beyond the Planck scale for the tested models [88]. Pulsar timing and spin-precession analyses likewise place stringent contemporary bounds on gravity-sector SME coefficients [89].
The status of realized inertial symmetry can now be stated more strongly. MQ does not claim that count conservation by itself generates a Lorentz group. Proposition 2.6 and Appx. X first select the local Lorentzian metric class and future orientation from the single update ordering, adjacency-local finite reachability, the invariant fundamental length/time ratio, and the positive three-dimensional spatial metric. Proposition 2.7 and Appx. Y then use the physical-equivalence rule of Proposition 2.2: two local inertial representatives of the same Frames mapping class must preserve the realized interval, the future-directed causal cone, spatial orientation and isotropy, and the invariant conversion c = lf/tf. The connected homogeneous transformation group preserving those already-selected invariants is the proper orthochronous Lorentz group. Appendix S independently supplies realized translations; on a locally flat homogeneous realization the combined connected inertial kinematics is therefore the proper orthochronous Poincaré group. Its low-velocity c → ∞ contraction is the Galilei group, so the Galilean boost law used in Appx. O is no longer an independent non-relativistic symmetry postulate. Existing preferred-frame, birefringence, dispersion, and gravity-sector bounds [85–89] remain direct empirical constraints. What remains open is global symmetry on curved or topologically nontrivial realizations, not the local boost group within the finite regular class proved here.
Proposition 2.6 (Count-order selection of the local Lorentzian signature). Fix a regular four-dimensional System Frame realization satisfying Appx. N. Let H_p be the three-dimensional tangent subspace generated by realized spatial count-separation variations. The Appx. M right-triangle norm and Theorem N.1 make the restriction of the realized metric to H_p positive definite. Let the fourth independent realized tangent direction be the monotone image of the single Internal Frame update-order degree of freedom. Require the realized quadratic metric to represent the accessibility relation induced by adjacency-local redistribution, whose finite mapped propagation boundary contains nonzero null directions. Then every nondegenerate metric representing these structures has inertia (1,3) or, under overall sign reversal, (3,1). With the positive spatial convention used throughout this paper, its local signature is (-,+,+,+), and increasing update order selects the future orientation. Thus Lorentzian causal signature is no longer an independently selectable System Frame admissibility datum within this realization class.
Proof. H_p is a three-dimensional positive subspace of the four-dimensional tangent space. A nondegenerate symmetric bilinear form containing such a subspace can have at most one negative eigenvalue. The finite nontrivial accessibility boundary requires nonzero null directions, which excludes a positive-definite four-metric; nondegeneracy excludes zero eigenvalues. Exactly one eigenvalue must therefore have sign opposite to the spatial three-subspace. Sylvester’s law of inertia makes this index invariant under admissible coordinate changes. A second timelike direction would require a second negative direction and is incompatible with the already-fixed three-dimensional positive spatial subspace. The overall sign is conventional, giving (-,+,+,+); the monotone image of increasing Internal Frame update order fixes time orientation. Appx. X constructs the reachability relation and gives the causal-reconstruction comparison [145–147].
Proposition 2.7 (Mapped-invariant selection of local Lorentz and Galilean symmetry). Fix the finite regular four-dimensional realization class of Propositions 2.3–2.6 and consider two physically equivalent local inertial representatives of one admissible Frames mapping class. Require the representative change to preserve all realized invariants already fixed upstream: the nondegenerate System Frame metric and its (-,+,+,+) inertia, the future orientation induced by increasing Internal Frame update order, isotropic spatial orientation, and the invariant conversion ratio c = lf/tf. Then the connected homogeneous group of admissible tangent-frame transformations is uniquely SO⁺(1,3), the proper orthochronous Lorentz group. Where the realized metric is locally flat and translations act as derived in Appx. S, the connected affine inertial group is the proper orthochronous Poincaré group. In the non-relativistic limit obtained by the standard İnönü-Wigner contraction as c → ∞, this realized kinematics reduces to the Galilei group. Thus Lorentz and Galilean boost covariance are downstream consequences of the MQ realization invariants within this class rather than separately selectable continuum symmetries.
Proof. Proposition 2.2 identifies admissibility-preserving representatives with the same physical realization only when they preserve the realized observables and closure invariants. Proposition 2.6/Appx. X fixes a time-oriented Lorentzian metric, while the MQKB fixes c = lf/tf as a path-independent mapping ratio and Appx. M fixes isotropic positive spatial geometry. Consequently the differential of any continuously connected local inertial representative change must be a metric-preserving, orientation-preserving, future-preserving linear automorphism of a (1,3) tangent space. The complete connected group of such automorphisms is SO⁺(1,3); any alternative continuous boost law changes the interval, cone, orientation, or invariant speed and therefore leaves the physical mapping class. Appx. S supplies the translation subgroup. Standard kinematical classification independently reaches the Lorentz/Galilei alternatives from homogeneity, isotropy, group structure, and causality [148,149], and the Galilei group is the group-contraction limit of Poincaré kinematics [150]. Appx. Y gives the MQ-specific provenance and scope of each step.
2.9.2 Status of the Realization-Dependent Gravitational-Coupling Prediction
The gravitational discussion in this paper uses two notational realizations of the same MQ coupling. The finite-count value is obtained when the mapping-induced normalization is evaluated at the fixed interaction count associated with the electromagnetic demarcation; the upper-count value is the asymptotic realization in which the Informativity differential tends to zero. These quantities are predictions internal to MQ. They must not be read as a community-standard 'electromagnetic G' and 'macroscopic G,' because gravitational metrology defines and reports a single Newtonian constant G. An experimental test of the MQ proposal must therefore predict in advance which measurement feature changes the applicable realization rather than relabeling published G values after measurement.
The 2026 NIST redetermination of the BIPM torsion balance is unusually informative in this respect because it holds the source-mass geometry essentially fixed while changing the torque-readout and calibration method [80]. In free deflection, the gravitational torque is inferred from the mechanical response of the torsion balance, whereas in electrostatic servo an applied electrostatic torque supplies the balancing calibration. Schlamminger et al. report four determinations: copper-servo 6.673642 × 10⁻¹¹, copper-free 6.674021 × 10⁻¹¹, sapphire-servo 6.672637 × 10⁻¹¹, and sapphire-free 6.673636 × 10⁻¹¹ m³ kg⁻¹ s⁻². Thus the servo value is lower than the free-deflection value for both source-mass materials.
That ordering is qualitatively consistent with the MQ expectation that a measurement channel containing an explicit electromagnetic balancing interaction can retain the finite-count correction more strongly than a curvature-resolved mechanical determination. This interpretation remains a hypothesis, however. The NIST/BIPM experiment was designed as a replication and systematic study of G, not as a prospective test of the Frames mapping; both modes measure the same underlying gravitational torque, and the published analysis allows residual unmodeled instrumental effects. The experiment therefore opens a discriminating test channel but does not by itself establish more than one physical gravitational constant.
A decisive test would use one apparatus and source geometry, pre-register the MQ assignment of the two measurement channels, alternate those channels under otherwise unchanged conditions, and require the inferred difference to follow the MQ finite-count correction with the predicted sign and magnitude. Repetition with different source materials, separations, electrostatic drive amplitudes, and independent laboratories would then distinguish a mapping-dependent effect from apparatus-specific systematics. Under this criterion, failure of the pre-specified differential relation would falsify the realization-dependent G component of the MQ mapping without requiring rejection of the broader count-based quantum construction.
The existing NIST data also permit a covariance-resolved magnitude check, although not an independent second test. The two MQ realizations differ by 2.3310 × 10⁻¹⁵ m³ kg⁻¹ s⁻², or 34.9274 ppm relative to the finite-count value. From the four published NIST determinations [80], the free-minus-servo differences are 56.7889 ppm for copper and 149.6888 ppm for sapphire. Using the combined standard uncertainties and the full four-result correlation matrix reported by Schlamminger et al., the corresponding difference uncertainties are 29.4252 ppm and 91.9937 ppm with correlation 0.1708. Testing the two observed differences against one pre-existing MQ separation of 34.9274 ppm gives χ² = 1.85 for two residual components (right-tail p = 0.40). The result is therefore statistically compatible with the MQ separation at the published uncertainty level, but it is only a post-publication differential consistency diagnostic: the apparatus-specific servo/free regime assignment was not preregistered before the NIST data were analyzed. Appendix J.8 records this distinction explicitly.
The apparatus-specific regime assignment can now be fixed independently of the measured value by a channel-selection rule inherited from the MQKB interaction-regime distinction. The MQKB defines electromagnetic interactions as fixed-count realizations at the electromagnetic demarcation and gravitational interactions as count-resolved realizations over variable separation. For a mixed measurement chain, the applicable realization is therefore assigned by the physical interaction that supplies the calibrated force or torque used to close the estimator for the inferred observable, not by a passive sensing channel that merely reports the state of the apparatus. This criterion is fixed by interaction provenance before examining the resulting value of G.
Applied to the BIPM/NIST torsion balance, the classification is unambiguous at the level of the two published torque equations. In Cavendish/free-deflection mode the gravitational torque difference is inferred from the freely displaced equilibrium angle and the torsional stiffness, with the stiffness obtained from the torsional frequency and calculated moment of inertia. In electrostatic-servo mode the pendulum is held at a fixed angle and the gravitational torque is inferred from the equal-and-opposite electrostatic counter-torque generated by the servo. Schlamminger et al. documented this distinction, including the relations between equilibrium angle, torsional stiffness, electrostatic counter-torque, voltages, and capacitance gradients, in 2022, before the 2026 redetermination [142]. The optical angle readout is present in both modes and therefore does not select the MQ regime; what differs is the interaction that supplies the calibrated torque entering the G estimator.
The resulting prospective MQ assignment is therefore fixed before any future measurement: electrostatic-servo torque closure selects the finite-count electromagnetic-demarcation realization, whereas free mechanical-deflection torque closure selects the count-resolved gravitational realization approaching the upper-count value. This converts the earlier qualitative interpretation into a theory-side intervention rule and removes freedom to reverse the assignment after a result is known. It does not retroactively make the 2026 NIST/BIPM mode difference a causal confirmation because this MQ selector was not preregistered for those data. Appendix AD therefore separates prediction from demonstration by specifying a controlled intervention in which the torque-closing interaction is changed while source geometry, pendulum, sensing, environmental state, and analysis are held fixed. The causal claim is supported only if the inferred G difference follows the active torque-closing interaction with the pre-specified +34.9274-ppm free-minus-servo ordering, while negative controls that alter sensing or energize electrostatic hardware without closing the torque estimator do not reproduce the shift.
2.10 Global Relational Topology and Domain Extension
2.10.1 Global Topological Classification from Relational Cycle Structure
The local constructions above do not require the realized domain to be simply connected. For a finite connected Internal Frame relational adjacency graph, global one-dimensional topology is already finitely enumerable: choosing any spanning tree leaves one independent fundamental cycle for each non-tree adjacency link. Appendix Z proves that this cycle basis is independent of labels and therefore survives the relational-relabeling requirement. The Frames mapping may make some of those cycles contractible in the realized System Frame or may exclude them behind a defect set; only the surviving non-contractible classes carry global physical data.
Proposition 2.8 (Global topological classification of finite MQ realizations). Fix a finite connected Internal Frame adjacency domain and an admissible regular System Frame realization. Let the primitive adjacency graph have V relational cells and E admissible undirected adjacency links. Then its independent cycle rank is β₁=E−V+1. After quotienting cycles that become contractible under the realized mapping, every remaining global loop-sensitive structure used by this manuscript is classified on the surviving cycle classes as follows: (i) mapping-equivalent representatives are distinguished globally only by their defect/connection holonomy representation, consistent with Proposition 2.2; (ii) U(1) phase sectors are the integral winding classes H¹(Ω;Z), equivalently the homotopy classes of maps Ω→S¹; (iii) the count-order future direction extends globally exactly when no surviving loop reverses the monotone update-order image; and (iv) the local Dirac spinor sector extends globally exactly when w₂(TΩ)=0, after which inequivalent spin structures form an affine space over H¹(Ω;Z₂). Thus non-contractible phase, holonomy, time-orientation, and spin alternatives are discrete global classes rather than unclassified continuum freedom.
Proposition 2.8 classifies the global loop data once a regular realized complex is available. Section 2.10.2 and Appx. AJ now close the distinct higher-dimensional incidence question for the finite adjacency domains used by this paper. Because the Internal Frame ontology contains adjacency but no independent higher-order incidence field, the no-extra-incidence completion is the flag (clique) complex of the primitive adjacency graph: every pairwise-adjacent finite set spans one simplex and no set containing a nonadjacent pair can do so. The resulting cell attachments, homology, and cohomology are therefore computable from primitive adjacency rather than freely specified. The regular System Frame manifold locus is then selected by the existing mapping-admissibility, defect, and local link conditions. Appendix Z continues to classify holonomy, winding, time orientation, and spin structure on that selected topology.
2.10.2 Adjacency-Determined Higher-Dimensional Realization
The primitive topological input available to MQ is relational adjacency, not a pre-existing manifold or an independently specified list of two- and higher-dimensional cells. A global realization rule must therefore avoid inserting higher-order incidence information that is absent from the Internal Frame. Appendix AJ makes this requirement constructive by using the standard flag-complex completion of a graph [161]. In a flag complex, a finite set of vertices spans a simplex exactly when every pair in that set is joined in the one-skeleton. Consequently, once the primitive adjacency graph is fixed, all higher-dimensional simplices are fixed as well.
Proposition 2.9 (Adjacency-completion selection of finite realized topology). Fix a finite Internal Frame relational adjacency graph at an admissible update and require, consistently with the count-and-adjacency ontology of Secs. 2.4.1 and 2.6, that no independent primitive higher-order incidence variable be introduced. Require realized incidence to be downward closed and to contain no empty simplex: whenever all pairwise adjacencies among a finite set of relational cells are present, the corresponding higher-order incidence is admitted, while any set containing a nonadjacent pair is excluded. Then the unique simplicial completion is the clique, or flag, complex of the primitive adjacency graph. Its simplicial homology, cohomology, fundamental-group presentation, and candidate higher-dimensional cell attachments are therefore functions of the primitive adjacency data rather than independently selectable System Frame inputs. The regular realized manifold domain is the maximal connected referenceable subcomplex containing the physical support of the preparation and satisfying the local manifold-link criterion together with the Frames mapping regularity, holonomy, and defect conditions already imposed by Proposition 2.2, Appx. N, and the MQKB universe-origin construction. For a specified finite adjacency history, topology can change only when the adjacency relation itself or the admissible defect/referenceability data change.
Proof. Downward closure forbids a higher-dimensional simplex whenever one of its edges is absent. Conversely, if every edge among a finite vertex set is present but the corresponding simplex is withheld, the distinction between that clique and an otherwise identical filled clique requires an additional higher-order exclusion datum not contained in primitive adjacency. Under the stated no-extra-incidence requirement, every clique must therefore be filled. The family of all cliques is exactly the clique complex and is uniquely determined by the graph [161]. Standard PL topology then supplies an intrinsic regularity test: a simplicial complex is a combinatorial manifold precisely when the relevant face links have the required PL-sphere or PL-ball structure [162]. Applying that test together with MQ mapping admissibility removes non-manifold or obstructed cells from the regular realized domain without adding a second topology variable. The resulting topology is consequently selected from adjacency plus the already-existing defect/referenceability invariants.
Proposition 2.9 is proved first on finite domains because the flag-completion argument is elementary there, but the topology it selects is local. Section 2.10.3 and Appx. AO now show that for any connected locally finite adjacency domain, an increasing exhaustion by finite connected induced subgraphs carries the finite flag complexes, mapping classes, locally finite measures, and finite-context record probabilities into a unique compatible limit whenever the finite restrictions agree on overlaps. Thus finite-domain consistency survives the locally finite thermodynamic/global limit without generating a new freely selectable realization class. What remains outside that theorem is a non-locally-finite domain for which bounded regions can contain infinite primitive incidence or availability. The distinct dynamical question of changes in the adjacency relation is addressed in Sec. 2.10.4 and Appx. AP.
2.10.3 Locally Finite and Thermodynamic-Limit Extension
The finite constructions above can be extended without postulating a second continuum law when the primitive adjacency domain is connected and locally finite. A connected locally finite graph is countable and admits an increasing exhaustion by finite connected induced subgraphs [180]. MQKB independently requires local finiteness of mapped availability—every finite realized System Frame region carries finite encoded availability—and defines a referenceable universe as a maximal subdomain on which a valid Frames mapping exists. These conditions supply the natural domain on which the finite realization results can be assembled rather than replaced.
Proposition 2.10 (Compatible-exhaustion extension of an MQ realization). Let U be a connected locally finite Internal Frame adjacency domain and let U1⊂U2⊂… be finite connected induced subdomains whose union is U. Suppose each Um carries the finite-domain MQ structures of Propositions 2.1–2.9 and an admissible physical mapping class [Mm]. Require restriction compatibility: whenever m<n, the restriction of [Mn] to Um agrees with [Mm] on count measure, adjacency current, realized observables, completed record maps supported in Um, normalization on finite contexts, and all defect/holonomy invariants visible in Um. Require also that every bounded realized region and every finite measurement context is supported in some Um. Then there is a unique physical limit realization class [MU] on the algebra of local observables and finite-context records whose restriction to each Um is [Mm]. The induced System Frame measure is locally finite; finite-context record probabilities are unique and projectively consistent; and the flag topology of U is the directed union of the finite flag complexes. Any two limit representatives agreeing on every finite restriction are physically equivalent under Proposition 2.2 and Theorem 2.2. Appx. AO gives the construction and scope.
The probability statement does not normalize an infinite total count. For an infinite domain, MQ probabilities remain attached to finite completed contexts. Their finite event laws must agree under restriction and marginalization. The Kolmogorov extension theorem then supplies a unique probability measure on the cylinder σ-algebra generated by those finite record events when the standard consistency conditions hold [181]. This is exactly the limiting operation needed by the count-to-record construction: every laboratory record remains finite, while the ambient domain may be unbounded.
Topology behaves compatibly for the same reason. Every simplex of the flag complex has finitely many vertices and therefore lies in some finite exhaustion element. The infinite flag complex is consequently the directed union of the finite flag complexes, and ordinary homology commutes with such directed unions under the standard compact-support condition [182]. Global winding, defect holonomy, time orientation, and spin-structure data therefore arise as stabilized global invariants of the compatible limit rather than as new cell-attachment freedom.
Proposition 2.10 closes issue #74 for the physically relevant connected locally finite extension class, including thermodynamic limits of finite measurement regions and maximal referenceable MQKB domains that admit a compatible exhaustion. It does not assert existence on arbitrary non-locally-finite graphs, nor does it manufacture a global realization across a genuine MQKB obstruction: if finite restrictions fail overlap compatibility or a persistent defect prevents extension, the construction terminates at the corresponding maximal referenceable subdomain. Local edge-adjacency evolution is treated separately in Sec. 2.10.4 and Appx. AP so that the locally finite limit theorem is not asked to supply a dynamical graph law.
2.10.4 Count-Action Selection of Primitive Adjacency Evolution
Propositions 2.9-2.10 determine realized topology once an Internal Frame adjacency graph or compatible fixed-adjacency exhaustion is specified. They do not by themselves determine how the primitive edge relation changes. The MQKB supplies the missing upstream structure: the MQ Action is defined over Internal Frame count structure and its relational configuration, and the MQ variational principle requires physical realizations to be stationary under admissible variations consistent with count conservation and the Frames mapping. Adjacency is part of that relational configuration rather than a System Frame geometric observable. The natural MQ extension is therefore to vary adjacency within the same action rather than append an independent graph Hamiltonian or stochastic edge process.
Write the primitive state at update A as the pair (n_I(·,A), G_A), with G_A=(V,E_A). Over one elementary adjacency update the relational-cell set V is held fixed and only the edge set may change. Count redistribution is evaluated first on G_A by Eq. (9), producing n_I(·,A+1); the subsequent edge rewrite changes E_A but does not itself transfer, create, or destroy count. Hence every admissible rewrite preserves the exact regional and closed-domain conservation statements of Eqs. (11-13). This ordering is important: topology can change through incidence while the conserved carrier remains unchanged.
An elementary rewrite is admissible only when it has finite relational support K, leaves all edges outside K unchanged, is equivariant under arbitrary relabeling of Internal Frame cells, introduces no dangling or half-defined incidence, preserves the update-order orientation used by Proposition 2.6, and yields a locally finite graph whose flag completion satisfies the mapping, defect, record, and local-link admissibility conditions already imposed by Propositions 2.2 and 2.9. Algebraic graph-transformation theory supplies a standard local replacement formalism for this kind of constrained edge creation/deletion [183]. Within a regular PL-manifold sector, Pachner moves provide the corresponding complete local retriangulation diagnostics for topology-preserving changes [184]; they are used here as a consistency test, not as an independent MQ dynamics. Causal-set sequential growth and quantum-graphity models likewise show that relabeling-covariant discrete structure can be dynamical, but their stochastic coupling families or model-specific Hamiltonians are not imported into MQ [185,186].
The physical selector is instead the already-existing MQ variational principle. For the post-redistribution count state, form the finite set of locally supported adjacency replacements that pass the preceding admissibility gates and quotient them by the same relational automorphism equivalence used in Proposition 2.2. Evaluate the single MQ Action on the corresponding admissible realization classes. A nontrivial adjacency change occurs only when the action selects one stationary physical equivalence class under those admissible local replacements. If several stationary representatives differ only by relational relabeling or invariant-preserving automorphism, they are one physical update. If no nonidentity stationary class exists, the identity edge relation is retained. If two genuinely inequivalent stationary classes survive with different realization invariants and the action does not distinguish them, unique referenceability fails at that update and the locus is treated as an MQ defect/obstruction rather than resolved by an added label-dependent tie breaker.
Proposition 2.11 (Local count-conserving adjacency-rewrite law). Fix an admissible locally finite Internal Frame state (n_I(·,A),G_A) and let Eq. (9) determine the next count state on G_A. Among finite-support edge replacements of G_A, retain exactly those that preserve count, adjacency locality, relational relabeling covariance, update-order consistency, local finiteness, flag-completion admissibility, and all Frames mapping/referenceability conditions visible on their support and boundary. Quotient that candidate set by admissibility-preserving relational automorphisms. The next primitive adjacency relation is the unique stationary equivalence class of the existing MQ Action on this candidate quotient; when no nonidentity stationary class exists the identity rewrite is retained. Any unresolved degeneracy between inequivalent stationary classes is a failure of referenceability and defines a defect/obstruction boundary rather than additional physical freedom. Consequently, within the fixed-cell locally finite sector, adjacency creation/deletion is local, count conserving, relabeling invariant, and selected by the same first-principles MQ Action that governs the realized continuum dynamics. The construction and conservation proof are given in Appx. AP.
Proposition 2.11 closes the specific universality gap identified in item #75 without asserting more than the MQKB supports. It supplies a first-principles edge-rewiring rule for a fixed set of primitive relational cells and shows why a topology change does not create count or introduce a second causal ordering. It does not yet derive birth or annihilation of primitive relational cells themselves, nor does it guarantee that every conceivable count state admits a unique nonidentity stationary rewrite. Those stronger questions are separated in Sec. 4.7.2; they are not required by the fixed-cell adjacency evolution used in the present quantum construction.
2.11 Determinism and Information Availability
Evolution of the measurement-availability count field in the Internal Frame is deterministic. The primitive count assignment nI(ξ,A) and the associated regional count measure NI(ω',A) evolve through count-conserving update rules that redistribute encoded availability across the relational adjacency configuration domain (Sec. 2.6; Appx. C.2–C.5). These updates preserve total count in closed domains and uniquely determine subsequent count configurations from admissible initial conditions.
Probabilistic behavior enters only after realization and normalization in the System Frame. Observers access conserved count structure through the Frames mapping under the Frames Principle, which produces a continuum relational encoding. When the realized count measure admits density representation (Sec. 3.4; Appx. C.6–C.8), the resulting System Frame encoding defines the encoded-availability density ρS(r,t). Statistical predictions are obtained only after normalization and contextual restriction of this encoded-availability structure (Sec. 3.4; Appx. C.9–C.11). Probability in MQ is therefore associated with normalized realized availability rather than with the underlying conserved count structure itself.
Deterministic count evolution and probabilistic realized outcomes therefore belong to distinct descriptive levels. Conserved count structure evolves uniquely in the Internal Frame, while multiple realized System Frame configurations may be associated with the same underlying count redistribution through the mapping-normalized encoding induced by the Frames mapping. Determinism therefore applies to Internal Frame count evolution rather than to realized observational outcomes.
The origin of this multiplicity is informational rather than dynamical. Internal Frame evolution specifies count relations and adjacency structure only. Under System Frame realization, a fixed count-level separation may admit multiple realized configurations consistent with the same conserved count structure and the consistency conditions imposed by the Frames mapping. Multiple realized System Frame configurations may therefore correspond to the same underlying count redistribution.
Continuum conservation laws and the consistency conditions imposed by the Frames mapping restrict the set of realizable System Frame configurations but do not uniquely determine a single realized configuration prior to contextual restriction (Sec. 3.5; Appx. C.11 and Appx. E.1–E.2). Normalized encoded availability consequently assigns nonzero weight across compatible realizable outcomes until physical interaction produces a stable realized measurement record through contextual restriction and subsequent normalization (Secs. 3.1–3.2 and Appx. H).
The logical sequence – conserved Internal Frame count evolution, Frames mapping, realization constraints, and contextual probabilistic realization – is summarized below. The “Outcome Realization” stage is physically completed by the first-stable-record criterion of Appx. H.8; the completed interaction is therefore generated by deterministic count evolution rather than supplied as an unspecified terminal configuration.
For a finite end-to-end realization of that sequence, Appx. AH fixes an explicit relational adjacency graph and preparation class and evaluates every admissible initial microconfiguration through count redistribution, completed contextual realization, first-stable-record closure, outcome labeling, and record-frequency counting. Section AH.4 now adds a dependency-free, machine-readable reference implementation and frozen expected output, making the construction directly reproducible from the manuscript without manual intervention. This executable example is the computational counterpart of the abstract map used in Sec. 3.2.1 and Appx. H.8-H.9.
START Discrete Internal Frame Exists Measurement-availability count field nI(ξ,A) Region count measure NI(ω′,A) Adjacency index ξ, update index A Discrete divergence operator divadj Count flux JI No continuum coordinates r No metric gμν No probability measure Pk Fundamental Evolution of nI Count-conserving update rule Deterministic redistribution Local adjacency coupling No stochastic creation/annihilation No encoded amplitude ΨMQ Total Count Conserved Region conservation with ΔANI(ω',A)+ϕI(∂ω',A)=0. (Eq. 11) Closed domain: ΔANI(ω',A)=0. (Eq. 13) No outcome partition {Ak} at this level Mapping to System Frame Deterministic realization under the Frames mapping (20a) Derived realized measure Density representation (Radon–Nikodym derivative) Count-gradient metric realization (20b) (Eq. 12) (20c) (Eq. 18) Scalar kinematic parameter Multiple realized configurations may correspond to the same conserved count structure Loss of Accessible Information Distinct nI configurations → same ρS(r,t) Many-to-one Frames mapping (20d) Admissible realization manifold R⊆Ω | Observer access restricted to encoded variables ρS, ρP, ΨMQ Internal Frame count information not uniquely recoverable from realized observables Emergent Statistical Description MQ encoding (20e) (Sec. 3.4) Normalization (Appx. C.9-C.10, F.7–F.9) (20f) Born probability (Appx. F.1, F.18) (20g) Probabilities arise from normalized availability, not primitive randomness Outcome Realization (Measurement) Partition of outcome domain (20h) Restriction + renormalization (Appx. H.3-H.6) (20i) Indicator function (Appx. H.3) (20j) No modification of nI or NI Exactly one realized outcome for each complete admissible interaction; R=κ∘M_c (Sec. 3.2.1; Appx. H.9) Post-outcome Conditioning Observed Quantum Statistics (Empirical layer) Joint probabilities (Eq. (G.21)) (20k) Operational No-Signaling (Eqs. (G.22-G.23)) (20l) CHSH correlator (Appx. G.12; Eq. (G.26)) Non-factorable statistics (Eq. (G.19)) Apparent indeterminism reflects incomplete access to the complete admissible interaction configuration: normalized availability weights record classes; the completed contextual realization and partition fix one outcome; the pushforward of the same count measure reproduces the normalized ensemble weights; restriction plus renormalization then updates subsequent predictions. END |
2.12 What We Do Not Assume
MQ does not take the usual quantum formalism as primitive. In the standard textbook architecture (e.g., Sakurai, Griffiths, Dirac; axiomatizations following von Neumann), one typically begins by positing: (i) a complex Hilbert space of states, (ii) an operator/observable correspondence, (iii) a Born-rule probability map, and (iv) a measurement update rule (projection or its generalizations), together with unitary time evolution generated by a Hamiltonian.
In MQ, none of the following are assumed as primitive objects or postulates:
Hilbert space kinematics (state vectors ∣Ψ⟩, inner products, spectral postulates) as a starting axiom.
Operator algebra as ontology (observables as self-adjoint operators) at the primitive level.
Born-rule probability as a primitive axiom. System Frame outcome-weight measure from encoded availability and then identifies that measure with empirical record probability through the completed-interaction pushforward relation of Eq. (32) and Appx. H.9. The position-space identity with the squared wave-function modulus follows from the subsequent amplitude representation, while arbitrary-observable Born probabilities enter only through the later spectral-measure completion (Appx. F.18–F.19). MQ first obtains a normalized
A dynamical collapse postulate or any additional stochastic law at the primitive level; “conditioning” is implemented only after encoding.
Setting-independent Bell-local response variables λ with Bell factorizable response functions P(A∣a,λ),P(B∣b,λ); consequently, Bell/CHSH premises are not imposed at the primitive level (they are assessed only for System Frame outcome statistics).
Continuum coordinates, metric structure, or geometric vectors in the primitive description; these appear only in the System Frame encoding (e.g., r∈R3, ∇, ∇⋅).
Instead, MQ takes as primitive only the discrete Internal Frame availability count structure and its admissible redistribution/conservation on the adjacency domain, together with the deterministic Frames mapping mandated by the Frames Principle. The System Frame density is introduced only when the mapped count measure admits a density representation. Normalization then supplies outcome weights; their empirical probability meaning is fixed by the completed-interaction pushforward identity of Sec. 3.2.1 and Appx. H.9; and the MQ wave function is constructed only after this measure-level structure is established.
The canonical position-momentum algebra is likewise not assumed at the primitive level. The Internal Frame has neither a continuum position variable nor a momentum operator, so a commutator cannot be a primitive count relation. Appendix S derives the corresponding System Frame kinematics from the realized translation group: mapped count redistribution supplies translations, the MQ phase-action scale fixes the generator normalization, and covariance of the mapped coordinate under those translations yields the Weyl form and hence the canonical commutator on the regular common core.
What remains aligned with standard quantum mechanics once the encoding is established is representational rather than primitive. Appendix F now distinguishes Hilbert geometry from Hilbert completion. The MQ availability norm, coherent complex amplitude composition, and Proposition C.3 determine a complex normed linear state representation; its parallelogram identity uniquely reconstructs the sesquilinear inner product by polarization, and separable composite realization uniquely linearizes as a tensor product. Completing that already determined pre-Hilbert geometry adds norm-limit points but no new physical weighting, angle, or composition law. Realized observables may then be represented by self-adjoint operators and their projection-valued spectral measures, with generalized measurements represented by POVMs. The full operational Born rule is recovered at this stage as the standard spectral probability representation of the already normalized MQ state, not as a consequence of normalization alone. Closed evolution may likewise be represented by the unitary Schrödinger form, and Bell/CHSH predictions are evaluated at the level of realized outcome statistics. These mathematical representations preserve the empirical content of the MQ probability and redistribution structure but do not constitute additional Internal Frame postulates.
3. RESULTS
3.1 Measurement, Superposition, and the Absence of Collapse
Measurement in MQ is represented as information restriction applied to the normalized System Frame encoding. The primitive structure remains the measurement count field nI defined on a relational adjacency domain. No continuum coordinates, metric variables, or probabilities exist at this level. Coordinate-dependent quantities – including the encoded availability density ρS(r,t) and amplitude ΨMQ(r,t) – arise only after the deterministic encoding of the Frames mapping under the Frames Principle.
To formulate measurement probabilistically, we introduce a partition of the encoded outcome domain in the System Frame. Let {Ak} denote a measurable, pairwise disjoint partition of the relevant System Frame outcome region Oout⊂R3. Each region Ak⊂Oout corresponds to a distinct macroscopic record class (e.g., pointer position or coarse-grained alternatives). Unlike an Internal Frame relational region Ω, a partition {Ak} is defined within the encoded coordinate space and is mutually exclusive and exhaustive:
These sets define outcome classes rather than geometric subdivisions.
kUsing the normalized MQ encoding, define the normalized outcome weight assigned to outcome k by
i.e., the normalized availability contained in region Ak. Prior to restriction, multiple regions Ak may carry nonzero availability. Multi-region support of ψMQ represents shared encoded availability across outcome partitions and corresponds to superposition in the System Frame representation only, not to multiple realized Internal Frame outcomes.
Equation (22) assigns a pre-realization normalized availability weight to each admissible record class; normalization alone does not yet establish that this weight is an empirical probability. Section 3.2.1 supplies that missing physical identification: the individual outcome label is induced by the completed contextual realization and the mutually exclusive outcome partition, and Eq. (32) proves that the pushforward distribution of the same complete-interaction count measure equals the weights of Eq. (22). Thus the same quantity is both normalized availability over record regions and the distribution of realized records. Multiple regions may carry nonzero encoded availability before realization without representing simultaneous realized records.
Conditioning on outcome k corresponds to restriction to Ak and renormalization,
where
is the indicator function of the outcome region. The denominator equals
from Eq. (22). Conditioning is defined for Pk>0. This is standard conditionalization of a normalized representation under restricted information and is mathematically equivalent to normalized projection onto a partition element in Hilbert space (Appx. F.18–F.19). The update rule is used only for subsequent predictions (Appx. H.3–H.6).
Macroscopic alternatives therefore correspond to disjoint partitions of encoded availability. Their normalized weights specify the distribution of possible records before the complete interaction is resolved. The actual admissible interaction has one realized outcome; restriction then acts on the already realized region in the predictive representation and renormalizes it without modifying the underlying Internal Frame adjacency counts.
There is thus no primitive dynamical collapse in MQ. The update is representational: it modifies the normalized System Frame encoding used for inference while leaving the underlying count evolution unchanged. Superposition and measurement update are properties of encoded availability and its conditioning rules, not of a fundamental wave ontology (Appx. D and H).
3.2 Definite Outcomes and Record Realization
Let Ωout denote the realized outcome domain and let ρS(r,t) denote the encoded availability density induced through the Frames mapping. The total encoded availability measure on the realized outcome domain is
and the encoded availability measure associated with outcome region Ak⊆Ωout is
NS(Ak,t)NS(Ωout,t)AkThe quantities N_S(Ω_out,t) and N_S(A_k,t) quantify realized encoded availability and do not themselves constitute probabilities. Their ratio in Eq. (27) is first a normalized outcome weight. Its empirical probability status is established only by the completed-interaction realization-frequency identity of Eq. (32). The normalized weight associated with outcome region A_k is therefore
Equation (27) defines unit-normalized relative availability weights for the admissible outcome regions. By itself it is a measure-normalization statement and does not prove that those weights equal observed outcome frequencies. That identification is the content of Proposition 3.1 below: the completed-interaction outcome map has a pushforward distribution exactly equal to Eq. (27). Once that equality is established, the weights may be interpreted as the probabilities with which the corresponding record classes occur across repeated preparations.
3.2.1 Outcome Realization and Frequency Compatibility
The current MQ construction contains an explicit completed-interaction realization structure. Let E denote the admissible interaction set and O the outcome-label space associated with a referenceable Frames mapping. An element x in E is the complete admissible interaction configuration for the measurement context. We denote the resulting outcome map by R:E→O. Equation (28) records its single-valued completed-interaction action; the construction of R from the contextual realization and the outcome partition, and its relation to the ensemble probabilities of Eq. (27), are derived below.
Equation (28) supplies the outcome-realization step that probability normalization alone cannot supply. The normalized availability of Eq. (27) describes the relative weights of possible record regions before the complete interaction is resolved. The interaction x is not a context-independent pre-existing eigenvalue assignment; it is the complete admissible interaction configuration on which the contextual Frames mapping acts. The construction therefore does not impose the noncontextual value assignment excluded by Kochen-Specker [38]. Nor does it equip the primitive count configuration with Bell-local factorized response functions. Deterministic Internal Frame redistribution fixes the count configuration entering the interaction, while the realized outcome exists only after the complete interaction is evaluated under the Frames mapping.
The physical content of “complete interaction” is fixed rather than left as an unspecified terminal condition. For a fixed measurement context c, let C_j denote the actual joint Internal Frame configuration of the measured system, apparatus, and physically coupled environment after update j. The count-conserving adjacency law determines the next configuration from the present one. A measurement interaction is complete at the first finite update for which the contextual Frames mapping places the realized configuration in exactly one outcome region and the corresponding macroscopic record satisfies the repeatability/stability condition of Operational Constraint 4 in the absence of a new record-altering interaction. Thus x is the finite interaction history generated from the actual initial count configuration and the imposed measurement context up to that first stable-record closure; it is not an arbitrarily chosen member of E and no additional stochastic selector is introduced. If no such finite stable-record closure occurs, the attempted interaction is not a completed measurement and does not define an element of E. Appendix H.8 gives the explicit construction in Eqs. (H.35–H.38).
Appendix AH supplies a constructive finite computation of this rule rather than another existence statement. In that example the primitive initial count configuration, the apparatus adjacency graph, the permitted count transfer, the contextual Frames mapping, the macroscopic outcome partition, and the record-stability interval are fixed before evaluation. The Internal Frame update law then produces a unique count trajectory; the mapped detector region fixes the corresponding label; and the same primitive counting measure over the allowed preparation microconfigurations gives the ensemble record frequencies. Section AH.4 supplies a dependency-free reference implementation that performs this complete chain automatically for all eight admissible micro-configurations and emits the frozen record map, outcome counts, and exact frequencies. The example is deliberately elementary: it demonstrates that the record map can be executed and independently reimplemented from specified count data without using the observed label as an input. It is not offered as a Bell-local hidden-variable model or as a replacement for the interference and entanglement constructions of Secs. 3.6-3.7.
A realized outcome must also be encoded as a stable, distinguishable macroscopic record. Let R_i denote the observer-specific macroscopic record-state space and rho_i the record-encoding map. MQ requires rho_i to be injective on the realized outcome subset O_R,
Equations (28-29) establish single-run outcome and record distinguishability. For each completed admissible interaction there is one realized label o_k; that label corresponds to one record region A_k in the System Frame output partition; and the record encoding assigns it a distinguishable stable macroscopic state. What remains is to show that this same realization structure reproduces the normalized ensemble weights of Eq. (27), rather than introducing an independent outcome-selection probability law.
Accordingly, the measure space used in Proposition 3.1 is not an unconstrained sample space. E is the image of the deterministic completion construction of Appx. H.8 over admissible actual initial joint configurations, and μ_E is the count measure inherited from conserved Internal Frame availability under that construction.
Nor is μ_E an independently selectable weighting on that sample space. By Proposition 2.1, conserved integer availability admits a unique primitive counting measure on the finite interaction domain, up to an irrelevant common scale. The deterministic completion map of Appx. H.8 carries that measure to E; outcome probabilities are then fixed by the cardinalities, with multiplicity, of the preimages R⁻¹({o_k}). A different nonuniform weighting would constitute an additional primitive field and lies outside the MQ assumptions.
Proposition 3.1 (Realization-frequency compatibility). For a fixed preparation and measurement context, let (E, Σ_E, μ_E) be the finite measure space of complete admissible interaction configurations, where μ_E is the pre-probabilistic count measure induced from conserved Internal Frame availability on E. Let M_c:E→Ω_out denote the completed contextual System Frame realization induced by an admissible Frames mapping, and let {A_k} be the measurable, pairwise-disjoint and exhaustive outcome partition of Ω_out. Define the label map κ:Ω_out→O by κ(y)=o_k exactly when y∈A_k. Then the realized-outcome map is the composition
Because M_c is single-valued for a complete referenceable interaction and the regions A_k are pairwise disjoint and exhaustive, exactly one k exists for every x∈E. Thus the particular outcome of an individual completed interaction is fixed by the contextual realization M_c(x) and its unique partition membership; no additional stochastic selector is introduced.
The realized System Frame encoded-availability measure is the standard image (pushforward) measure induced by the completed realization. For every measurable B⊆Ω_out [42],
Normalize the complete-interaction measure by P_E(D)=μ_E(D)/μ_E(E). Since Eq. (30) gives R⁻¹({o_k})=M_c⁻¹(A_k), the distribution of realized labels is the pushforward R_*P_E, and
Equation (32) is the realization-frequency compatibility relation and the physical probability-identification step. It states that the normalized availability of A_k is not merely an arbitrary unit-normalized measure: it is exactly the measure of the subset of complete admissible interactions whose realized record is o_k. The same conserved count measure that generates mapped encoded availability therefore determines the distribution of single realized records. Under the usual repeated-identically-prepared sampling conditions, standard law-of-large-numbers reasoning then makes the observed relative frequency of o_k converge to this induced probability. Equation (28) supplies single-run definiteness; Eqs. (30–32) supply the event structure and its empirical probability measure; no independent frequency or outcome-selection postulate is inserted. The discrete proof and its relation to the realization manifold are given in Appx. H.9.
Together, Proposition 2.1 and Eq. (32) close two different uniqueness questions. Proposition 2.1 fixes which pre-probabilistic measure is permitted by the MQ primitive count structure; Eq. (32) then fixes how that unique measure is transported into empirical record probabilities. The first prevents arbitrary primitive reweighting, while the second prevents an independent probabilistic assignment after realization.
Appendix T now makes the combined result explicit as a uniqueness theorem rather than leaving it distributed across these two constructions. Once primitive unit counts are exchangeable under relational relabeling, finite additivity fixes equal atomic weight; normalization fixes that weight to the reciprocal total count; and the completed contextual realization fixes every record event by its preimage. Coarse-graining consistency then forces all coarser event probabilities to be the corresponding pushforwards. Hence no second count-compatible record-probability measure exists for the same preparation and context.
A realized measurement record associated with outcome region Ak restricts admissible encoded availability to that realized region. The resulting conditioned normalized probability density is
The outcome region appearing in Eqs. (33-34) is therefore not selected by the normalization in those equations. It is the region associated with the already realized label o_k from Eq. (28). Eqs. (33-34) implement the post-outcome predictive update.
where
is the restriction function defined in Eq. (24). Using the normalized System Frame density and the outcome probability of Eq. (27), Eq. (33) may equivalently be written
Equations (33–34) give equivalent forms of the conditioned realization associated with measurement outcome Ak, respectively in terms of encoded availability and its normalized probability density. Because the conditioned normalized probability density is nonzero only on the realized outcome region Ak, immediate repetition of the same idealized measurement returns the same outcome with unit probability. Repeatability therefore follows from conditioning and normalization of encoded availability rather than from any modification of the underlying conserved count structure.
Accordingly, repeatability follows from the combination of three structures: completed contextual realization and unique partition membership fix one outcome, injective record encoding makes that outcome a distinguishable stable record, and restriction with renormalization conditions subsequent predictions on that record.
The existence of a realized measurement record does not alter the conserved count structure of the Internal Frame. Encoded availability continues to evolve according to the deterministic count-conservation relations developed in Secs. 2.6–2.11 and Appx. C, while Eqs. (33–34) describe the realized System Frame encoding associated with the established measurement record.
This distinction between conserved count structure and realized outcome encoding provides the measurement-update mechanism required by the measurement-consistency constraint established in Sec. 2.5. Prior to conditioning, encoded availability may possess support over multiple admissible outcome regions Ak. Following establishment of a realized measurement record, the System Frame encoding is conditioned onto the realized outcome region while remaining fully normalized. The resulting update is representational rather than dynamical and leaves the underlying conserved count structure unchanged.
The Hilbert space representation of the conditioned realization defined by Eqs. (33–34), developed formally in Appx. F.18–F.19, Appx. H.3–H.6, and Appx. H, is obtained through projection onto the realized outcome subspace,
where Πk denotes the projection operator associated with outcome region Ak. The relations
express idempotence and self-adjointness of the projection operator. Within MQ, Eq. (35) is the Hilbert space representation of the conditioning operation defined by Eqs. (33–34). It is not interpreted as a primitive dynamical process.
Equations (28-35) now close the complete measurement chain: Eq. (27) supplies the normalized outcome weights; Eq. (28) records the single-valued completed-interaction outcome map; Eq. (29) supplies stable record distinguishability; Eqs. (30-32) derive the outcome map from contextual realization and prove that its pushforward distribution equals those same normalized weights; and Eqs. (33-35) supply post-outcome conditioning and repeatability. No additional stochastic collapse or independent outcome-selection probability law is required.
3.2.2 Device-Level Realization of a Physical Measurement Channel
The outcome regions A_k and record map of Secs. 3.1-3.2 specify the kinematic event structure, but a laboratory apparatus adds a calibrated response between an ideal realized outcome and the macroscopic electrical or digital record actually registered. This response belongs to the System Frame because detector geometry, gain, thresholds, timing windows, and noise are realized experimental quantities. It does not alter the unique Internal Frame counting measure of Proposition 2.1 or the completed-interaction probability identity of Eq. (32). Appendix V makes this layer explicit for a representative on/off photodetector.
The general device bridge is a calibrated conditional response matrix. If o_k is the already defined ideal outcome label and r_j is the macroscopic detector record, the matrix element C_jk is the conditional probability that the physical device reports r_j when the realized input belongs to outcome class o_k. The observed record distribution is therefore the classical post-processing of the MQ outcome distribution by C. After Hilbert-space completion the same channel is represented by an effective POVM obtained by applying that response matrix to the ideal effects. This is the operational instrument structure used in standard measurement theory [137], while experimental detector tomography can determine the POVM of an actual apparatus without relying on a microscopic detector model [138].
Appendix V then specializes the construction to a gated avalanche photodiode. A finite detection efficiency η_d and a per-gate dark-click probability p_dc give explicit click and no-click probabilities for an n-photon input; the corresponding noisy POVM, the observed MQ click probability, and the stable threshold-record criterion are written in Eqs. (V.4-V.8). Finite efficiency and noise therefore change the apparatus response matrix, not the underlying MQ record-probability measure. This separation is standard in realistic photocounting models, where finite efficiency and noise counts are treated explicitly [139], and it is consistent with Glauber photodetection theory [140].
The construction closes the gap between an abstract partition and one concrete laboratory detector without claiming that every apparatus has the same response function. For a different device, C must be supplied by a calibrated physical model or detector tomography and then composed with the same MQ event measure. The first-stable-record criterion of Appx. H.8 consequently acquires an operational apparatus meaning: the completion update is the first update at which the calibrated raw detector output lies in one record region and remains there for the specified stability interval. Device imperfections can move or blur that closure, but they do not supply an additional outcome-selection law.
3.3 Foundational Consistency Criteria
Sections 3.1–3.2 establish measurement conditioning, definite record realization, and repeatability. The purpose of the present subsection is narrower: to state the foundational Bell–CHSH and operational no-signaling criteria that the composite-system construction must satisfy. The entanglement mechanism itself is derived in Sec. 3.7 and Appx. G.
At the System Frame level, the required empirical structure consists of normalized contextual outcome probabilities, operationally no-signaling local marginals, and joint correlations capable of violating Bell–CHSH bounds. At the Internal Frame level, conserved count redistribution must remain deterministic and adjacency-local. These conditions apply at different descriptive levels and provide the criteria against which the later joint-availability construction is evaluated.
MQ does not introduce a setting-independent Bell-local response variable λ carrying response functions P(A∣a,λ), P(B∣b,λ), nor does it assume Bell factorization of the form P(A,B∣a,b,λ)=P(A∣a,λ)P(B∣b,λ).
Accordingly, Bell, CHSH, and Kochen–Specker constraints [3,38,39] are applied to realized System Frame outcome statistics, not to the primitive count labels themselves. The question for MQ is whether the System Frame statistics generated by the Frames mapping satisfy the experimentally required correlation and no-signaling conditions without converting Internal Frame count indices into setting-independent outcome variables.
For binary outcomes A,B∈{±1}, define the correlator
The Clauser–Horne–Shimony–Holt (CHSH) combination is
Under Bell factorizability together with measurement independence, the standard Bell–CHSH derivation implies S≤2, whereas quantum-consistent correlations satisfy the Tsirelson bound
.
Equations (36–37) are used here as evaluation benchmarks. Their role is to define the correlator and CHSH combination against which the explicit composite-system probabilities of Sec. 3.7 are tested; the present subsection does not independently derive the entanglement probability structure.
Relative to the Jarrett–Shimony decomposition [40,41], parameter independence (PI) and outcome independence (OI) are conditional statements defined at fixed complete state λ. MQ directly establishes the weaker operational requirement needed here: local observed marginals are independent of the distant setting. The manuscript therefore does not infer λ-conditioned PI merely from no-signaling. If the complete normalized System Frame state is used as the conditioning state, the resulting quantum probability representation has the familiar state-conditioned pattern of remote-setting-independent marginals together with outcome dependence of the joint statistics. No claim is made here about PI or OI for an additional primitive λ-completion that MQ does not introduce.
Thus, Sec. 3.3 functions as a diagnostic statement of the foundational constraints rather than a second derivation of entanglement. The physical origin of non-factorizable joint statistics, the exceptional separability condition, and the explicit no-signaling marginal relations are developed once, in Sec. 3.7.
3.4 Continuum Mapping and Encoded Availability
With the discrete count structure in the Internal Frame and the Frames mapping to the System Frame established (Sec. 2), we introduce a continuum encoding suitable for comparison with standard quantum formalism. The primitive MQ variable is the measurement count field nI, defined on a relational adjacency domain and therefore not a function of continuum coordinates. Under the deterministic encoding of the Frames mapping MI and the Frames Principle, this count structure induces a System Frame count measure NS(Ω,t) on regions Ω⊂R3. When NS(⋅,t) is representable by a density with respect to d3r, its Radon–Nikodym derivative [42] defines the encoded availability density ρS(r,t).
3.4.1 Construction of the MQ Wave-Function Representation
The MQ wave function is then defined by
where ϕ(r,t) is a real phase field on the System Frame encoding. For a single subsystem with configuration space R3, the total mapped count is obtained from the System Frame encoded availability measure introduced in Eq. (39). The corresponding total encoded availability is
Where N1(t)≡NS(t) denotes the normalization measure associated with the single-subsystem encoding. The notation N1 is introduced to distinguish this normalization from the higher-dimensional normalization measures that arise for composite systems. No new physical quantity is introduced; N1 is simply the single-subsystem specialization of the total System Frame encoded availability.
With 0<N1(t)<∞, the normalization appearing in Eq. (38) is well defined. For composite systems, distinct normalization measures, such as N2(t), are defined on the corresponding higher-dimensional configuration spaces (Appx. F.14 and Appx. G.8–G.9).
The phase field in Eq. (38) is not an additional primitive variable appended to the count structure. It exists only in the realized System Frame and is reconstructed as a scalar-potential representation of the mapped redistribution flow. The primitive directional information is the oriented Internal Frame adjacency count-flux; after the Frames mapping and normalization, that conserved redistribution is represented by the System Frame probability current and velocity field (Appx. C.11). Proposition C.3 then establishes why the minimal reversible norm-preserving linear representation of this derived continuous phase coordinate is U(1), so the complex amplitude is not selected merely for mathematical convenience.
Accordingly, the phase depends on count evolution rather than supplying an independent source of it. Combining the flux factorization and phase-flow relations of Eqs. (C.35) and (C.36), the phase gradient is fixed by the mapped current wherever the normalized availability density is nonzero. On a connected, simply connected region this reconstructs the phase locally up to a spatially uniform additive constant, which changes neither probability density, current, momentum expectation, nor interference observables. Only phase differences and phase gradients enter the measurable System Frame structure.
For supports containing nodes or non-contractible loops, the global phase sectors are no longer left as an unspecified representability condition. Section 2.10.1 and Appx. Z classify them from the surviving loop classes of the mapped relational domain. The local phase gradient remains fixed by mapped count flow as above, while homotopically distinct U(1) phase maps are indexed by the first integral cohomology class of the realized support, equivalently by their integer winding on an independent cycle basis. Contractible cycles retain zero mapping holonomy; only non-contractible cycles can carry topological phase or defect data. Thus topology changes the global representative class without introducing a new Internal Frame field [72–74,153].
3.4.2 Normalized Availability, Empirical Probability, and the Born-Form Identity
The normalization of the MQ wave-function representation is
Equation (40) is a normalization statement for the wave-function representation, not a derivation of the full Born rule and not, by itself, the physical identification of probability. Positivity and finite additivity of the mapped count measure together with normalization on the realized System Frame domain determine a unit-normalized position-space availability measure (Appx. C.6–C.7). The additional event structure supplied by Sec. 3.2.1 is what identifies that measure empirically: Eq. (32) proves that the normalized measure of each record region equals the pushforward measure of all complete interactions that realize that record. Only after this realization-frequency equality is established is the normalized availability measure used as the position-space probability measure. The equality of its density with the squared modulus of the MQ wave function is then representational, following from the amplitude definition in Eq. (38). Neither normalization nor the modulus-squared identity alone establishes the probability rule for an arbitrary observable.
The logical bridge is therefore measure → event → empirical probability, not normalization → probability by fiat. The measurable outcome partition defines the events, the completed contextual realization maps every complete interaction to exactly one event, and Eq. (32) identifies the normalized availability of that event with the pushforward distribution of realized labels. For repeated identically prepared trials, ordinary statistical sampling then connects that probability distribution to long-run observed frequencies. The probability interpretation is thus carried by the realization map and its event preimages, not supplied by wave-function notation.
The word “measure” in this chain is consequently not shorthand for an arbitrary normalized prior. On each finite MQ domain its primitive form is the unique normalized counting measure established by Proposition 2.1. Preparation dependence enters through the physically different count configuration and through the completed-context event preimages, not through a freely chosen weighting functional.
This statement is strengthened in Appx. T. The admissible probability law on a finite completed-interaction domain is unique before any Hilbert-space completion: if U_E is the finite multiset of primitive interaction-count units and R is the completed contextual record map, then every record event B has probability |R⁻¹(B)|/|U_E|. The square-modulus form introduced by Eq. (38) is therefore a representation of an already-fixed event measure, not a separate choice among powers of an amplitude.
The phase ϕ(r,t) parameterizes the encoded count redistribution structure and associated conserved current representation under count conserving evolution (Appx. C.11–C.21 and Appx. E.3–E.6). Interference and superposition arise from phase relations in the System Frame representation, while the underlying Internal Frame count field remains single-valued and coordinate-free. The wave function ΨMQ is therefore a compact continuum encoding of discrete availability structure under the Frames Principle, not a primitive ontological field. More precisely, its gradient represents the mapped conserved redistribution current; the phase is therefore downstream of the Internal Frame count-flux and is not an independently evolving ontic field (Appx. C.8.1 and C.11).
3.4.3 Full Born Rule as Spectral-Measure Completion
For a general observable, the operational Born rule requires more structure than position-space normalization. Once the normalized System Frame encoding has generated the pre-Hilbert geometry reconstructed in Appx. F.8-F.14.1 and that space is completed in its derived norm, a realized observable represented by a self-adjoint operator admits the spectral theorem and its projection-valued measure over the observable spectrum. The probability assigned to a measurable spectral set is then represented by the state functional of Eq. (F.66). Generalized measurements are represented by the POVM form of Eq. (F.69). Accordingly, MQ recovers the arbitrary-observable Born rule only at the Hilbert-space completion stage; it does not claim that the spectral theorem, operator algebra, or POVM structure follows from count normalization alone.
This separation is consistent with the standard foundations literature. Gleason's theorem shows that, for Hilbert spaces within its stated dimensional and additivity assumptions, a noncontextual probability measure on projections has density-operator form [70]. Busch's generalized-observable formulation establishes the analogous result for normalized probability assignments on quantum effects [71]. These theorems constrain the form of the probability representation once Hilbert-space measurement structure is assumed; they do not supply the earlier MQ derivation of normalized availability. The MQ claim is therefore deliberately layered: normalized probability is derived from mapped availability, the modulus-squared relation follows from amplitude representation, and the full projective/POVM Born rule is recovered as the unique standard functional-analytic representation under the corresponding measurement assumptions.
Appendix T closes the distinct pre-Hilbert question for the finite MQ record algebra. Its theorem does not use projections, effects, density operators, or a Hilbert-space dimension assumption. It uses the MQ-specific count ontology, permutation invariance of primitive unit counts, finite additivity, normalization, and functorial consistency of contextual realization under event coarse-graining. Gleason and Busch remain necessary at the later stage because they establish the unique operator-theoretic representation of probabilities once projective or POVM measurement structure is introduced [70,71].
3.4.4 Canonical Translation Kinematics from the Frames Mapping
The operator construction of Appx. F already identifies realized position with multiplication by the mapped System Frame coordinate and momentum with the differential generator associated with the phase-gradient field. Appendix S now closes the missing kinematic bridge between these operators. Adjacency-local Internal Frame redistribution is realized as continuous System Frame displacement; on the completed MQ state geometry, the resulting norm-preserving strongly continuous displacement family is unitary. Stone’s theorem therefore supplies its self-adjoint generator, while the independently derived MQ phase-action scale fixes the physical normalization of that generator to p̂=-iℏ∇ rather than an arbitrary multiple of ∇.
The key relation is translation covariance of the mapped coordinate. A realized displacement a changes x̂_j by a_jI. Combining this covariance with the translation generator gives the exponentiated Weyl relation T(a)V(b)=exp[-i(a·b)/ℏ]V(b)T(a), where V(b)=exp[i b·x̂/ℏ]. Differentiation on the shared invariant core gives [x̂_i,p̂_j]=iℏδ_ij. This order of derivation is important: MQ does not quantize a pre-existing classical phase space by replacing Poisson brackets with commutators. It derives a regular System Frame translation representation from count redistribution and then obtains the canonical algebra as the compatibility condition between that translation and the mapped coordinate. The detailed domain statement, finite-degree-of-freedom uniqueness, and scope conditions are given in Appx. S [30,134,135].
3.5 Conditional Selection of Schrödinger Dynamics from Discrete Count Evolution
The continuum dynamical law is obtained by encoding discrete count redistribution from the Internal Frame into the System Frame through the deterministic encoding of the Frames mapping under the Frames Principle. Primitive evolution acts on the measurement count field nI (or region count measure NI) by local, count-conserving adjacency updates (defined on the adjacency graph and not on continuum coordinates). After encoding, this redistribution induces the differential generator governing the MQ wave function introduced in Sec. 3.4.
Let CI(ξ,A) denote the discrete Internal Frame count assignment indexed by relational adjacency label ξ (adjacency index) and update index A. Under the Frames mapping, the induced System Frame encoding yields the complex continuum amplitude ΨMQ(r,t) together with the encoded availability density ρS(r,t). Discrete first-difference operators on the adjacency graph map to continuum gradient terms, and discrete second-difference operators map to curvature terms whose continuum limit is the Laplacian (Appx. E). For additive, locally conservative difference schemes on partitioned domains, the induced continuum operators are self-adjoint with respect to the System Frame inner product, ensuring unitary (norm-preserving) evolution (Appx. F.15–F.17) [30] on the encoded Hilbert space domain.
Derivations of the Schrödinger equation from more primitive structure require an explicit separation between quantities derived by MQ and conditions that delimit the target non-relativistic realization. Standard Galilean-invariance derivations obtain the Schrödinger form only after fixing symmetry and representation data [68,69]. In MQ, that symmetry datum is now downstream: Proposition 2.7/Appx. Y derives the Galilei group as the non-relativistic contraction of the count-selected local Lorentz/Poincaré realization. Closed-domain count conservation and adjacency-local redistribution remain primitive structural requirements; first-order update structure and normalization preservation descend directly from them. Regular-lattice representability, sufficient continuum smoothness, the isotropic nearest-neighbor stencil, a self-adjoint realized domain, admissible boundary behavior, and a real multiplicative potential remain continuum-representation conditions. Appendix O.4 then derives the inertial dispersion from the realized phase-action/Hamilton-Jacobi structure together with the now-derived Galilean boost action rather than assuming either the quadratic law or boost covariance independently.
Within this restricted class, the operator form and its dimensional coefficient can be separated. Adjacency-local redistribution supplies the local first-difference structure; composing opposite first differences produces centered second differences, and isotropic summation gives the discrete Laplacian developed in Appx. E.1–E.2. The controlled Frames mapping limit then gives the System Frame Laplacian. The phase-action scale is not introduced at this continuum step: Appx. K and the MQ relations collected in Appx. O give psi = lf mf/(2tf) = ħ/(2lf), hence ħ = 2lf psi = lf²mf/tf. The subsystem mass is likewise represented as a realized mass count m = nm mf. Appendix Y first fixes the Galilean boost law as the c → ∞ contraction of the local Lorentz/Poincaré symmetry selected by the same Frames mapping invariants. Appendix O.4 then combines that derived boost action with the MQ phase-action relation and realized Hamilton-Jacobi characteristic relation to fix the free inertial Hessian and integrate uniquely to T = p²/(2m). Substitution of the already-derived momentum generator yields the Schrödinger kinetic operator without inserting either the factor 1/2, the quadratic dispersion, or an independent Galilean symmetry axiom.
Here ∇2is the continuum limit of the discrete adjacency Laplacian acting on encoded availability, and V(r,t) represents System Frame constraint structure induced by external, boundary, or interaction restrictions on availability (Appx. E and Appx. F.4–F.5). Spatial derivatives act only on encoded continuum fields, never on primitive Internal Frame variables.
The reduced Planck constant in Eq. (41) therefore has a prior MQ derivation rather than the status of a coefficient chosen to reproduce Schrödinger dynamics. In the dimensionally explicit notation of Appx. K, the momentum realization p_si obeys p_si = ħ/(2l_f), so ħ = 2l_f p_si; using p_si = l_f m_f/(2t_f) gives ħ = l_f^2 m_f/t_f. The mass m is the System Frame realization of the subsystem mass count, m = n_m m_f. Its numerical value is system-specific input, not a new universal MQ constant or a fit parameter. Appendix O traces these identities to the MQKB and separates them from the non-relativistic kinetic-sector relation that supplies the inertial response 1/(2m).
The MQKB further resolves this phase-action scale by count separation. In the canonical MQ relation, the realized reduced Planck scale is hbar(n_L) = theta_si l_f/[Q_L(n_L)n_L], with Q_L(n_L) = sqrt(1+n_L^2) - n_L. At the electromagnetic demarcation n_L = 276/theta_si this relation reproduces the ordinary SI-scale value, whereas its upper-count limit is 2 theta_si l_f. Equation (41) therefore uses the realization-appropriate phase-action scale rather than postulating one count-independent value across all MQ regimes. Ordinary electromagnetic quantum tests remain in the demarcation realization; the distinct upper-count branch becomes experimentally discriminating for gravitationally bound quantum states whose level spacing is set by a macroscopic gravitational realization. Appendix L.2 derives the resulting parameter-free transition-frequency ratio and states the scope conditions required for a clean test.
Because the generator in Eq. (41) is self-adjoint on its dense domain, normalization of encoded availability is preserved:
For time-independent V, the associated Hamiltonian is the self-adjoint generator of System Frame time translations of the encoded state (Appx. F.4-F.6 and Appx. F.15-F.17). Self-adjointness is not inferred from count ontology alone; it is the functional-analytic realization condition corresponding to reversible norm-preserving closed evolution on the chosen continuum domain. What MQ supplies independently is the count-conservation basis for norm preservation and the discrete local operator structure from which the Laplacian limit is constructed. The detailed provenance split is summarized in Appx. O.
Stone's theorem then supplies uniqueness of the self-adjoint generator for the strongly continuous unitary group generated by this realized evolution [30]. It does not determine the kinetic coefficient or select the Schrödinger Hamiltonian from arbitrary laws. Those tasks are separated here: MQ fixes the phase-action scale ħ from its fundamental measures, the subsystem fixes m through its realized mass count, the non-relativistic sector fixes T = p^2/(2m), and the discrete-to-continuum construction fixes the Laplacian operator. Their combination yields Eq. (41) without treating ħ^2/(2m) as an adjustable coefficient (Appx. O).
Accordingly, the manuscript claims a conditional but coefficient-resolved recovery whose kinetic dispersion is derived within the stated non-relativistic realization. The count ontology alone still does not uniquely imply every element of non-relativistic quantum dynamics: regular continuum representability, self-adjoint domain conditions, admissible boundary behavior, and the conservative real-potential representation delimit the realization being recovered. The inertial symmetry is no longer on that assumption list: Proposition 2.7/Appx. Y derives the local Lorentz group from the mapped metric and causal invariants and obtains Galilean boosts by its non-relativistic contraction. Within those conditions, the dispersion T = p²/(2m), differential operator, norm-preserving structure, phase-action scale, subsystem mass realization, and therefore the coefficient ħ²/(2m) are fixed as stated in Appx. O. The relativistic continuation is treated separately in Sec. 3.9.1 and Appx. P.
3.6 Interference and the Two-Slit Experiment
Interference provides a central test of whether the MQ framework reproduces standard quantum behavior while maintaining single realized measurement records. In conventional quantum theory, interference arises from linear superposition of wave-function amplitudes defined over configuration space. Within MQ, the same observable interference structure emerges from coherent encoded availability realization under the Frames mapping.
In the MQ framework, conserved count redistribution is defined in the Internal Frame through adjacency-local evolution of encoded availability. Observable interference arises only after realization in the System Frame, where admissible realization configurations combine through the normalized realization structure developed in Secs. 3.4–3.5 and Appx. C–E. Interference therefore appears at the realization level of encoded availability rather than from simultaneous realized macroscopic outcomes.
Let
denote the System Frame encoded availability amplitudes associated with two admissible realization configurations. Here ρP,j(r,t) denotes the normalized encoded availability density associated with realization configuration j, and ϕj(r,t) is the corresponding System Frame redistribution phase field induced through coherent encoded availability redistribution under the Frames mapping.
The total encoded availability amplitude is then
with corresponding normalized encoded availability density
Substituting Eq. (44) into Eq. (45) yields
Equation (46) shows that the interference contribution arises from relative redistribution phase within the normalized System Frame encoded availability structure. Observable interference therefore emerges from encoded availability realization algebra under the Frames mapping.
Consistent with the measurement consistency structure established in Sec. 2.5 and Appx. B, interference in MQ does not require simultaneous realized macroscopic records. Before completion of the interaction, encoded availability may remain distributed across admissible realization structure. For the completed interaction, the contextual realization and outcome partition induce exactly one realized label by Eqs. (28) and (30), while Eq. (32) fixes the ensemble distribution of such labels. Post-outcome restriction and renormalization then update only the predictive System Frame encoding.
When which-path measurement restriction is introduced, contextual restriction modifies the admissible encoded availability structure and suppresses the interference contribution in Eq. (46). MQ therefore reproduces the standard transition between coherent interference and which-path measurement statistics through contextual restriction and normalization of encoded availability rather than through physical wave-function collapse or ontological branching (Appx. D.1–D.3 and Appx. H.1–H.6).
Detailed derivations, numerical realizations, and explicit slit configurations are developed in Appx. D.
3.7 Entanglement and Bell Correlations under the Frames Principle
Entanglement in MQ is the composite-system realization used to test the foundational criteria stated in Sec. 3.3. The primitive object is a joint count configuration in the Internal Frame, while correlation statistics arise only from its realized System Frame encoding under the Frames mapping and the Frames Principle. Spacetime separation and analyzer orientation therefore enter only at the realized System Frame level.
An entangled preparation corresponds to a single joint measurement count configuration in the Internal Frame, defined on the composite adjacency domain. This relational domain carries no intrinsic metric or geometric structure. The joint availability structure is generally non-factorable and is not expressible as a Cartesian product of subsystem count measures. It constrains which joint outcomes are accessible under measurement partitions without assigning realized outcomes in advance and without introducing stochastic hidden variable response functions.
For correlation tests, outcomes are represented using binary ±1 coding defined by a two-channel partition of System Frame availability for each analyzer setting. This is the standard correlator normalization convention (Appx. G.6, Appx. G.11–G.12) and does not assume pre-existing ontic ±1 values.
For subsystems A and B, the primitive joint count object is a composite Internal Frame measure
, not a coordinate function. Under the Frames mapping, when density-representable, it induces a joint encoded availability density ρS(rA,rB,t) on composite System Frame configuration space
Analyzer settings and spatial orientations enter only through this encoding. Settings define rotated availability partitions used to construct binary outcome regions in the encoded coordinate space.
The total mapped joint count is
The corresponding joint encoded MQ state takes the continuum form
The normalized joint probability density is therefore
Correlations arise from non-factorability of this joint encoded availability structure:
A measurement at subsystem Aimplements restriction to a selected partition of the joint encoded domain and conditions the normalized distribution accordingly (Secs. 3.1–3.2 and Appx. H). This produces global renormalization in the System Frame encoding, while the underlying Internal Frame count configuration remains unchanged. Correlations are therefore computed from conditioned access to shared availability geometry under the Frames mapping.
Factorization can arise only in special separable or symmetry-restricted cases. These occur when both the encoded joint availability density separates, ρAB(rA,rB)=ρA(rA)ρB(rB), and the measurement-induced restriction partitions factorize, Aab=Aa×Ab, yielding P(A,B∣a,b)=P(A∣a)P(B∣b). Such separability conditions are exceptional. Outside these restricted cases, MQ joint probabilities remain non-factorizable.
The ambient composite architecture is not chosen independently to accommodate these correlations. Proposition F.2 derives the bipartite tensor product from separable count composition, and Proposition F.3 extends that result to finite multipartite systems. Every normalized finite-dimensional coefficient array then lies in the completion of the count-generated amplitude space, while bipartite Schmidt structure, purification of mixed reduced states, and monogamy of pure entanglement follow from that same tensor-product geometry [113-116]. Thus non-factorizable MQ availability does not merely resemble an entangled state after the fact; it is represented in the unique finite composite space generated by the already-derived subsystem composition law.
To place MQ in relation to Bell analysis, we now state the standard Bell-local factorizability assumption for hidden variable models. Bell–CHSH constraints apply to models satisfying factorizability at fixed hidden state λ,
together with measurement independence and standard probability axioms (Appx. G–H). Here λ denotes a Bell hidden variable specifying outcome-relevant properties which may be deterministic or stochastic. Equation (51) defines the Bell-local model class and is not assumed by MQ.
MQ does, however, satisfy the separate measurement-independence premise for the preparation ensemble used here. Appendix G.1 expresses that condition directly on the complete pre-setting Internal Frame count configuration Cᵢ and derives P(Cᵢ|a,b)=P(Cᵢ) from the preparation-setting separation of the MQ Bell construction (Eqs. (G.3–G.5)). The later setting-dependent partitions therefore do not constitute a measurement-dependence loophole.
The benchmark can now be evaluated on the MQ construction. For analyzer settings (a,b), the realized joint probability is assigned directly from the normalized encoded-availability counts associated with the setting-dependent System Frame partition:
where Nab(A,B) is the encoded joint availability count for outcome pair (A,B) under the specified settings, and
is the corresponding total availability for those settings. The probabilities therefore arise from normalization of encoded availability rather than from an assumed factorized response structure.
The preceding separability condition shows precisely when product structure can be recovered. In the generic case, the measurement partitions remain non-Cartesian in joint availability space and the joint distribution is non-factorizable. The local marginals nevertheless satisfy operational no-signaling:
Equation (53) establishes operational no-signaling: each observed local marginal depends only on its local setting. It does not, by itself, establish λ-conditioned parameter independence, because no Bell hidden state λ has been introduced in Eqs. (52–53). Likewise, generic non-factorizability of the unconditioned joint distribution is not by itself a proof of Jarrett outcome-independence failure. At the complete System Frame state-conditioned level, however, the joint quantum probability representation exhibits outcome dependence while retaining remote-setting-independent marginals, matching the standard quantum pattern. More generally, because MQ reproduces Bell–CHSH violations while retaining measurement independence, no Bell-local factorized hidden-variable completion can reproduce the same statistics.
The division of labor is therefore explicit. Section 3.3 states the Bell–CHSH and no-signaling tests; Sec. 3.7 derives the composite non-factorizable availability structure and applies those tests. Appendix G.11 now closes the remaining analyzer-response step from the same MQ hierarchy. Count conservation fixes normalization, the derived System Frame amplitude supplies a two-channel linear representation, and continuous rotation of an ideal lossless analyzer acts as a norm-preserving relabeling of that realized channel plane. Those conditions force the SO(2) rotation matrix; the already-derived MQ probability identification then gives the cos²/sin² channel weights and hence the Bell angular correlation. Equations (G.48–G.54) therefore derive the angular law without inserting Malus' law, a Hilbert-space inner product, or a Born-rule postulate as an independent input. The CHSH evaluation remains the standard algebraic benchmark (Appx. G.12).
3.8 Classical Limit and Stable Record Formation
The classical limit in MQ is not a transition to a second ontology. It is a realized System Frame regime in which normalized encoded availability is coarse-grained over macroscopic record classes, while phase-sensitive structure below the resolution of those records becomes operationally unresolved. The underlying Internal Frame count structure continues to evolve through the same deterministic, adjacency-local conservation relations established in Secs. 2.6–2.11. Classical and quantum behavior therefore remain two realization regimes of the same conserved count substrate, consistent with the MQKB classical-correspondence construction.
The coarse-graining relevant to a macroscopic record is already supplied by the mutually exclusive and exhaustive System Frame outcome partition {A_k} introduced in Secs. 3.1–3.2. Aggregating normalized encoded availability over those record regions preserves total availability because the regions partition the realized output domain. Using Eq. (27), the coarse-grained normalization condition is
Equation (54) makes the correspondence operation explicit: coarse-graining changes the resolution of the System Frame description but does not alter normalized total encoded availability or the conserved Internal Frame count structure. The classical regime is therefore obtained by aggregation of realized alternatives, not by replacing the underlying count kinematics with a primitive continuum state.
Macroscopic definiteness additionally requires that distinct realized outcome labels remain distinguishable as persistent records. Let ρi:O→Ri denote the record-encoding mapping from the realized outcome label space to the observer-specific macroscopic record-state space defined in Appx. A.3. On the realized outcome subset, stable distinguishability requires the injective relation
Equation (55) identifies effective macroscopic exclusivity with record distinguishability: different realized alternatives correspond to different observer-accessible record states. This is a System Frame statement about realized records and must not be projected backward as a primitive partition or classical geometry in the Internal Frame.
Persistence requires more than distinguishability. Under Operational Constraint 4, an established record must survive immediate rereading in the absence of intervening record-altering dynamics. For a realized outcome o_k and rereading interval Δt, the ideal stability condition is
Equation (56) is the operational stability condition already implicit in Eqs. (33–35): after contextual restriction to A_k, the conditioned normalized density has support only on that realized record region, so immediate repetition returns the same outcome with unit probability. A persistent classical record is therefore a restricted, normalized System Frame realization that remains invariant under admissible evolution over the interval in which no record-changing interaction occurs.
Environmental decoherence is compatible with this construction but is not identified with realized-outcome selection. Within MQ, decoherence operates on the realized System Frame quantum encoding, where environmental entanglement can suppress phase coherence between macroscopic alternatives and stabilize robust record classes [5,7]. Outcome realization is instead fixed by the completed contextual realization and unique outcome-partition membership of Eqs. (28) and (30), with Eq. (32) giving the corresponding ensemble distribution; Eqs. (33-35) then condition the predictive encoding on the already realized record. The relation between these mechanisms is developed explicitly in Sec. 4.2.
The effective exclusivity of macroscopic alternatives follows from these two structures together. Before record realization, normalized encoded availability may have support across several macroscopic regions A_k. After realization, conditioning restricts predictive support to the realized region, while Eq. (55) keeps distinct realized outcomes mapped to distinct records and Eq. (56) makes the selected record repeatable. Fine interference structure may remain part of the underlying System Frame encoding before contextual restriction, but once it is below macroscopic resolution it no longer changes the stable record classification.
For position-like macroscopic observations, the correspondence limit is consequently approached when coarse-grained normalized encoded availability remains concentrated within a sequence of stable realized record regions over the relevant observational timescale. The resulting record sequence may be represented by classical trajectories at the empirical level, but neither those trajectories nor their continuum geometry are primitive in the Internal Frame. Classical behavior is therefore an operationally stable, coarse-grained System Frame realization of the same conserved count structure that produces quantum interference and entanglement at finer realized resolution. No additional stochastic collapse law is required for this correspondence.
Proposition 3.2 (Quantitative classical-limit scaling). The qualitative correspondence criteria above admit a quantitative sufficient-condition theorem without assigning classicality to the Internal Frame. Appendix U proves three System Frame scaling results for the same normalized MQ state. First, if two macroscopic record alternatives become correlated with m conditionally independent environment fragments whose branch-overlap factors satisfy |γₐ|≤exp(-ηₐ), then the magnitude of their off-diagonal coherence, and hence every interference contribution between the two alternatives, is bounded by exp[-Σ_a ηₐ] and by exp(-mηmin) when ηₐ≥ηmin>0. Second, coarse record resolution suppresses unresolved phase structure independently of environmental tracing: for a locally linear phase difference sampled by a top-hat record bin of width Δx, the normalized interference factor is |sinc(ΔkΔx/2)|. Third, if a macroscopic record variable is the average of Nc mapped count-resolved contributions with uniformly bounded variance and only summably weak correlations, its realization variance scales as O(1/Nc), so its standard deviation scales as O(Nc^{-1/2}). These statements are derived with respect to the already-established MQ record-probability measure; they introduce no primitive stochastic count law.
The three mechanisms are cumulative rather than interchangeable. Environmental coupling suppresses branch coherence, record coarse-graining averages phase structure that lies below the chosen resolution, and large count aggregation concentrates macroscopic record variables. A sufficient realized classical regime is therefore obtained when the relevant decoherence exponent is large, the record bin resolves many phase oscillations, and the effective count number Nc is large compared with the residual correlation scale. The result strengthens Eqs. (54-56): those equations establish normalization, distinguishability, and persistence, while Proposition 3.2/Appx. U supplies an explicit approach-to-classicality rate. The theorem is conditional at the correct level: count conservation alone does not determine an environmental scattering rate, guarantee fragment independence, or force weak correlations among every possible macroscopic observable. Those are realized System Frame dynamical conditions and are experimentally testable [5,7,97,98,136].
3.9 Relativistic and Field-Theoretic Completion
3.9.1 Lorentz-Covariant System Frame Free-Field Completion
The MQKB contains a distinct general-relativistic construction in which the Frames mapping induces a System Frame metric, its Levi-Civita connection and curvature tensors, a covariantly conserved stress-energy tensor, the Einstein tensor, and the geodesic law. The quantum manuscript can therefore test relativistic closure without assigning spacetime geometry to the Internal Frame. Appendix P imports only those already-derived geometric structures and combines them with the phase-action scale ħ and subsystem mass realization m = n_m m_f established above.
The relativistic completion is formulated on the locally Lorentzian, time-oriented System Frame realization selected by Proposition 2.6 and Appx. X. The signature is not inferred from integer count multiplicity alone: it follows, within the regular four-dimensional quadratic realization class, from the conjunction of the single Internal Frame update ordering, adjacency-local finite propagation, the mapped fundamental length/time scale, and the positive-definite three-dimensional spatial metric of Appx. M–N. For a complex scalar MQ amplitude, locality, linearity, second-order covariance, and minimal free-field coupling give the covariant Klein–Gordon equation on the emergent metric. Its WKB phase satisfies the relativistic Hamilton–Jacobi mass shell g_sys^{μν}∂_μS∂_νS + m²c² = 0, and the flat-space limit gives E² = p²c² + m²c⁴. Removing the rest-energy phase and taking |p|/(mc) ≪ 1 reproduces the free Schrödinger generator and the same coefficient ħ²/(2m) obtained independently in Sec. 3.5 and Appx. O.
For the spinor realization, Appx. P introduces no preferred frame. Section 3.9.3 and Appx. R fix the local j=1/2 Clifford representation, while Sec. 2.10.1 and Appx. Z now classify the global extension. On an orientable realized System Frame manifold a spin lift exists exactly when the second Stiefel-Whitney obstruction vanishes; when it exists, inequivalent spin structures form an affine family over H^1(Ω;Z₂) [129,152]. The finite contractible charts used for the local quantum derivations have trivial relevant cohomology and therefore one local spin class. On a non-contractible realization the available spin boundary conditions are consequently discrete topological data fixed only after the global realized topology is specified. This separates the already-closed local spin value from the distinct global spin-structure question.
This construction closes the absence of a Lorentz-covariant one-particle formulation at the level supported by the present derivation: MQ contains explicit scalar and spin-1/2 covariant sectors, conserved relativistic currents, the relativistic mass shell, and a controlled non-relativistic reduction to Eq. (41). Section 3.9.4 and Appx. Q continue this structure into quantum field theory, while Sec. 3.10/Appx. AB close the additional mean-backreaction bridge between those quantum matter fields and the MQKB-derived emergent geometry. The remaining distinction is therefore not “particle versus no field theory” or “fixed geometry versus no feedback,” but which deeper field-theoretic and quantum-geometric structures are actually derived from MQ.
3.9.2 Selection of the Minimal Massive Charged Matter Representation
The preceding spin result still leaves a logically prior question: why should the elementary massive charged carrier realized from primitive MQ count structure belong to the Dirac/Clifford class at all? The answer uses constraints already established upstream rather than an economy choice among known particle representations. The primitive measurement-availability count field has no independent spinor, tensor, chirality, or species index; its local law, Eq. (9), is a one-update adjacency redistribution law. Proposition 2.7 supplies the local proper-orthochronous Poincaré symmetry after realization, while Appx. P supplies the relativistic mass shell, the nonzero subsystem mass realization, and the positive conserved hypersurface current required of the one-particle matter carrier. The MQKB electromagnetic construction separately supplies the nonzero U(1) charge scale used in Appx. Q. Appendix AK combines these ingredients into a representation-selection theorem.
Proposition 3.3 (Selection of the minimal massive charged MQ matter carrier). Fix the finite regular System Frame realization class used in Secs. 3.9.1–3.9.3. Consider an elementary one-particle matter carrier obtained from the scalar Internal Frame count ontology with no independent primitive internal multiplet. Require that its realized free propagation preserve the inherited one-update locality without introducing an additional state-memory variable, transform covariantly under the derived proper-orthochronous Poincaré group, carry nonzero realized mass and nonzero MQ U(1) charge, reproduce the already-derived relativistic mass shell, and admit a positive conserved hypersurface availability norm. Then the minimal faithful complex local realization is, up to similarity and admissible representative change, the four-component Dirac Clifford module. The first-order realized operator must factor the mass shell and therefore obey the Clifford relation already written in Eqs. (P.8) and (R.2); the complex Clifford algebra in four spacetime dimensions has a unique simple four-dimensional module up to equivalence [129,165]. Its Lorentz content is the paired chiral representation needed for a massive charged fermion [163,164]. Consequently the Dirac/Clifford class is downstream of the MQ count-update, causal, mass, and charge structure for this elementary carrier rather than an independently selected matter ansatz.
The alternatives are separated by which premise they fail, not by numerical economy. A single Weyl representation is a chiral massless carrier; a nonzero Lorentz-invariant mass couples opposite chiralities. A Majorana condition can describe a neutral massive fermion but is incompatible with the nonzero unbroken U(1) charge carried by the present electromagnetic matter channel [164]. The scalar Klein–Gordon sector of Appx. P remains an admissible bosonic System Frame field and is retained in Appx. Q, but its second-order one-particle equation and indefinite Klein–Gordon current do not satisfy the present elementary positive-availability-carrier criteria. Higher-spin Rarita–Schwinger or more general tensor-spinor representations require additional realized tensor indices and subsidiary constraints [151,163]; those structures are not generated by the scalar primitive count carrier and must be derived from additional MQ invariants before they can represent a distinct elementary matter class.
This result is deliberately narrower than a derivation of the complete particle spectrum. It selects the representation class of the elementary massive charged carrier actually used by the quantum-measurement and Abelian-QED continuation. It does not assert that Nature contains no neutral Majorana field, no massless chiral field, no scalar excitation, or no higher-spin field. Nor does it determine species multiplicity, flavor, non-Abelian internal multiplets, chirality assignments, Higgs/Yukawa structure, or anomaly cancellation. Those are separate matter-content questions and remain part of the universality program described in Sec. 4.7.2 and Appx. AA.
3.9.3 MQ Rotational Completion and the Spin-1/2 Sector
The remaining one-particle structural issue is whether spin-1/2 is merely appended to the realized System Frame description or is selected by structures already present in MQ. Appendix R gives a conditional derivation at the same level of rigor used elsewhere in the paper. Its inputs are not a Pauli postulate: they are the MQKB half-Planck angular-momentum geometry, the complex state geometry already reconstructed in Appx. F, the locally isotropic realized rotation group of the System Frame metric, and the first-order Clifford factorization already implicit in the Dirac continuation of Appx. P.
The MQKB relation used in this step is L=rΘ with r=l_f and Θ represented by the same invariant coefficient that gives θ_si=ℏ/(2l_f), so that the corresponding fundamental rotational action is L=ℏ/2. This equality does not by itself create a spin representation; the representation is fixed by the already-required local Clifford factorization. On the finite bounded contractible System Frame charts of Proposition 2.3, the oriented orthonormal frame bundle is trivial and admits a spin lift. Quantum states are rays in the derived complex Hilbert geometry, so continuous physical rotations lift from SO(3) to Spin(3)≅SU(2) [128,129]. The first-order Clifford factorization then fixes the spatial spinor module: its rotation generators have Casimir S²=3ℏ²/4, and the SU(2) identity S²=j(j+1)ℏ² has the unique nonnegative solution j=1/2. The half-Planck MQ relation supplies the same component scale ±ℏ/2. Thus j=3/2,5/2,... are not competing representations of the same Dirac Clifford sector and no economy assumption about minimal internal multiplicity is needed.
The resulting generators are S_i=ℏσ_i/2. They satisfy the angular-momentum algebra, yield S²=3ℏ²/4, and generate U(n,ϑ)=exp[-iϑ n·σ/2]. Therefore U(2π)=-I while U(4π)=I: the double-valued spinor rotation law is a consequence of the selected SU(2) realization rather than an independent spin postulate. Werner et al. directly observed the 2π sign reversal with neutron interferometry, and the companion 1975 neutron-interferometer work observed the expected 4π periodicity [132,133].
Because MQ probability has already been identified with realized record frequency before Hilbert completion, the Stern–Gerlach law follows without introducing a separate spin probability rule. For a state polarized along a and an analyzer axis n, the two spectral projectors of S·n give P_MQ(±|a,n)=[1±a·n]/2=cos²(ϑ/2), sin²(ϑ/2), where ϑ is the angle between a and n. The original Stern–Gerlach experiment established discrete directional splitting [131]; Eq. (R.10) gives the complete two-channel probability law in the MQ representation. In the electromagnetic sector, the non-relativistic limit of the Appx. P/Q Dirac equation is the Pauli equation, with the leading magnetic coupling corresponding to g=2 [130]. QED corrections to g belong to the field-theoretic representation of Appx. Q and are constrained at approximately the part-per-trillion level by the modern electron magnetic-moment measurement already cited in Ref. [126].
The status is therefore stronger and its global qualification is now classified. Spin-1/2 is not inferred from integer count conservation in isolation; it is fixed within the elementary massive charged System Frame matter carrier by the MQ-derived Lorentzian geometry, local spin lift, first-order Clifford factorization, and independently derived half-Planck rotational scale. Section 3.9.2 and Appx. AK now close the preceding representation-selection gap: the first-order character is inherited from the primitive one-update count law when realized locally without additional evolution memory; Lorentz covariance promotes that first-order structure to the full tangent four-vector; consistency with the already-derived relativistic mass shell forces the Clifford relation; and the complex four-dimensional Clifford algebra has one simple module up to equivalence. Nonzero MQ U(1) charge and nonzero mass then require the paired chiral Dirac realization rather than an isolated Weyl or Majorana carrier. The Clifford-Casimir relation consequently forces j=1/2 on every simple block. Appendix Z states the global spin criterion, and Appx. AJ fixes the finite higher-dimensional carrier on which that criterion is evaluated. Higher-spin tensor-spinor, neutral Majorana, and massless chiral sectors remain possible only as distinct matter classes requiring additional physical data; they are not alternative representations of the same minimal massive charged carrier.
3.9.4 Quantum Field Theoretic System Frame Completion
A relativistic quantum theory is incomplete if its state space, local observables, charge classes, vacuum status, and interactions remain globally selectable after the one-particle construction. Appendix F already reconstructs the complex Hilbert geometry and finite composition, Appx. P supplies the covariant scalar and Dirac one-particle structures, and the primitive MQ update law supplies relational locality before spacetime realization. Appendix Q retains Fock space as the explicit free/stationary occupation representation. Appendix AR now takes the stronger route: local System Frame observable algebras are generated from the mapped local MQ observables, their inclusions follow relational-region inclusion, spacelike commutativity follows the already-derived causal realization and microcausality, and the global algebra is the inductive completion of that local net [122,190,191].
The admissible state is then not chosen by selecting an unrelated Hilbert representation. The finite-context probabilities already fixed by Proposition 3.1 and Appx. T define positive normalized state functionals on the local observable net; the GNS theorem supplies a representation unique up to unitary equivalence for each such state. In a stationary positive-energy realization, an invariant ground-state functional gives the vacuum representation and its free limit is the Fock construction of Appx. Q. On a generic nonstationary curved System Frame no preferred global vacuum is required; the local algebra and its admissible state functional remain primary, with Bogoliubov particle language attached only when additional mode structure exists [120,124,193].
The gauge interaction is not inserted as an unrelated external field. The MQKB Unification sector already contains a single realized action, an emergent Abelian gauge transformation, gauge-invariant field strength, Maxwell-type sourced equations, and a gauge stress-energy tensor. Appendix Q combines that MQKB connection with the derived Dirac field through the unique first-order U(1)-covariant derivative D_μ = ∇_μ + iqA_μ/(ħc), where q is the System Frame charge realization and the universal charge scale is supplied by the MQ charge construction rather than fitted here. The resulting curved-System-Frame QED action contains the Maxwell term and minimally coupled Dirac term, is invariant under the local U(1) transformation, and reduces to ordinary QED in a locally Minkowski realization [124,126].
This extension closes the interacting relativistic state-space question to the level supported by the present MQ matter content. Appendix AR derives the local observable-net architecture, count-compatible state class, state-selected representation, and the present Abelian charge superselection structure; Appendix Q supplies the corresponding free/stationary Fock realization and perturbative QED fields. The existing MQKB action fixes the Abelian interaction rather than a freely chosen interaction Hamiltonian. Appendix AA proves that the current gauge algebra is U(1), and Appendix AL proves that primitive adjacency alone does not select a larger continuous non-Abelian group. Appendix AL now also gives the non-Abelian reconstruction route forced by the local-algebra result: if MQ derives a complete localized superselection category from count-local physical sectors, Doplicher-Roberts duality reconstructs the corresponding compact gauge group and field algebra rather than permitting the group to be chosen independently. Consequently, the remaining universality problem is narrowed to derivation of the missing non-Abelian charge sectors, their fusion/statistics data and chiral matter assignments, not an unresolved freedom to append an arbitrary continuous gauge group to the scalar/Dirac/U(1) state-space architecture used by this paper.
Proposition 3.4 (Count-local selection of the scalar/Dirac/U(1) relativistic state space). Fix the regular realized domain and the MQ-derived scalar/Dirac/U(1) matter content of Secs. 3.9.1–3.9.4. For every bounded referenceable System Frame region, generate the local observable algebra only from bounded gauge-invariant observables obtained from mapped MQ fields supported in that region. Require inclusion covariance under region inclusion, spacelike commutativity, compatibility with the MQ local equations of motion, and state restrictions whose finite measurement probabilities equal the count-derived record probabilities of Proposition 3.1/Appx. T. Then the local net and its quasi-local completion are fixed by the MQ realization data up to the representative equivalence already quotiented by Proposition 2.2; each admissible state determines its Hilbert-space representation uniquely up to unitary equivalence by GNS. In the presently derived U(1) matter class, inequivalent localized charge representations are labeled by the conserved realized charge, while the neutral vacuum representation is selected by invariance and positive energy whenever the realized geometry admits such a state. Appx. AR gives the proof, the DHR comparison, and the curved-background qualification [190–194].
3.10 Matter–Geometry Backreaction and the Quantum-Gravity Boundary
The gravitational and quantum constructions developed above can now be coupled at a stronger, but still carefully delimited, level. The MQKB General Relativity and Unification constructions already derive the System Frame metric, Einstein tensor, gravitational coupling, matter action, variational stress-energy tensor, and covariant conservation from one MQ action. Appendix Q independently supplies quantum scalar, Dirac, and Abelian gauge fields on that realized geometry. Appendix AB first recovers the semiclassical mean-source equation and then carries the same count-derived quantum state one step further: the renormalized stress-energy fluctuation kernel is fixed by that state and drives a linearized stochastic System Frame metric response. Appendix AS now closes the additional coherence step without promoting a metric to an Internal Frame primitive. Because the realized geometry is itself a function of count, adjacency, matter, boundary, defect, and MQ-action data, inequivalent geometry classes partition the same MQ configuration state already represented in the derived Hilbert space. The corresponding sector amplitudes inherit the existing MQ phase-action structure and can therefore remain coherent until a geometry-distinguishing record is realized.
At the classical realized level, mutual matter–geometry response is already present: the same mapping-induced action that generates the metric also generates its stress–energy source by metric variation, and the resulting MQKB field equation closes geometry against matter. For quantum matter, Appx. AB defines the corresponding semiclassical System Frame correspondence by replacing the classical source with the renormalized expectation value of the QFT stress–energy operator in the realized state. Because the source and metric then determine one another self-consistently, this supplies mean quantum-matter backreaction rather than a fixed-background test-field approximation [124,158,159].
The stochastic construction alone does not amount to quantum geometry because a probability distribution over c-number metrics contains no relative phase. Appendix AS supplies the missing structural distinction. It does not append an independent gravitational Hilbert space or postulate canonical metric commutators. Instead, the physical geometry map already derived from MQ count and adjacency data is promoted to a derived observable on the same count-generated System Frame state space. A state whose support spans more than one inequivalent geometry class then has coherent geometry components with relative phase inherited from the existing phase-action field; invariant geometric functionals act as operators on those classes, and evolution that mixes classes generates noncommuting Heisenberg geometric observables and measurable off-diagonal interference terms. The metric remains non-primitive: its quantum character is inherited from the quantum state of the count configurations from which it is realized.
Accordingly, item #60 remains closed at the mean-backreaction level and item #71 remains the stochastic-fluctuation correspondence. Item #79 is now closed at the structural quantum-coherence level for the finite and connected locally finite regular realization classes proved in this paper: Appendix AS constructs coherent superpositions of inequivalent physical geometry classes inside the already-derived MQ Hilbert state, defines invariant geometric observables without adding a primitive metric field, and derives stochastic and semiclassical geometry as successive decohered/weak-fluctuation limits. What remains outside this result is a stronger universality program: nonperturbative control of all topology-changing classes, a complete interacting gravitational observable algebra on arbitrary domains, and experimental confirmation that gravity preserves the predicted coherence.
Proposition 3.5 (Count-induced coherent quantum geometry). Fix a finite or connected locally finite regular MQ realization in which the physical geometry class is uniquely determined from the count, adjacency, matter, boundary, defect/holonomy, and MQ-action data up to the representative equivalence of Proposition 2.2, and let the complete realized state belong to the MQ Hilbert space already reconstructed in Appx. F/AR. Partition that state space by the inequivalent physical geometry classes and let the corresponding orthogonal projectors resolve the identity on the supported geometry-class subspaces. Then every MQ state decomposes uniquely into geometry-class components. If at least two components have nonzero amplitude and no geometry-distinguishing record has been realized, their relative phase is the phase already carried by the common MQ state and is therefore physically available to any admissible observable with off-diagonal matrix elements between the classes. Every real relationally invariant geometric functional defines a self-adjoint operator by its values on these sectors; if the realized evolution mixes geometry classes, its Heisenberg geometric observables need not commute at distinct update intervals. Thus coherent quantum geometry is a derived property of the count-generated state rather than a separately postulated metric operator. Appendix AS gives the construction, the gauge/representative quotient, and the stochastic and semiclassical limits.
3.11 Emergence of Quantum Structure
The preceding sections establish a hierarchy whose physical derivations and mathematical representations must be kept distinct. Sections 3.1–3.3 derive the outcome partition, completed-interaction record map, realization-frequency compatibility, conditioning, and record structure used for realized measurements. Section 3.4 first constructs the normalized System Frame availability measure, uses the pushforward identity of Sec. 3.2.1 to justify its empirical probability interpretation, then constructs the MQ wave function as an amplitude-phase representation of that measure, and finally identifies the full arbitrary-observable Born rule with the later spectral/POVM completion of Appx. F.18–F.19. Section 3.5 conditionally selects Schrödinger-form evolution within the stated MQ admissibility class, while Secs. 3.6–3.8 apply the resulting representation to interference, entanglement, and the stable coarse-grained classical-record regime. The complex linear norm, inner-product geometry, and tensor-product composition are reconstructed in Appx. F from the mapped MQ amplitude structure; Hilbert completion then enters only as the canonical addition of norm-limit points, while operator and spectral correspondence remain functional-analytic representations rather than additional primitive physical structure.
For composite systems, Appx. F.14-F.14.1 additionally shows that the binary product reconstructed from separable MQ realization extends canonically to finite multipartite composition. The usual bipartite Schmidt decomposition, reduced-state spectrum, purification representation, and pure-state monogamy structure then follow without changing the underlying MQ probability or realization rules. Standard multipartite entanglement classes are consequently classes within the derived composite state space rather than extra kinematic assumptions.
At the foundational level, MQ begins with conserved count structure defined on the Internal Frame relational adjacency configuration domain. The primitive count field nI(ξ,A)∈N0 assigns a nonnegative discrete availability count to relational cell ξ at Internal Frame update index A. Here ξ labels an adjacency-connected relational configuration element of the Internal Frame, and A denotes the discrete update ordering associated with admissible count redistribution. The primitive count field therefore defines the conserved encoded availability structure from which later System Frame realization is derived.
Conservation of encoded availability is expressed locally through the adjacency continuity relation
where JI(ξ→ξ',A) denotes the Internal Frame adjacency count-flux object and divadjJI(ξ,A) is the adjacency-divergence operator defined by the net count imbalance over admissible adjacency links incident on relational cell ξ. Both quantities are purely combinatorial objects defined on the adjacency structure of the Internal Frame and carry no metric, geometric, vector, directional, or differential structure. Equation (57) therefore states that local encoded availability evolves through count-conserving adjacency-local redistribution across neighboring relational cells. No continuum coordinates, metric structure, or differential geometry are assumed at this level.
The Frames mapping induces an encoded-availability measure in the System Frame. Let μS denote the induced System Frame encoded availability measure generated by admissible count realization. When μS is absolutely continuous with respect to the System Frame realization measure dΩ, the corresponding encoded availability density is defined through the Radon–Nikodym relation
which defines the local encoded-availability density associated with the induced System Frame realization measure. The quantity ρS(r,t) therefore represents a System Frame realization of conserved encoded availability under the Frames mapping. Normalized realized probabilities do not arise at this stage. Realized probabilities appear only after normalization and contextual restriction.
Let Ωout denote the realized System Frame realization domain associated with an admissible measurement context. Thus,
defines the normalized encoded-availability density associated with the realized measurement context.
The System Frame wave-function encoding is constructed from the normalized encoded availability density together with the redistribution phase field fixed locally by mapped count flow. Proposition C.3 shows that the minimal continuous reversible norm-preserving linear representation of this density-plus-phase data is uniquely complex, up to global phase and complex conjugation:
where ϕ(r,t) denotes the realized System Frame redistribution phase induced through coherent count redistribution. Equation (60) is therefore not postulated as a primitive continuum field. Rather, it is a derived encoding generated from normalized encoded-availability structure. Its ontological status is representational: the phase is the scalar-potential encoding of mapped count redistribution, fixed locally by the normalized current up to an unobservable additive constant, rather than an additional primitive variable (Appx. C.8.1 and C.11).
Successive difference operators defined on the Internal Frame adjacency structure induce continuum differential operators in the System Frame. Under the continuum limit developed in Sec. 3.5 and Appx. E.1–E.6, admissible count redistribution yields the standard Schrödinger evolution relation
Equation (61) is therefore the System Frame continuum generator selected by the admissibility conditions of Sec. 3.5 and Appx. E.
Once the normalized System Frame encoding satisfies the Hilbert-space regularity conditions of Appx. F, observable quantities may be represented by the standard self-adjoint operator machinery. The expectation-value functional is fixed first by normalized encoded availability; the operator language supplies its equivalent representation on the completed state space.
where
denotes the realized System Frame operator associated with observable quantity O. As developed in Appxs. G–I, inner products, self-adjoint operators, and realized evolution generators arise from realized representations induced through admissible count redistribution.
Superposition, interference, and entanglement are consequences of the respective System Frame constructions in Secs. 3.6–3.7; their Bell behavior is assessed at the realized probability layer.
The resulting emergence structure is hierarchical. Conserved encoded availability evolves deterministically in the Internal Frame through count-conserving adjacency-local redistribution governed by Eq. (57). The Frames mapping induces encoded availability in the System Frame, yielding the mapped density, normalized density, and wave-function encoding. Under the controlled continuum limit of Sec. 3.5 and Appx. E.1–E.6, the difference construction supplies the gradient and Laplacian operators; Appx. O separately fixes the phase-action scale from MQ fundamental measures, represents subsystem mass by its mass count, and derives the free-particle dispersion from the realized phase-action/Hamilton-Jacobi structure using the Galilean boost law that Proposition 2.7/Appx. Y obtains as the non-relativistic contraction of the count-selected local Lorentz/Poincaré symmetry. Within those conditions, the construction recovers Schrödinger evolution together with the operator, interference, and entanglement structures developed above.
Probability uniqueness is now part of that hierarchy rather than an implicit consequence. Proposition 2.1 fixes the primitive finite count measure, Eq. (32) identifies record probabilities as its contextual pushforward, and Theorem T.1 proves that relabeling invariance plus additivity, normalization, and coarse-graining consistency leave no alternative count-based empirical measure on the same finite record algebra. Hilbert completion subsequently represents that unique probability law; it does not select it.
The measurement hierarchy now also reaches a laboratory record channel. Section 3.2.2/Appx. V composes the already-fixed MQ outcome distribution with a calibrated System Frame detector response, so finite efficiency, dark counts, and thresholding appear as apparatus-specific post-realization effects rather than changes to the primitive count measure. A noisy detector therefore changes the effective POVM and observed record frequencies in the standard way while leaving Eq. (32) as the underlying ideal-event probability law.
This completes the emergence construction summarized in Sec. 3.11; the Discussion now turns to its conceptual and comparative implications.
The canonical kinematic algebra is now fixed within this same hierarchy. Appendix S derives the realized translation group from mapped adjacency redistribution, identifies its generator using the independently fixed MQ action scale, proves the Weyl position-translation relation, and recovers the canonical commutator on a common dense invariant core. Consequently, Eq. (F.62) is no longer merely the standard position-representation identity adopted after Hilbert completion; it is the infinitesimal System Frame consequence of the MQ translation realization.
The same hierarchy now has an explicit relativistic continuation and global topological classification. Section 3.9.1 and Appx. P place the derived amplitude and phase-action scale on the MQKB-derived Lorentzian System Frame geometry and obtain the covariant scalar and Dirac equations. Section 3.9.3/Appx. R fixes the local j=1/2 spinor representation. Proposition 2.8/Appx. Z then classifies the global extension: the primitive adjacency cycle basis identifies all candidate non-contractible loop generators; mapped U(1) phase sectors are indexed by integral winding data; mapping defect classes are fixed by their holonomy representation on surviving loops; and global spin structures exist exactly when w₂ vanishes and then differ by H^1(Ω;Z₂). These structures remain realized System Frame data and do not promote topology, spinors, or a primitive phase field to Internal Frame ontology.
The field-theoretic hierarchy is now explicit at both algebraic and occupation-representation levels. Section 3.9.4/Appx. AR construct the local System Frame observable net from mapped MQ-local observables, transport the already-derived finite-context probability law into positive state functionals, and use the state itself to select the GNS representation. Appendix Q then appears as the free/stationary Fock realization of that algebraic structure, with creation/annihilation operators and Bogoliubov particle creation where a mode split is available. The MQKB Abelian connection fixes the U(1) interaction, and the conserved realized charge labels the presently derived localized superselection classes. Section 3.10/Appx. AB returns the renormalized quantum stress-energy mean and fluctuation kernel to the MQKB gravitational sector. Thus variable particle number, representation selection, Abelian interaction, and matter–geometry feedback all remain downstream System Frame structures rather than additional Internal Frame primitives.
4. DISCUSSION
Taken together, the results establish MQ as a two-domain, three-role kinematic reconstruction in which conserved count structure, continuum quantum representation, measurement conditioning, and the stable-record classical regime occupy distinct but formally linked levels. The Discussion therefore begins with the principal conceptual consequences of that construction before turning to Bell locality and comparison with alternative quantum interpretations.
4.1 Conceptual Position and Principal Gains
Given the two frame kinematic structure, conserved discrete availability in the Internal Frame and contextual encoding in the System Frame under the Frames mapping and the Frames Principle, quantum formal structure appears as a derived representation rather than a primitive postulate. This section summarizes the principal structural gains that follow from that construction.
The principal gains are:
Removal of primitive wave–particle duality. Physical ontology is assigned to the conserved discrete count availability field in the Internal Frame, whose encoded System Frame representations are generically non-factorizable under contextual restriction. Wave-like behavior appears only in the context-dependent System Frame encoding. Dual aspect language is replaced by a single conserved substrate with frame-dependent representations.
Measurement update without a primitive collapse postulate. Measurement conditioning is implemented as contextual restriction and renormalization of the System Frame encoding used for subsequent prediction. Definite outcomes are fixed earlier by the completed contextual realization and the disjoint outcome partition, while their ensemble weights are the pushforward of the same pre-probabilistic complete-interaction count measure (Eqs. 30-32; Appx. H.9). The framework therefore requires neither a separate stochastic collapse law nor an independent probability rule for choosing among already weighted alternatives.
Explicit separation of conservation and probability layers.
Count conservation and continuity relations are defined in the Internal Frame, while probabilities arise only after normalization in the System Frame. Constraint-compatible correlations and probabilistic outcomes are therefore produced by distinct but formally linked layers, without Bell-type hidden outcome variables.
Coefficient-resolved conditional reconstruction of non-relativistic Schrödinger dynamics.
Within the non-relativistic admissibility class of Sec. 3.5, Schrödinger-form evolution is conditionally reconstructed by combining the controlled continuum limit of successive discrete difference operators with the independently fixed MQ phase-action scale and the free inertial dispersion derived in Appx. O.4. The needed Galilean boost action is no longer an independent realization postulate: Proposition 2.7/Appx. Y obtains it as the non-relativistic contraction of the mapped-invariant local Lorentz/Poincaré realization. Linearity and norm preservation follow from discrete conservation and admissible operator structure rather than being imposed as primitive axioms.
A further closure concerns canonical kinematics. The Frames mapping carries adjacency-local redistribution into continuous realized translations, and the derived phase-action scale fixes their generator. Covariance of the realized coordinate under that translation produces the Weyl relations and hence the canonical commutator. The usual position-momentum algebra is therefore recovered as a System Frame consequence of the count-to-translation map rather than assumed as primitive operator ontology (Appx. S).
Taken together, these results place the standard Hilbert-space formalism downstream of the MQ kinematic construction. Normalized probability is derived from encoded availability; the MQ wave function is constructed as an amplitude-phase encoding of that probability and redistribution phase; Proposition C.3 fixes its minimal local complex U(1) representation; and Appx. F shows that the resulting availability norm and coherent linear composition satisfy the parallelogram law, thereby fixing the complex inner product uniquely by polarization. Separable composite realization similarly fixes tensor-product composition up to canonical isomorphism. Hilbert completion therefore completes an already reconstructed pre-Hilbert geometry rather than supplying that geometry by assumption. The full Born rule for arbitrary observables is recovered only at the subsequent spectral/POVM representation stage. Predictive equivalence therefore does not imply that every element of the standard formalism has the same derivational status.
The probability step is correspondingly stronger than normalization alone. Appendix T proves pre-Hilbert uniqueness of the finite MQ record-probability measure: equal primitive count units cannot receive unequal probabilistic weight without adding a new scalar field, and contextual outcome maps cannot introduce an independent reweighting without violating pushforward/coarse-graining consistency. The later modulus-squared and spectral formulas are representations of this already-fixed event measure.
The composite result is correspondingly stronger than representability alone. The tensor product is fixed by the universal linearization of separable MQ composition; repeated composition fixes the finite multipartite product up to canonical unitary isomorphism; Schmidt and purification structure are then consequences of that product; and standard entanglement-sharing restrictions, including the three-qubit Coffman-Kundu-Wootters monogamy inequality, apply to the resulting state geometry [113-116]. These results do not assert that MQ has solved the classification of all multipartite entanglement or derived every entanglement monotone from primitive counts. They establish that no alternative finite composite-state architecture can be inserted while preserving the separable composition law already derived by MQ.
A second closure is now available for relativistic covariance, causal signature, elementary charged-matter representation, spin, and the associated global topological data. The MQKB general-relativistic construction supplies the emergent System Frame metric, connection, covariant conservation structure, and geodesic dynamics. Proposition 2.6/Appx. X selects the local Lorentzian signature class, Proposition 2.7/Appx. Y fixes the connected local Lorentz/Poincaré symmetry, and Proposition 2.8/Appx. Z classifies the non-contractible cycle data carried by a global realization. Proposition 2.9/Appx. AJ fixes the finite higher-dimensional simplicial carrier from primitive adjacency. Section 3.9.2/Appx. AK then selects the Dirac Clifford module for the minimal massive charged elementary carrier by combining the primitive one-update law, derived Lorentz covariance, nonzero MQ mass and U(1) charge, mass-shell factorization, positive hypersurface availability, and the absence of an independent primitive internal multiplet. Appendix R fixes j=1/2 inside that selected module. The remaining matter-content problem is therefore no longer why the present charged elementary carrier is Dirac-type; it is whether additional primitive or realized invariants generate neutral, massless chiral, scalar, higher-spin, flavor, or non-Abelian matter classes beyond it.
A third closure now extends the same realized hierarchy to quantum fields without making global Fock space the defining state-space postulate. Appendix AR reconstructs a net of local gauge-invariant System Frame observables from mapped MQ-local fields and relational support, carries the count-derived event probabilities into positive normalized state functionals, and lets each admissible state select its representation through GNS. Superselection is correspondingly a statement about inequivalent localized representations of the same quasi-local observable algebra; in the presently derived Abelian matter class, conserved U(1) charge supplies the explicit charge-class label, while DHR/Doplicher-Roberts theory provides the standard mathematical classification benchmark [190–192]. Appendix Q then supplies the occupation-number/Fock representation in free or stationary regimes and the Bogoliubov comparison between admissible mode decompositions. The remaining field-theory problem is therefore additional matter/gauge content and genuinely nonperturbative dynamics, not arbitrary global state-space choice.
4.2 Relation to Environmental Decoherence and Record Selection
Environmental decoherence and MQ conditioning address different stages of the measurement description and should not be conflated. In standard open-system quantum mechanics, interaction between a system, measuring apparatus, and environment entangles the apparatus with environmental degrees of freedom. When the environment is not observed, the reduced state of the measured subsystem loses experimentally accessible coherence between environmentally distinguished alternatives. This process suppresses interference between macroscopically distinct components and dynamically favors robust pointer states through environment-induced superselection [5,7]. It therefore explains why certain macroscopic record structures are stable and why interference between them becomes operationally inaccessible.
That dynamical achievement does not by itself establish which one of the decohered alternatives is the realized record in an individual measurement. The total system-environment state remains governed by the same linear quantum dynamics, and suppression of off-diagonal coherence in a reduced description is not equivalent to selecting one member of the resulting mixture as the unique observed outcome [7,9]. This distinction is already required by the measurement-consistency analysis of Sec. 2.5 and is preserved explicitly in MQ.
In MQ, decoherence belongs entirely to the realized System Frame encoding. The wave function, phase field, Hilbert-space tensor-product structure, reduced subsystem description, environmental coupling, and pointer-state representation are all continuum quantum structures that arise only after the Frames mapping has produced the System Frame representation. None of these structures acts directly on the primitive Internal Frame count field. The conserved Internal Frame availability counts continue to evolve through the adjacency-local redistribution laws of Secs. 2.6-2.11 regardless of whether the realized System Frame representation is treated as isolated or environmentally open.
The effect of decoherence can therefore be stated directly in MQ terms. Before record realization, normalized encoded availability may have support across several macroscopic outcome regions. Environmental interaction can suppress observable phase coherence between those regions, including the interference cross terms represented by Eq. (46), and can make particular coarse-grained outcome partitions dynamically robust. This modifies the coherence structure of the System Frame representation without changing the underlying Internal Frame count conservation and without performing the contextual restriction defined by Eqs. (33-35).
Realized-record selection is supplied by completed-context realization, not by conditioning. For a completed measurement interaction x, Eqs. (28) and (30) give R(x)=κ(M_c(x))=o_k, so the realized outcome is fixed by the unique System Frame partition containing M_c(x); Eq. (29) encodes that outcome as a stable distinguishable macroscopic record. Equation (32) simultaneously shows that the pushforward distribution of these individual realized labels equals the normalized availability weights. The associated System Frame record region A_k is therefore fixed before the predictive state update. Contextual restriction then confines the System Frame encoding to A_k and renormalizes the remaining encoded availability for subsequent predictions. Immediate repetition returns the same record with unit probability under the ideal stability condition of Eq. (56). Decoherence may strengthen persistence and practical distinguishability, but it neither chooses o_k nor performs the restriction.
This separation also clarifies the preferred-basis issue. Environmental coupling can identify a dynamically stable pointer basis or approximately robust set of macroscopic alternatives [5]. MQ does not require those pointer states to exist as primitive Internal Frame objects. Instead, they define particularly stable System Frame partitions within the realized measurement context. The outcome partition and its environmental stability therefore belong to the same realized representational level, while the conserved count substrate remains basis-free and coordinate-free.
MQ is consequently compatible with the established decoherence program without assigning decoherence the outcome-selection role. Standard decoherence dynamics may be used wherever the System Frame encoding satisfies the Hilbert-space and open-system regularity conditions required for that description. MQ keeps three mechanisms separate: decoherence suppresses coherence and stabilizes record alternatives; the unique-realization map assigns one outcome to the complete admissible interaction; and contextual restriction with renormalization performs the post-outcome predictive update.
The quantitative status of this separation is given by Proposition 3.2 and Appx. U. For a branching System Frame representation, environmental overlap multiplies rather than replaces the MQ interference term, giving exponential suppression in the number or cumulative strength of decohering fragments. Independent record coarse-graining supplies a resolution factor, while count aggregation gives a 1/Nc variance law under explicitly stated weak-correlation conditions. Thus MQ no longer identifies the classical limit only by qualitative coarse-graining plus decoherence compatibility: it provides sufficient scaling conditions for vanishing observable interference and concentration of macroscopic records, while retaining completed-context realization as the distinct outcome-selection step.
4.3 Relation to Bell Locality and Quantum Interpretations
From a structural perspective, the interpretational tension in quantum theory is not due to predictive failure but to formal compression: a single Hilbert-space layer is used both to propagate constraint structure across space-like separated regions and to represent single-outcome probabilistic realization. Standard quantum theory assigns linear evolution and the Born rule within one representational layer, leaving conservation-constrained correlations and irreducible outcome statistics formally coupled but structurally unresolved.
Bell’s theorem isolates this constraint for factorizable hidden-variable models. Models satisfying Bell local causality, defined by the conditional relation P(A,B∣a,b,λ)=P(A∣a,λ)P(B∣b,λ) together with measurement independence, admit the representation
where a,b are settings, A,B are outcomes, and λ is a setting-independent underlying state parameter. From this structure follow Bell-type inequalities, including the CHSH bound S≤2, which are violated by quantum predictions and experiment (Appx. G.1–G.7 and G.11–G.12). Modern loophole-free Bell tests preserve operational no-signaling while excluding factorizable hidden variable models[44]. The excluded premise is therefore factorizable local causality, not operational locality.
The Bell premises must be kept distinct from operational no-signaling (Appx. G.1–G.7). PI and OI are defined only after a complete conditioning state λ is specified; observed marginal invariance without such conditioning is the separate no-signaling condition:
Measurement independence (MI): measurement settings are statistically independent of underlying state parameters, P(λ∣a,b)=P(λ). For MQ, this premise is implemented at the primitive preparation level rather than merely asserted for an unspecified λ: Appx. G.1 defines the complete pre-setting count configuration Cᵢ and establishes P(Cᵢ|a,b)=P(Cᵢ) together with its equivalent joint-factorization form in Eqs. (G.3–G.5).
Parameter independence (PI): at fixed complete state λ, remote-setting independence – the probability of a local outcome does not depend on the distant setting, P(A∣a,b,λ)=P(A∣a,λ).
Outcome independence (OI): at fixed complete state λ, conditional independence of one outcome from the other, given the underlying state description, P(A∣B,a,b,λ)=P(A∣a,b,λ).
Bell factorization (BF): joint conditional factorization at fixed λ, equivalent to PI + OI. Measurement independence is a distinct additional assumption, not part of the PI + OI equivalence.
Hidden variable outcome model (HV): existence of setting independent underlying variable that parameterizes or determines outcome probabilities in Bell’s sense.
Single-outcome realism (SO): each experimental run yields one realized outcome rather than ontological branching.
Empirically adequate frameworks can be classified only after the conditioning state and ontology are specified. Bohmian mechanics provides a hidden-variable completion and violates parameter independence at the hidden-variable level. Standard quantum mechanics, when the quantum state is used as the complete conditioning state, preserves PI but violates OI. Branching, collapse, operational, superdeterministic, and retrocausal approaches require separate model-specific qualifications. The PI/OI labels therefore should not be treated as synonyms for observable signaling behavior.{MI,PI,OI,SO,HV}
Two-level constructions are common in foundations, such as ontological models separating an ontic state λfrom an epistemic quantum state, or pilot-wave theories adding additional beables. These remain within the Bell architecture when λparameterizes outcome probabilities.
MQ introduces a two-domain, three-role kinematic structure. The Reference Frame is the fixed operational comparison/normalization role; it is not an independent primitive hidden-state space. MQ distinguishes the Internal Frame, a discrete relational adjacency domain carrying the measurement-availability count field, from the System Frame, a continuum relational encoding induced through the deterministic Frames mapping under the Frames Principle. Conserved measurement-availability counts and adjacency count redistribution are defined only in the Internal Frame. Observable quantum behavior appears as normalized System Frame probability density and amplitude structure. Constraint propagation and probabilistic realization are therefore structurally separated without introducing Bell-type hidden-variable outcome variables.
At the foundational level, MQ begins with a conserved discrete measurement-availability count field defined on the Internal Frame adjacency structure. Local conservation is expressed by the adjacency continuity relation
where nI(ξ,A)is the Internal Frame measurement-availability count associated with relational cell ξ, JIis the associated adjacency count-flux defined on admissible adjacency links, Ais the Internal Frame update index, and divadjdenotes the adjacency-divergence operator acting on the adjacency count-flux. Here the update index Ais distinct from the Bell outcome symbol Aused above. No continuum coordinates, metric structure, geometric vectors, or differential operators are assumed at this level. These structures arise only through realization under the Frames mapping into the System Frame.
Under the Frames mapping and the Frames Principle, conserved count structure admits a System Frame encoding in which successive discrete difference relations induce the gradient and Laplacian operators of the realized representation. The Schrödinger generator is then recovered only within the additional non-relativistic representation conditions stated in Sec. 3.5. Appendix O makes this separation explicit and resolves the kinetic coefficient independently of the continuum operator choice: the MQ fundamental measures fix ħ, the subsystem mass count fixes m, and the Galilean boost law derived by Proposition 2.7/Appx. Y combines with realized phase-action dynamics to give T = p²/(2m), including the factor 1/(2m).
The normalized encoded wave-function representation of Eq. (60) is therefore a derived System Frame representation of normalized probability density and mapped redistribution flow, not a primitive ontic field. Appendix C.8.1 now closes the additional local representation question: once the flow-derived phase coordinate is continuous and its encoding is required to be reversible, linear, norm-preserving, and minimal, the representation is uniquely SO(2) ≅ U(1), yielding the complex phase form up to global phase and complex conjugation. Measurement updates remain contextual restriction and renormalization under the Frames mapping (Secs. 3.1–3.2 and Appx. H.1–H.7).
For MQ, the strongest directly derived locality statement is operational no-signaling of realized System Frame marginals (Secs. 3.3 and 3.7; Appx. G.7 and G.10). The primitive Internal Frame count configuration is underlying ontic structure, but MQ does not equip it with setting-independent local response functions of the Bell form. Accordingly, it is more precise to say that MQ does not posit a Bell-local hidden-variable response model than to claim the absence of hidden structure in every broader ontological sense. If the complete System Frame encoded state is used as the conditioning state, the realized probability representation has the standard quantum pattern of remote-setting-independent marginals and outcome-dependent joint probabilities.
This two-domain, three-role construction therefore reproduces Bell-test outcome structure without a Bell-local factorized hidden-variable response model, ontological branching, collapse dynamics, or rejection of measurement independence. Deterministic availability redistribution is assigned to the Internal Frame, while contextual non-factorizable probabilities arise in the System Frame encoding. The manuscript makes no claim that Bell violation proves the absence of all possible hidden variables; rather, it excludes Bell-local factorization for any measurement-independent completion reproducing the derived CHSH statistics.
Table 1 provides only a schematic comparison across representative frameworks. PI and OI entries are meaningful only relative to the complete conditioning state adopted by each framework, whereas operational no-signaling is an observable marginal statement. The MQ row is therefore annotated separately so that its directly derived no-signaling result is not conflated with an unintroduced λ-conditioned hidden-variable model.
Table 1. Schematic Bell-premise classification across representative quantum frameworks. MI = measurement independence; PI = λ-conditioned parameter independence; OI = λ-conditioned outcome independence; BF = Bell factorization (PI ∧ OI); HV = hidden-variable outcome model; SO = single-outcome realism. Operational no-signaling is a distinct empirical condition and must not be identified automatically with PI. Entries are model- and conditioning-state dependent; the MQ row is qualified by notes b and c.
Theory / Framework | MI | PI | OI | BF | HV | SO |
Copenhagen / Operational QM [45] | Yes | Yes | No | No | No | Yes |
Textbook QM (Hilbert + Born) [1,8] | Yes | Yes | No | No | No | Yes |
Many Worlds (Everett) [25] | Yes | Yes | No | No | No | No |
Bohmian mechanics (Broglie-Bohm) [46] | Yes | No | Yes | No | Yes | Yes |
GRW/CSL collapse [47] | Yes | varies | varies | No | varies | Yes |
QBism [48] | Yes | Yes | No | No | No | Yes |
Relational QM [12] | Yes | Yes | No | No | No | contextual |
Consistent histories [49] | Yes | Yes | No | No | No | framework |
Superdeterminism [50] | No | Yes | Yes | No | Yes | Yes |
Retrocausal HV models [51] | No | Yes | Yes | No | Yes | Yes |
Sheaf/contextual models [52] | Yes | Yes | No | No | No | Yes |
Measurement Quantization (MQ) [11] | Yesᶜ | See note b | See note b | No | No Bell-local HV | Yes |
a Bell factorization is equivalent to PI and OI at fixed complete state λ; measurement independence is a separate auxiliary assumption in the standard Bell–CHSH derivation.
b MQ directly proves operational no-signaling of realized marginals. Its primitive count structure is not assigned Bell-local response functions P(A|a,λ) and P(B|b,λ). Therefore PI and OI are not asserted for an additional primitive λ-completion. At the complete System Frame state-conditioned level, the probability representation has remote-setting-independent marginals and outcome dependence, as in standard quantum mechanics.
Accordingly, the Bell analysis in this paper is explanatory only at the level explicitly derived. MQ derives the pre-setting preparation independence, non-factorizable joint availability, contextual normalization, operational no-signaling, and—in the ideal lossless two-channel polarization specialization—the analyzer angular response. Appendix G.11 obtains that response from the continuous norm-preserving rotation of the derived System Frame channel amplitude, so the cos²/sin² law is no longer an external measurement-model input. The resulting correlation and Tsirelson value follow without instantiating a Bell-local factorized response model. This does not establish a general theorem that every hidden-variable ontology or every alternative interpretation is excluded.
Accordingly, the Bell analysis in this paper is explanatory only at the level explicitly derived: MQ reproduces Bell-violating, operationally no-signaling statistics and does not instantiate a Bell-local factorized response model. It does not establish a general theorem that every hidden-variable ontology or every alternative interpretation is excluded.
4.4 Historical Context: Deriving Quantum Dynamics from More Fundamental Principles
A substantial amount of literature derives the Schrödinger equation, and in some cases broader quantum dynamics, from assumptions more primitive than the standard Hilbert space postulates. These approaches are useful points of comparison because they make explicit which additional structures are required to recover quantum evolution rather than taking the formalism as primitive.
Most derivation programs introduce one of three classes of additional structure: information- or inference-based constraints, modified classical or stochastic dynamics, or discrete or geometric constructions whose continuum limits reproduce quantum equations. In each case, quantum behavior emerges after extending an underlying classical, probabilistic, or geometric framework with further axioms or constraints.
MQ adopts a different primitive layer: conserved discrete measurement availability in the Internal Frame. MQ conditionally reconstructs Schrödinger-form dynamics in the continuum System Frame limit under the deterministic encoding of the Frames mapping specified by the Frames Principle, subject to the explicit non-relativistic sector conditions of Sec. 3.5 and Appx. O. The following subsections compare MQ with representative derivation and reconstruction programs at the level of primitive assumptions and construction methods.
4.5 Relation to Existing Reconstruction Programs
4.5.1 Exact-Uncertainty and Fisher-Information Approaches
Exact-uncertainty and Fisher-information programs derive Schrödinger dynamics by supplementing classical ensemble mechanics with information-theoretic or uncertainty constraints [53-55]. In these approaches, quantum evolution emerges after introducing fluctuation structure at the ensemble level through Fisher-information functionals or uncertainty-constrained momentum fluctuations. MQ differs structurally in that its count ontology supplies conserved encoded availability, adjacency-local redistribution, and the discrete operator structure, while the final Schrödinger form is recovered conditionally within an explicitly stated non-relativistic sector. Appendix O distinguishes these sector conditions from the independently MQ-derived phase-action scale and mass-count realization, so the kinetic coefficient is not treated as a fitted continuum input.
4.5.2 Stochastic Mechanics
Nelson-type stochastic mechanics reproduces Schrödinger dynamics through an assumed underlying diffusion process together with additional constraints needed to recover quantum phase structure [56]. These approaches therefore introduce an ontic stochastic micro-dynamics beneath the quantum formalism. MQ instead derives its conserved availability and mapped redistribution structure from the Internal Frame without introducing stochastic trajectory-level dynamics. Outcome statistics arise from many-to-one realization and contextual normalization under the Frames mapping rather than from microscopic diffusion processes (Appx. D–E).
4.5.3 Entropic and Inference-Based Dynamics
Entropic and inference-based approaches derive quantum evolution from constrained Bayesian or entropic updating rules defined on configuration space [57]. In such frameworks, probabilities and dynamics are both grounded in inference principles. MQ differs in assigning probability only to normalized realized System Frame encoding, while the underlying Internal Frame count structure evolves deterministically through conserved encoded availability redistribution. Quantum probabilities therefore arise from realization structure under the Frames mapping rather than from primitive inferential axioms (Appx. C–E).
4.5.4 Scale-Relativity Constructions
Scale-relativity and fractal-space programs derive Schrödinger-type dynamics by modifying continuum geometric structure through non-differentiable or fractal spacetime assumptions [58]. Quantum behavior is consequently attributed to altered continuum geometry. MQ instead retains ordinary continuum spacetime structure in the realized System Frame while introducing discreteness only through the Internal Frame count configuration domain and its realization under the Frames mapping. Quantum structure therefore emerges from conserved count kinematics rather than modified continuum geometry.
4.5.5 Causal-Set and Discrete-Substrate Constructions
Causal-set theory makes microscopic spacetime itself a locally finite partially ordered set whose order encodes causal precedence [91]. Cellular-automaton and related discrete-substrate approaches likewise place deterministic discrete structure beneath quantum phenomenology [15]. These programs establish that discreteness and deterministic substrate dynamics are not unique to MQ. The MQ primitive differs in kind: its Internal Frame is explicitly non-spatiotemporal and carries conserved measurement-availability counts rather than a discrete spacetime manifold, causal order, or preassigned particle-state trajectory. Geometry, continuum coordinates, and probability all enter only after an admissible Frames mapping. The novelty claim therefore cannot rest on discreteness; it rests on the subsequent count-to-measure, measure-to-probability, and interaction-to-record closure built on that substrate.
4.5.6 Hydrodynamic and Phase-Flow Reformulations
Hydrodynamic formulations rewrite an already available quantum state in terms of density and phase or probability current [72,73,111]. They are important analogues for the System Frame representation used here, and MQ does not claim novelty for amplitude-phase decomposition, continuity equations, or phase-flow variables themselves. The distinction is that MQ derives the normalized measure and mapped current first and then proves, in Proposition C.3, the local minimal U(1) representation of the resulting continuous flow coordinate.
4.5.7 Operational and Informational Reconstructions
Operational and informational reconstruction programs derive Hilbert space quantum theory from axioms governing probabilities, transformations, composition rules, and operational consistency [59]. These approaches characterize the structure of admissible quantum state spaces at the operational level. MQ addresses a complementary structural layer by deriving the probability and redistribution structures from which the encoded System Frame wave function Ψ is constructed, while Schrödinger-form evolution is conditionally reconstructed within the stated non-relativistic admissibility class; interference and contextual probability realization then follow at the realized representation level under the Frames mapping. The resulting System Frame formalism remains compatible with standard Hilbert space operational structure while supplying an underlying count-based kinematic realization (Appx. F).
For MQ, the comparison requires a stricter vocabulary. The normalized System Frame probability measure is derived from mapped encoded availability; the phase gradient is reconstructed from mapped conserved redistribution; and Proposition C.3 fixes the complex U(1) amplitude representation as the unique minimal continuous reversible norm-preserving linear realization of that density-plus-flow data. The position-space squared-modulus identity is then representational, while the arbitrary-observable Born rule remains the later spectral/POVM completion.
4.5.8 Classical-Statistical Reconstructions
Wetterich's classical-statistical reconstruction is a particularly close comparator because it derives wave-function and density-matrix structure, unitary evolution, conditional measurement correlations, entanglement, Bell-inequality violations, and Born-rule probabilities from an underlying classical statistical ensemble [201]. This materially overlaps several downstream MQ claims and therefore must be included in any novelty assessment. The distinction is upstream: Wetterich begins with a classical probability distribution and probabilistic observables, with a purity constraint and suitable time evolution selecting the quantum subsystem. MQ instead begins with a pre-probabilistic conserved integer-count carrier whose counting measure is fixed before normalization, and it identifies empirical record probability only after the completed-context pushforward construction. Wetterich also does not derive the MQ count-normalization residual or the associated fixed finite-count metrological discriminators. The overlap therefore narrows the MQ novelty claim but does not reproduce its full count-to-record-to-differential-prediction chain.
4.5.9 Indivisible Stochastic Reconstructions
The stochastic-quantum correspondence developed by Barandes is an even more recent and broad comparator. It reconstructs quantum theory from generalized or indivisible stochastic processes on ordinary configuration spaces, demotes the wave function to a secondary mathematical representation, incorporates measuring devices as subsystems, and accounts for interference, decoherence, entanglement, noncommutative observables, and collapse-like updating [202]. Subsequent work derives the Tsirelson bound from the causal-locality structure of indivisible stochastic processes [205]. This program therefore overlaps MQ in treating the wave function as non-primitive and in supplying a lower-level account of quantum statistics and Bell correlations. Its primitive starting point, however, is explicitly stochastic and probabilistic, not a conserved pre-probabilistic count measure; its probability law is therefore not obtained by the MQ sequence of counting-measure uniqueness, Frames mapping, completed-context record realization, and pushforward identification. Nor does the stochastic-quantum correspondence presently tie its reconstruction to the MQ finite-count metrological residual or the fixed QG-PPM/G-DIFF discriminators. It is thus a major near-neighbor, but not an equivalent complete architecture under the criteria used here.
4.5.10 Hidden-Measurement Reconstructions
Aerts and Sassoli de Bianchi provide a measurement-centered reconstruction in which the Born rule arises as a universal average over hidden measurement interactions and an individual measurement is represented as a tripartite deterministic-indeterministic-deterministic process [203]. This is directly relevant to MQ because it addresses outcome actualization rather than only Schrödinger dynamics. The construction nevertheless starts from the generalized Bloch representation of quantum states and from a distribution over measurement interactions; it does not derive a pre-probabilistic conserved count carrier or identify probability as the pushforward of a completed-context count measure. Its explicitly indeterministic middle stage also differs from MQ's deterministic count redistribution plus single-valued completed contextual realization. The hidden-measurement program therefore supplies an important analogue of probability-and-record closure without reproducing the MQ upstream ontology or cross-domain finite-count predictions.
4.5.11 Physical-Requirement and Informational Reconstructions
Operational reconstructions are broader than the Hardy example alone. Chiribella, D'Ariano, and Perinotti derive quantum theory from informational principles, with purification selecting quantum theory within a wider operational class [143], while Masanes and Müller reconstruct the full formalism from physical requirements on preparations, transformations, and measurements [204]. These works show that Hilbert-space structure, composition, and measurement probability need not be primitive mathematical postulates. Their primitives are nevertheless operational probabilities, transformations, and distinguishability relations. They do not posit or derive a pre-probabilistic conserved count substrate, a completed-context count-to-record pushforward law, or a common finite-count realization rule generating independent metrological corrections. They therefore overlap strongly with MQ at the level of formal reconstruction but not at the proposed upstream physical carrier and differential-prediction link.
4.6 Precise Novelty Claim: The Referenceable Count-to-Record Construction
The comparison above, supplemented by the systematic architecture audit in Appx. AU, narrows the novelty claim. No single result in this paper is asserted to be without precedent merely because it uses discreteness, normalization, a continuity equation, a phase field, a Hilbert-space completion, a discrete-to-continuum limit, a lower-level stochastic or statistical description, or a measurement-specific actualization mechanism. Theorem 2.3 is a conditional record-consistency statement rather than a claim to have discovered the measurement problem; the arithmetic closure result of Appx. M is likewise not presented as a new theorem of number theory. What is proposed as distinctive is the conjunction of the following requirements within one upstream construction.
Pre-probabilistic conserved substrate. The primitive Internal Frame object is a nonnegative, finitely additive, adjacency-conserved availability count. Probability, metric structure, continuum coordinates, and wave-function variables are absent at this level (Secs. 2.6–2.8; Appx. A–C).
Mapping-derived probability rather than primitive probability. Frames mapping induces the System Frame availability measure; normalization supplies dimensionless outcome weights, and the completed-interaction pushforward identity then identifies those same weights as the empirical record-probability measure before a wave function is constructed (Secs. 3.1–3.4; Appx. C and H). An admissible
Primitive-measure closure. The pre-probabilistic measure is not selected from a family of normalized distributions. Integer unit counts, finite additivity, and admissible relabeling invariance uniquely fix the counting measure on each finite MQ domain (Proposition 2.1); only the physical multiplicities generated by preparation, deterministic count evolution, completion, and realization vary. The pushforward probability law therefore has no independent primitive weighting parameter.
Outcome realization linked to probability without collapse. The completed contextual realization M_c and the mutually exclusive System Frame outcome partition induce R=κ∘M_c, so each complete admissible interaction has one realized label. The pushforward theorem of Sec. 3.2.1 and Appx. H.9 then proves that the distribution of those single realized labels is exactly the normalized availability measure, while injective record encoding makes the realized label distinguishable and only afterward do restriction and renormalization update the predictive state. This closes the individual-outcome/ensemble-frequency link without adding a stochastic selection postulate. The admissible interaction x is itself generated by the deterministic completion map X_c from the actual initial joint count configuration and context to the first stable record, so R does not act on an unspecified “whatever occurred” terminal state.
Bell closure without a measurement-dependence loophole. The preparation configuration is explicitly independent of analyzer settings, P(C_i|a,b)=P(C_i), while MQ-derived contextual System Frame partitions are non-factorizable and operationally no-signaling (Sec. 3.7; Appx. G.1–G.10). Appendix G.11 further derives the ideal polarization analyzer's rotation law from the normalized two-channel MQ amplitude: count-derived norm preservation, linear channel representation, continuity, and composition under physical rotation force the SO(2) map, whose squared channel weights give the cos²/sin² dependence. The Bell angular response is therefore included in the first-principles MQ chain for this ideal benchmark rather than inherited as an external projection law.
Rotational spin closure. The MQKB independently fixes a half-Planck fundamental angular-momentum relation. On the finite contractible System Frame realization class, Appx. R combines that scale with the spin lift of realized rotations and first-order Clifford factorization. The spatial Clifford generators satisfy S²=3ℏ²/4, so the SU(2) Casimir relation fixes j=1/2 without a separate elementary-minimality assumption. Pauli generators, 4π spinor periodicity, the two-channel Stern–Gerlach law, and the Pauli magnetic coupling then follow as representations of the already-derived MQ probability and relativistic structures rather than as primitive spin axioms.
Coefficient-resolved dynamics and cross-domain falsifiability. The discrete-to-continuum construction supplies the Laplacian within the stated non-relativistic sector, while the phase-action scale is fixed independently from MQ fundamental measures rather than fitted to the Schrödinger equation (Sec. 3.5; Appx. O). The same specific mapping-normalization rule also generates the Informativity differential and its parameter-free finite-count metrological predictions (Sec. 2.9.2–2.9.1; Appx. J). The same count-resolved phase-action relation also yields the quantum-specific gravitational-resonance prediction of Appx. L.2: a fixed +11.6426596 ppm transition-frequency shift relative to standard quantum mechanics under the stated upper-count realization conditions.
The systematic comparison in Appx. AU includes the principal reconstruction families most capable of challenging this conjunction, including exact-uncertainty/Fisher-information methods, stochastic mechanics, entropic dynamics, scale relativity, causal-set and cellular-automaton approaches, hydrodynamic reformulations, operational/informational reconstructions, Wetterich's classical-statistical reconstruction, Barandes's indivisible stochastic reconstruction, and the hidden-measurement program [15,53-59,72,91,143,200-205]. Several of these programs reproduce substantial subsets of the MQ chain. Wetterich, in particular, derives Born probabilities, unitary dynamics, entanglement, and Bell-inequality violations from classical statistics [201]; Barandes reconstructs quantum theory from indivisible stochastic processes and now supplies a causally local route to the Tsirelson bound [202,205]; and Aerts and Sassoli de Bianchi derive Born probabilities from a measurement-interaction actualization model [203]. Accordingly, the defensible novelty claim is not that MQ uniquely derives probability, records, Bell correlations, or quantum dynamics in isolation. It is the more restricted conjunction that one non-spatiotemporal pre-probabilistic conserved count carrier is used to fix the primitive measure, generate a System Frame measure through the Frames mapping, identify empirical record probability by the completed-context pushforward before conditioning, recover the stated quantum dynamical and Bell structures, and generate fixed finite-count differential predictions from the same realization rule. Within the surveyed peer-reviewed and foundational reconstruction literature, we did not identify another program establishing this entire conjunction. This is a bounded literature claim, not a theorem of historical uniqueness: discovery of a prior construction satisfying all of these criteria would require the priority language to be narrowed while leaving the internal MQ derivations unaffected.
This distinction also makes the claim falsifiable. If another reconstruction is shown to realize the same complete chain, the priority claim should be narrowed without affecting the internal MQ derivations. More importantly, failure of any required MQ link—count conservation, mapping admissibility, unique record realization, preparation independence, non-factorizable availability, operational no-signaling, analyzer-rotation closure for the ideal polarization benchmark, coefficient closure, or the pre-specified mapping-dependent metrological correction—would invalidate the corresponding part of the construction. The contribution is therefore a concrete linked architecture with identifiable failure points rather than a generic assertion that quantum mechanics can emerge from discreteness.
4.7 Limitations and Scope of the Present Framework
The MQ construction developed here provides a first-principles kinematic foundation for System Frame availability, probability, redistribution, and pre-Hilbert state geometry, with coefficient-resolved Schrödinger recovery in the non-relativistic realization, a locally count-order-selected Lorentzian causal signature (Proposition 2.6; Appx. X), a mapped-invariant derivation of the connected local Lorentz group and its Galilean contraction (Proposition 2.7; Appx. Y), a finite adjacency-selected higher-dimensional topology (Proposition 2.9; Appx. AJ), and a global cycle/holonomy classification (Proposition 2.8; Appx. Z). For the elementary massive charged matter channel actually used by the Abelian quantum continuation, Proposition 3.3/Appx. AK now selects the Dirac Clifford module rather than taking that representation class as an extension-specific input; Appx. R then fixes its local j=1/2 rotational content. The explicit scalar field sector is retained as a distinct bosonic System Frame realization, while the Lorentz-covariant one-particle and scalar/Dirac/Abelian QFT continuations remain as developed in Secs. 3.9.1–3.9.2 and Appxs. P–R, AK. Appendix AL additionally proves that the current adjacency-only and scalar-gauge data do not uniquely select a continuous non-Abelian gauge group, converting that question from an implicit missing derivation into an explicit universality boundary with stated necessary inputs.
Measurement theory is formulated at the operator and POVM level within the Hilbert space encoding, while Sec. 3.2.2 and Appx. V now supply an explicit device-level realization for a representative physical detector. The general bridge is a calibrated System Frame response matrix from ideal MQ outcome labels to stable apparatus records; composing that response with the MQ event measure gives the observed record distribution, and after Hilbert completion the same response gives the corresponding noisy POVM. Appendix V instantiates this construction for a gated on/off avalanche photodetector with finite quantum efficiency, dark counts, threshold readout, and detector-tomography calibration [137-140]. The completed-interaction criterion remains the kinematic first-stable-record closure of Appx. H.8; the device model determines when a particular apparatus enters a stable record region, rather than supplying a second outcome-selection law. Other detector architectures require their own calibrated response functions, but the abstract-to-device composition rule is no longer left unspecified.
The Frames mapping is specified here by an explicit admissibility hierarchy: measure-level count preservation and local finiteness; adjacency and boundary-flux compatibility; finite normalization; relational relabeling invariance; single-valued completed-context realization; injective stable record encoding; holonomy-free closure on contractible cycles; and, wherever a continuum metric is reconstructed, the local C³, full-rank, nondegenerate-image and smooth-chart conditions of Sec. 2.8.1 and Appx. N. Proposition 2.3 and Appx. C.4.2 construct at least one representative on every finite connected measurement domain used here. Proposition 2.2 and Appx. C.4.3 then remove representative ambiguity by quotienting admissible maps by invariant-preserving Frames automorphisms and by classifying global inequivalence through the regular domain and defect holonomies. On the bounded contractible domains required by the present quantum derivations, no nontrivial defect class is present and the mapping is physically unique up to this automorphism freedom. This is the relevant uniqueness result for the paper: it is uniqueness of physical realization content, not uniqueness of coordinates, auxiliary basis functions, or other gauge-like representatives.
The primitive-measure question is correspondingly closed at two nested scales. Proposition 2.1 proves uniqueness of the count measure up to a common scale on every finite domain, and normalization removes that scale. Proposition 2.2 closes the finite mapping-representative question by identifying all invariant-preserving representatives as one physical equivalence class. Proposition 2.10/Appx. AO then shows that a compatible family of those finite classes has a unique physical extension on any connected locally finite domain, including a maximal referenceable domain when such an exhaustion exists. What remains outside the present result is non-locally-finite structure or failure of overlap compatibility, not a freedom to choose different continuum laws in the thermodynamic limit.
Appendix T closes the record-probability question on every finite measurement context. Theorem T.1 proves uniqueness of the normalized record-event measure for each completed context, not merely uniqueness of the underlying pre-probabilistic count measure. Proposition 2.10/Appx. AO extends these laws to a connected locally finite ambient domain by requiring projective consistency of the finite-context marginals; the Kolmogorov extension theorem then fixes the cylinder-event probability measure [181]. No normalization of an infinite total count is required. Arbitrary projective and generalized quantum measurements continue to use the Hilbert-space spectral/POVM completion and the Gleason/Busch uniqueness results of Sec. 3.4.3 and Appx. F.18–F.19.
The local metric-selection question is now closed for both regular direction-free and regular quadratic anisotropic sectors. Proposition 2.4/Appx. AI show that absence of a direction-selecting invariant forces the isotropic inner-product norm and Appendix M then fixes Q_L(n_L)=sqrt(1+n_L^2)-n_L and 2Q_Ln_L=1-Q_L^2. Proposition 2.5/Appx. AQ treats the complementary case: inequivalent primitive adjacency channels, anisotropic matter response, boundary constraints, or defect/holonomy data enter the Hessian of the same MQ Action, whose mapped principal tensor uniquely fixes the local anisotropic metric. Thus anisotropy is not a free mapping representative or adjustable Finsler function. Remaining metric boundaries are limited to degenerate, nonlocal, or genuinely higher-order direction-dependent action sectors for which the required MQ response has not yet been derived.
These scope conditions bound the domain of the present derivations while leaving intact the internal mathematical results obtained for the MQ System Frame encoding, its non-relativistic quantum limit, the Lorentz-covariant one-particle extension of Sec. 3.9.1/Appx. P, the scalar/Dirac/Abelian quantum-field-theoretic extension of Sec. 3.9.4/Appx. Q, and the semiclassical and fluctuation-sensitive stochastic backreaction closure of Sec. 3.10/Appx. AB. The QFT result supplies variable particle number, local field operators, vacuum/particle sectors, particle creation, and a relativistic electromagnetic interaction; Appx. AB then feeds the renormalized quantum matter mean and derived stress–energy covariance back into the emergent gravitational response. Neither result is yet a derivation of the full Standard Model or a coherently quantized gravitational field.
Finite-partite composite kinematics are not an additional limitation within this domain: Appx. F.14-F.14.1 derives the N-fold tensor product and establishes the standard Schmidt, purification, and pure-state monogamy consequences. Remaining composite-system questions concern dynamical reach and classification on unbounded, relativistic, field-theoretic, or superselected state spaces, not freedom to replace the finite tensor-product law used in the present quantum construction.
Because these results span several specialist domains, scope is also controlled structurally rather than only narratively. Appendix AE provides the verification map for the complete manuscript. The core measurement reconstruction is isolated from its later extensions, and every extension lists the upstream MQ results it consumes. A failure in a downstream relativistic, field-theoretic, topological, gravitational, or empirical extension therefore does not automatically invalidate an upstream measurement result unless the dependency map identifies that path; conversely, failure of a listed upstream prerequisite propagates only to the dependent claims. This makes the breadth auditable as a directed derivational architecture rather than as one undifferentiated omnibus claim. For editorial triage, Sec. 2.2.2 compresses this architecture into four bounded reading paths before the full dependency tables are encountered.
4.7.1 Empirical Consequences and Falsifiability
Within the domain derived here, MQ is intended to reproduce standard non-relativistic quantum statistics, including the position-space probability measure, the spectral/POVM Born rule after Hilbert-space completion, interference, Schrödinger evolution, operator expectations, and Bell–CHSH correlations. Agreement with these phenomena is therefore a consistency requirement rather than, by itself, a discriminating test. A useful falsification analysis must instead identify which layer of the MQ construction a failed prediction would invalidate. This distinction is standard in quantum-foundations testing: experimentally distinguishable alternatives require a quantitative prediction that differs from standard quantum mechanics within a stated domain and uncertainty model [76], while assumption-specific no-go results test narrower ontology classes rather than every interpretation at once [77].
The following audit separates evidence for the physical phenomena that MQ must reproduce from evidence that discriminates MQ from standard quantum mechanics. The former can strongly support the physical premises and correspondence structure without independently confirming the MQ ontology; only a result fixed by MQ before an independent target measurement can provide strong theory-specific evidence.
Single-event interference accumulation. MQ requires individual realized records to accumulate into an interference distribution rather than requiring each detection event itself to be spatially extended. Tonomura et al. directly recorded the buildup of an electron interference pattern from successive single-electron detections, and Bach et al. later realized a controlled two-slit electron experiment in which individual detection events accumulated into the expected diffraction pattern [94,95]. This is strong empirical support for the coexistence of discrete realized records and ensemble interference, but it is a Level-III correspondence test rather than an MQ-specific discriminator.
Context-dependent suppression of interference. MQ assigns which-path restriction to the realized System Frame measurement context. Dürr, Nonn, and Rempe experimentally showed in an atom interferometer that acquiring which-way information reduces or removes fringe visibility through correlations with the path marker, with the measured visibility-distinguishability relation agreeing with quantum complementarity [96,64]. This strongly supports the required context-sensitive interference behavior.
Coherent phase structure and environmental decoherence. MQ treats relative phase as a System Frame representation of mapped redistribution and allows environmental coupling to suppress observable coherence without changing primitive count conservation. Brune et al. observed the progressive decoherence of a mesoscopic cavity-field superposition, and Myatt et al. measured controlled decoherence of trapped-ion motional superpositions coupled to engineered reservoirs [97,98]. These experiments strongly support the physical decoherence mechanism used by MQ at the realized representation level.
Persistence of superposition beyond microscopic particles. MQ does not introduce a separate classical ontology at larger mass; instead it predicts a coarse-grained classical regime of the same realized quantum structure. Matter-wave interference has been observed for C60 molecules and, more stringently, for molecular systems above 25 kDa containing up to about 2,000 atoms [99,100]. These results strongly support the continuity of superposition behavior into increasingly complex systems and constrain any MQ classical-limit construction to recover that persistence.
Stable, repeatable measurement records. MQ requires completed measurements to yield distinguishable records that can be reread with unit probability in the ideal limit. Quantum-nondemolition cavity experiments have repeatedly interrogated the same photon-number state: Gleyzes et al. resolved individual photon birth and death events, while Guerlin et al. demonstrated progressive photon-number determination and correlations between repeated measurements [101,102]. This is strong empirical support for the repeatability and stable-record premises used in Secs. 2.4, 3.2, and 3.8. These experiments operationally instantiate the stable-rereading criterion used in the completed-interaction construction of Appx. H.8; they support the physical availability of such record closure without selecting MQ over standard quantum mechanics.
Born-rule probability structure. MQ must reproduce the standard probability calculus after its realization-frequency identification. Sinha et al. performed a dedicated three-slit test of Born's rule and bounded genuine third-order interference to below 10^-2 of the ordinary second-order interference scale in their experiment [103]. The result does not validate the MQ derivation of probability, but it strongly supports the empirical target that MQ's normalized record probabilities must match.
Contextuality of realized measurement outcomes. The MQ outcome map is explicitly contextual and does not assign setting-independent pre-existing eigenvalues. Kirchmair et al. experimentally demonstrated state-independent quantum contextuality with trapped ions, ruling out the tested noncontextual description even after accounting for experimental imperfections [104]. This provides strong external support for the necessity of contextual realized-outcome structure of the type respected by MQ.
Non-factorizable Bell correlations. MQ's composite availability construction must reproduce Bell-inequality violation while not imposing Bell-local factorization. Hensen et al. closed the principal locality and detection loopholes using electron spins separated by 1.3 km [44], while independent photonic experiments by Giustina et al. and Shalm et al. also obtained statistically significant loophole-free violations [105,106]. These results are among the strongest empirical constraints on any MQ composite-system realization.
Measurement independence in viable Bell tests. MQ separately requires preparation independence from later analyzer settings. The loophole-free Bell experiments used space-like separation and independently generated, rapidly selected measurement settings to prevent ordinary subluminal coordination of setting choice and outcome formation [44,105,106]. They do not prove the MQ preparation model, but they strongly support the relevance of preserving measurement independence rather than explaining Bell violation by a setting-dependence loophole.
Operational no-signaling. MQ directly requires local observed marginals to remain invariant under the remote measurement setting. The same space-like-separated Bell experiments produced quantum correlations without an operational faster-than-light signaling channel and are consistent with the standard no-signaling marginal structure [44,105,106]. This is strong compatibility evidence for the MQ Bell layer, although it does not uniquely select MQ over other no-signaling quantum descriptions.
Decoherence stabilizes alternatives but does not experimentally identify an ontic selector. The cavity and trapped-ion decoherence experiments directly establish loss of coherence and record stabilization effects [97,98], but they do not experimentally identify a unique microscopic mechanism that chooses one outcome from all mathematically represented alternatives. The evidence therefore strongly supports the decoherence component of Sec. 4.2 while leaving MQ's completed-context realization map as a theory-specific explanatory proposal rather than an independently observed process.
Non-relativistic Schrödinger correspondence. Atomic, ionic, electron, molecular, and cavity experiments cited above are quantitatively described by standard linear quantum evolution over their coherent intervals [94-103]. MQ is required to recover that same domain, and Sec. 3.5/Appx. O deliberately limits the claim to coefficient-resolved conditional reconstruction in the Galilean non-relativistic sector. The experimental support for the target dynamics is overwhelming, but because standard quantum mechanics already predicts it, successful recovery remains compatibility evidence rather than distinctive confirmation.
Hilbert-space and generalized-measurement representability. MQ postpones spectral and POVM structure until Hilbert-space completion. Generalized measurements are not merely formal devices: Martínez et al. implemented and certified a seven-outcome non-projective measurement in a four-dimensional photonic Hilbert space with 99.7% fidelity [107]. This strongly supports the empirical adequacy of the POVM-level representation that MQ adopts after, rather than before, its count-to-probability construction.
Absence of observed Lorentz-violating signatures in the tested sectors. MQ's Internal Frame discreteness is non-spatiotemporal and the Informativity differential is not a boost-dependent contraction. Existing SME compilations, gravitational-wave/light-speed comparison from GW170817/GRB 170817A, gamma-ray timing bounds, and pulsar tests place stringent limits on preferred-frame, birefringent, dispersive, and gravity-sector Lorentz violation [85-89]. The absence of such signals is therefore compatible with MQ's present claim that its finite-count mapping correction is not itself a Lorentz-violation operator.
Experimental accessibility of the X-ray nonlinear platform. The Shwartz-Harris 3.26239-rad Bell-state angle remains a model-derived value rather than an independent MQ measurement [35], but X-ray parametric down-conversion and X-ray/optical wave mixing have been experimentally observed in the relevant class of nonlinear processes [36,37]. This is strong evidence that the proposed platform is physically accessible, while Appx. L correctly withholds any claim of Level-IV confirmation until a genuinely differential MQ prediction is measured.
Prospective realization-dependent gravitational-coupling test. The strongest presently available theory-specific empirical comparison remains the 2026 NIST/BIPM torsion-balance redetermination [80]. The MQ finite-count value predates that measurement and differs from the combined NIST result by only 0.066 diagonal standard deviations using the quoted combined uncertainty. More importantly, the experiment provides two readout modes at fixed source geometry. The pre-existing MQ finite-to-upper separation is 34.9274 ppm; the published free-minus-servo differences are 56.7889 ppm for copper and 149.6888 ppm for sapphire. Propagating the published four-result covariance matrix gives a two-component differential χ² = 1.85 (ν = 2, p = 0.40) against the common 34.9274-ppm separation. This is a stronger magnitude-and-covariance consistency check than the sign comparison alone, but it is not counted as a second independent confirmation because the exact apparatus-specific regime assignment was not preregistered and the NIST analysis retains configuration-dependent unexplained uncertainty. Appendix J.8 therefore classifies the combined out-of-sample numerical comparison as the sole completed independent MQ-specific target and the mode comparison as a covariance-resolved post-publication diagnostic. A decisive follow-up remains a blinded, preregistered same-apparatus differential protocol with fixed geometry and alternated electrostatic-servo versus free-deflection readout. The remaining causal ambiguity is now removed at the theory level by the channel-selection rule of Sec. 2.9.2 and Appx. J.9. The MQKB fixed-count/count-resolved distinction assigns the electrostatic-servo mode to the finite-count realization because an electrostatic counter-torque closes the torque estimator, while free-deflection mode is assigned to the count-resolved gravitational realization because its torque is obtained from mechanical deflection and torsional stiffness. The two-mode apparatus architecture and torque equations were published independently in 2022 [142]. A future blinded repetition therefore has a frozen sign and magnitude prediction rather than a post-hoc mode label.
Mechanically driven gravitational quantum-state spectroscopy. The gravity-resonance platform required by Appx. L.2 has already been demonstrated with ultracold neutrons [108,109], and the later Ramsey implementation measured the |1⟩→|6⟩ transition as ν₁₆ = 972.81(12) Hz while identifying frequency shifts of order 100 mHz from instrumental and dynamical effects [141]. The MQ Level-IV prediction is not a refit of those data: at independently measured local g it is the pre-specified common +11.6426596 ppm displacement of every mechanically driven gravitational transition assigned to the upper-count realization, corresponding to +0.011326 Hz for ν₁₆. The published 0.12-Hz uncertainty is about 123 ppm, roughly 10.6 times the MQ displacement at 1σ, and a nominal 5σ discrimination requires a combined relative uncertainty below 2.33 ppm together with systematic residuals below the 11.3-mHz signal. The published experiments therefore establish accessibility of the observable but do not test the MQ prediction at the required precision. No existing result used in this manuscript is promoted to Level-IV confirmation; the decisive test remains prospective and its locked analysis conditions are collected in Appx. AC.
Interacting relativistic QED target. The field-theoretic extension of Sec. 3.9.4/Appx. Q must recover the extraordinary precision of ordinary QED in its flat-background electromagnetic domain. The 2023 single-electron magnetic-moment measurement tests the Standard Model/QED prediction at approximately one part in 10^12 [126]. This does not confirm MQ-specific field ontology, but it provides an exceptionally stringent correspondence target: any MQ QED realization that altered the ordinary local electromagnetic sector above this level would already be excluded. This does not test the non-Abelian universality program separated in Appx. AA; it tests the interacting U(1) correspondence actually derived here.
Spin-1/2 rotational structure and double-valued rotations. The MQ rotational completion of Sec. 3.9.3/Appx. R has three independent correspondence targets. First, the Stern–Gerlach experiment established discrete directional splitting of atomic magnetic moments [131]. Second, neutron interferometry directly observed the fermion wave-function sign reversal after a 2π spin rotation [132], while an independent perfect-crystal neutron experiment found interference oscillations with the predicted 4π periodicity [133]. Third, the Pauli/Dirac magnetic coupling gives g=2 at leading order [130], with the modern electron magnetic-moment measurement constraining the complete QED realization at the approximately 10^-12 level [126]. These experiments do not independently prove the MQ half-Planck-to-SU(2) derivation, but they sharply constrain every observable consequence of the resulting spinor sector.
Quantum-matter backreaction and the full-quantum boundary. Quantum field theory in curved spacetime supplies the renormalized stress–energy operator and semiclassical mean source [124,158], while stochastic gravity shows that the connected stress–energy noise kernel drives metric fluctuations omitted by a mean-field equation [159,169]. Appendix AB now imports that distinction into MQ without adding a primitive random source: the Appx. Q state is itself downstream of the unique count measure, so its renormalized stress–energy covariance fixes the stochastic System Frame source and the resulting linear-response metric covariance. The mean-source equation is recovered when connected fluctuations are negligible. Page and Geilker still exclude promotion of the simplest universal expectation-value rule to a fundamental microscopic law [157]. The remaining full-quantum gap is coherent superposition/interference and operator algebra for inequivalent realized geometries, not the absence of a fluctuation-sensitive backreaction law.
Taken together, this evidence materially strengthens the empirical footing of the construction while also defining its present maturity without ambiguity. Items (1)-(15) show that the principal phenomena and operational constraints MQ is built to reproduce are independently established across electron, atom, ion, molecular, cavity-QED, photonic, Bell, nonlinear-X-ray, and relativistic tests. They therefore support compatibility of the MQ architecture with the observed quantum domain, not a unique causal inference to MQ. Item (16) remains the only completed out-of-sample MQ-specific metrological target; its internal servo/free comparison adds a covariance-resolved magnitude diagnostic but not another independent empirical degree of freedom. Item (17) is the strongest quantum-specific discriminator and remains unexecuted at the required precision. Items (18-23) constrain the interacting relativistic, spinor, and matter-geometry extensions but remain correspondence or boundary tests. Appendix AC freezes the two principal confirmatory experiments—QG-PPM and G-DIFF—while Appx. AM now audits their experimental and theoretical dependence and identifies the strongest non-gravitational diversification route already present in the MQKB. That third route is not promoted to independent confirmation because its presently used cosmological age input is itself CMB-derived; the paper therefore does not manufacture empirical independence by relabeling a correlated comparison.
Level I — Count-based ontology. The deepest falsification target is the claim that physically realized structure can be grounded in conserved discrete availability counts on the Internal Frame relational adjacency domain. Within the present paper, this layer is constrained by non-negativity, finite additivity, adjacency-local redistribution, and closed-domain count conservation (Eqs. (3–13) and (57)). Theorem 2.2/Appx. AN now makes the completeness criterion operational: additional primitive data that never alter any admissible System Frame observable or completed record are physically redundant within the claimed domain, whereas any additional data that do alter an observable define a distinct theory and a Level-I discriminator. Evidence that the claimed domain requires primitive continuum coordinates, a non-count additive state label, non-conserved creation or destruction of availability count, or any other independently observable primitive degree of freedom would therefore falsify this ontological layer. Failure here would invalidate the subsequent realization construction rather than merely one particular representation.
Level II — Specific Frames mapping and mapping-normalization realization. Conditional on the count ontology, the next target is the specific admissible realization rule connecting conserved count structure to observable System Frame quantities. The fixed, non-fitted Informativity differential, the associated mapping-induced corrections to realized measures, and the cross-domain residual comparisons summarized in Appx. J are predictions of this stronger structure, not consequences of discreteness alone. A statistically interpretable failure requires a pre-specified independent comparator or a covariance-resolved joint residual analysis. Persistent disagreement under that standard would falsify the specific MQ realization rule even if a more general count-based ontology remained logically possible.
Level III — Derived quantum correspondence. The third target is the claim that the admissible MQ realization reproduces the established non-relativistic quantum domain. Failure of the realization-frequency identity in Eq. (32)—that is, a failure of the pushforward distribution of completed interactions to equal the normalized outcome measure—would directly falsify the MQ measurement correspondence before any Hilbert-space completion is invoked. Failure to recover the normalized position probability measure, the spectral/POVM Born rule under the stated Hilbert-space completion, interference, the conditionally selected Schrödinger generator, or the observed Bell–CHSH/no-signaling structure would likewise falsify the quantum correspondence developed in Secs. 3.1–3.11 and Appx. C–H. Because standard quantum mechanics already predicts these phenomena, successful recovery at this level establishes consistency but does not by itself discriminate MQ from standard quantum theory.
Level IV — Quantum-specific differential prediction. Appendix L.2 now supplies a target-parameter-free observable that differs from standard quantum mechanics. The MQKB canonical count-resolved phase-action relation gives hbar(n_L) = theta_si l_f/[Q_L(n_L)n_L], with Q_L(n_L) = sqrt(1+n_L^2) - n_L. At the electromagnetic demarcation n_L = 276/theta_si this yields the ordinary SI-scale reduced Planck value, while the upper-count limit is 2 theta_si l_f. For the gravitational quantum bouncer, the standard Airy spectrum scales as nu_jk proportional to hbar^(-1/3). Under the pre-specified MQ assignment that the gravitational level spacing is an upper-count realization, the resulting prediction is nu_jk^MQ/nu_jk^QM = 1.0000116426596: an upward fractional shift of 11.6426596 ppm for every transition at fixed independently measured local g and neutron mass. Standard quantum mechanics predicts unity because it uses one universal hbar for the same Hamiltonian. The mechanically driven ultracold-neutron gravity-resonance experiments of Jenke et al. and Cronenberg et al. provide a demonstrated platform [108,109], but their published precision does not constitute a test of this ppm-scale prediction. The earlier X-ray theta_si correspondence in Appx. L.1 remains a non-discriminating cross-correspondence because the same angle follows from the standard nonlinear-optics calculation [35-37].
The hierarchy prevents a negative result from being overinterpreted. A sufficiently precise null result for the pre-registered gravitational transition-frequency ratio of Appx. L.2 would reject the count-dependent phase-action realization used for that Level-IV prediction while leaving the already recovered standard-quantum correspondence intact; a Level-III failure would reject the MQ quantum realization; a Level-II failure would reject the specific Frames mapping realization used across MQ; and a Level-I failure would challenge the count-based ontology itself. Conversely, agreement at one level does not prove the stronger levels above it.
This layered structure also clarifies the status of the existing metrological evidence. The comparisons in Appx. J probe Level-II consequences only to the extent that their reference data are independent of the MQ source quantities. Rows with shared CODATA inputs or algebraic dependence are traceability checks, not independent Level-II tests; successive CODATA releases are historical adjustments and are not separate degrees of freedom. The quantum correspondence results of Sec. 3 remain Level-III tests because MQ is constructed to recover standard quantum statistics in the stated regime. In contrast, Appx. L.2 states a Level-IV observable for which MQ and standard quantum mechanics make different numerical predictions before measurement. Its evidential status remains prospective until the MQ regime assignment, independent g calibration, transition frequencies, systematic corrections, and uncertainty threshold are fixed before data analysis.
4.7.2 Open Problems and Required Future Work
Open problems no longer include existence or uniqueness of the realization limit on connected locally finite fixed-adjacency domains, local edge rewiring on a fixed primitive cell set, regular anisotropic metric selection, the scalar/Dirac/U(1) relativistic state-space architecture, or the existence of a coherent geometry-class representation on the same count-derived MQ state. Proposition 3.5/Appx. AS now show that inequivalent physical geometry classes define geometry-class subspaces of the already-derived Hilbert state; relative phase is inherited from the MQ phase-action field, invariant geometry functionals become derived observables, and geometry-class-mixing evolution supplies the noncommuting/ interference structure absent from stochastic c-number geometry. Remaining structural problems include genuinely non-locally-finite primitive domains, creation or annihilation of primitive relational cells, action-degenerate graph-rewrite loci, degenerate/nonlocal/nonquadratic anisotropic response, and derivation of additional matter classes not covered by Proposition 3.3. The non-Abelian problem is more sharply delimited by Appx. AL than before: MQ need not guess SU(2), SU(3), or another compact group directly. Once a count-derived family of localized, transportable charge classes with composition, conjugation, and statistics has been obtained, the Doplicher-Roberts reconstruction fixes the associated compact gauge group up to the standard physical equivalence. What remains open is therefore the genuinely physical antecedent: derivation from MQ invariants of the required non-Abelian sector category and its chiral matter content, followed by anomaly cancellation, symmetry breaking, Yukawa structure, confinement, and associated renormalization flow. For gravity, the remaining universality question is no longer whether coherent geometry can be represented, but whether the geometry-class-mixing dynamics can be extended nonperturbatively to all admissible topology-changing domains and confirmed experimentally.
The finite composite-state architecture and the interacting state-space selection for the presently derived Abelian relativistic class are no longer included among these open items. Proposition F.3 fixes finite multipartite tensor composition. Proposition 3.4/Appx. AR then promotes locality and the MQ probability functional to the quasi-local observable algebra and its admissible state representations, so Fock space is a derived free/stationary realization rather than a globally imported choice. What remains open is the physical derivation of additional superselection content associated with matter or gauge structures that MQ has not yet generated, together with nonperturbative existence/phase questions for specific interacting models. Those residual questions do not leave the scalar/Dirac/U(1) state space used here arbitrary.
The distinction is important: Appx. AI removes quadratic/isotropic metricity from the independent assumption list for the direction-free local sector, while Proposition 2.5/Appx. AQ closes the constructive regular anisotropic sector. Once direction-selecting adjacency, matter, boundary, or defect invariants are fixed, the local Hessian of the single MQ Action determines the anisotropic principal tensor and hence the spatial metric uniquely up to the already-quotiented representative freedom. What remains open is not the choice of an anisotropic tensor, but only sectors in which the action response is degenerate, nonlocal, or genuinely nonquadratic and therefore requires additional MQ-derived physical response data.
Primitive probability weighting is not included among those open problems. On the finite measurement domains used here, Proposition 2.1 excludes nonuniform primitive weights without adding new physical structure; Appx. H.9 then shows that the unique count measure is pushed forward to the observed outcome distribution. What remains preparation-dependent is the dynamically realized count configuration, not the rule by which its unit counts are measured.
The bare choice of nonnegative integers is likewise no longer left as an unexplained numerical primitive for the finite measurement class. Theorem 2.1 and Appx. W derive it as the unique minimal multiplicity carrier compatible with finite distinguishability, additive composition, relational relabeling invariance, and closed conservation when no additional primitive scalar structure is admitted. Theorem 2.2/Appx. AN then closes the distinct physical-completeness question to the strongest scientifically decidable level. A proposed deeper structure that is invisible to every admissible realization and completed record is empirically equivalent and does not enlarge the physical state space of the theory; a proposed deeper structure that changes any admissible observable is an inequivalent, falsifiable completion. Absolute denial of empirically inert metaphysical structure is neither required nor claimed. A future experiment requiring an irreducible primitive continuum label, a non-count additive conserved quantity at the same ontological level, or a stable-record precursor not representable by finite multiplicity would therefore falsify the count-only completion rather than merely alter its normalization.
The Level-IV derivational gap is closed at the present theory level by Appx. L.2, but its experimental realization remains open. A decisive protocol must pre-register the MQ count assignment for the gravitational-state dynamics and downstream record channel; determine local g independently of neutron transition frequencies; measure at least two mechanically driven gravitational transitions; fit one common fractional displacement rather than transition-specific offsets; and propagate mirror-motion, vibration, surface, magnetic, neutron-velocity, detector, and local-g systematics into the full frequency covariance. The MQ prediction is the fixed common +11.6426596 ppm shift of Appx. L.2, whereas the standard-QM null is zero fractional shift after conventional systematic corrections. For the published Ramsey transition ν₁₆ = 972.81(12) Hz [141], the predicted displacement is +0.011326 Hz; the quoted uncertainty is about 10.6 times larger than that signal, while a nominal 5σ test requires combined uncertainty below 2.33 ppm and systematic control below 11.3 mHz. A result consistent with zero at that sensitivity would falsify this count-dependent phase-action realization. Appendix AC.2 freezes the corresponding confirmatory analysis rule before any new dataset is considered.
For the gravitational-coupling channel test, the theoretical assignment is frozen but causal demonstration remains open. Appendix J.9 derives the selector from MQKB interaction provenance: the interaction that supplies the calibrated force or torque at estimator closure determines the realization, while passive sensing does not. Appendix AD converts that statement into a prospective causal experiment. The decisive comparison uses randomized or blinded free-deflection and electrostatic-servo blocks with the same gravitational source geometry and common analysis, supplemented by a negative-control block in which the electrostatic hardware remains energized and sensed but is prevented from supplying the balancing torque. MQ predicts that this control stays on the free/count-resolved branch, whereas active electrostatic torque closure moves to the finite-count branch. The pre-specified free-minus-servo separation is +34.9274 ppm. A null or reversed active-closure contrast, or any shift that instead tracks passive sensing or merely energized electrostatic hardware, would falsify the proposed realization-regime selector. The existing NIST/BIPM data cannot satisfy this causal criterion retrospectively because the selector and controls were not preregistered before unblinding.
The empirical limitation identified here cannot be removed by further algebraic reconstruction. The strongest repair available within a theoretical manuscript is therefore to freeze the theory-side decision rules before new data are acquired, eliminate post-result regime reassignment, and expose rather than hide cross-test dependence. Appendices AC and AD already record the fixed numerical targets, null hypotheses, minimum precision, required controls, covariance treatment, and evidentiary classification for QG-PPM and G-DIFF. Appendix AM shows that those tests are experimentally distinct but share upstream MQ calibration and realization structure. Appendix AT now converts that audit into a single prospective adjudication protocol: the QG-PPM and G-DIFF predictions are treated as immutable targets; any joint inference carries their shared theory-input covariance; and a third-arm result receives independent-confirmation status only if both its target observable and its source-input vector are independent of the data used in the two gravitational tests. The currently available MQKB CMB-temperature chain is retained only as a cross-domain candidate, not as completed independent evidence. Until these conditions and new data exist, MQ should be assessed as a theoretically developed and experimentally falsifiable framework with narrow independent theory-specific evidence, not as an experimentally established replacement for standard quantum mechanics.
The third-arm gate is experimentally concrete but not yet met. Direct CMB thermometry is already much more precise than the present MQ temperature uncertainty [175], while the MQKB temperature chain inherits its dominant source dependence from the adopted cosmic age [176]. Late-Universe cosmic-chronometer measurements provide a genuinely different observational route to the expansion history: the DESI DR1 chronometer analysis obtains direct H(z) measurements from differential ageing of passive galaxies without assuming a specific cosmological model [199]. Its present systematic uncertainties are, however, orders of magnitude too large to turn the small MQ-versus-monopole temperature difference into a decisive independent test. Appendix AT therefore requires the age/geometry source likelihood to exclude CMB information, to be frozen before evaluation of the MQ temperature chain, and to reach sufficient propagated precision before CMB-AGE may be promoted from cross-domain consistency to a confirmatory discriminator.
A reconstruction can always be made formally successful by narrowing its admissible class until the desired theory is the only survivor. The relevant test is therefore not whether MQ uses conditions, but whether those conditions are independent physical inputs, ordinary regularity assumptions needed to state a continuum problem, or consequences already fixed upstream. Appendix AF makes that distinction globally. In the core count-to-record chain, the independent physical roots are substantially fewer than the number of propositions used to propagate them: nonnegative conserved relational multiplicity, adjacency-local closed redistribution, the requirement that observable structure be realized through the Frames mapping, and the operational record constraints define the starting class; counting measure, empirical record probability, complex amplitude, pre-Hilbert geometry, tensor composition, canonical translation algebra, local Lorentz symmetry, and the j=1/2 Dirac realization are then downstream at the levels stated in the manuscript. Conditions such as smooth charts, self-adjoint domains, or detector calibration delimit the mathematical or experimental realization being represented and are not reinterpreted as new microscopic ontology. The residual conditional assumptions are stated separately rather than hidden inside the word 'admissible.' This is the same methodological discipline used in modern operational reconstruction programs, which make explicit which physical principles are postulated and which formal structures follow from them [59,143].
5. CONCLUSION
Measurement Quantization develops a two-domain, three-role count-based kinematic reconstruction of quantum behavior whose detailed dynamical derivation begins in the non-relativistic sector and now has an explicit Lorentz-covariant one-particle continuation, a count-constrained selection of the minimal massive charged Dirac matter carrier, a local MQ-selected spin-1/2 rotational sector, and an explicit scalar/Dirac/Abelian quantum-field-theoretic continuation in which conserved measurement availability is primitive and the standard quantum state formalism is downstream of realization. Its specific novelty claim is the referenceable count-to-record chain established across Secs. 2.6–3.11 and distinguished from representative reconstruction programs in Secs. 4.4–4.6 and the systematic audit of Appx. AU: pre-probabilistic conserved count → admissible Frames mapping → normalized availability → completed-context realization and outcome partition → single realized record with pushforward-compatible ensemble frequency → post-outcome conditioning → quantum representation, with Bell/no-signaling closure and independently resolved dynamical scale. The Internal Frame contains discrete count assignments, relational adjacency, update ordering, and count-conserving redistribution; observable continuum structure arises only in the System Frame. The present matter-selection theorem does not derive the complete particle spectrum: it fixes the Dirac/Clifford representation for the elementary massive charged carrier under the already-established MQ conditions, while neutral, chiral, scalar, higher-spin, flavor, and non-Abelian matter content remain separately testable extensions. Appendix AL now reduces the non-Abelian group-choice problem to the derivation of a count-selected superselection category: once such sectors are physically derived, standard Doplicher-Roberts reconstruction fixes the corresponding compact gauge group rather than allowing it to be appended freely.
Within the stated assumptions, normalization of mapped encoded availability constructs a System Frame outcome-weight measure, but empirical probability is not identified by normalization alone. For each complete admissible measurement interaction, the referenceable completed-context realization Mc is single-valued and the measurable, pairwise-disjoint outcome partition induces R = κ∘Mc, fixing exactly one realized label. The pushforward of the normalized complete-interaction count measure through R is identical to the normalized System Frame outcome-weight measure (Eq. 32; Appx. H.9). This equality is the probability-identification step: the weight assigned to a record region is exactly the measure of complete interactions that realize that record, and under standard repeated-trial sampling it is the limiting outcome frequency. Individual definiteness and ensemble probabilities are therefore two consequences of the same realization structure. Injective record encoding maps the realized label to a stable macroscopic record, after which contextual restriction and renormalization update the predictive encoding. The MQ wave function is constructed as an amplitude-phase representation of the empirically identified normalized measure and realized redistribution phase, while the arbitrary-observable Born rule is recovered after Hilbert-space completion through spectral measures and POVMs. The admissible nearest-neighbor successive-difference structure conditionally selects Schrödinger-form evolution in the non-relativistic System Frame. Proposition 2.6/Appx. X selects the local Lorentzian signature class from the single Internal Frame update ordering, adjacency-local finite accessibility, the mapped fundamental propagation scale, and the positive three-dimensional spatial metric. Proposition 2.7/Appx. Y then fixes the connected local Lorentz group from preservation of those mapped invariants and obtains the Galilei group by non-relativistic contraction; the boost covariance used in Appx. O is therefore derived rather than imposed. Section 3.9.1/Appx. P consequently places the same phase-action and mass realization on a locally Lorentz-covariant geometry supporting Klein-Gordon and Dirac free-field realizations with conserved currents and a controlled return to the Schrödinger limit. Global isometry and causal/spin topology remain open. MQ also derives a measurement-independent, non-factorizable and operationally no-signaling Bell probability architecture. For the ideal polarization benchmark, Appx. G.11 derives the analyzer-axis response from the continuous norm-preserving rotation of the two-channel MQ amplitude, producing the cos²/sin² joint weights and the cosine double-angle correlation before the standard CHSH evaluation. Environmental decoherence suppresses coherence and stabilizes record classes without choosing the realized outcome. Finally, the canonical MQ count-resolved phase-action relation yields a prospective Level-IV discriminator in mechanically driven gravitational quantum-state spectroscopy: under the pre-specified upper-count gravitational realization, MQ predicts a common +11.6426596 ppm shift of transition frequencies relative to standard quantum mechanics at the same independently measured local gravitational acceleration. Existing gravity-resonance experiments establish the required platform but have not yet tested this prediction at sufficient precision [108,109].
The primitive measure in that statement is itself unique within the finite count class used in the paper. Proposition 2.1 shows that the MQ unit-count definition and finite additivity force ordinary counting measure, while admissible relabeling forbids unequal weights on otherwise identical count units; an unfixed overall scale cancels on normalization. Accordingly, the observed nonuniform probabilities arise from the multiplicities of completed-interaction event preimages rather than from a hidden choice of prior measure.
The underlying integer multiplicity now has a correspondingly sharper provenance. Theorem 2.1/Appx. W show that, for the finite stable-record class analyzed here, a pre-metric and pre-probabilistic ontology satisfying finite distinguishability, additive composition, relational relabeling invariance, nonnegative closed conservation, and no-extra-scalar minimality has the free commutative finite-multiset structure and hence a canonical nonnegative-integer count representation [143,144]. Theorem 2.2/Appx. AN then removes the stronger completeness objection at the level accessible to physics: any additional primitive datum that leaves every admissible realization, record, and observable invariant belongs to the same physical equivalence class and adds no physical state distinction, whereas any datum that changes one of those invariants defines a different, empirically discriminable theory. MQ therefore does not claim to prove the metaphysical absence of empirically inert hidden structure. It claims physical completeness of the finite count carrier modulo such empirically equivalent extensions, with every physically active enlargement exposed as a Level-I falsifier.
The finite-to-global scope is likewise sharper. Proposition 2.10/Appx. AO shows that connected locally finite fixed-adjacency domains inherit the finite MQ measure, mapping, record-probability, and flag-topology constructions whenever the finite restrictions are compatible. Finite-context probabilities extend by standard projective consistency, while no infinite total count is normalized. Accordingly, the finite-domain realization theorems are not isolated approximations whose physical class can drift in the thermodynamic limit; their compatible restrictions determine one limit class. The residual domain question is confined to genuinely non-locally-finite structure or adjacency-changing dynamics.
The quantum-field-theoretic gap is therefore no longer an absence of field architecture, local algebra, representation selection, or an interacting relativistic example. Appx. AR fixes the local observable net and state-selected representation from MQ locality and probability provenance; Appx. Q supplies its free/stationary Fock realization, Bogoliubov particle creation, and the Abelian gauge-coupled interaction. The remaining field-theory boundary is the derivation of additional non-Abelian/chiral matter content and model-specific nonperturbative phase structure, together with coherent quantization of the emergent geometry.
The global numerical economy is summarized in Appx. AG. The manuscript does not claim an ab initio universe with no empirically anchored universal quantity: in the current MQKB, θ_si is fixed from the 2022 CODATA inverse fine-structure constant and several fundamental measures inherit that calibration through the canonical MQ relations. The stronger claim supported here is absence of hidden target-specific fitting in the flagship tests. Once the universal MQ calibration vector, the physical subsystem, and independently measured apparatus inputs are frozen, the 11.6426596-ppm QG-PPM displacement and the 34.9274-ppm G-DIFF separation have no adjustable coefficient that can be retuned to the test dataset.
The outcome-realization step is also constructive on finite domains rather than purely extensional. Appendix AH gives a complete finite instance in which a specified primitive count configuration and apparatus context determine the realized record by direct execution of the Internal Frame update and Frames mapping, while the counting measure over the preparation class reproduces the corresponding ensemble frequencies. Section AH.4 provides the same calculation as executable, dependency-free reference code with frozen machine-readable output for independent reproduction.
The principal remaining empirical weakness is therefore explicit rather than structural. The 2026 NIST/BIPM result supplies one temporally out-of-sample MQ-specific Level-II comparison, but the causal G-DIFF realization assignment was not preregistered for that dataset; the QG-PPM +11.6426596-ppm gravitational-state prediction likewise has not been measured at sufficient precision. Appendices AC and AD convert those weaknesses into locked prospective tests, while Appendix AM establishes that the two experiments are experimentally independent but not theoretically orthogonal because both remain downstream of common MQ calibration and realization structure. Appendix AT now supplies the manuscript-wide empirical adjudication gate: QG-PPM and G-DIFF must be executed prospectively with frozen prediction and nuisance models, shared theory uncertainty must enter their covariance rather than be counted twice, and no third observable is promoted to independent confirmation unless its target and source data are demonstrably outside both gravitational test chains. The MQKB CMB-temperature construction is the strongest presently identified non-gravitational candidate, and contemporary cosmic-chronometer work shows that CMB-independent expansion-history inputs are experimentally obtainable [199]; current precision is nevertheless insufficient for decisive CMB-AGE discrimination. Issue #80 is therefore closed only at the protocol and falsifiability level. Decisive prospective experimental confirmation remains open and cannot be supplied by further manuscript algebra.
A final limitation concerns external proof verification rather than missing manuscript structure. The author-side derivations have been decomposed into explicit dependency gates, but complete independent sign-off of every major gate has not yet occurred. Appendix AV therefore specifies the minimum evidence package, specialist domain, independence condition, decision record, and failure propagation required for external verification. Until those certificates exist, the manuscript does not describe its major proof chain as independently verified. This remaining step is intrinsically external to the theory and is properly resolved by peer review or equivalent independent specialist audit rather than by adding another internal derivation.
APPENDIX A: DEFINITIONS OF KEYWORDS, TERMS AND SYMBOLS
Notes
In earlier publications (prior to 2026), the roles of the Internal Frame and System Frame were described using a dimension-based distinction. With the formal identification of the Frames mapping, this characterization has been refined to align with the kinematic structure defined in the present work. The Internal Frame is now understood strictly as a discrete, count-based configuration domain without intrinsic geometric or continuous measure, while the System Frame represents the relational encoding in which observables are realized following application of the Frames mapping.
This refinement does not constitute a reversal of physical interpretation, but rather a clarification: geometry, continuity, and measurement arise only through the mapping from discrete count structure to relational observables. The realization of observables corresponds to the mapping-normalized encoding of conserved count, as defined by the mapping normalization functional. In this sense, normalization specifies the conditions under which Internal Frame configurations admit consistent, repeatable representation in the System Frame, and thereby defines the operational meaning of measurement.
Keywords
Adjacency divergence — A combinatorial divergence operator on the Internal Frame adjacency graph that computes net count change at a relational cell as incoming minus outgoing adjacency flux, without using metric geometry or spatial direction.
Adjacency flux — A relational count-transfer quantity defined on edges of the Internal Frame adjacency graph that describes redistribution of availability counts between neighboring relational cells and is not a geometric vector field.
Availability count — A nonnegative integer measure of accessible measurement realizations associated with an Internal Frame relational cell or domain. It is the primitive MQ quantity and is mapped under the Frames mapping to a System Frame encoded availability density before normalization into probability.
Primitive counting measure — The unique finitely additive measure on a finite MQ unit-count domain obtained by assigning one measure unit to each primitive availability count. Relabeling of physically indistinguishable unit counts leaves it invariant; after normalization, any common scale cancels. It is pre-probabilistic and is distinct from the later System Frame probability measure.
Availability geometry — The relational structure formed by discrete counts and adjacency relations in the Internal Frame, which constrains accessible outcomes and induces interference and correlation structure after System Frame encoding.
Availability partition — A setting-dependent decomposition of System Frame configuration space into disjoint regions used to define measurement outcome channels and restriction operations through indicator functions; acts on encoded availability density and amplitudes after Frames mapping.
Bell factorizability — The Bell-local model condition that joint probabilities factor into local response probabilities at fixed complete hidden state, P(A,B∣a,b,λ)=P(A∣a,λ)P(B∣b,λ). Used to define the Bell-local model class and explicitly not assumed in MQ.
Bell–CHSH inequality — A correlation bound derived under Bell-local factorizability and measurement independence that limits the CHSH combination to magnitude ≤ 2; violated by quantum theory and recovered in the MQ Bell benchmark from the MQ-derived non-factorable availability structure together with the count-normalized two-channel analyzer rotation derived in Appx. G.11.
Blackbody Demarcation — System Frame boundary condition and partition rule that defines an idealized perfectly absorbing and re-emitting surface used to delimit an availability domain for thermal radiation. Under the Frames mapping, the blackbody demarcation specifies a maximal contextual restriction in which all incident radiative availability modes are admitted and re-emitted (the interaction distance, nL=84.60055lf) with spectrum determined solely by temperature, independent of material composition. In MQ analysis it functions as a thermodynamic boundary that fixes the encoded radiative availability density and associated spectral distribution.
Composite availability structure — The joint Internal Frame count configuration defined over a composite adjacency domain for multiple subsystems, forming the ontological basis of entanglement and joint measurement statistics in MQ.
Contextual availability — Dependence of encoded availability partitions and resulting probabilities on analyzer settings and measurement context through the Frames mapping, without introducing setting-independent hidden response variables.
Count separation
The number of fundamental length units lf between relational configurations in the Internal Frame. This quantity determines the scale at which mapping–induced deformation becomes significant.
Realization manifold
A realization manifold is the set of all admissible System Frame realizations compatible with a specified Internal Frame configuration under the Frames mapping R(ΩI). The realization manifold is not a primitive geometric object of the Internal Frame. Rather, it is the image of conserved Internal Frame count structure after application of the Frames mapping and any applicable realization constraints. Probabilities are assigned only after a normalized measure is defined on the admissible realization manifold.
Encoded availability density — The System Frame field ρS(r,t) obtained by mapping Internal Frame availability counts into continuum configuration space under the Frames mapping. It is nonnegative and integrable and is the density-level object used under spatial integrals and differential operators prior to normalization into probability density.
Frames mapping
The Frames mapping is the admissible kinematic realization relation that carries conserved Internal Frame count structure into a System Frame realization class. It preserves the mapping invariants required by the framework, including count conservation, normalization consistency, relational-label invariance, stable record realizability, and holonomy-free closure on contractible reference cycles. It need not be injective under coarse-graining. Pointwise representatives are not physical observables: admissibility-preserving Frames automorphisms define the equivalence orbit [M]U, and the global physical class is completed by the regular domain and invariant defect holonomies as proved in Appx. C.4.3. Thus uniqueness is asserted at the level of physical realization class for the finite contractible measurement domains used here, not at the level of a preferred coordinate or auxiliary-basis representative.
Frames Principle
The Frames Principle asserts that all physically meaningful observables arise from the Frames mapping between the Internal Frame and the System Frame. No observable quantity is intrinsic to the Internal Frame alone. All measurement is relational and defined through the mapping. This principle replaces the assumption of a pre–existing spacetime manifold with a kinematic origin of geometry. The right-triangle construction resolves this relation into a fixed Reference Frame normalization, a variable Internal Frame count, and a realized System Frame separation; the first is an operational role rather than an additional primitive ontology (Appx. M).
Hilbert space representability — The condition that normalized encoded availability densities and phases admit representation as square-integrable wave functions in Hilbert space with standard operator expectations and inner-product structure.
Indicator function — A binary function χA(r) equal to 1 inside a specified System Frame region and 0 outside, used to implement restriction and conditioning operations in MQ measurement updates.
Internal Frame
The Internal Frame is the discrete, count–based configuration domain in which all fundamental measures are defined relative to the fundamental units lf, mf and tf. All relational structure is encoded as integer count configurations over this domain. The Internal Frame does not possess a continuous geometric structure; rather, geometry arises only through its mapping into the System Frame.
Mapping–induced deformation
The modification of realized separation in the System Frame arising from the discrete–continuous Frames mapping between the Internal Frame and the System Frame. This deformation is fully determined by the mapping structure and does not constitute an independent physical field. It has two coupled manifestations depending on the scale of the interaction. At fixed count separation, it appears as a local, scale–invariant modification governed by the Informativity differential, corresponding to the mapping-induced finite-count contraction of realized lengths. Over extended count separation, the same mapping–induced deformation accumulates through the mapping structure and is realized as geometric curvature in the System Frame. These two manifestations are not distinct mechanisms but represent different scale–dependent realizations of a single underlying mapping effect.
Measurement Quantization (MQ) — A kinematic framework in which physical structure is modeled from discrete availability counts and relational update rules, with continuum quantum formalism emerging through normalized System Frame encoding.
MQ Action
The MQ Action is the fundamental kinematic functional defined over the Internal Frame count structure. It governs the evolution and consistency of relational configurations under the Frames mapping. The action admits distinct realizations determined by count separation: fixed interaction–scale realizations, corresponding to electromagnetic behavior at the electromagnetic demarcation, and count–resolved realizations, corresponding to gravitational behavior through the mapping–induced metric structure. In both cases, observable dynamics arise from the normalization and realization of conserved count under the mapping. All emergent physical behavior, including electromagnetic interactions and gravitational curvature, therefore arises from this single action without the introduction of any independent dynamical components.
MQ variational principle
The MQ variational principle states that physically realized configurations in the System Frame correspond to stationary points of the MQ action functional defined over admissible realizations of encoded availability derived from the Internal Frame, thereby replacing the independent postulation of dynamical laws with a single extremization condition from which all effective interactions emerge. Formally, let M:ω→R denote the Frames mapping, and let ω'⊂ω be a relational region of the Internal Frame with realized configuration Ω=M(ω')⊂R. Let ρR denote the corresponding coarse–grained encoded availability field. The MQ action is defined as the functional
where L is constructed from count–based relations induced by the mapping M, and dμ is the induced measure on R. The MQ variational principle asserts that admissible realizations satisfy δS=0 under variations consistent with the constraints of the Frames mapping and the conservation relations defined on ω' (cf. Appx. D).
MQ wave function — The normalized encoded amplitude field ψ MQ(r,t) = √(ρS(r,t)/N(t)) · e^{iφ(r,t)}
constructed from encoded availability density and phase, providing the Hilbert space representation of MQ statistics.
Non-factorability — The property that a joint availability or probability structure cannot be expressed as a product of subsystem factors; in MQ this arises from composite availability geometry under the Frames mapping rather than from superluminal influence.
Parameter independence — In the Jarrett–Shimony decomposition, the λ-conditioned requirement that a local outcome probability at fixed complete state λ be independent of the distant measurement setting. This is stronger than operational no-signaling of observed marginals. MQ directly derives the latter; λ-conditioned PI is invoked only when an explicit conditioning state is specified.
POVM (positive operator-valued measure) — A generalized quantum measurement framework using a set of positive operators that sum to the identity, allowing non-projective measurements and compatible with MQ encoded probability predictions.
Projection operator — An idempotent Hermitian operator that projects a state onto an outcome subspace and is used in normalized post-selection and conditioning updates in the Hilbert space representation.
Restriction (conditioning) operator — The operation that multiplies a System Frame encoded MQ state by an indicator function and renormalizes, implementing measurement selection on encoded availability density and amplitudes without altering underlying Internal Frame counts.
Reference Frame — The fixed operational normalization and comparison context used when an Internal Frame count is related to a realized System Frame observable. In the right-triangle construction it is side a, fixed to the unit reference count. It is noninterchangeable with the variable Internal Frame count but does not constitute an independent primitive domain; it is an operational System Frame context used to define relational comparison (Appx. M).
System Frame
The System Frame is the non–discrete, relational encoding of Internal Frame structure induced by the Frames mapping. It does not possess an independent fundamental measure but instead represents observable quantities as continuous relational separations derived from discrete count structure. All physically meaningful observables are defined in the System Frame.
Tsirelson bound — The maximal quantum correlator bound for the CHSH combination, achieved by angle-dependent analyzer settings and obtained in the MQ polarization benchmark by applying the standard CHSH settings to the MQ-derived correlation E(α,β)=cos[2(α−β)].
Terms
A.1 Primitive definitions
This subsection defines the irreducible count-based quantities that constitute the Internal Frame. These objects form the non-geometric substrate of MQ and serve as the primitive inputs to all subsequent constructions under the Frames mapping.
N0 — the set of nonnegative integers {0,1,2,… }, used as the codomain for discrete count variables (e.g., nI,nSprior to density normalization).
R3 — three–dimensional System Frame configuration space for single–subsystem spatial coordinates r.
R3N — System Frame configuration space for an N–subsystem (or N–particle) encoded state Ψ(r1,…,rN,t).
A.2 Discrete Internal Frame primitives
This subsection establishes the primitive combinatorial and relational structures of the Internal Frame count substrate. These objects define admissible count configurations, adjacency relations, conservation structure, and regional count evolution prior to realization under the Frames mapping.
A — The Internal Frame update index is a discrete ordering parameter labeling successive configurations of the Internal Frame count medium. It indexes deterministic updates of relational count assignments nI(ξ,A) across the configuration domain ω, with regional evolution defined on subsets ω'⊂ω through conservation and adjacency relations. The update index A is not a physical time coordinate and carries no metric, geometric, or causal structure. It does not correspond to System Frame time t, nor to any observable temporal parameter. Instead, it provides an intrinsic ordering of count redistribution steps within the Internal Frame. Evolution with respect to A defines the deterministic conservation and redistribution of count via adjacency relations, as expressed in Internal Frame conservation laws of the form
= 0. The mapping between the Internal Frame update index A and System Frame time t is established only through the Frames mapping M, and is generally nontrivial. Consequently, A should be interpreted as a kinematic sequencing parameter intrinsic to the discrete count substrate, rather than as a temporal observable.
nI(ξ,A) — is the Internal Frame discrete measurement availability count at relational cell ξ and internal update index A; integer–valued with nI∈N0. (No System Frame coordinates allowed.)
ρI(ξ,A) — is the Internal Frame count density at relational cell ξ and update index A. The quantity ρI represents the local distribution of measurement availability within the discrete relational structure of the Internal Frame. It is defined exclusively on the relational domain ω and carries no geometric, metric, coordinate, or continuum interpretation. The local count density ρI is constructed from the underlying count variable nI(ξ,A) and serves as the local conserved quantity appearing in Internal Frame conservation relations and adjacency–flux evolution equations. The evolution of ρI is governed by the discrete continuity relation
, or equivalently,
. The quantity ρI remains an Internal Frame object and must not be interpreted as a continuum mass density, probability density, or geometric field. Under the Frames mapping M, conservation of ρI provides the count structure from which realized System Frame observables and encoded availability measures are constructed.
NI(ω',A) — total Internal Frame count in a relational region Ω at internal update index A, typically
(or the appropriate internal measure analogue).
ξ — is a discrete relational cell label indexing elements of the Internal Frame configuration domain ω. Each ξ identifies a primitive micro-configuration at which Internal Frame count variables nI(ξ,A), density ρI(ξ,A), and adjacency flux JI(ξ→ξ',A) are defined. It may be described as ξ∈ω, ω'⊂ω, and
. The symbol ξis a pure relational index and not a coordinate. It carries no metric, geometric, spatial, temporal, tangent-space, or continuum meaning. It is defined only through membership in ω, adjacency relations ξ∼ξ', and serves as a summation index and domain element for count density and flux. Under the Frames mapping, realizations derived from collections of relational cells contribute to emergent System Frame structures, but ξ itself never becomes a coordinate or vector in the realized continuum description.
ω — The Internal Frame configuration domain ω is an abstract relational domain containing all admissible Internal Frame count assignments and constraint systems on which candidate Frames mappings may be defined. It carries no metric, geometric, or temporal structure and does not correspond to any System Frame coordinate domain. A referenceable universe corresponds to a maximal subdomain U⊂ω on which a Frames mapping exists satisfying the global referenceability constraints (unique realization, normalization, and holonomy–free closure). Regional subsets ω'⊂ω are used to define finite count measures, conservation laws, and boundary–flux relations within the Internal Frame. The corresponding realized System Frame configurations are given by Ω=M(ω')⊂R.
ω' — Is a relational region of the Internal Frame, with ω'⊂ω. This term denotes a finite subset of the Internal Frame relational adjacency domain used to define regional count measures, conservation laws, and boundary–flux relations. It carries no geometric or metric structure and does not correspond to a System Frame coordinate domain. Regional Internal Frame counts are written NI(ω',A).
∂ω — Adjacency boundary of an Internal Frame consisting of oriented adjacency links connecting cells in ω' to cells outside ω'. It appears in Internal Frame conservation relations through boundary–flux terms such as ϕI(∂ω',A).
Ω1,Ω2 — Internal Frame relational subsets used in finite additivity relations. They satisfy Ω1∩Ω2=∅ and NI(Ω1∪Ω2,A)=NI(Ω1,A)+NI(Ω2,A).
divadj — is the adjacency divergence operator acting on the Internal Frame count–flux JI. It is defined by
, where ∂Ω(ξ) denotes the set of admissible neighboring relational cells of ξ. The operator returns the net count imbalance associated with relational cell ξ during update step A by summing count–flux contributions over all admissible adjacency links incident on ξ. It is a purely combinatorial operator defined on the adjacency structure of the Internal Frame and carries no metric, geometric, directional, vector, or differential structure. The operator measures local count imbalance within the conserved count network and appears in the Internal Frame continuity relation
. It is a purely combinatorial operator defined on the adjacency structure of the Internal Frame and carries no metric, geometric, directional, vector, or differential structure. The operator measures local count imbalance within the conserved count network and appears in the Internal Frame continuity relation
. Equivalently,
. Unlike a continuum divergence, divadj does not act on a vector field and does not involve derivatives. It operates exclusively on count transfers between admissible neighboring relational cells. Under the Frames mapping, normalized realizations of the count–flux JI and adjacency divergence divadjJI correspond to the conserved current and its divergence in the System Frame, respectively.
Adj(ξ) — is the set of all relational cells ξ′ connected to ξ by an admissible adjacency link within the Internal Frame configuration domain ω. The adjacency neighborhood is a purely combinatorial object defined on the relational structure of the Internal Frame. It carries no metric, geometric, coordinate, vector, or continuum interpretation. Adj(ξ) specifies the relational cells that participate in local count redistribution through the adjacency count-flux JI(ξ → ξ′, A). It therefore provides the neighborhood structure used in the definitions of the adjacency divergence operator divadj, the local conservation law, and boundary-flux relations. Under the Frames mapping, realizations derived from Adj(ξ) may contribute to emergent System Frame structures, but Adj(ξ) itself remains an Internal Frame object and is not a geometric neighborhood in the System Frame.
JI — is the Internal Frame adjacency count–flux object defined on oriented adjacency links ξ→ξ' within the configuration domain ω. For each admissible link, JI(ξ→ξ',A) specifies the signed count transfer between relational cells during update step A. The object JI is the discrete flux structure associated with the conserved count field nI and provides the local transfer mechanism appearing in the Internal Frame continuity relation ΔAnI(ξ,A)+divadjJI(ξ,A)=0. JI is a purely combinatorial object defined exclusively on the adjacency structure of ω. It carries no metric, geometric, directional, vector, or differential structure. The relational cell labels ξ and ξ' denote adjacency relationships only and do not represent positions in a geometric space. Consequently, JI is not a vector field and no geometric differential operators act upon it. The associated adjacency divergence operator is defined by
, where N(ξ) denotes the set of admissible neighboring relational cells of ξ. This operator returns the net count imbalance associated with relational cell ξ during update step A and measures the local departure from count balance produced by adjacency transfers. Under the Frames mapping M, JI provides the discrete count-flux structure whose mapping-normalized realization defines the corresponding conserved current in the System Frame. The mapping does not reinterpret JI as a geometric vector. Rather, continuum current representations emerge through normalization of conserved count flow under the Frames mapping.
ϕI(∂ω' ,A) — is the Internal Frame boundary count–flux associated with a relational region ω' ⊂ω at update index A. It is defined as the net outward signed sum of adjacency flux contributions across all oriented boundary links connecting cells in ω' to cells in ω∖ω' ,
, where ∂ω' consists of all admissible oriented adjacency links with ξ∈ω' and ξ'∉ω' . This quantity represents the exact discrete boundary transport of measurement availability and has units of counts per update step. It is not a geometric surface integral and involves no notion of area, normal vectors, or metric structure. The boundary flux is related to the adjacency divergence of the count–flux through the discrete divergence relation, expressing regional conservation as the sum of local count imbalances over ω' . Under the Frames mapping, preservation of ϕI constrains the mapping normalization functional, thereby fixing how conserved Internal Frame flux is realized as a System Frame conserved current.
l: an oriented adjacency link (edge) in the Internal Frame relational adjacency domain; elements of a closed loop γ are sequences of such links.
A.3 Frames Mapping and Realization Structures
This subsection defines the relational structures associated with admissible Frames mappings and referenceable universe domains. These objects govern normalization, realization, holonomy structure, record encoding, and the consistency conditions required for emergent System Frame observables.
U — is a referenceable universe domain when a maximal subdomain U⊂ω of the Internal Frame configuration domain on which a valid Frames mapping M exists satisfying normalization, unique realization, and holonomy–free closure on all contractible reference cycles. The corresponding System Frame reference structure is given by the relational image M(U)⊂R. The domain U is maximal in the sense that no proper extension U'⊃U admits a Frames mapping satisfying the same global referenceability constraints. Distinct universes correspond to maximal subdomains whose associated Frames mappings cannot be simultaneously extended over their union without violating at least one global constraint.
γ — A reference cycle is a closed admissible relational path within a referenceable domain U⊂ω∖D used to evaluate loop functionals and consistency conditions associated with the Frames mapping. A reference cycle consists of a finite ordered sequence of admissible adjacency links returning to its origin. Contractible cycles must satisfy holonomy–free closure, while non–contractible cycles may carry defect-induced holonomy. Reference cycles are used to probe closure structure, measure consistency, and global referenceability conditions within admissible universe domains.
C — The count functional is a scalar functional acting on conserved Internal Frame count structure, mapping NI(ω',A) (and, where required, its associated density and flux structure) to a System Frame–compatible scalar prior to normalization. It encodes how relational count configurations contribute to realized observables independent of mapping normalization. More explicitly, it may be expressed as C:{ρI, JI, ∂ω'} → R+, with the following constraints: i) consistency with conservation laws, ii) invariance under admissible Internal Frame relabelings, and iii) independence from System Frame coordinates.
f(r) — A System Frame observable function defined on the realized spatial coordinate domain r∈R3. The function f(r) represents an arbitrary measurable quantity evaluated on a realized configuration and is used to construct expectation values over the normalized encoded availability density ρP(r,t). It carries no primitive ontological status and does not correspond to an Internal Frame count variable, update index, or conservation quantity. Observable averages are obtained through expressions of the form
, or equivalently through the wave function encoding representation. The symbol fserves as a generic test function for realized System Frame observables and is not restricted to any particular physical quantity.
N[ω' ]–The mapping normalization functional is a normalization operator induced by the Frames mapping that converts conserved Internal Frame count measures into System Frame observables by enforcing consistency with boundary–flux conservation and holonomy constraints. It acts on conserved count structure over a relational region ω'⊂ω and determines the normalization applied in the realization of M(ω'). Formally, it is given as
. Modified under discrete effects this is N[ω' ] → N[ω' ]⋅(2QLnL).
LR[Ω] — Realized separation functional is a System Frame observable defined as a functional of conserved Internal Frame count structure over a relational region ω'⊂ω, obtained via the Frames mapping M. It assigns a measurable separation to a configuration of count density and adjacency relations without presupposing metric structure in the Internal Frame. The realized configuration is given by Ω=M(ω')⊂R. Formally, it is described as LR[Ω] = F(ρI(ξ,A), JI(ξ→ξ',A), ∂ω'), with realization LR[Ω] ≡ N[ω']⋅C(NI(ω',A)) where N is the normalization induced by mapping and C is the count functional consistent with conservation laws.
R — The System Frame realization structure R is the relational image induced by the Frames mapping M:ω→R, where ω is the Internal Frame relational domain. The structure R comprises all admissible realized relational configurations consistent with the Frames mapping and the Frames Principle. It is not a pre-existing geometric manifold and does not constitute primitive ontology. Rather, it is the realized relational encoding through which observable System Frame quantities are represented. A realized physical system corresponds to a realized configuration Ω=M(ω')⊆R, where ω'⊆ω is an admissible Internal Frame relational region. Realized coordinates, observables, realization manifolds, and encoded probability measures arise only within R.
R — is a realization manifold. R⊆R is the set of admissible System Frame realizations compatible with a specified Internal Frame configuration and any applicable realization constraints. Realization manifolds are induced by the Frames mapping and need not be unique. They may arise from constraints imposed by count separation, conservation laws, boundary conditions, contextual restrictions, or other admissible realization conditions. Probability measures are assigned only after normalization over the admissible realization manifold.
M — is the Frames mapping is a relational mapping M:ω→R that assigns Internal Frame count configurations in the relational domain ωto elements of the uniquely realizable relational structure Rdefining the emergent System Frame. A valid realization exists only on referenceable subdomains ω'⊆ω that satisfy normalization, repeatable realization, and holonomy-free closure on all contractible reference cycles. For any admissible subdomain ω', the corresponding realized configuration is Ω=M(ω')⊆R. The mapping establishes consistent reference relations from which System Frame coordinates, observables, and realization structures are derived. Observable quantities arise only after application of the Frames mapping under the Frames Principle.
Rξ∈R — is a System Frame realization element Rξ is an individual realized relational configuration associated with an admissible Internal Frame configuration ξ under the Frames mapping M. Rξ∈R. The collection {Rξ} forms the realization structure R. Realization elements encode relational information only and do not represent independent physical entities. Observable quantities arise from relations among realization elements within admissible realized configurations.
R_i — is the observer-specific macroscopic record state space associated with observer i. It consists of stable, observer-accessible realized states encoding measurement records and contextual outcomes. Elements of R_i correspond to persistent realized record states that remain invariant under repeated observation and admissible evolution. A record label is fixed by the completed contextual realization and outcome partition before predictive conditioning; the corresponding stable record state belongs to the realized System Frame empirical layer, while restriction and renormalization update subsequent predictions without altering the primitive Internal Frame count structure.
E — is the admissible interaction set associated with a referenceable universe domain U. Elements x∈E denote admissible interaction configurations supporting realization under the Frames mapping. The set E is defined relationally within the Internal Frame and carries no continuum coordinate, metric, or geometric structure. Realization mappings assign outcome labels through R:E→O. The set E specifies the admissible interaction structure on which realization and record encodings are defined. In the measurement construction, completed elements of E are generated by deterministic contextual count evolution from actual initial joint configurations up to the first finite stable-record closure defined in Appx. H.8; histories that never reach such closure are not completed measurement elements of E.
X_c — The completed-interaction construction for measurement context c. Given an admissible actual initial joint Internal Frame configuration C_0, X_c(C_0) is the finite deterministic update history through the first stable-record completion index j_c*. Its terminal realization lies in exactly one outcome region and supports an injective repeatable record. X_c is undefined for attempted interactions that do not reach a finite stable-record closure.
j_c* — The completed-interaction update index for context c: the first Internal Frame update at which exactly one realized outcome region carries an injectively encoded record stable under immediate rereading in the absence of a new record-altering interaction. It is an Internal Frame update index, not a System Frame time coordinate and not a probabilistic stopping variable.
O — is the outcome label space associated with a referenceable Frames mapping. Elements o∈O are abstract realization labels assigned by the realization mapping R:E→O to admissible interactions x∈E. The set O is not a geometric or physical state space and carries no metric, coordinate, or dynamical structure. It indexes realizable outcomes within the System Frame encoding and serves as the domain of record encoding mappings ρ:O→R. The realized outcome subset is OR:=R(E)⊆O, consisting of outcomes actually realized on a given admissible interaction structure.
τ — is a record relabeling bijection induced by an admissible outcome relabeling under a Frames automorphism. The map τ:Ra→Rb acts on realized macroscopic record states and preserves observable equivalence under relabeling of realized outcomes. For an outcome relabeling σ:OR→OR, the induced record relabeling satisfies τ(ρa(o))=ρb(σ(o)),o∈OR. The map τ preserves stable record distinguishability and introduces no change in geometric, closure, or measurable structure.
ρi:O→Ri — Record encoding mapping from outcome space O to macroscopic record states Ri. The mapping is injective on the realized outcome set OR, ensuring that distinct realized outcomes correspond to distinct observable records.
H(γ) — A holonomy functional is the closure mismatch obtained by transporting reference data around a closed reference cycle γunder the Frames mapping. For holonomy–free mappings, H(γ)=0 on all contractible cycles.
D — A mapping defect class is a global obstruction in the Frames mapping preventing extension of a holonomy–free mapping across the full configuration domain. Persistent defects anchor universe initiation and determine the holonomy class of the resulting reference structure.
Φ — A frames automorphism is an invertible transformation Φ:U→U acting on a referenceable universe domain U⊂ω that preserves the structural constraints of the Frames mapping M, including normalization, repeatable realization, and holonomy–free closure on contractible cycles. Two universe realizations related by Φ are physically equivalent descriptions of the same System Frame structure.
Cs — is the set of admissible Internal Frame configurations that correspond to a single System Frame state s under a valid Frames mapping. It represents the pre-image of s and defines the domain over which encoded availability weights are assigned and normalized.
A.4 Emergent System Frame Continuum Structures
This subsection establishes the continuum relational structures induced through the Frames mapping. These objects define encoded availability densities, emergent coordinate representations, continuum observables, and associated differential structures within the realized System Frame.
Ω — It denotes the System Frame image of a relational region ω'⊂ω under the Frames mapping M, such that Ω=M(ω'). The set Ω consists of encoded relational configurations corresponding to physically realized systems and carries the continuous relational structure in which observables are defined. It is not an Internal Frame domain and does not support count–based conservation laws directly.
A — System Frame log–gradient availability potential. Vector field defined on the System Frame continuum encoding by A ≡ ∇lnρR, where ρR is the System Frame encoded availability density. This field measures the fractional spatial variation of encoded availability and represents the natural connection structure associated with multiplicative rescaling of ρR. It emerges from the Frames mapping of the Internal Frame count measure and has no counterpart in the Internal Frame. Under a multiplicative rescaling of encoded availability,
, the field transforms as A → A'=A+∇χ, establishing its role as an emergent Abelian gauge potential in the System Frame representation.
— is the normalized realized availability field after application of the mapping normalization functional.
nk(t)— encoded availability in partition Ak
. Represents the pre–normalized encoded availability in region Ak. Used to construct conditional probabilities via normalization: P(k)=nk(t)/N1(t).
ρS(r,t) — System Frame encoded availability density
.
Continuum density obtained from the deterministic Frames mapping applied to the Internal Frame count measure. It is the Radon–Nikodym derivative of the induced System Frame count measure with respect to Lebesgue volume. Non–negative and integrable over finite regions. The total encoded availability is N1(t)=∫ρS(r,t) d3r. Not normalized in general. Represents encoded measurement availability prior to probabilistic interpretation. Serves as the fundamental System Frame scalar from which ρpand all observable statistics are derived.
nS(r,t) — discretized System Frame availability count field. Discrete encoded availability count associated with a System Frame cell (index j) or region A at time t, obtained via the Frames mapping from Internal Frame availability. Integer–valued when discretized. Used for counts and partitions (e.g., nS,j(t) or nS(A,t)), not as the argument of continuum differential operators.
g(r,t) — System Frame log–gradient availability field (dimension 1/length), defined by
measures fractional spatial variation of encoded availability density.
r — is the System Frame spatial coordinate vector r∈R3 of the realized System Frame continuum. Used to parameterize encoded availability densities, probability densities, currents, velocity fields, wavefunctions, and other nonrelativistic observables arising from the Frames mapping. Appears in expressions such as ρS(r,t), P(r,t), J(r,t), v(r,t), Q(r,t), and ψ(r,t). Represents position within the realized three-dimensional spatial domain Ω. Distinct from the spacetime coordinate xμ used in relativistic and geometric formulations.
Vμ(x) — is a smooth contravariant vector field defined on the emergent System Frame continuum. It is used to represent tangent vectors, transport directions, currents, variational displacements, and other geometric quantities arising after application of the Frames mapping. The field carries standard continuum geometric meaning with respect to the emergent metric
and is acted upon by covariant derivatives, connections, and curvature operators. Unlike the Internal Frame relational cell label ξ, the quantity Vμ is not a count index and possesses no direct interpretation within the discrete count substrate. It exists only in the realized continuum description induced by the Frames mapping. Generic continuum identities such as
are therefore statements about emergent System Frame geometry rather than primitive Internal Frame count structure.
xμ — is the System Frame spacetime coordinate xμ=(x0,x1,x2,x3). Four-dimensional coordinate on the emergent System Frame spacetime manifold. Used in continuum geometric constructions including the metric tensor
, connection coefficients
, curvature tensors, geodesics, action functionals, and covariant field equations. Coordinates are defined on the realized manifold induced by the Frames mapping. The spatial components of xμ reduce locally to the realized spatial coordinates represented by r, but xμ is reserved for relativistic and differential geometric formulations.
t — System Frame time coordinate used in the continuum encoding and Schrödinger evolution.
rA,rB — System Frame spatial coordinate vectors for subsystems A and B in a bipartite (entanglement/Bell) configuration.
A.5 Realized separation and metric structure
This subsection introduces the realized separation functional and its continuum encoding in the System Frame. The emergent metric is defined as the tensor that reproduces the mapped separation relations under coarse-graining of the discrete count structure.
N1(t) — total encoded availability count in the single–subsystem System Frame normalization, defined by the inline equation
.
N2(t) — total encoded availability count in the bipartite (two–subsystem) System Frame normalization, defined by the inline equation
.
— normalized System Frame availability/probability density. Dimensionless unit-normalized density derived from the realized encoded availability density. Its empirical probability interpretation follows from the realization-frequency pushforward relation of Sec. 3.2.1 and Appx. H.9, not from normalization alone. The MQ wave function uses this density as its amplitude-squared representation.
ρP1(r,t),ρP2(r,t) — marginal System Frame probability densities for subsystems 1 and 2 obtained by integrating the joint realized probability density over the complementary subsystem coordinates.
Oout — The System Frame output domain Oout⊂R is the realized relational region associated with measurement readout, whose measurable partition {Ak} defines distinct macroscopic record classes. These subsets satisfy
and Ai∩Aj=∅for i≠j. The domain Oout exists only in the System Frame as a partitioned subset of the realized relational structure and has no counterpart in the Internal Frame. Probabilities associated with outcomes are obtained by normalization of encoded availability over the partition elements Ak, and distinct subsets correspond, via the record encoding mapping, to distinct macroscopic record states.
Ak — is subset Ak⊂Oout⊂R is a measurable region of the System Frame output domain corresponding to a distinct macroscopic record class or measurement outcome channel. The collection {Ak} forms a mutually exclusive and exhaustive partition satisfying Ai∩Aj=∅ for i≠j and
. Probabilities are obtained by normalization of encoded availability over these subsets, with outcome weights given by
, where ρ is the System Frame encoded availability density. The subsets Akexist only within the realized System Frame encoding and have no counterpart in the Internal Frame. Distinct subsets correspond, via the record encoding mapping, to distinct macroscopic record states. Indicator functions associated with Ak define restriction and conditioning operations within the encoded Hilbert space representation.
— is associated with each subset Akis the indicator function
, defined by
for r∈Ak and 0 otherwise, which implements restriction and conditioning of encoded availability and wave function support to the corresponding measurement region.
ψ(r,t) — is the encoded System Frame wave function in the position representation; ψ∈L2(R3). The wave function provides the position space representation of the encoded System Frame state ∣Ψ⟩ and may be expressed in Madelung form as
∣Ψ⟩ — is the encoded System Frame state vector in Hilbert space; used for basis expansions, projection updates, and expectation values.
A.6 Differential and operator structure
This subsection defines the operators acting on realized quantities in the System Frame. These include mapping-consistent derivative and update structures that enable the construction of curvature and field equations from the emergent metric.
∇ — System Frame gradient operator acting on continuum–encoded fields.
∇⋅ — System Frame divergence operator acting on geometric vector fields.
H — System Frame Hamiltonian operator governing unitary Schrödinger evolution (in the encoded continuum representation), typically H=-ħ2/(2m)∇2+V(r,t).
— System Frame Hamiltonian operator governing unitary Schrödinger evolution in the encoded continuum representation. For a non-relativistic encoded state,
. The operator
is the continuum realization of the admissible discrete redistribution generator Hd obtained under the Frames mapping. It acts on encoded System Frame wave functions Ψ(r,t) and generates Schrödinger-form evolution through
. The operator represents redistribution dynamics of normalized encoded availability under closed evolution. Under the admissibility and boundary conditions,
is Hermitian and generates unitary evolution of the encoded state.
U(t) — unitary time–evolution operator in the System Frame Hilbert representation: U(t)=e-iHt/ħ.
V(r,t) — potential energy function in the System Frame Schrödinger equation; may include external fields and interactions as encoded in the continuum representation.
ϕ(r,t) — is the dimensionless System Frame phase field of the encoded wave function ψ(r,t). The phase determines interference structure and generates momentum and velocity fields through its spatial and temporal gradients. It is not an Internal Frame variable or independent ontic field; it is a realized System Frame potential representation of mapped conserved redistribution, with absolute global phase physically redundant.
S(r,t) — is the phase action field of the encoded wave function. S(r,t) carries units of action and is related to the dimensionless phase field by S(r,t)=ħ ϕ(r,t). It is a rescaled representation of the same System Frame redistribution phase and introduces no additional primitive degree of freedom.
v(r,t) — is the System Frame velocity field in Madelung form, v(r,t)=(ℏ/m)∇ϕ(r,t)=(1/m)∇S(r,t).
p(r,t) — momentum field in the System Frame phase gradient representation, p(r,t)=ħ∇ϕ(r,t)=∇S(r,t), with p=m v when a velocity field is defined.
— momentum operator in position representation:
.
Jρ(r,t) — System Frame probability current density defined with respect to the normalized density ρp. It satisfies the continuity equation ∂tρp+∇⋅Jρ=0. In Madelung form,
Represents conserved probability flow in the System Frame. This current is not defined for ρS, ensuring consistency between conservation laws and normalized observables.
Δd — Discrete Laplacian (difference–operator Laplacian) defined on the lattice/adjacency structure of the Internal Frame. It is the discrete analog of the continuum operator ∇2, constructed from adjacency relations ξ∼ξ' and acting on count–defined fields. In the continuum limit, it approximates the standard Laplacian via
. This operator is used in the lattice/adjacency discretization of dynamical equations, including Schrödinger–type evolution, and encodes second–order relational variation across adjacent Internal Frame configurations.
Hd — discrete Hamiltonian operator used in lattice/discretized dynamics, typically Hd=-ħ2/(2m) Δd/(Δx)2+V, with Δd the discrete Laplacian defined on the chosen adjacency/lattice and Δx the spatial step.
Q(r,t) — quantum potential (Madelung form)
Defined strictly in terms of the normalized density ρp. Encodes quantum corrections to the Hamilton–Jacobi–like equation arising from the encoded availability structure after normalization.
A.7 Fundamental constant and measures
This subsection collects the invariant constants and normalization measures that appear in the MQ framework. These quantities fix the scale of mapping between discrete counts and continuum observables without introducing independent phenomenological parameters.
lf,mf,tf — are the fundamental measures, more precise expressions for Planck’s units–length, mass, and time–that consider the effects of length contraction associated with discrete measure.
2QLnL — also known as the Informativity differential describes the length contraction associated with discrete measure. It is a dimensionless normalization modifier arising from the discrete count structure of the Internal Frame, representing the deviation between integer–resolved count measures and their realized System Frame encoding under the Frames mapping M:ω→R. It quantifies how conserved Internal Frame count NI(ω',A) is redistributed and normalized when expressed as a System Frame observable.
G — is the gravitational constant, G=6.67407794(17) × 10–11 m3 kg–1 s–2 [60] such that its value considers the effects of length contraction associated with discrete measure at the upper count limit. Italicized G identifies a measure (e.g., G=6.67384483(17) × 10–11 m3 kg–1 s–2 [61] at the blackbody demarcation ([11], Appx. AB)).
Clarification of notation: these two numerical values are MQ-predicted realization values of one underlying gravitational coupling, not community-standard definitions of separate gravitational constants. Upright G denotes the MQ upper-count realization, while italicized G denotes the corresponding finite-count realization at the electromagnetic demarcation. External gravitational metrology reports a single Newtonian constant G. The MQ distinction is therefore a falsifiable model prediction concerning the inferred coupling under different realization conditions.
θsi — dimensionless invariant MQ coefficient. The current MQKB value is θsi = 3.26239030392(48). Representation-specific physical quantities must be written separately (Appx. K): Θsi = θsi rad for the angular representation, and psi = lf mf/(2tf) = ℏ/(2lf) for the momentum representation. The equality of their displayed numerical coefficients in the adopted MQ/SI realization is a mapping correlation, not a dimensional identity. Shwartz and Harris [35] theoretically obtain 3.26239 rad for the signal and idler angles of one degenerate-frequency maximal Bell-state solution; they do not report this as an experimental measurement of θsi. The ±2 μrad figure cited in earlier MQ material was communicated privately and is not treated here as a published experimental uncertainty. References [36,37] provide experimental context for X-ray down-conversion and wave mixing but do not independently determine 3.26239 rad (Appx. L).
c is the speed of light which may also be written as c=nLlf/nTtf =299,792,458 m/s [62] such that nL=nT=1 is physically significant.
Hsys — denotes the System Frame realization of the dimensionful expansion rate, expressed in km s-1 Mpc-1, corresponding observationally to the CMB-resolved expansion rate formerly denoted HCMB. It is the non-discrete System Frame realization of the scalar expansion under mapping normalization and is given by
.
Hint — denotes the Internal Frame realization of the dimensionful expansion rate, expressed in km s-1 Mpc-1, corresponding observationally to the Cepheid/distance ladder expansion rate formerly denoted Hcep. It is the discrete frame realization of the scalar expansion under the complementary mapping normalization and is given by Hint=((2θsi-π)/(θsiAU))
.
Hb — denotes the baseline dimensionful expansion rate lying at the midpoint between the System Frame and Internal Frame realizations. It provides the frame neutral comparison value Hb=(Hsys+Hint)/2, equivalently
.
H — denotes the dimensionful local expansion rate expressed in observational units, typically km s-1 Mpc-1. It is the unit-resolved expansion rate used for observational comparison before specifying a frame realization such as Hsys, Hint, or Hb.
H — denotes the dimensionless scalar expansion magnitude associated with the increasing radius of the universe. The non-italic form H is used intentionally to distinguish this scalar from the italicized dimensionful expansion rates. For the realized universe, H=θsi.
H0 — denotes an observed dimensionful Hubble rate value inferred from a specified observational channel. In MQ, H0 is not a single primitive expansion parameter. It is a measurement channel realization of the dimensionful rate H. Thus CMB-like determinations correspond to Hsys, distance ladder/Cepheid-like determinations correspond to Hint, and comparisons between observational determinations should specify the relevant frame realization.
lp, mp and tp are Planck’s units for length, mass, and time.
nL, nM and nT are physically significant discrete counts of lf, mf and tf respectively.
nL describes the count of lf representative of a change in position of an observable measured with respect to the observer’s frame of reference.
nTu is a count of tf equal to the age of the universe.
nLu is a count of lf equal to the diameter of the universe.
nLc describes the count of lf representative of a change in position of light measured with respect to the observer’s frame of reference.
nθ is the System Frame count of θsi resolved as a function of the Internal Frame demarcation adjusted for the metric differential (i.e., ⌊84.60055/2⌉ = 42).
h is Planck’s constant.
ħ is the reduced Planck constant, 1.054571817 10–34 m2 kg s–1. When accounting for the Informativity differential at the upper count bound, this term is not italicized (i.e., ħ=1.054534984(26) 10–34 m2 kg s–1).
Aee is the dilated age of the universe as measured from the current expansionary epoch. Its value is a function of expansion with respect to the total elapsed time representing the quantum epoch.
Aqe is the non–dilated age of the universe corresponding to the quantum epoch.
Vqe describes the volume of the universe at the end of the quantum epoch.
Ωvis is that domain of the universe that is presently visible.
Ωobs is that domain of the universe that is presently visible or will be visible given infinite elapsed time.
Ωdk is that domain of the universe that will never be visible.
Ωuobs is that domain of the universe that will eventually be visible but is not presently visible.
Ωtot is the entire domain that makes up the universe (i.e., 1 or 100%).
Ωf is that domain of the universe that is fundamental. Its physical significance describes a pivot point with respect to the remaining domains.
Mtot is the total mass of the universe, including all forms of energy.
Macr is the rate of mass accretion in the universe.
me is the mass of an electron.
a0 is the ground state orbital of an atom, also known as the Bohr radius.
αf–1, αp–1, and αc–1 are the fundamental, Planck–like, and classical forms of the inverse fine structure constant. αf–1=42θsi is defined with respect to the System Frame; the remaining two against the Internal Frame such that αc–1 differs from αp–1, accounting for the length contraction associated with discrete measure.
γ is a collection of terms that describe the geometry between the System and Internal Frames.
Λ describes Einstein’s cosmological constant.
ɛ0 is the electric constant.
u0 is the magnetic constant.
ke is Coulomb’s constant.
e— is elementary charge.
ECMB is the total energy associated with the CMB.
Eρ:cmb is the energy density associated with the CMB.
k is the Boltzmann constant.
ρ is the energy density accumulated at a given age of the universe.
TCMB is the temperature of the Cosmic Microwave Background.
A.8 Expansion and cosmological scalars
This subsection defines the scalar quantities governing expansion in MQ, including mapping-derived normalization factors and cosmological terms. These quantities describe the homogeneous expansion as it emerges from count-based structure under the Frames mapping.
t — denotes the global ordering parameter labeling the one-parameter family of realized configurations in the System Frame. It provides the monotonic parameterization of expansion as defined by the evolution of the mapping-realized separation functional and does not represent a primitive temporal coordinate in the Internal Frame.
a(t) — denotes a derived System Frame scale function used to parameterize the evolution of realized separations under mapping normalization. It is strictly increasing and piecewise differentiable but does not constitute a fundamental degree of freedom; rather, it provides a convenient parametrization of expansion extracted from the underlying separation functional.
l — denotes an invariant internal reference scale associated with the mapping-normalized separation structure. It remains constant under expansion and serves to fix the reference normalization relating discrete count structure to realized System Frame separations, without introducing an independent dynamical scale.
QL — denotes the mapping-induced residual count contribution entering the realized separation functional. In the right-triangle count construction, nL gives the Internal Frame count separation, while nL + QL gives the realized hypotenuse whose continuum encoding defines the System Frame separation. QL therefore replaces the older Internal-to-System scale-ratio notation by expressing expansion and curvature through count-resolved residual structure rather than through a global ratio.
A.9 Mapping and normalization symbols
This subsection collects symbols associated with mapping normalization and the single-action realization of dynamical quantities under the Frames mapping. It includes the functions and parameters that convert dimensionless scalar quantities into their observable, unit-resolved forms and govern admissible dynamical variation.
ρf— denotes an invariant, dimensionless internal geometric normalization factor used in the mapping of homogeneous expansion. It is not the FRW scale factor and does not define the general emergent metric. Its role is limited to fixing the reference normalization through which discrete count evolution is related to continuum expansion in the homogeneous limit.
ΔH — denotes the mapping-induced normalization offset between System Frame and Internal Frame realizations of the scalar expansion parameter. It is defined by ΔH=θsi-π and represents a frame-resolution offset under the Frames mapping, not an independent dynamical parameter or a global count-expansion mismatch.
H— denotes the dimensionless scalar rate of radial expansion defined at the level of the System Frame realization of the Frames mapping. It represents the intrinsic expansion magnitude governing the growth of realized separations and is independent of observational units. Within MQ, H = θsi, so that H is not a measured local rate but the mapping-defined scalar controlling the expansion geometry and associated mapping-consistent scalar relations.
H0— denotes the dimensionful expansion rate expressed in observational units (e.g., km s-1
Mpc-1). It is obtained through mapping-consistent normalization of the scalar H, converting the dimensionless expansion into a measurable quantity. It does not constitute an independent parameter, but rather the observational representation of H under a specified measurement convention at the present epoch.
Hsys— is the System Frame realization of the expansion rate, obtained by expressing the scalar H under mapping normalization consistent with the non-discrete relational encoding. It corresponds to expansion values inferred from CMB-based measurements and represents the continuum realization of the underlying scalar expansion.
Hint— is the Internal Frame realization of the expansion rate, obtained by expressing the scalar H under mapping normalization consistent with discrete count structure. It corresponds to expansion values inferred from local distance-ladder measurements and differs from Hsys by a mapping-induced normalization offset rather than by an independent physical parameter.
H — denotes the dimensionful local expansion rate expressed in observational units (e.g., km s-1 Mpc-1), prior to specification of a particular frame realization. It represents the normalized, unit-resolved form of the scalar expansion parameter H and serves as the general observable expansion rate from which specific realizations such as H0, Hsys, and Hint are defined.
S — denotes the single MQ action functional defined over the count structure and its coarse-grained realization under the Frames mapping. It supplies the common variational origin of the metric, curvature, source, coupling, and scalar contributions, so no independent gravitational or matter action is fundamental at the primitive level.
Sg— denotes the geometric contribution to the realized action when the single MQ action is expressed in continuum form. It is a derived representation of the curvature constructed from the emergent metric, not an independently postulated Einstein-Hilbert action.
Sm— denotes the matter contribution to the realized action when the single MQ action is expressed in continuum form. It defines the stress-energy tensor through variation with respect to the emergent System Frame metric and is not an independently specified matter description. The paper states that the stress-energy tensor is obtained by varying the same action with respect to the emergent metric.
L— denotes the realized Lagrangian density appearing in the MQ action. It is constructed from mapping-induced quantities and contains no independent gravitational coupling or separate primitive decomposition.
Lm— denotes the matter Lagrangian density in the realized continuum representation. It is constructed from encoded availability, its derivatives, and the emergent metric, with admissible terms fixed by the MQ variational principle rather than by an independently postulated matter description.
A.10 Field equation components
This subsection defines the geometric and source terms entering the MQ field equation. These quantities are constructed from the emergent metric and mapping-consistent action, ensuring that curvature, stress-energy, and coupling arise from a single unified framework.
ρtot— is the total density
inferred from the MQ System Frame expansion rate corresponds to the observationally inferred cosmic energy density when the MQ kinematic expansion law is interpreted within the standard gravitational framework.
ρc— is the critical density ρc=3H2/8πG is the total energy density required for spatial flatness in the standard Friedmann–Lemaître cosmological model. It provides the conventional normalization scale against which fractional density components are defined.
ρΛ— is the vacuum density ρΛ=Λ c2/8πG is the effective energy density associated with the cosmological constant term appearing in Einstein’s field equations. In the MQ framework, this quantity corresponds to the dynamical realization, within general relativity, of the geometric scalar derived from invariant measure relations.
ρm— is the matter density ρm=(1-ΩΛ)ρc represents the non–scalar contribution to the total cosmic energy density. Under the assumption of spatial flatness, it corresponds to the complement of the scalar fraction and includes both baryonic and dark matter components.
ρsys— is the MQ geometric density
is the density scale arising directly from invariant fundamental measure normalization in the Internal Frame. It depends only on the geometric scalar Λ and the fundamental length measure lf, and does not involve the gravitational coupling constant. This quantity represents the kinematic density associated with the induced scalar prior to any dynamical interpretation.
ΩΛ— is the fractional scalar density parameter ΩΛ=ρΛ/ρc=Λ c2/3H2 specifies the proportion of the total cosmic energy density attributed to the scalar contribution. Within MQ it is determined entirely by invariant internal relations.
Ωb— is the baryonic matter fraction (ΛCDM comparison bookkeeping).
Ωc— is the cold dark matter fraction (ΛCDM comparison bookkeeping).
φ — is the MQ dynamical field defined over the coarse-grained realized continuum domain Ω in the System Frame. It is the effective field variable appearing in the realized MQ action functional Ssys[φ,gsys] and represents the continuum realization of underlying count-based dynamics under the Frames mapping. The field is not fundamental at the Internal Frame level and does not constitute primitive ontology. Rather, it is an emergent coarse-grained degree of freedom derived from conserved count structure. Variation of the realized action with respect to φ yields the admissible continuum field dynamics through the MQ variational principle.
— denotes the emergent metric tensor in the realized System Frame. It defines the local continuum metric structure associated with mapped measurable separations under the Frames mapping. Unlike standard general relativity, where it is treated as a fundamental spacetime field, MQ treats it as a derived object obtained through coarse-graining of the realized separation functional. Its local differential-geometric sufficiency is established in Appx. N: on an admissible C³ full-rank realization chart it is the pullback/induced metric of the fixed realized reference quadratic form, equivalently recoverable from the coincidence-limit second variation of the realized two-point squared separation. Its normalization is fixed by mapping constraints and is not independently specified.
— denotes the Einstein tensor in the realized System Frame. It is constructed from the emergent metric tensor
through the associated Levi–Civita connection and resulting curvature contractions. In MQ,
represents the continuum realization of higher-order discrete variation induced by the Frames mapping. Its divergence-free property follows from the metric-compatible connection and associated Bianchi identity, rather than from an independently postulated geometric structure.
— denotes the stress–energy tensor in the realized System Frame. In MQ, it is defined variationally from the MQ Action through metric variation,
, and therefore encodes the response of realized normalized count density to variations in the emergent metric structure. It is not independently specified and inherits its structure from encoded availability and mapping normalization.
Ksys — denotes the MQ gravitational coupling factor appearing in the realized field equation of the System Frame. It defines the proportional coupling between the realized curvature sector and the mapping-induced stress–energy structure. Unlike standard general relativity, Ksys is not introduced as an independent phenomenological constant, but is derived from the MQ primitive measures and the Frames mapping. In the realized continuum limit of the System Frame, Ksys=8πG/c4=4πtf/θsi. The quantity therefore encodes the mapping-normalized gravitational response implied by the conserved Internal Frame count structure under coarse-grained realization.
Λsys — denotes the realized cosmological term appearing in the System Frame field equation. In MQ, it is not a fundamental constant but a derived scalar arising from the same realized separation structure that defines the emergent metric tensor
. It reflects the large-scale normalization of the System Frame geometry induced by the Frames mapping and is therefore fixed by the underlying count geometry rather than introduced as an independent phenomenological parameter.
Λint — denotes the Internal Frame cosmological scalar prior to continuum realization. In MQ, it is a count-derived scalar contribution determined by admissible count evolution, mapping normalization, and the realized separation structure encoded within the Internal Frame count geometry. It does not represent a geometric cosmological constant in the continuum sense. Rather, it is the pre-realization scalar quantity whose Frames mapping yields the realized cosmological term Λsys appearing in the System Frame field equations.
APPENDIX B: CONDITIONAL RECORD-CONSISTENCY THEOREM
Theorem B.1 (Conditional Incompatibility of Simultaneous Record Multiplicity with a Global Single-Record Constraint)
Assume Operational Constraints 1–5 of Sec. 2.4, with Operational Constraint 1 interpreted globally: for a completed measurement there is exactly one realized observer-accessible macroscopic record in the record space under consideration. Then a unitary state containing several mutually orthogonal record components cannot be interpreted as several simultaneously realized records in that same record space without abandoning at least the global single-record premise. This is a conditional compatibility theorem. It is not a theorem that rules out the Everett or relative-state interpretation, which instead treats records as branch-relative and does not impose one globally selected outcome [25].
Proof
Let RO denote the observer-accessible macroscopic record state space associated with observer O. By Operational Constraint 2 (finite record capacity) [18–21], the set of mutually distinguishable stable realized records is finite,
Let
denote the System Frame Hilbert-space encoding of encoded availability prior to measurement, where
∣Rk⟩ denotes a realized macroscopic record state within RO, k labels the corresponding outcome label, and ck is the associated complex expansion coefficient.
By Operational Constraints 1 and 4, once a particular realized record Rk is established, immediate re-interrogation of the same apparatus must return the same realized record with unit probability. Consequently, all subsequent predictions must be conditioned upon the realized record. In the Hilbert-space representation this conditioning is expressed as
Here Πk denotes the projection operator associated with the realized-record subspace corresponding to record state Rk.
Now suppose that more than one orthogonal component appearing in Eq. (B.2) is interpreted as a simultaneously realized macroscopic record within the same observer-accessible record ontology to which Operational Constraint 1 applies.
Under that interpretation, Operational Constraint 1 is already violated: the completed measurement has more than one realized record in the same record space. Equation (B.1) supplies an independent bounded-capacity condition on the number of mutually distinguishable stable records available to a finite physical system, but it does not by itself exclude a finite superposition of record components and is not used here as a general argument against branching.
If, instead, the components of Eq. (B.2) are assigned to distinct branch-relative observer states, each with its own definite relative record, then the framework has rejected the global single-record interpretation of Operational Constraint 1. That is the Everettian route: the relative-state formulation retains the full unitary state and defines records relative to correlated components [25]. Such a theory lies outside the premise class of Theorem B.1 and is therefore not refuted by it.
If the framework retains one globally realized record, then it must distinguish that realized record from the remaining non-realized or merely representational components, or otherwise introduce a rule that determines how predictions are conditioned on the observed record. In MQ this role is supplied at the System Frame level by contextual restriction and renormalization; no claim is made that every interpretation must use the same mechanism.
Therefore, simultaneous record multiplicity within one observer-accessible record ontology is incompatible with the global single-record Operational Constraint 1. The conclusion is conditional on that premise and does not constitute a general no-go result for globally unitary or Everettian quantum mechanics. ∎
Corollary (MQ Conditioning Under the Single-Record Premise)
Within MQ, the adopted single-record operational premise means that the wave-function representation is not interpreted as a set of simultaneously realized macroscopic records. It is instead a System Frame encoding of normalized availability from which subsequent predictions are conditioned on the realized outcome region. This corollary states the MQ realization choice under the premises of Theorem B.1; it is not asserted as a refutation of interpretations, such as Everett's, that reject global single-outcome realism.
Let Ωout denote the System Frame output domain of a measurement process. The domain is partitioned into mutually exclusive outcome regions Ωk⊆Ωout, each corresponding to a distinct realized measurement outcome and therefore to a distinct macroscopic record state within RO.
Let ρS(r,t) denote the System Frame encoded availability density. As defined in Appendix A, ρSrepresents encoded measurement availability prior to probabilistic normalization and therefore does not itself constitute a probability density.
The total encoded availability associated with the System Frame output domain is
For a particular outcome region Ωk, the encoded availability associated with that realized outcome is
Normalization of encoded availability over the System Frame output domain yields the probability associated with outcome region Ωk,
Equation (B.6) makes explicit that normalization converts encoded availability into unit-normalized outcome weights without introducing primitive stochastic dynamics. Their empirical probability interpretation requires the additional completed-interaction event structure proved in Sec. 3.2.1 and Appx. H.9: the normalized weight of each record region equals the pushforward measure of the complete interactions that realize that record. Probabilistic predictions therefore emerge from normalization plus realization-frequency compatibility, not from normalization alone.
A realized measurement record corresponding to outcome region Ωk restricts encoded availability to that realized region. Let
denote the indicator function associated with Ωk.
The conditioned normalized probability density associated with the realized outcome is then
Equation (B.7) defines the conditioned realization associated with measurement outcome Ωk. Because the conditioned probability density possesses support only within Ωk, immediate repetition of the same idealized measurement returns the same outcome with unit probability. Repeatability therefore follows directly from conditioning of encoded availability and does not require branching, stochastic destruction of encoded availability, or physical duplication of realized macroscopic records.
The conditioned realization admits an equivalent Hilbert space representation through the conditioning operation of Eq. (B.3). The projector Πkrestricts the encoded state to the realized record subspace associated with the record state corresponding to outcome region Ωk, while the normalization factor ensures preservation of unit norm. Equation (B.3) therefore provides the Hilbert-space representation of the same conditioning process represented in the continuum encoding by Eq. (B.7).
The detailed MQ realization structure associated with Eqs. (B.4–B.8) is developed in Sec. 3.2 and formally in Appx. H and M. These equations establish the MQ conditioning construction after a realized record is specified; they do not supply an interpretation-independent proof that all alternative ontologies are impossible.
Accordingly, within MQ, what is conventionally described as wave-function collapse is represented as conditioning and normalization of encoded availability within the System Frame following establishment of a realized macroscopic record state. The update is representational rather than dynamical. The underlying conserved count structure remains governed by the count-conservation relations of the Internal Frame and continues to evolve according to those deterministic relations. This provides MQ's single-record measurement construction without asserting that branch-relative interpretations are logically excluded.
APPENDIX C: COUNT STRUCTURE, CONTINUUM MAPPING, AND WAVE-FUNCTION EMERGENCE
C.1 Internal Frame and System Frame
MQ employs two structurally distinct but inseparable descriptive layers (Appx. A.1-A.4, ([11], Appx. K)):
Internal Frame: a fundamentally discrete relational count structure defined on an adjacency domain. It consists solely of integer count assignments nI(ξ,A), regional count measures NI(ω',A), and count-conserving redistribution rules. It contains no continuum coordinates, no metric, and no intrinsic temporal durations. Primitive quantities are integer counts and their adjacency relations.
System Frame: a continuous representational encoding of Internal Frame count structure. Observable spatial and temporal relations arise through realization under the deterministic Frames mapping consistent with the Frames Principle.
Conserved count structure originates in the Internal Frame through count redistribution, while observable physical quantities arise only through realization under the Frames mapping, consistent with the Frames Principle. The System Frame introduces coordinates only as a realization of discrete relational structure. Discreteness is therefore attributed to count organization itself rather than to spacetime. Observable laws and values for physical constants arise from systematic relations between discrete count structure and its realized encoding.
A System Frame spatial separation is written as l=nLlf, where nL∈N0 is an Internal Frame count and lf is the fundamental length measure introduced in the System Frame encoding. The integer nLis primitive; lf appears only in the realized representation.
Similarly, System Frame time is written as t=nTtf, where nT∈N0 is an Internal Frame update count and tf is the corresponding temporal encoding scale. No intrinsic temporal duration exists in the Internal Frame. Ordering is represented only through count increments. The invariant relation between the fundamental encoding scales satisfies
Thus, the speed of light appears as a conversion factor arising from preserved count ratios under the Frames mapping. Invariance of c therefore follows from invariance of fundamental count ratios across descriptive layers rather than from an a priori metric symmetry imposed in the System Frame (Appx. A.7).
C.2 Definition of the Discrete Count Field
The primitive MQ quantity is the Internal Frame measurement-availability count field defined on the relational adjacency domain of the Internal Frame (Appx. A.2). Let ξ denote a relational cell of the adjacency structure and let A denote the Internal Frame update index. The field assigns a non-negative integer count to each relational cell,
For an Internal Frame relational region ω'⊆ω, the associated regional count measure is
The quantity NI(ω',A) represents the total conserved count contained within the region ω' at update index A. This structure carries no continuum coordinate, metric, or vector calculus. All discreteness resides in the Internal Frame count definition.
Continuum coordinates appear only after realization in the System Frame through the deterministic encoding of the Frames mapping under the Frames Principle. The mapping induces a System Frame count measure on continuum regions R⊂R3 at encoded time t, written NS(R,t), where R denotes a continuum spatial region and (r,t) label positions and times in the System Frame. The measure NS represents realized encoded availability over regions rather than probability, amplitude, or physical-state multiplicity.
C.3 Admissible Properties of the Count Field
Structural properties follow from countability at the Internal Frame level and are preserved under the Frames mapping at the measure level.
Positivity (Internal Frame)
Finite Additivity (Internal Frame)
For disjoint relational regions
,
Local Finiteness (System Frame Measure)
For any bounded System Frame region R,
Finiteness is imposed on the realized continuum-region measure, not on pointwise continuum densities and not on individual Internal Frame cell counts. These properties ensure consistency under partitioning and coarse-graining without introducing probabilistic or dynamical assumptions.
When density-representable, the realized System Frame measure admits the continuum density construction introduced in Section C.5. All differential and continuity relations that follow are written in terms of realized System Frame quantities rather than the integer-valued Internal Frame count field itself.
C.4 Count-Based Description of Physical Structure
The measurement-availability count field nI(ξ,A) defined in Eq. (C.2) induces the regional count measure NI(ω',A) of Eq. (C.3). This Internal Frame count measure represents encoded availability associated with the region ω' at update index A. It is an availability measure, not a probability, and not a dynamical state variable in the System Frame. All discreteness resides in this Internal Frame count structure.
Continuum coordinates appear only after realization in the System Frame through the deterministic encoding of the Frames mapping under the Frames Principle. The mapping induces the System Frame count measure NS(R,t) on continuum regions R⊂R3 at encoded time t. This is a realized quantity defined on continuum regions rather than a primitive field on the adjacency domain.
Positivity follows from Eq. (C.4), while finite additivity follows from Eq. (C.5). These properties arise from countability and disjoint partitioning and require neither statistical independence nor stochastic dynamics. No probabilistic meaning is assigned to the count itself. Evolution is specified separately as deterministic count redistribution within the Internal Frame and only subsequently realized in the System Frame.
When the realized measure is absolutely continuous with respect to the continuum volume element d3r, a System Frame encoded availability density may be introduced. The resulting density is defined by
where ΔV is a System Frame volume element containing r.
Equation (C.7) introduces continuity only at the level of realized System Frame representation. The underlying count structure remains discrete within the Internal Frame. No Bell hidden variable structure is introduced at this stage. The count measure encodes availability only and does not define setting-indexed response functions, outcome maps, or observer-dependent state assignments (Appx. G.2-G.4).
C.4.1 Admissibility of the Frames Mapping
For the purposes of this paper, an admissible Frames mapping is a structural realization rule defined on an admissible Internal Frame subdomain. Its codomain is the System Frame realization class compatible with the conserved count data and the applicable realization constraints. This convention distinguishes the mapping itself from the later selection of a particular measurement record. The map may be non-injective under coarse-graining: distinct count configurations can induce the same realized encoding. Conversely, one mapped realization class may contain several coordinate representatives before contextual restriction. Neither fact contradicts determinism of the Internal Frame update law.
The minimum mapping-admissibility requirements used in the quantum construction are: preservation of nonnegative finitely additive count measure; compatibility with closed-domain count conservation and adjacency boundary flux; local finiteness and finite normalization of the induced System Frame measure; invariance under admissible relabelings of Internal Frame relational labels; preservation of adjacency-local redistribution at the count level; single-valued completed-context realization, injective stable-record encoding, and post-outcome contextual restriction; and holonomy-free closure on contractible reference cycles. Additional geometric constructions may impose stronger constraints, including the count-composition and orthogonal-closure conditions used elsewhere in MQ. Those stronger requirements are not silently assumed in derivations that use only the measure-level mapping.
Two admissible mappings are physically equivalent within the present construction when an invertible Frames automorphism carries one to the other while preserving the preceding invariants, the realized measure/current class, and the stable-record encoding. The paper therefore does not identify coordinate relabelings, auxiliary basis choices, or normalization-compatible representatives as distinct physical mappings. Appendix C.4.3 makes this quotient explicit, supplies the local cocycle condition needed to glue representatives, and completes the global classification by adjoining invariant defect holonomies. For the finite bounded contractible measurement domains used here, the defect data are trivial and the physical mapping class reduces to one automorphism orbit. The extension question that remains concerns existence and realized defect content on arbitrary maximal or topologically nontrivial domains.
The mapping consequences used later can then be audited locally. Measure admissibility gives the induced measure and normalized availability of Secs. C.5–C.8. Flux compatibility gives the mapped current and continuity structure of Secs. C.11–C.21. Geometric count-composition requirements give the emergent metric relations of Sec. 2.8.2, while Sec. C.4.2 demonstrates constructive coexistence of the minimum admissibility conditions. Contractible-cycle closure supplies path consistency for globally represented phase/connection data, while the additional Hilbert-space and dynamical conditions of Appx. F and Appx. E are required for operator and Schrödinger representations. This separation prevents a generic mapping assumption from carrying more derivational weight than its stated properties support.
C.4.2 Constructive Existence on Finite Measurement Domains
We now construct one admissible Frames mapping representative for the finite measurement class used throughout this paper. Let the chosen relational region contain finitely many Internal Frame cells with nonnegative counts, nonzero finite regional count measure, and adjacency flux satisfying the discrete conservation law of Eq. (C.17). Choose a bounded contractible System Frame realization chart Ω and, for each relational cell ξ, a positive C³ auxiliary basis density on Ω normalized to unit integral. The auxiliary basis symbol used in Eq. (C.8) is confined to this existence proof and introduces no new physical field.
Define the realized encoded-availability density by the exact finite sum
Positivity and local finiteness are immediate. Integrating Eq. (C.8) gives exact preservation of the regional count measure,
Thus, the induced measure is finite whenever the Internal Frame count is finite, and normalization is available whenever N_I(ω′,A)>0. An admissible relabeling of relational cells merely permutes the summands in Eqs. (C.8-C.9), so the realized measure is label invariant.
Adjacency compatibility can be imposed simultaneously. For each oriented adjacency link e=(ξ,η), the source b_ξ-b_η has zero integral by Eq. (C.8). The standard divergence problem on a bounded regular domain therefore admits a vector field u_e with ∇·u_e=b_ξ-b_η and vanishing boundary trace [92]. Using the Internal Frame adjacency flux J_I(e,A), define the realized current and its conservation relation by
Equation (C.10) is an exact lift of the discrete adjacency continuity law: each transfer appears only on the corresponding adjacency link, total count is unchanged on a closed domain, and no stochastic source or sink is introduced. This proves joint compatibility of count conservation, adjacency-local redistribution, finite measure, and finite normalization.
Contractible-cycle closure is also available on the same realization. Because Eq. (C.8) is strictly positive, the System Frame availability potential 𝒜=∇lnρ_S is globally defined on Ω. It is exact; hence every contractible reference cycle γ has zero holonomy,
The remaining measurement conditions coexist with this construction rather than adding incompatible constraints. For the finite measurable outcome partition used in Secs. 3.1-3.2, each completed interaction is assigned by the completed contextual realization to exactly one disjoint outcome region; the induced label map is therefore single valued. Selecting one distinct stable macroscopic record state for each nonempty outcome region makes the record encoding injective, as required by Eq. (29). The pushforward argument of Eqs. (30-32) then guarantees that the distribution of these single realized labels equals the normalized availability measure generated by Eq. (C.8). No independent stochastic selection law is added.
Finally, the measure-and-flux construction is compatible with the geometric regularity conditions used in Sec. 2.8.2. The bounded contractible chart Ω may be chosen smooth, with ordinary C³ coordinate representatives and a full-rank nondegenerate local chart map; these chart-side conditions do not alter Eqs. (C.8-C.11). Appx. N then supplies the induced-metric sufficiency result on the same System Frame chart. Consequently, the minimum quantum and geometric admissibility conditions advertised in Sec. 2.8.1 are jointly satisfiable for the finite connected physical class used in this manuscript.
Proposition C.1 (Finite-domain constructive existence). Under the hypotheses of Proposition 2.3, Eqs. (C.8-C.11), together with the completed-context record construction of Eqs. (29-32), define at least one admissible Frames mapping representative on the finite measurement domain. Proof. Equations (C.8-C.9) establish positivity, finite additivity, exact count preservation, finite normalization, and relabeling covariance; Eq. (C.10) lifts adjacency-conserving redistribution; Eq. (C.11) establishes contractible-cycle closure; and Eqs. (29-32) supply single-valued outcome realization, stable-record injectivity, and frequency compatibility. The chart regularity conditions are jointly realizable on Ω as stated above. Therefore all admissibility requirements used by the present derivations are simultaneously satisfied. □
C.4.3 Restricted Uniqueness and Classification of Physical Frames Mappings
The existence construction above deliberately allows many auxiliary representatives. The physical question is therefore not whether a unique formula can be written for every representative, but whether different representatives can change observable content without becoming a different physical theory. MQKB supplies a restricted-uniqueness construction that answers this question by separating observable equivalence, automorphism freedom, local gluing, and global defect data. This parallels the standard gauge-theoretic use of equivalence classes, transition functions, cocycle consistency, and holonomy invariants [74].
Let O_M(ω′) denote the complete realized observable content assigned by an admissible mapping M to an admissible Internal Frame subregion ω′⊂U. Two representatives M₁ and M₂ are locally realization-equivalent precisely when they agree on this content for every admissible subregion:
Equation (C.12) is stronger than equality of one chosen prediction. It requires equality of the realized measure and normalized availability, mapped current/continuity structure, applicable geometric invariants, completed-context outcome and stable-record encoding, and every other observable used by the construction on the fixed domain. Representatives related by an admissibility-preserving Frames automorphism Φ therefore form one orbit,
where Aut(U,M) contains only invertible transformations that preserve the admissibility invariants. The auxiliary basis densities of Sec. C.4.2 are therefore gauge-like construction data whenever their change leaves Eq. (C.12) invariant. They cannot carry adjustable physical dynamics. If local representatives are needed on a covering {U_α}, their transition maps must agree on overlaps and satisfy the identity cocycle,
which is the compatibility condition for a single global realization rather than an arbitrary patchwork of locally chosen maps. Local automorphism equivalence is not sufficient when the regular domain contains a non-contractible obstruction. Let D denote the mapping-defect set and γ* a closed loop that cannot be contracted within U\D. Global equivalence additionally requires equality of the corresponding defect holonomies,
The complete physical mapping class is consequently
Proposition C.2 (Restricted uniqueness and global classification). Fix U, the conserved Internal Frame count data, the measurement/boundary context, and the MQ admissibility invariants. Then admissible representatives satisfying Eq. (C.12) are one physical Frames mapping law exactly up to the automorphism orbit of Eq. (C.13), provided their local representatives obey Eq. (C.14). On a domain with non-contractible defects, global physical equivalence further requires Eq. (C.15), and the inequivalent classes are labeled by Eq. (C.16). Proof. Equation (C.12) defines an observable-induced equivalence relation. Invertibility and invariant preservation make the allowed representative changes an automorphism action, whose orbit is Eq. (C.13). Equation (C.14) supplies overlap consistency and the cocycle identity needed for a single global representative. Contractible loops have zero holonomy by Eq. (C.11); hence only non-contractible defect cycles can supply invariant global data, and equality of those data is necessary for global equivalence. Therefore Eq. (C.16) contains all mapping distinctions retained as physical by the stated MQ ontology. □
Corollary C.2.1 (Finite contractible measurement class). For the bounded contractible System Frame chart used in Proposition C.1, D is empty and there are no non-contractible defect cycles. Equation (C.16) therefore reduces to [M]U. All admissible representatives that preserve the complete realized observable content are one physical mapping law. This is the uniqueness notion used by the quantum derivations in the present paper.
The classification also fixes the scope of the result. Admissibility by itself is a necessary filter, not a license to choose an arbitrary continuum behavior. A map that changes the realized probability measure, current, metric invariants, record structure, or other prediction fails Eq. (C.12) and is an inequivalent physical class; it must then satisfy the independent MQ constraints used by the relevant derivation and can be experimentally rejected. What remains open is whether every arbitrary maximal or topologically nontrivial Internal Frame domain admits an extension and which nontrivial defect classes are dynamically realized. Those are extension/existence questions, not free parameters in the finite quantum construction.
C.5 Conservation under Closed Evolution
For a closed domain, meaning no exchange of encoded availability with the environment, total encoded availability is conserved. At the primitive level this conservation is expressed through deterministic count redistribution on the Internal Frame relational graph.
Let JI denote the oriented adjacency count-flux defined on admissible adjacency links. Local conservation is expressed by the graph continuity relation
where divadj is the adjacency-divergence operator defined entirely by neighbor relations on the Internal Frame graph.
Associated with any relational region ω'⊆ω, the net count flux through its adjacency boundary is
Together, Eqs. (C.17) and (C.18) express conservation of count under closed Internal Frame evolution. The update index A is an ordering parameter for Internal Frame updates rather than physical time. Continuum differential operators arise only after realization in the System Frame through the Frames mapping. The corresponding continuum continuity structure is developed in Appx. C.11-C.21, while the coefficient-resolved conditional reconstruction of non-relativistic Schrödinger dynamics is developed in Appx. E.3–E.5, Sec. 3.5, and Appx. O.
C.6 Continuum Density Mapping
When the realized System Frame measure NS(R,t) is absolutely continuous with respect to the continuum volume element d3r, the encoded availability density introduced in Eq. (C.7) provides a continuous encoding of the underlying count structure.
For the finite realization domain considered here, the resulting density satisfies
The total encoded availability is therefore
Continuity is introduced only at the level of realized representation. The underlying Internal Frame count structure remains discrete. Neither NS nor ρS constitutes a hidden-variable outcome model; both encode realized availability only.
C.7 Normalization and the Outcome-Weight Measure
Explicit normalization is the first measure-level step toward probability, but normalization alone does not yet supply the empirical event interpretation. Prior to normalization, the encoded availability density possesses no probabilistic interpretation; after normalization it defines a unit-normalized availability density whose identification with empirical record probability is completed by the realization-frequency theorem of Sec. 3.2.1 and Appx. H.9.
NS(t)>0For positive finite total availability, define the normalized availability density
Using Eq. (C.20), normalization yields
Normalization therefore derives a unit-normalized measure from relative encoded availability on the realized System Frame domain. This result precedes and does not depend on introduction of a complex wave function. It does not, by normalization alone, prove that the normalized weight of a region equals an observed event frequency. That additional physical identification follows when the measurable outcome partition and completed contextual realization are included: Eqs. (30–32) and (H.41–H.44) show that the normalized availability of each record region is exactly the pushforward measure of the complete interactions producing that record. The resulting measure is therefore the position/configuration-space probability measure used in MQ. The arbitrary-observable Born rule still requires the later Hilbert-space spectral representation of Appx. F.18–F.19.
C.8 Wave-Function Representation from Normalized Availability
In standard quantum mechanics the wave function is introduced as a primitive object whose probabilistic interpretation is supplied subsequently through the Born rule. In MQ the construction proceeds in the opposite direction. The starting point is the conserved Internal Frame count structure and its realization in the System Frame. Following density construction and normalization, one obtains the normalized encoded availability density ρP(r,t).
The phase field is not added as an independent scalar degree of freedom. It is reconstructed locally from the normalized System Frame redistribution current wherever that current admits the scalar-potential representation established in Appx. C.11 and Appx. E.6. Appendix C.8.1 then shows that, once this derived continuous phase coordinate is required to act reversibly and norm-preserving on the minimal linear amplitude representation, its nontrivial representation is uniquely the two-real-dimensional rotation group SO(2), equivalently U(1), up to orientation reversal and an unobservable global phase.
The derivational boundary is therefore explicit: normalization fixes the probability density, mapped count redistribution fixes the local phase gradient, and the complex wave function is the unique minimal continuous norm-preserving linear encoding of those two realized quantities under the conditions proved in Proposition C.3. Neither the amplitude nor a complex phase is independently postulated.
The MQ wave function is therefore defined as
By construction,
Equation (C.24) is an identity of the chosen amplitude representation: the probability density has already been obtained by normalization, and the wave function is constructed so that its squared modulus represents that density. This recovers the familiar position-space Born form without treating it as an additional primitive postulate. It does not, however, establish the arbitrary-observable Born rule; that further step requires the Hilbert-space spectral representation of Appx. F.18 and the generalized POVM representation of Appx. F.19.
The phase ϕ(r,t) encodes relational redistribution gradients of realized availability and is determined by the discrete difference structure underlying the Frames mapping. It does not represent a physical oscillatory medium or optical wave field. Rather, it is an encoding variable that, together with the amplitude
, yields a normalization-preserving continuum representation whose evolution operator is self-adjoint in the associated Hilbert space (Appx. F.7–F.12 and Appx. F.15–F.17).
Hilbert-space completion is a later representability step. It requires square-integrability and the operator-domain conditions stated in Appx. F and does not alter the underlying probability derivation or promote the wave-function representation to primitive ontology.
Because probabilities arise only after normalization of encoded availability and subsequent conditioning, this wave-function construction introduces no Bell-type hidden-variable response functions and remains consistent with the Bell–CHSH framework developed in Appx. G.2–G.7.
C.8.1 Ontological Status and Reconstruction of the Phase Field
The phase field is ontologically downstream of the primitive MQ variables. The Internal Frame contains count assignments, adjacency relations, update ordering, and oriented adjacency count-flux, but no continuum phase variable. A phase becomes meaningful only after those transfers are realized by the Frames mapping as a normalized System Frame flow. It therefore labels the scalar-potential coordinate of realized redistribution rather than a second physical substrate.
This dependence is explicit in the MQ conservation chain. Equation (C.34) gives the mapped continuity equation, Eq. (C.35) factorizes the normalized current into density and redistribution velocity, and Eq. (C.36) reconstructs that velocity from the gradient of the phase. Wherever the normalized density is nonzero and the realized velocity is locally curl-free, the Poincaré lemma gives a local scalar potential unique up to an additive constant. Thus mapped count flow fixes the local phase coordinate before any complex wave-function representation is chosen.
The remaining question is whether writing that derived continuous phase coordinate as a complex factor is merely conventional. It is not within the minimal MQ representation class. The result follows from norm preservation, reversibility, continuous composition of phase increments, and the requirement that no additional observable degree of freedom be introduced.
Proposition C.3 (Minimal U(1) representation of mapped redistribution phase). Let ρp>0 be the normalized System Frame density and let ϕ be the dimensionless local scalar-potential coordinate reconstructed from Eqs. (C.34-C.36), with its scale fixed by the MQ phase-action relation S=ħϕ. Require a local amplitude encoding to (i) preserve the pointwise norm ρp, (ii) represent successive phase increments continuously and compositionally, (iii) be reversible, (iv) act linearly on the amplitude coordinates, and (v) introduce the minimum number of real coordinates capable of carrying a nontrivial continuous phase. Then the representation is uniquely SO(2), equivalently U(1), up to a fixed overall rotation and orientation reversal. With the MQ normalization of ϕ, the resulting amplitude is ψMQ=√ρp e^{iϕ}; complex conjugation represents the opposite orientation and adds no new physical degree of freedom.
Proof. A one-real-dimensional norm-preserving linear representation has structure group O(1)={+1,-1}; because this group is discrete, a continuous image of the connected phase-increment group that contains the identity is trivial. A nontrivial continuous phase therefore requires at least two real amplitude coordinates. Minimality fixes two. Pointwise normalization gives
so reversible linear transformations preserving the amplitude norm lie in O(2). Continuity from the identity excludes the disconnected reflection component, leaving SO(2). Composition of successive phase increments therefore gives the unique one-parameter rotation form
with a constant generator scale κ. The flow relation already fixes the dimensionless phase by S=ħϕ and v=(ħ/m)∇ϕ. Any κ other than unity would rescale the phase gradient and therefore fail to reproduce the mapped current of Eq. (C.35). Hence the MQ phase-action normalization fixes
and the two real amplitude coordinates can be written without loss of information as one complex coordinate,
Successive redistributions add their phase increments, and the complex factors multiply,
which is precisely the one-dimensional unitary representation of the additive local phase coordinate. A constant shift of ϕ is a common SO(2) rotation and changes neither density nor current; reversing orientation gives complex conjugation. Thus the complex phase is the unique minimal local linear norm-preserving representation of the flow-derived phase coordinate under the stated conditions, not an additional quantum postulate. This theorem is local. On multiply connected support, global single-valuedness and circulation remain topological representability conditions, as emphasized in the hydrodynamical literature [72,73,111].
This separation prevents the phase from functioning as a hidden reintroduction of quantum ontology. It neither predetermines measurement outcomes nor supplies Bell-type response functions; it encodes the oriented redistribution information already present in the count evolution after that information is realized in continuum form. The MQ wave function consequently combines a derived normalized availability amplitude with a derived local redistribution-phase representation, subject to the stated global representability condition.
C.9 Encoded Availability and Normalization
MQ begins from the conserved Internal Frame count measure and its continuum encoding in the System Frame under the Frames mapping and the Frames Principle. When density representable, the mapped measure defines a nonnegative encoded availability density ρS(r,t). The resulting continuum representation provides the starting point for the wave function construction developed in this appendix.
As established in Appx. C.6, the total realized encoded availability is given by the System Frame measure
which is finite for admissible encoded states.
For the normalization procedures developed throughout this appendix and the subsequent Hilbert space construction, N1(t) denotes the total encoded availability associated with the single subsystem normalization defined by Eq. (C.30). This notation distinguishes the present construction from the composite-system normalizations introduced later. Normalized availability is then defined by
so that ρP≥0 and
. Operational probabilities are obtained from normalized encoded availability. For closed evolution, N1(t) remains constant by the conservation relations developed in Appx. C.5.
C.10 Wave Function as Availability Encoding
For later use, the wave-function representation established in Appx. C.8 is written as
with
Equations (C.32–C.33) restate the position-space amplitude representation for the later continuity construction. General projective and generalized measurement probabilities are supplied separately in Appx. F.18–F.19.
The phase field characterizes the redistribution structure associated with normalized encoded availability. Together, density and phase provide the minimal local amplitude representation of the normalized System Frame encoding. Proposition C.3 shows that the corresponding continuous reversible norm-preserving linear representation is U(1), so the complex form is fixed up to global phase and complex conjugation rather than selected as an arbitrary convenience.
C.11 Continuity and Flux from Encoded Count Conservation
Adjacency-level conservation of the discrete Internal Frame count induces, under the Frames mapping, a continuum continuity equation for the normalized probability density,
where JP is the System Frame probability current density defined with respect to the normalized density ρP. Since ρP=ρS/N1, and N1(t) is constant for closed evolution, normalization preserves the conservation structure implied by the mapped count measure.
Flux factorization defines a redistribution velocity field,
which characterizes organized encoded-availability flow rather than particle trajectories.
Using the phase coordinate reconstructed in Appx. C.8.1 together with the phase/flow decomposition developed in Appx. E.6 yields the scalar-potential representation of the mapped redistribution velocity,
We assume ρP, ϕ, and Ψ lie in a dense representability domain, e.g., a first-order Sobolev space [63], so that weak derivatives exist and the corresponding continuum generators admit the self-adjoint structure developed in Appx. F.10 and Appx. F.15–F.16. Let R⊂R3 denote the spatial domain, with boundary ∂R and outward unit normal vector
in the System Frame geometry. Boundary conditions are taken to ensure vanishing boundary flux,
or periodicity or sufficient decay at infinity. Under these assumptions, integration by parts yields no boundary contributions, and total normalized availability is conserved. These are regularity assumptions on the System Frame encoding and do not modify the underlying Internal Frame count kinematics.
C.12 Interference as Encoding-Level Superposition
Consider two normalized System Frame encodings
Let N+(t) denote the total encoded availability associated with the combined encoding prior to normalization. The combined encoding generally does not preserve normalization. The total encoded availability associated with the combined representation is therefore
Normalization of the combined encoding then yields
The corresponding normalized System Frame encoding is
The interference term depends on the relative phase ϕ1-ϕ2 and the normalized probability densities associated with the two encodings. Equations (C.39–C.41) therefore show that interference arises directly from the algebra of normalized System Frame encodings. Detailed interference phenomenology and experimental examples are developed in Appx. D.1–D.3.
C.13 Ontological Status of the Wave Function
The fundamental physical content of MQ resides in the conserved Internal Frame count structure and its realization under the Frames mapping. The continuum fields ρP(r,t) and Ψ(r,t) are derived System Frame encodings constructed from normalized availability.
The ontological status has already been established in Sec. C.8.1; here it is only carried forward as the interpretation of the representation used in Sec. C.12.
Bell constraints are treated in Appx. G, measurement conditioning in Appx. H, and operator and Hilbert-space representation in Appx. F.
APPENDIX D: PROBABILITY, INTERFERENCE, AND SUPERPOSITION WITHOUT ONTOLOGICAL COLLAPSE
The probabilistic structure of MQ has already been established. Under density representability, the mapped System Frame count measure admits an encoded availability density ρS(r,t). Normalization defines
, and the continuum encoding
satisfies ∣ΨMQ∣2=ρP. Probability therefore arises from normalized encoded availability rather than from an independent probabilistic postulate. This appendix applies that structure to interference, superposition, and two-slit detection statistics.
D.1 Interference as Encoding Algebra
Let Ψ1 and Ψ2 be two System Frame encodings constructed from normalized availability fields derived from the same underlying Internal Frame count structure under distinct admissible redistributions induced by the Frames mapping. Their linear combination is
Then
The cross term depends on relative phase and normalized availability fractions. It reflects coherent redistribution structure in the System Frame encoding, without requiring simultaneous realization of multiple macroscopic records.
D.2 Superposition as Representation-Level Linearity
Superposition here denotes linear combination within the System Frame encoding; the conservation and normalization conditions are those already established in Appx. C.
D.3 Interference and the Two-Slit Experiment
Interference in MQ follows from boundary constrained redistribution of the discrete measurement count field and its continuum encoding in the System Frame through the Frames mapping under the Frames Principle. Experimental geometry restricts admissible count redistributions, and these restrictions appear as amplitude and phase structure in ΨMQ. Detection statistics change when boundary conditions change because the admissible encoded redistributions change.
The two-slit configuration is modeled by restricting admissible redistributions to two separated aperture regions. Let S1 and S2 denote the slit regions. The transmitted System Frame encoding is constrained to these regions and propagated to the detection screen using the continuum dynamics of Eq. (33).
We consider a representative laboratory configuration with wavelength λ=500 nm, slit separation d=0.50 mm, slit width a=0.10 mm, and screen distance L=1.00 m. Let y denote the transverse screen coordinate. The screen-reduced mapped detection density is
Here Ψ≡ΨMQ denotes the normalized System Frame encoding restricted to the screen reduced model.
Phase differences in the continuum encoding arise from count-gradient differences induced by aperture constraints. The exact relative phase relation is
Therefore, in the far-field limit,
This is the continuum-limit phase relation used in the numerical two-slit realization.
D.3.1 Configuration 1: One slit open
With a single open aperture, only one aperture-conditioned redistribution contributes. The detection density reduces to the single-slit diffraction envelope
Here sinc(β)=sinβ/β, and ρP0 is the on-axis reference density. The first minimum occurs at β=π, giving
D.3.2 Configuration 2: Two slits open, no which-slit information
With both apertures open and no which-slit information available, two aperture-conditioned encodings contribute coherently:
The quantities ϕ1(y) and ϕ2(y) are aperture-conditioned restrictions of the System Frame phase field ϕ(r,t) evaluated on the screen coordinate y. Define
The mapped detection density then becomes
In the numerical examples below, densities are reported relative to ρP0. Setting ρP0=1 therefore reports dimensionless ratios relative to the on-axis reference density.
The fringe spacing follows from the condition Δϕ(y)=2π, giving
For λ=500 nm, L=1.00 m, and d=0.50 mm, Eq. (D.11) gives
D.3.2.1 Numerical demonstration normalized to ρP0=1 at y=0
At the optical axis y=0, both α and β vanish. The single-aperture envelope satisfies ρP1(0)=ρP0, and the phase difference is Δϕ(0)=0. Equation (D.10) therefore gives ρP2(0)=ρP0, which becomes unity after normalization.
At the off-axis position y=0.50 mm,
Thus
This screen position corresponds to a half-cycle phase difference and therefore lies at a minimum of the interference modulation factor in Eq. (D.10). The single-slit envelope at the same point is
Therefore
After normalization to ρP0=1, substitution into Eq. (D.10) gives
corresponding to a dark fringe. At y=1.00 mm, Δϕ=2π, so the modulation factor returns to unity and
These values demonstrate the qualitative change introduced by the second aperture. The distribution develops alternating minima and maxima at spacing Δy=1.00 mm, even though detections occur one at a time. The modulation arises from the coherent phase relation between the aperture-conditioned encodings in Eq. (D.8), present only when both redistributions remain admissible under the Frames mapping.
D.3.3 Configuration 3: Two slits open, which-slit information available
When which-slit information is introduced, either by explicit detection or by an interaction that renders outcomes at S1 and S2 distinguishable in principle, the experimental configuration is altered. In MQ, this corresponds to contextual restriction in the System Frame encoding. The restriction removes the coherent overlap between the two aperture-conditioned encodings under the Frames mapping, suppressing the interference modulation. Consistent with established results on which-path marking and decoherence, the mapped detection density becomes an incoherent mixture [64–66].
Formally, let
and
denote the propagated aperture-conditioned System Frame encodings defined in Eq. (D.8). In the which-path setting, the overlap term between these encodings is not retained in the restricted detection density, so the density reduces to a convex combination of the corresponding intensities:
For symmetric, equally illuminated slits, w1=w2=1/2, so
For identical slits under equal illumination in the far field,
where ρP1(y) is the single-slit envelope defined in Eq. (D.6). Therefore Eq. (D.20) reduces to
Using the same normalized scale as Configuration 2, ρP0=1, the which-path case yields
The minima associated with the cos2(α) modulation in Eq. (D.10) are therefore removed once which-slit information is available.
The three configurations therefore differ through boundary conditions and measurement context: these determine whether the aperture-conditioned encodings contribute coherently or as an incoherent mixture.
Interference is thus a property of the mapped count distribution in the System Frame representation. The interfering alternatives are the aperture-conditioned encodings, which arise from distinct boundary-constrained redistributions of a single underlying Internal Frame count configuration. Single-particle buildup follows from repeated sampling of the normalized detection density
in Eq. (D.3) under fixed boundary conditions.
Phase dependence enters through the same mechanism. Changes in slit separation, path length, or external potentials modify the encoded phase ϕ(r,t), shifting Δϕ(y) in Eq. (D.4) and the fringe spacing Δy=λL/d in Eq. (D.11). For example, doubling the slit separation to d=1.00 mm halves the fringe spacing to 0.50 mm, while the underlying count evolution remains well defined and the continuum description updates through the Frames mapping under the Frames Principle.
The two-slit example thereby supplies the concrete interference application of the general encoding algebra established in Appx. C.12 and Sec. D.1.
APPENDIX E: SUCCESSIVE DISCRETE DIFFERENCE OPERATORS AND THE CONTINUUM SCHRÖDINGER LIMIT
This appendix develops the coefficient-resolved conditional reconstruction of the non-relativistic Schrödinger generator from successive difference operators in the System Frame lattice representation of mapped count dynamics. It focuses on the operator-selection problem within the explicit non-relativistic admissibility class; the frame ontology and measurement interpretation are assumed from Sec. 2 and Appx. C–D, while Appx. O audits coefficient provenance and derives the free inertial dispersion from MQ phase-action kinematics using the Galilean boost action obtained independently in Proposition 2.7/Appx. Y rather than inserting T = p²/(2m) or Galilean covariance as separate kinetic axioms.
Bell constraints are not used in this conditional operator reconstruction.
E.1 Discrete lattice representation and admissible difference operators
Let the primitive MQ object be the conserved Internal Frame count measure defined on an adjacency domain ω. Under the Frames mapping M:ω→R, this count structure admits a System Frame encoding through the encoded availability density ρS(r,t), where r∈R3 denotes the System Frame spatial coordinate and t denotes System Frame time. To expose admissible local operators, introduce a regular cubic lattice representation of the System Frame encoding with spatial spacing Δx and temporal increment Δt. This lattice is a representation of the System Frame encoding and should not be identified with the underlying Internal Frame adjacency structure.
Lattice sites are rj=(jx,jy,jz)Δx, where j=(jx,jy,jz) labels spatial lattice cells, and time levels are tk=kΔt, where k labels discrete time levels. These indices serve only as numerical labels of the System Frame lattice representation and do not correspond to Internal Frame coordinates, count variables, or update indices.
For any lattice field
, define the forward and backward first-difference operators acting component-wise on the spatial lattice.
Define the centered second-difference operator as
The three-dimensional discrete Laplacian is then defined by summation over the spatial coordinate directions.
Here “local” refers exclusively to nearest-neighbor coupling in the lattice representation of the System Frame encoding and should not be interpreted as Bell local causality.
E.2 Continuum-limit correspondence of successive differences
Let f(r,t) denote the continuum field whose lattice samples are
. The admissible finite-difference limits are given by the first-difference and second-difference continuum correspondences.
The corresponding Laplacian and time-update limits are
These relations establish how continuum differential operators arise as limits of admissible local discrete operators in the System Frame encoding under the Frames mapping. In particular, the continuum Laplacian arises as the limit of the admissible discrete Laplacian Δd.
E.3 Encoded gradients and MQ wave-function encoding
For any positive encoded availability density ρS(r,t)>0 on the support of interest, the logarithmic derivative identity holds.
This identity is analytic and introduces no additional primitive structure. It is written in terms of ρS because ρS(r,t) is the System Frame encoded availability density obtained from the mapped Internal Frame count measure prior to normalization.
The total single-subsystem encoded availability is
and the normalized probability density is
The normalized density ρP(r,t) provides the probability density appearing in the wave function representation. The MQ wave function encoding is
where ϕ(r,t) is the System Frame phase field.
Consequently,
The probabilistic representation therefore arises through normalization of the encoded availability density ρS.
E.4 Conditional selection of Schrödinger dynamics
The selection question is whether the count-to-continuum construction merely exhibits one compatible evolution law or restricts the admissible local generator to Schrödinger form. The distinction is important because norm preservation alone guarantees a self-adjoint generator only after the unitary evolution is specified; it does not determine the spatial form of that generator. MQ therefore combines the operator correspondence of Appx. E.1–E.3 with the conservation and self-adjointness conditions of Appx. E.5 and Appx. F.17.
For the regular cubic System Frame representation used to expose the local operator structure, admissible nearest-neighbor forward and backward differences are fixed by the realized adjacency representation. Their successive composition produces the centered second differences of Eqs. (E.3–E.4), and summation over the three realized coordinate directions produces the discrete Laplacian. Under the controlled limit of Eq. (E.5), this operator converges to the continuum Laplacian. The first-difference terms retained elsewhere in the construction determine gradients, current, and phase flow; they do not supply an additional scalar second-order kinetic generator. Thus the spatial kinetic term of the admissible continuum law is fixed by the same successive-difference structure that realizes local count redistribution.
The remaining restrictions are dynamical rather than geometric. Closed Internal Frame count conservation maps to conservation of normalized System Frame availability; therefore the realized generator must preserve norm. A real multiplication potential and the stated boundary conditions retain self-adjointness, while the phase-action scale and subsystem response coefficient determine the standard reduced-Planck and mass coefficients. These restrictions lead to Eq. (E.11). The forward step in Eqs. (E.12–E.14) is only a first-order representation and is not used as the uniqueness argument; exact discrete norm preservation is instead supplied by the Cayley evolution of Eqs. (E.17–E.20), built from the same discrete Hamiltonian.
The result is therefore conditional but nontrivial: within the MQ class of first-order System Frame time evolution generated from adjacency-local nearest-neighbor redistribution, successive second-difference spatial curvature, real local potential structure, conservation of normalized availability, and an admissible self-adjoint domain, the Schrödinger generator is selected. This is not asserted as a theorem excluding nonlinear, nonlocal, higher-spatial-order, or otherwise enlarged dynamical classes. The symmetry input formerly stated here is now supplied upstream: Proposition 2.7/Appx. Y derives the local Lorentz group from the mapped metric/causal invariants and its Galilean contraction, consistent with the standard reconstruction literature [68,69,148–150].
A continuum evolution consistent with first-order time updating, second-order spatial curvature induced by the admissible discrete Laplacian, nearest-neighbor redistribution in the lattice representation, and conservation of normalized availability is the Schrödinger form for the System Frame encoding.
Here ħ is the reduced Planck constant – in MQ form that is ħ = θsilf/QLnL at the electromagnetic demarcation nL=84.60055 ([11], Appx. BM7), m is the subsystem mass parameter in the continuum encoding, and V(r,t) is the System Frame potential energy function.
A corresponding discrete update is obtained by replacing ∇2 with Δd/(Δx)2 and ∂t with a forward time difference. Let
. The first-order discrete update is
The discrete Hamiltonian is defined by
and the forward-difference evolution may therefore be written as
Equations (E.12–E.14) provide a first-order discrete representation consistent with the continuum generator in the joint limit Δx,Δt→0, recovering Eq. (E.11) through the correspondence relations given in Eqs. (E.4–E.5). Because the forward-difference step is not generally unitary, exact discrete norm conservation is not implied by Eq. (E.12). A norm-preserving discrete evolution is introduced in Sec. F.5 through the Cayley (Crank–Nicolson) form.
Thus, within the stated MQ admissibility class, Schrödinger evolution is selected as the System Frame continuum realization of successive admissible difference operators acting on the encoded availability representation under the Frames mapping and the Frames Principle. The claim is conditional on that operator class and does not extend to arbitrary alternative continuum dynamics.
E.5 Norm conservation from the generator
Assuming real V and standard representability and boundary conditions, including vanishing flux, periodicity, or sufficient decay, the Schrödinger generator is self-adjoint on its domain. The induced System Frame evolution is therefore unitary, and normalized encoded availability is conserved.
This establishes norm conservation at the level of the continuum encoding.
On a spatial lattice, exact norm conservation in discrete time requires a unitary time-stepping map with respect to the discrete inner product
A forward difference update reproduces the continuum equation to first order in Δt, but is not generally norm-preserving. To obtain a discrete evolution consistent with unitary evolution generated by Hd, we implement the discrete Hamiltonian through its Cayley (Crank–Nicolson) form [67].
where
Here Δd is the admissible discrete Laplacian, V is real, and Hd is Hermitian with respect to ⟨⋅,⋅⟩d when Δd is self-adjoint under the stated boundary conditions.
Writing the discrete normalized probability density as
norm conservation takes the form
Thus, conservation of normalized availability is preserved in both the continuum and discrete realizations.
E.6 Phase-flow decomposition and curvature term
Introduce the phase action field S(r,t), defined in Appx. A and related to the System Frame phase field by
The MQ wave function encoding may then be written in Madelung form.
Substituting Eq. (E.21) into the Schrödinger equation (E.11) and separating imaginary and real components yields the continuity equation
and the Hamilton–Jacobi equation
where the quantum potential is defined in terms of the normalized probability density ρP. In logarithmic-curvature form,
The corresponding discrete analogue, expressed using the admissible successive-difference operators, is
In Eq. (E.25), the first term is the discrete realization of ∇2lnρP, while the second term is the discrete realization of ∣∇lnρP∣2. The discrete operator structure therefore preserves the continuum structure of Eq. (E.24).
These relations show that interference phenomena are governed by the curvature of the normalized encoded availability field through spatial variation of lnρP in the System Frame representation. The quantum correction arises from structure induced by the Frames mapping acting on the underlying count configuration. The curvature term therefore represents a continuum realization of discrete availability-redistribution constraints imposed by the Frames Principle.
APPENDIX F: SYSTEM FRAME REPRESENTATION, OPERATOR CORRESPONDENCE, AND HILBERT-SPACE COMPLETION
The purpose of this appendix is to show how standard quantum expectation values and operator expressions arise as System Frame continuum encodings of normalized availability derived from conserved Internal Frame count structure. The wave function Ψ(r,t), introduced in Eqs. (C.22, D.3, and F.9), is used as a compact encoding of normalized availability and phase information rather than a primitive object. Measurable quantities arise from averages over normalized encoded availability, while operator representations provide compact continuum descriptions of redistribution structure induced under the Frames mapping and the Frames Principle.
F.1 Expectation Values from Count Normalization
Let f(r) be a real-valued System Frame observable function, such as a position component, potential density, or other measurable field. In MQ, probability density appears only after normalization of encoded availability. Beginning with the normalized probability density, the expectation value is
where the normalized probability density is
with ρS(r,t) the System Frame encoded availability density and
the total encoded availability.
Substituting Eq. (F.2) into Eq. (F.1) yields
Using the wave function encoding,
Equation (F.4) is therefore the compact wave-function form of the same normalized-availability expectation.
F.2 Operator Representation in the Continuum Encoding
Using the continuum encoding
spatial and temporal derivatives encode redistribution structure derived from normalized availability and the encoded phase field. Standard operators are therefore introduced as compact differential representations of continuum redistribution structure under the Frames mapping.
Assume throughout that Ψ lies in a dense representability domain and satisfies vanishing-flux, periodic, or sufficient-decay boundary conditions so that integrations by parts produce no boundary terms and the associated generators are self-adjoint.
Position is represented multiplicatively:
The phase-gradient relation
follows directly from the encoded phase field and identifies momentum with the gradient structure of the continuum encoding. By Appx. C.8.1 and C.11, this phase gradient is itself fixed by the mapped normalized redistribution current on the admissible support; Eq. (F.7) therefore represents count-derived flow rather than an independently postulated momentum field.
The momentum operator is then represented by
This operator is a compact System Frame differential representation of phase-gradient redistribution structure encoded by Ψ.
F.3 Expectation Value of Momentum
Using the expectation value definition consistent with Eq. (F.1),
Substituting Eq. (F.5) and separating amplitude and phase yields
after application of the stated boundary conditions.
Equation (F.10) is the MQ expression for momentum expectation. It depends only on the normalized availability density and the encoded phase gradient. Momentum expectation therefore characterizes structured availability redistribution within the System Frame realization.
F.4 Energy Operator and Hamiltonian Encoding
From the successive-difference continuum limit developed in Appx. E, the continuum encoding satisfies Schrödinger-form evolution
with Hamiltonian operator
The Hamiltonian is the continuum realization of the admissible successive-difference generator constructed in Appx. E within the stated non-relativistic operator class. It provides a compact representation of the redistribution dynamics of normalized availability under closed evolution.
F.5 Expectation Value of Energy
The energy expectation value is
Using Eq. (F.2), this may equivalently be interpreted as an availability-weighted average over the normalized realization encoded by ρS(r,t).
The energy expectation therefore represents a System Frame average associated with the redistribution dynamics encoded by H.
F.6 Hermiticity and Real Observables
For any observable represented by a Hermitian operator
, the expectation value is obtained from the normalized availability encoding. In operator form,
, with coordinate representation
Hermiticity is defined with respect to the L2 inner product on the System Frame realization domain together with the boundary conditions specified above. Within MQ, Hermiticity ensures that measurable averages derived from normalized encoded availability remain real-valued. This property reflects symmetry and conservation of the underlying redistribution generator.
This appendix distinguishes physical derivation from mathematical representation. The normalized availability density is established before the Hilbert-space construction, while the Schrödinger-form continuum evolution used here is the coefficient-resolved conditional reconstruction of Sec. 3.5, Appx. E, and Appx. O. The purpose here is to show that those System Frame results admit the standard state-space, inner-product, operator, spectral, and evolution representations of quantum mechanics under explicit regularity conditions. These representations preserve the previously established MQ probability structure and the conditionally reconstructed dynamics; they are not additional primitive structures and are not claimed to follow from count conservation without the stated representability and sector assumptions.
F.7 Continuum State Space from Availability Normalization
The primitive MQ object is the discrete measurement count structure defined in the Internal Frame. Through the Frames mapping under the Frames Principle, this count structure admits a continuum System Frame encoding by an availability density ρS(r,t). Coordinates label encoding regions only and are not primitive variables.
For closed evolution, total encoded availability is conserved. The corresponding System Frame availability measure is
For subsequent normalization and state space constructions, it is convenient to denote this total availability measure by N1(t)≡NS(t). The subscript emphasizes that the normalization is associated with a single subsystem encoded state. This notation anticipates later extensions to composite systems, where distinct normalization measures arise on higher dimensional configuration spaces. No new physical quantity is introduced. N1 is simply the normalization measure associated with the single subsystem System Frame encoding.
Normalization then defines the continuum encoding by
By construction,
so, for each fixed t,
Thus, the finite-count MQ state family first generates a normed complex representation space rather than requiring an ambient Hilbert space as an axiom. Count multiplicities provide normalized rational availability weights, whose square roots give amplitude magnitudes; these magnitudes are dense in the allowed continuum range, while Proposition C.3 supplies the continuous U(1) phase action. Coherent alternatives combine by the additive amplitude law used in Sec. 3.6 and Appx. D. Their finite complex span therefore defines the MQ pre-Hilbert candidate space V₀. The remaining question is whether its norm determines an inner product or whether a separate Hilbert geometry must still be imposed; Sec. F.8 answers this uniquely.L2(R3)λ
The distinction is functional-analytic but no longer geometric: unit normalization and the state norm descend from encoded availability, whereas completeness is obtained only by taking norm limits. If the norm itself uniquely determines the inner product, completion cannot introduce a new angle or overlap law. This is proved next.
F.8 Reconstruction of the Inner Product from the Availability Norm
For two admissible MQ amplitude encodings ψ and φ in V₀, the physically derived squared norm is the total normalized encoded availability. Equation (F.21) is therefore not introduced as an independent overlap axiom; it will be recovered below from that norm. Because coherent amplitude composition is additive and Proposition C.3 supplies multiplication by the continuous phase i=e^{iπ/2}, V₀ is a complex linear representation space generated by mapped MQ states.Ψ1,Ψ2∈L2(R3)
Expanding the resulting polarization form for the MQ amplitude representation of Eq. (F.17) yields the familiar configuration-space overlap, so the integral displayed in Eq. (F.21) is the coordinate realization of the uniquely reconstructed inner product rather than an additional Hilbert-space postulate.
with normalized availability densities
Orthogonality,
then corresponds to zero value of the MQ-reconstructed overlap functional. The uniqueness statement is made explicit by Proposition F.1.
Proposition F.1 (MQ reconstruction of complex pre-Hilbert geometry). Let V₀ be the finite complex span generated by density-representable System Frame MQ amplitudes on a fixed realized domain Ω, using the additive coherent-composition law of Sec. 3.6/Appx. D and the U(1) scalar phase action derived in Proposition C.3. Equip V₀ with the availability norm inherited from the normalized mapped count measure. Then (i) this norm satisfies the parallelogram identity; (ii) the Jordan-von Neumann theorem fixes a unique complex inner product inducing that norm; (iii) in the System Frame coordinate representation that inner product is exactly the standard integral overlap; and (iv) the metric completion is unique up to isometric isomorphism. Consequently, Hilbert completion adds limit points but does not add an independent probability norm, angle, or complex linear structure [110].
Proof. Equation (F.25) is the norm already fixed by the normalized availability measure. Pointwise complex-amplitude addition gives |ψ+φ|²+|ψ−φ|²=2|ψ|²+2|φ|²; integration therefore gives Eq. (F.26) without assuming an inner product. The Jordan-von Neumann characterization then makes Eq. (F.27) the unique sesquilinear positive inner product inducing that norm [110]. Substitution of the System Frame amplitudes and direct expansion reduces the polarization expression to Eq. (F.28). Every normed inner-product space has a completion unique up to isometric isomorphism, yielding Eq. (F.29). Thus the only genuinely completion-level operation is closure under Cauchy limits; the norm, complex scalar action, overlap geometry, orthogonality, and relative-phase sensitivity are already fixed before completion.
The finite-count origin of complex coefficients is also explicit. Relative count multiplicities generate normalized rational weights; their square roots are dense in the nonnegative amplitude interval, and the continuous U(1) phase from Proposition C.3 supplies arbitrary phase. The continuum completion therefore extends a dense count-generated coefficient set rather than inserting complex scalar freedom ex nihilo.
F.9 Expectation Values in Hilbert Space Form
Let f(r) denote a System Frame observable function. Expectation values are defined from the normalized encoded availability density by
Using Eq. (F.18), this becomes
where the associated observable operator acts as
Standard expectation value expressions are therefore represented within the continuum encoding of normalized availability.
F.10 Momentum and Generator Correspondence
Using the phase-gradient relation summarized in Appx. F,
the corresponding momentum operator is
Expectation equivalence is
and
Momentum expectation is therefore represented equivalently through either the differential operator form or the encoded phase gradient structure of the continuum representation.
F.11 Hamiltonian and Time Evolution
From the successive-difference continuum limit developed in Appx. E, the encoding satisfies
with Hamiltonian operator
This operator is the continuum realization of the admissible redistribution generator Hd constructed in Appx. E within the stated operator class. It provides a compact representation of normalized availability redistribution dynamics under closed evolution.
Norm preservation,
follows from availability conservation (Eq. F.15) together with the generator properties established in Appx. E, G, and I under the stated boundary conditions.
F.12 Derivation–Representation Boundary and Predictive Equivalence
MQ differs conceptually from standard formulations in that it does not take as primitive an ontological wave function, Hilbert inner product, ontic superposition of simultaneously realized states, stochastic probability axioms, or Bell-type hidden variables and factorizable joint laws. Beginning from Internal Frame count structure and the Frames mapping, MQ first obtains normalized availability and the flow-derived complex amplitude. Proposition F.1 then reconstructs the complex pre-Hilbert norm and inner product, while Proposition F.2 below reconstructs tensor-product composition for separable subsystems. Operator and spectral machinery enter only after this state geometry has been fixed.L2(R3)
Predictive equivalence at the operator stage concerns representation only: the Hilbert-space machinery represents previously derived System Frame probability, overlap, composite-state, expectation, and evolution structures under the stated regularity conditions.
The remaining subsections separate the reconstructed geometry from the functional-analytic conditions required for completion and unbounded operators.
Square-integrability is inherited from finite normalized availability. Completeness, dense operator domains, self-adjoint operator realizations, and strong continuity of closed evolution remain functional-analytic conditions needed for the standard infinite-dimensional operator formalism [8,23,30]. Completeness itself contributes no new inner-product geometry because Proposition F.1 fixes that geometry before completion.
Under these conditions, the derived MQ pre-Hilbert state geometry has a canonical complete Hilbert-space realization. Composite encodings use the tensor-product construction proved in Proposition F.2; realized observables use self-adjoint operators and spectral measures; and closed evolution uses a unitary one-parameter group with a self-adjoint generator. Projective and generalized measurements are represented at that completed level. The completion is therefore a closure of MQ-derived state geometry, not a source of the geometry itself or an independent derivation of quantum probability.
F.13 System Frame State Space from MQ Availability Encoding
The MQ wave function has already been introduced as the normalized continuum encoding of encoded availability, with its local complex representation fixed by Proposition C.3 and its inner product fixed by Proposition F.1. For an N-subsystem configuration with coordinate vector r in the multipartite System Frame configuration space, finite normalized availability makes the encoded state square-integrable.Nr
The completion identified in Eq. (F.29) is represented concretely by the square-integrable complex functions on the corresponding configuration domain, giving Eq. (F.41).
The configuration-space integral in Eq. (F.42) is now the coordinate form of the inner product reconstructed by Eq. (F.27), not an independently defined Hilbert-space primitive.
The encoded MQ wave function is written in amplitude phase form in terms of the normalized probability density and phase field.
Here ρS(r,t) is the encoded availability density, ρP(r,t) is the normalized System Frame probability density, and N1(t) is the total encoded availability count used in the single subsystem normalization. The normalization quantity N1(t) is distinct from the subsystem number N used to specify configuration space dimensionality.
MQ normalization is expressed by the unit-norm condition
Because the square-integrable function space is complete under the norm already fixed by MQ availability, Eqs. (F.40-F.44) realize the canonical completion of the pre-Hilbert structure proved in Proposition F.1. No additional metric data enter at this step.
F.14 Composite Systems and Tensor Products
For a bipartite realization, let V_A and V_B denote the two pre-Hilbert spaces reconstructed from the subsystem MQ availability measures. For separable preparations the primitive counting measure factorizes on the product event domain and the realized phase is additive, so the mapped amplitude composition is pointwise multiplicative. This supplies a bilinear composition map before any tensor-product postulate is made.
The standard tensor-product expression in Eq. (F.45) is therefore the completed form of a composition structure already fixed at the MQ level. Proposition F.2 states the reconstruction precisely and explains why a different linear composite-state product would not represent the same separable count composition.
Proposition F.2 (Tensor-product composition from separable MQ realization). Let V_A and V_B be the MQ pre-Hilbert spaces of two subsystems. For a separable composite realization define b(ψ_A,ψ_B) on Ω_A×Ω_B by pointwise multiplication. Then b is complex bilinear and norm multiplicative. By the universal property of the algebraic tensor product, b has a unique linearization through V_A⊙V_B up to canonical isomorphism; completing in the product norm gives the Hilbert tensor product. In the System Frame coordinate realization this completed product is isometrically L²(Ω_A×Ω_B). Thus tensor-product composition is not separately chosen after Hilbert completion; it is the unique linear completion of the MQ separable-composition map [112].
b(αψA+βχA,ψB)=αb(ψA,ψB)+βb(χA,ψB), F.48)
(and similarly in the second argument),
Proof. The factorized count measure gives ρ_AB=ρ_Aρ_B for a separable preparation, while phase additivity gives exp[i(φ_A+φ_B)]=exp(iφ_A)exp(iφ_B); hence Eq. (F.46). Complex bilinearity follows algebraically from amplitude composition, and Fubini factorization of the derived availability norm gives Eq. (F.47). The algebraic tensor product is, by definition, the universal vector space that linearizes such bilinear maps; its induced inner product satisfies ⟨ψ_A⊗ψ_B,χ_A⊗χ_B⟩=⟨ψ_A,χ_A⟩⟨ψ_B,χ_B⟩. Metric completion gives Eq. (F.49), unique up to unitary isomorphism [112]. Generic MQ composite availability need not factorize; those states are represented by non-simple vectors in the same completed space, in agreement with Sec. 3.7 and Appx. G.
Proposition F.2 does not assume that entangled states are products. It derives the ambient composite linear space from the physically separable subclass and then represents the already-derived non-factorizable joint availability as vectors outside the simple-tensor subset. Tensor-product kinematics and entanglement are therefore logically distinct: the former follows from bilinear separable composition, while the latter follows from the non-factorizable MQ joint availability geometry.
F.14.1 Finite Multipartite Closure, Schmidt Structure, Purification, and Monogamy
Proposition F.3 (Finite multipartite closure of MQ composite structure). Let H_i be the completed subsystem state spaces reconstructed by Propositions C.3, F.1, and F.2 for a finite family of subsystems i=1,...,N. Repeated application of the same separable MQ composition map fixes the N-fold Hilbert tensor product uniquely up to canonical unitary isomorphism. Its finite-dimensional pure-state sector contains every normalized coefficient array generated by the completion of the dense count-based amplitude set. Consequently: (i) every bipartite pure state admits a Schmidt decomposition; (ii) the nonzero spectra of its two reduced states coincide; (iii) every finite density operator has a purification on an MQ-derived extension space, unique up to an isometry on the purifying factor; and (iv) if a bipartite reduced state of a global pure state is itself pure, the third factor separates exactly. These are mathematical consequences of the composite architecture rather than additional MQ assumptions [113-115].
Equation (F.50) follows inductively from Proposition F.2 because the algebraic tensor product is associative up to canonical isomorphism and completion preserves that equivalence. Equation (F.51) is the corresponding finite-basis expansion. The coefficient set is not appended independently: Proposition F.1 shows that finite count multiplicities and the derived U(1) phase generate a dense complex amplitude set whose completion supplies the normalized coefficient closure.
For any bipartite pure vector in the derived tensor product, singular-value decomposition of its coefficient matrix gives Eq. (F.52), the Schmidt decomposition [113]. Here R is the Schmidt rank, s_r are the nonnegative Schmidt coefficients, and the two displayed basis sets are orthonormal. Taking the partial trace gives Eq. (F.53), so the nonzero reduced-state eigenvalues are identical. Product states are exactly the R=1 case; MQ entanglement therefore corresponds to the standard R>1 geometry once the composite space has been derived.
Equations (F.54-F.55) give the standard purification construction for any finite positive trace-one density operator. The symbol Tr_R denotes the partial trace over the auxiliary factor R. The purifying factor is a representation device unless an actual physical subsystem is specified; MQ does not infer an additional ontic environment merely from the existence of a purification. Different purifications of the same reduced state are related by an isometry on the purifying factor, consistent with the Hughston-Jozsa-Wootters classification [114].
Equation (F.56) is the exact pure-state monogamy statement needed here: if AB is already in a pure entangled state, including a maximally entangled state, no third subsystem can remain correlated with that pair. It follows immediately from Schmidt decomposition across the AB|C bipartition because purity of ρ_AB gives Schmidt rank one across that cut. More generally, for three qubits the Coffman-Kundu-Wootters inequality gives the quantitative tradeoff between A-B and A-C concurrence [115]. MQ does not introduce that concurrence measure as primitive; once the composite Hilbert geometry has been derived, the theorem applies to its three-qubit representations.
The same N-fold space also contains the standard inequivalent multipartite entanglement classes. For three qubits, for example, the GHZ and W classes are distinct under stochastic local operations and classical communication, as shown by Dür, Vidal, and Cirac [116]. MQ does not need a separate state-space postulate for either class: both are non-simple vectors in Eq. (F.50). The physical question of which class is dynamically prepared remains a question for the particular joint count configuration and its Frames mapping realization; classification of those vectors is representation theory downstream of the derived composite architecture.
Proposition F.3 therefore closes the finite composite-kinematics issue at the level claimed by this manuscript. Binary separable composition fixes the tensor product; associativity fixes its finite multipartite extension; non-factorizable MQ joint availability occupies the non-simple part of that space; and Schmidt, purification, and monogamy properties follow as theorems rather than as inserted quantum axioms. The result does not claim a complete classification of arbitrary multipartite entanglement invariants, nor does it derive relativistic Fock-space or quantum-field-theoretic composition.
F.15 Operator Representation of Realized Observables
In the Hilbert space completion of MQ, observables are represented by densely defined self-adjoint operators acting on the multipartite Hilbert space. Let
denote an observable operator with dense domain
. Self-adjointness requires equality of the operator and its adjoint together with equality of their domains.
Here
denotes the adjoint operator determined by the Hilbert space inner product. Self-adjointness is the operator condition that supports real expectation values and the spectral representation used for measurement probabilities. Expectation values are represented in the standard Hilbert space form.
For bipartite product observables,
These expressions provide the operator-domain representation of expectation-value functionals already defined from normalized encoded availability. The operator notation is therefore equivalent formal machinery for the realized observable content, not a separate source of that content.
F.16 Canonical Examples: Position, Momentum, and Self-Adjointness Conditions
On the multipartite Hilbert space, the position operator acts by multiplication. Its natural domain consists of square-integrable functions for which multiplication by the coordinate remains square integrable.
The momentum operator is represented by the standard differential form.
Here H1 denotes the first Sobolev space, consisting of square-integrable functions whose first weak derivatives are also square integrable.
With the standard domains and boundary conditions used in the position representation, these operators admit the usual self-adjoint realizations. Appendix S now supplies their MQ derivation at the exponentiated level. The mapped translation family is generated by p̂=-iℏ∇ and shifts the realized coordinate operator covariantly; the resulting Weyl relation is rigorous for the bounded unitary translation and phase operators and differentiates on a common dense invariant core, such as the Schwartz space, to give the canonical commutation relation
The Schwartz space consists of infinitely differentiable functions that decrease more rapidly than any power of the coordinate magnitude together with all of their derivatives.
Equation (F.62) is therefore not an independent canonical postulate. It is the local differential form of the Weyl relation derived in Appx. S from mapped System Frame translations, the realized coordinate action, and the independently fixed MQ phase-action scale. The domain qualification remains essential because x̂ and p̂ are unbounded operators.
F.17 Unitary Time Evolution and Stone's Theorem
Appendix E establishes the successive-difference continuum limit and conditionally reconstructs the corresponding Schrödinger-form continuum evolution within the stated non-relativistic admissibility class. The present section states the additional Hilbert space regularity condition required to represent that closed evolution by a self-adjoint generator.
Let U(t) be a strongly continuous unitary one-parameter group on the multipartite Hilbert space. Stone's theorem [30] then guarantees a unique self-adjoint generator
such that
For states in the domain of the Hamiltonian,
Thus, when the closed System Frame continuum encoding supplies norm-preserving linear evolution, the standard unitary Hilbert space representation follows under the strong-continuity condition. This does not add a new MQ dynamical assumption. It states the operator-theoretic completion of the evolution already obtained in Appx. E and H.
F.18 Spectral Completion of the Born Rule
After the normalized MQ state has been embedded in Hilbert space, a general projective measurement is represented by a self-adjoint observable
. For every such observable, the spectral theorem provides a projection-valued measure EA(⋅), called the spectral measure of
, satisfying
Here EA(⋅) denotes the spectral measure associated with
, and
denotes the spectrum of
, namely the set of spectral values associated with the observable.
For a Borel set Δ of the real line, the probability of obtaining an outcome in Δ is
For position measurements,
Equation (F.67) is the position-space Hilbert representation of the normalized availability density whose empirical probability meaning was established by the completed-interaction pushforward identity of Eq. (32)/Eq. (H.44). Equation (F.66) is the corresponding projective-measurement Born rule for a general self-adjoint observable. Its logical status is different: the spectral theorem supplies the projection-valued measure associated with the observable, while the already normalized and empirically identified MQ state functional assigns weights to those projections. Thus the full arbitrary-observable probability rule is a Hilbert-space completion of the MQ record-probability measure, not a consequence of availability normalization alone.
This distinction also matches the standard uniqueness results for quantum probability. Gleason's theorem shows that, under its noncontextuality, additivity, and dimensional assumptions, normalized probability measures on projection subspaces have density-operator form [70]. Busch's generalized-observable version formulates the analogous result for probability assignments on effects [71]. These results support the uniqueness of the standard spectral/effect representation once the Hilbert-space measurement structure is in place; they do not establish the earlier MQ event-probability identification. In MQ, the derivational order is therefore mapped count measure → normalization to outcome weights → completed-interaction pushforward identification of empirical probability → amplitude representation → Hilbert-space representability → spectral/POVM Born-rule completion.
F.19 General Measurements (POVMs) and MQ Contextual Restriction
Not all realized measurements are represented by projection-valued measures. Once the System Frame encoding has been placed in Hilbert space, more general measurement procedures may be represented by a positive operator-valued measure satisfying positivity and completeness conditions.
The probability of outcome k is
For mixed states represented by a density operator ρ, a measurement instrument is represented by completely positive trace-nonincreasing maps Ik, with the total map obtained by summing over all outcomes being trace preserving. The probability and normalized post-measurement state are
Here ρ denotes a density operator, that is, a positive trace-one operator acting on the Hilbert space. The operator ρk denotes the normalized post-measurement density operator associated with outcome k, and Ik denotes the corresponding measurement-instrument map.
Within MQ, contextual restriction and renormalization in the System Frame may be represented by this instrument structure without modifying the conserved count structure of the Internal Frame. The POVM and instrument formalism therefore extend the projective Born-rule representation of Sec. F.18 to generalized measurements. They are a functional-analytic representation of the already normalized MQ probability structure and are not introduced as a primitive derivation of the underlying restriction mechanism.
APPENDIX G: BELL CONSTRAINTS AND ENTANGLEMENT
G.1 Scope of Bell–CHSH Constraints
Bell–CHSH inequalities apply to models in which joint outcome probabilities for space-like separated measurements admit a locally factorizable hidden variable representation. The mathematical premise is
together with measurement independence,
Here a,b are measurement settings, A,B are outcomes, λ is a complete specification of underlying variables, and ρBell(λ) is the hidden variable distribution.
No assumption of deterministic pre-existing outcome values is required. The Bell–CHSH derivation holds equally for stochastic hidden variable models in which λ parametrizes conditional outcome distributions. Bell local causality is represented here by factorizability at fixed complete state. Measurement independence is a separate assumption required with that factorization for the usual Bell–CHSH bound.
For MQ, measurement independence can be stated directly on the primitive preparation rather than on an unintroduced Bell hidden state. Let Cᵢ denote the complete pre-setting Internal Frame source-preparation count configuration for the bipartite trial, including the joint availability counts and admissible adjacency relations fixed by the preparation procedure before the analyzer settings are selected. The analyzer labels a and b enter later as System Frame partition choices under the Frames mapping; they are not arguments of Cᵢ.
Accordingly, for the admissible Bell-preparation class used in this paper, the source-preparation mechanism and the setting-selection mechanism have disjoint inputs once common run-control variables are fixed. The trial sampling measure therefore factorizes as
P(Ci,a,b)=P(Ci)P(a,b). (G.3)
and hence, whenever P(a,b)>0,
P(Ci|a,b)=P(Ci). (G.4)
P(a,b|Ci)=P(a,b). (G.5)
Equations (G.3–G.5) are the MQ measurement-independence statement. They show explicitly that contextual dependence introduced by the analyzer settings occurs only in the subsequent System Frame availability partitions and normalized response probabilities; it does not alter or select the prior Internal Frame preparation ensemble. Thus the setting dependence of quantities such as Nₐᵦ(A,B) below is measurement-context dependence of the realized partition, not statistical dependence of the primitive preparation on the chosen settings. This is precisely the preparation-setting independence required for the Bell–CHSH analysis, expressed in MQ variables rather than by identifying Cᵢ with a Bell-local response variable λ.
The purpose of this appendix is to compare the MQ probability construction with that Bell-local model class. MQ does not define setting-independent local response probabilities conditioned on its primitive count labels. Instead, joint probabilities are constructed directly from context-dependent System Frame availability partitions. The result is not that Bell’s theorem is inapplicable to MQ, but that any measurement-independent Bell-local hidden-variable completion of the MQ statistics would be incompatible with the Bell–CHSH violations reproduced below.λ
Throughout this appendix, adjacency-local Internal Frame redistribution, operational no-signaling of System Frame marginals, and Bell local causality as λ-conditioned factorization are kept distinct.
G.2 Bell Consistency at the Probability Layer
All probabilities entering the MQ Bell and CHSH correlators are computed from normalized, context-restricted encoded availability densities. No Bell-local response functions conditioned on primitive count labels are introduced, and Bell factorizability is not assumed. Joint probabilities are derived from contextual encoded-availability partitions. The directly demonstrated locality property is no-signaling of the realized marginals, while non-factorizable joint structure permits quantum Bell violations.P(A∣a,λ)
G.3 Primitive Variables and the Scope of Hidden-Variable Claims
The primitive MQ ontology contains the discrete measurement count field in the Internal Frame. It is therefore an underlying ontic structure in the broad philosophical sense. The narrower Bell question is whether that structure is used as a setting-independent hidden state λ equipped with local response functions P(A|a,λ) and P(B|b,λ). MQ introduces no such response functions. Realized outcome probabilities are instead assigned only after the Frames mapping, contextual partitioning, and normalization in the System Frame. The defensible claim is therefore that MQ does not posit a Bell-local hidden-variable response model; the stronger statement that MQ contains no hidden structure of any possible kind is not required.
G.4 Determinism of Availability vs. Outcome Statistics
Determinism in MQ applies to availability redistribution within the Internal Frame, not to realized System Frame outcomes. The primitive quantity is the discrete measurement count field nI(ξ,A), defined on the relational adjacency domain of the Internal Frame. For a relational region ω'⊂ω, the aggregate availability count is
Local conservation is governed by the adjacency continuity relation
The boundary count-flux associated with ω' is
Summing Eq. (G.7) over all relational cells in ω' gives
Using Eq. (G.6), this becomes
Equations (G.6–G.10) are first principles MQ kinematic laws. They govern redistribution of measurement availability within the Internal Frame and do not determine realized outcomes. Outcome statistics arise only after realization under the Frames mapping and subsequent normalization in the System Frame. Consequently, these primitive laws do not define setting-independent Bell-local hidden variable response functions of the Bell form P(A∣a,λ).
G.5 Bipartite Availability Geometry and Continuum Encoding
For a bipartite configuration, let
denote the joint Internal Frame relational region associated with subsystems A and B. Its realized System Frame image is
After realization, the joint encoded availability density is ρS(rA,rB,t), where rA and rB are realized System Frame coordinates. The total encoded availability in bipartite configuration space is
The normalized joint probability density is
The reduced subsystem probability densities are obtained by marginalization:
The continuum System Frame encoding is then defined by the normalized probability density and phase field ϕ(rA,rB,t):
Normalization requires
Nonclassical correlations correspond to non-factorizable joint probability structure,
These relations arise from common encoded availability realized under the Frames mapping. The joint density ρP(rA,rB,t) is therefore not introduced as a primitive probability law; it is obtained by normalizing the realized encoded availability density ρS(rA,rB,t).
G.6 Expectation Values and Correlators
Expectation values of bipartite observables are computed in Hilbert space form from the MQ continuum encoding:
This expression follows from the MQ derivation of the continuum encoding and does not assume Bell-local hidden variable factorizability. Correlations derive from the non-factorizable joint availability structure in Eq. (G.19), not from a Bell product P(A∣a,λ)P(B∣b,λ).
For measurement settings a and b, let
and
denote setting-induced measurable outcome regions in the realized System Frame for outcomes α,β=±1. These regions are the bipartite analogue of the measurement partitions Ak defined for the System Frame output domain. The MQ joint probability is
Equation (G.21) defines outcome probabilities from normalized encoded availability over context-dependent System Frame partitions. It introduces no setting-independent Bell hidden state λ equipped with local response functions.
G.7 Operational No-Signaling and Bell Local Causality
The following equations compare realized System Frame marginals with Bell factorization; the conditioning-state distinction established in Secs. G.1–G.6 is assumed.
Summing over the remote outcome yields local marginals that are invariant under changes of the distant measurement setting:
Equations (G.22–G.23) establish operational no-signaling; no λ-conditioned parameter-independence claim is inferred from these marginals alone.
Equation (G.24) establishes non-product realized statistics. Incompatibility with a measurement-independent Bell-local completion follows from the CHSH construction of Secs. G.11–G.12, not from Eq. (G.24) alone.
The correlation function is
The CHSH combination is
The quantum-compatible bound is
Thus, MQ limits its locality claims to adjacency-local count redistribution and operational no-signaling; Bell local causality is not claimed.
G.8 Joint Internal Frame Count Structure
Discrete joint measurement availability in the Internal Frame is represented by the joint availability count
defined on relational cells
, where
denotes the bipartite relational domain associated with the joint Internal Frame count configuration. The symbol A in nI(ξAB,A) is the Internal Frame update index and does not denote a measurement outcome.
For measurement settings a and b, the corresponding contextual relational domain is partitioned into contextual relational subsets and mapped into the realized System Frame by the Frames mapping M:
Here s,t∈{+1,-1} are binary outcome labels, while
denotes the Internal Frame relational subset associated with outcome pair (s,t) under settings (a,b).
When the joint count structure admits a density representation under the Frames mapping, it induces an encoded availability density ρS(rA,rB,t) on the bipartite System Frame configuration space. The total encoded availability is
Entangled preparations correspond to non-factorable normalized joint availability,
where ρP,A and ρP,B denote normalized marginal probability densities associated with the two subsystems. Thus, the encoded probability structure cannot, in general, be represented as a Cartesian product of independent subsystem probability structures.
The corresponding encoded availability marginals are
while the normalized marginal probability densities are
In MQ, this non-factorable encoded availability structure is the origin of entanglement in the realized System Frame representation.
Let a and b denote measurement settings in the System Frame. The Frames mapping induces a contextual restriction of available realizations, producing the joint outcome partition
The subsets
are measurable regions of the realized System Frame output domain corresponding to joint outcomes (s,t), and the final condition in Eq. (G.34) states that distinct joint outcome regions are mutually exclusive.
Define the contextual availability counts by summing the Internal Frame availability count over the corresponding relational subset,
and define their density representation by integration over the corresponding System Frame outcome region,
The total contextual availability is
The contextual joint regions are generally not products of subsystem regions:
This non-product property is the structural statement replacing Bell factorizability at the level of availability geometry. It states that the realized joint availability partition induced by the Frames mapping is not generally reducible to independent local partitions.
The single-setting availability domains are obtained by projection from the joint outcome domain,
where πA and πB denote the canonical projection maps on the realized bipartite System Frame domain onto the subsystem-A and subsystem-B realized domains. These projections are used only to identify marginal System Frame regions and are not additional MQ primitives.
The associated bookkeeping identities are
G.9 System Frame Encoding
The bipartite MQ wave function is obtained by applying the usual MQ availability encoding to the joint System Frame density:
Here ϕ(rA,rB,t) is the System Frame phase field. Its modulus satisfies
thereby defining the normalized joint probability density ρP(rA,rB,t). For measurement settings (a,b), the joint outcome probabilities are obtained by normalization of contextual availability:
This is the bipartite realization of the conditioning rule developed in Appx. H.
G.10 Locality and Marginals
Marginal counts are obtained by summing over the partner outcome:
After normalization,
The contextual restriction induced by the Frames mapping preserves the summed availability counts, yielding
Equation (G.46) is the operational no-signaling marginal condition. In the stricter Jarrett–Shimony terminology, parameter independence is conditional on a complete state λ. Because MQ does not introduce a primitive Bell-state λ for Eqs. (G.45–G.46), Eq. (G.46) is not labeled parameter independence here. However,
so the realized System Frame joint probabilities are non-product. MQ therefore preserves operational no-signaling while generating non-factorizable statistics through contextual availability structure induced by the Frames mapping. If the complete System Frame encoded state is adopted as the conditioning state, the resulting quantum representation has the usual state-conditioned pattern: remote-setting-independent marginals and outcome dependence. No assertion is made about OI for a separate primitive λ-completion that MQ does not define [40,41].
G.11 Count-Derived Analyzer Rotation and MQ Correlation Function
The remaining Bell question is whether the analyzer-angle dependence can be obtained from the MQ chain itself rather than supplied as an external polarization law. The construction below uses only structures established earlier in the manuscript: conserved Internal Frame availability, normalization under the Frames mapping, the resulting two-channel System Frame amplitude representation, and the realized System Frame angle between analyzer axes. No Malus law, Hilbert-space inner product, spectral projector, or Born-rule postulate is inserted in this step. The later agreement with Malus-type optics [93] is therefore an external validation of the result, not a premise of the derivation.
For an ideal lossless dichotomic polarization analyzer, restrict the already-derived normalized System Frame amplitude to its two mutually exclusive output channels. After removal of the common phase, let η₊(Δ) and η₋(Δ) denote the real channel coefficients, where Δ=α−β is the realized angle between the preparation/analyzer reference axis and the analyzer axis. These coefficients introduce no new primitive object: they are the two-channel components of the normalized MQ amplitude of Sec. 3.4. Count conservation and finite normalization require the total channel weight to remain unity under a pure analyzer-axis rotation.
The analyzer rotation itself is a change of realized channel coordinates, not a change of the conserved preparation. Let U(Δ) denote the linear map acting on the two channel coefficients. Linearity is inherited from the System Frame amplitude representation; norm preservation follows from conservation of total mapped availability; U(0)=I expresses identical axes; sequential physical rotations compose by angle addition; and continuity expresses continuous rotation of the realized analyzer. These conditions are sufficient to determine the angular map without assuming its trigonometric form.
. (G.48)
. (G.50)
To see why Eq. (G.50) is forced, write a real two-dimensional norm-preserving map as U. Equation (G.49) gives UᵀU=I. Continuity from U(0)=I keeps det U=+1, so U lies in SO(2). Such a matrix is determined by two real entries x and y with x²+y²=1 and opposite-signed off-diagonal entries. The composition law makes its angle parameter additive, and calibration to the realized System Frame analyzer angle fixes that parameter to Δ; hence the entries are cosΔ and sinΔ with the signs shown in Eq. (G.50). The trigonometric form is therefore a consequence of norm-preserving two-channel rotation, not an assumed analyzer probability law.
For an input aligned with the + channel at Δ=0, Eq. (G.50) gives channel coefficients cosΔ and sinΔ up to an outcome-irrelevant sign. Let p₊(Δ) and p₋(Δ) denote the corresponding normalized channel weights. Section 3.2.1 has already identified normalized mapped availability with empirical record probability, and Sec. 3.4 defines the amplitude coefficient as the square-root representation of that normalized availability. Squaring the two coefficients therefore gives Eq. (G.51); the squared dependence is not introduced here as a separate Born or Malus rule. The polarization CHSH benchmark then selects the symmetric maximally correlated count preparation for which equal analyzer axes give one-half weight to each equal outcome and zero weight to the cross outcomes. Applying the same relative rotation Δ=α−β to either analyzer partitions those two equal source weights into the four joint channels, yielding Eqs. (G.52–G.53).
Table G.1 records this revised provenance. The only Bell-specific physical specialization is the choice of an ideal lossless two-channel polarization analyzer and the stated symmetric correlated preparation. The angular response itself is derived from MQ normalization and realized rotation geometry. The independently established Malus-type cos² law [93] is used only as an external correspondence check.
Element | Status in this paper | Provenance |
Joint count geometry and non-factorizability | MQ-derived | Eqs. (G.28–G.38); conserved Internal Frame availability and Frames mapping |
Preparation-setting independence | MQ-derived | Eqs. (G.3–G.5) |
Contextual outcome partition and normalization | MQ-derived structural construction | Eqs. (G.34–G.47) |
Ideal analyzer rotation response | MQ-derived for ideal lossless two-channel polarization | Eqs. (G.48–G.50): normalized MQ channel amplitude + continuous orientation-preserving norm-preserving System Frame rotation |
cos²/sin² angle dependence | MQ-derived | Eq. (G.51), using the previously derived MQ probability identification; independently consistent with Malus-type optics [93] |
Correlation E(α,β)=cos[2(α−β)] | MQ-derived | Eqs. (G.48–G.54): symmetric correlated source class plus count-derived analyzer rotation |
CHSH |S|=2√2 evaluation | Standard benchmark evaluation of MQ-derived E(α,β) | Sec. G.15 after insertion of the conventional analyzer settings |
Table G.1. Provenance of the ingredients entering the MQ polarization Bell benchmark. “MQ-derived” denotes consequences traced to the count-based construction; the ideal two-channel analyzer specialization fixes the realized channel class, while its angular response follows from Eqs. (G.48–G.51).
For the ideal polarization specialization, let α and β denote analyzer-axis angles in the realized System Frame and Δ=α−β. With the symmetric equal-axis correlated preparation stated above, the count-derived channel rotation of Eqs. (G.48–G.51) gives the equal-outcome fractions
and
Equations (G.52–G.53) are therefore first-principles consequences of the MQ count-to-probability chain for the stated ideal polarization specialization: the joint preparation supplies the equal-axis source weights, while norm-preserving realized rotation supplies their angular redistribution. With s,t=±1, their dichotomic combination gives the correlation function
G.12 CHSH Bound
Define the CHSH combination
Using the MQ-derived correlation function
and the standard analyzer settings
one obtains
, which saturates the Tsirelson bound.
As established above, the MQ-specific Bell construction now includes measurement-independent preparation, non-factorizable contextual availability, normalization, operational no-signaling, and the ideal polarization angular response. The last step follows from continuous norm-preserving rotation of the derived two-channel System Frame amplitude rather than from an externally supplied Malus or projection law. Their combination produces the Bell-violating joint statistics while preserving operational no-signaling. Consequently, violation of the classical CHSH bound does not imply controllable superluminal signaling. Nor does no-signaling alone establish Bell local causality; the latter is the stronger λ-conditioned factorization condition excluded by the Bell-violating statistics under measurement independence.
The present analysis uses the CHSH form appropriate to ideal dichotomic measurements. Alternative Bell inequalities involving finite detection efficiency or sampling assumptions require reformulation of both the observable partitions and the detector response model. The MQ-derived contextual availability continues to determine the non-factorizable realized measure, while the apparatus response must be stated independently for each measurement model.
Thus, for the ideal lossless linear-polarization benchmark, MQ derives the full Bell angular chain from the stated count-based structure: preparation-setting independence and non-factorizable joint availability precede contextual normalization; the normalized two-channel amplitude then transforms under the unique continuous orientation-preserving norm-preserving rotation; the already-derived probability identification turns the rotated coefficients into cos²/sin² outcome weights; and the dichotomic combination yields E(α,β)=cos[2(α−β)] and the standard Tsirelson value. No Bell-local factorized hidden-variable response model, superluminal update dynamics, Hilbert-space inner product, Malus law, or independent Born postulate is required for this angular step.
APPENDIX H: MEASUREMENT CONDITIONING AND FINITE RECORD REALIZATION
Here we derive the MQ measurement update explicitly and show that it arises from restriction and renormalization of the System Frame encoding, without modification of the underlying encoded availability density ρS(r,t) or the primitive Internal Frame count configuration. The derivation relies only on properties established earlier – positivity and finite additivity of count (Eqs. C.2, C.5, C.20, and C.21), together with conservation of encoded availability under closed evolution (Eqs. C.34, F.15, and J.4) – and applies equally to microscopic and macroscopic systems.
H.1 Encoded Availability and Measurement Records
nS(r,t)ρS(r,t)Ω⊂R3In MQ, the encoded count quantity and its density represent encoded availability within the realized System Frame description. Normalization over the realized output domain first gives a unit-normalized availability density. Its status as an observable probability density is established in H.9, where the completed-interaction outcome map pushes the normalized count measure forward to exactly the same record-region weights. The normalized availability density used below is
Equation (H.1) supplies the normalized density used throughout this appendix; Bell applications reuse the same contextual probability construction in Appx. G.
H.2 Partitioned System Frame Encoding
In MQ, the continuum wave function Ψ(r,t) is the System Frame encoding of discrete availability defined in the Internal Frame and represented by the encoded availability density ρS(r,t) under the Frames mapping. By definition (Eqs. C.23, D.3, and F.9),
Let {Ak} be a measurable partition of the realized output domain Ω into macroscopically distinguishable record classes, such as detector regions or pointer intervals. Define indicator functions
Define the encoded availability associated with subset Ak by
so that by additivity (Eqs. C.5 and C.21),
Because the subsets {Ak} form a partition of the realized output domain,
and using Eq. C.21,
The encoded representation therefore admits the exact partition identity
Using Eq. C.32,
Equation (H.9) is a decomposition of a single encoded representation into mutually exclusive record classes. The partition functions
separate the realized System Frame representation while preserving the underlying encoded availability distribution.
H.3 System Frame Restriction Under Measurement
A measurement record associated with subset Ak corresponds to conditioning on the System Frame event r∈Ak. Operationally, the encoding is restricted by
Using orthogonality and idempotence of the indicator functions,
The restriction selects the component associated with Ak and suppresses all others. This operation is defined entirely within the realized System Frame representation and leaves the underlying Internal Frame count structure unchanged.
H.4 Norm of the Restricted Encoding
The squared norm of the restricted encoding follows directly from the definition of the indicator function and the normalized availability density
Hence the probability associated with subset Ak is
Equation (H.13) is the probability of the selected System Frame partition; general projective and POVM measurements are treated in Appx. F.18–F.19.
H.5 Renormalized Conditioned Encoding
The conditioned encoding is obtained by normalization of the restricted representation:
By construction,
This is precisely the conditioning rule stated in Sec. 2.5 and Appx. B.
H.6 Measurement Update without Collapse
Following realization of a record associated with subset Ak, the encoded availability associated with that record is obtained by restricting the original encoded availability density to the corresponding partition element,
The corresponding normalized encoded availability density is
Using the encoded wave function representation of Eq. C.32, the conditioned encoding becomes
Equations (H.14–H.18) complete the restriction-and-renormalization update used for subsequent predictions.
H.7 Bipartite Conditioning and Bell Structure
Consider two space-like separated System Frame measurements with settings a and b, and outcomes i and j, respectively. Let nij(a,b) denote the MQ joint encoded availability count associated with outcome pair (i,j) under settings (a,b). The total encoded availability for the measurement context is
MQ joint probabilities are obtained directly from normalization of encoded availability counts,
For comparison with Bell-local models, introduce a hypothetical complete state λ. MQ does not assign its primitive count configurations local response functions conditioned on such a λ. In Bell-local models, the relevant comparison is the factorization conditionλ
MQ does not require this Bell-local factorized response structure because joint probabilities are defined directly through normalized encoded availability. Consequently, the framework is not constructed from the assumption that a decomposition of the form
must exist for all outcomes and settings.
Consistency with relativistic signaling constraints follows because the encoded availability counts satisfy marginal additivity,
Normalization then yields the corresponding marginal probabilities,
Equations (H.23–H.26) establish operational no-signaling; the distinction from λ-conditioned parameter independence is the one stated in Appx. G.
This appendix derives Bell-inequality violations and entanglement correlations from MQ first principles: the Frames Principle, discrete joint count geometry in the Internal Frame, and contextual restriction in the System Frame. No Bell-local factorized hidden-variable response model or predetermined Bell outcome values are introduced, and no superluminal update dynamics are invoked. References to a hypothetical λ occur only when stating Bell-local comparison premises.λ
H.8 Finite Record Realization and Probabilistic Outcomes
We present a position-based example illustrating how probabilistic behavior arises from the Frames mapping between the Internal Frame count description and the System Frame continuum encoding. Position is used only as an illustrative realization variable. The construction applies more generally to realized observables. The derivation employs MQ primitives together with admissible realization conditions.
Let the measurement count field be nI on the Internal Frame relational domain (Sec. 2.6). Let lf denote the fundamental length scale that appears only after encoding into the System Frame. Continuum position is not primitive but is introduced through encoded count separation. Under the Frames mapping and the Frames Principle (Secs. 2.4–2.5; Appx. A), count separation is represented in the continuum encoding by
l=(nL+QL)lf, r∈R3 (System Frame position vector) (H.27)
which defines a System Frame coordinate representation derived from discrete count structure.
Consider a localized configuration and a single admissible count update
At the primitive level this update is deterministic and adjacency-local in the Internal Frame. The update modifies the conserved count structure but does not itself introduce continuum coordinates, trajectories, or geometric observables. Under the Frames mapping and the Frames Principle, an admissible Internal Frame relational region ω'⊆ω induces a realized System Frame configuration
within the System Frame realization structure R. Observable quantities arise only after realization within Ω (Secs. 2.4–2.5; Appx. A).
For the single count update of Eq. (H.28), the induced realization constrains admissible System Frame positions. In the continuum encoding, the update fixes only the separation magnitude relative to a reference position r0, yielding
Such that Δl=[(nL+1)+QL]lf-(nL+QL)lf as presented in Fig. 1, then the set of all admissible realizations satisfying Eq. (H.30) forms an admissible realization manifold R⊆Ω. Denoting this manifold by R(nL→nL+1), we obtain
which, in this illustrative example, is a two-sphere consisting of all continuum positions at fixed encoded separation from r0. Thus, a single deterministic Internal Frame update does not specify a unique realized position. Instead, the Frames mapping, together with the imposed admissible realization conditions, induces an admissible realization manifold of compatible System Frame configurations.
Once encoded quantities are introduced, additional realized System Frame conservation laws may further restrict the admissible realization manifold. For a specified potential U(r), conservation of realized mechanical energy provides one example of such an admissible realization condition in the System Frame representation:
restricting admissible realizations while leaving multiple geometrically distinct configurations available. The constrained admissible realization manifold is therefore
An Internal Frame count update therefore induces an admissible realization manifold of compatible System Frame realizations. A normalized measure on this manifold determines the probability distribution over admissible outcome regions. This statistical description must be distinguished from the realized result of one completed interaction. Let x in E denote the complete admissible interaction configuration produced when the measurement context and underlying count configuration are fixed. The unique-realization and stable-record conditions then give the composition
The remaining question is what physically determines the completed interaction x appearing in Eq. (H.34). MQ closes this step by combining the already primitive deterministic update law with the independently required stable-record condition. Fix a measurement context c, including the apparatus setting and the physically coupled degrees of freedom relevant to record formation, and let C_j be the actual joint Internal Frame configuration after j admissible updates. The deterministic contextual update is
Define record stability without using an outcome probability: a candidate label o_k is record-stable at update j when the contextual realization lies in A_k, its record encoding ρ_i(o_k) is injective relative to the other realized labels, and immediate rereading under the same context returns that same record throughout the stipulated record-stability interval unless a new record-altering interaction occurs. The completion update is then the first update at which exactly one such stable record exists:
When the set in Eq. (H.36) is nonempty, the completed interaction is the finite physical history generated by the actual initial configuration and context through that first stable-record update:
The outcome is therefore not assigned by an additional rule after the history is known. It is the unique partition label of the terminal referenceable realization:
Equations (H.35–H.38) supply the missing physical completion mechanism. The actual initial joint count configuration and the imposed context determine a unique update sequence; the first referenceable stable-record closure determines when the interaction becomes a completed measurement; and the disjoint outcome partition then supplies one label. The completion condition is non-probabilistic and does not ask which outcome is most likely. It asks only whether a stable distinguishable record has physically formed. If no finite j_c* exists, the interaction remains incomplete as a measurement and is excluded from E. This operational completion criterion is consistent with repeated quantum-nondemolition record experiments [101,102], which demonstrate stable, repeatedly readable records, while those experiments do not by themselves establish the MQ substrate.
Equation (H.34) is the formal individual-run outcome-realization chain. The normalized measure on the realization manifold specifies weights over possible record regions before completion of the interaction; it does not itself create the realized record. For the completed interaction, the outcome map is induced by the contextual realization and the outcome partition, as proved in H.9. Injectivity of ρ_i then makes the corresponding macroscopic record distinguishable, and the restriction and renormalization rules of H.3-H.6 are conditional updates applied only after this outcome exists. The phrase “completed interaction” in Eq. (H.34) is therefore shorthand for the deterministic first-stable-record construction of Eqs. (H.35–H.38), not for an unspecified configuration chosen after the fact.
lfVector, momentum, and trajectory variables enter only through the System Frame encoding of count relations and conservation structure. Admissible realization conditions among encoded quantities determine the admissible realization manifold associated with each deterministic count update. Even with fixed fundamental scale and deterministic Internal Frame evolution, the Frames mapping admits multiple compatible continuum realizations rather than a unique trajectory. Normalization on this manifold therefore supplies relative availability weights, not by itself empirical probabilities. Section H.9 completes the bridge by proving that those same weights are the pushforward distribution of the single-valued completed-interaction outcome map.
The coexistence of several admissible System Frame realizations in the premeasurement description therefore does not imply several realized outcomes. The normalized encoding represents incomplete access to the complete interaction configuration; for the completed interaction itself Eq. (H.42) is single-valued and Eq. (H.44) fixes the corresponding ensemble distribution. Because the outcome map is defined only for the full measurement context, this construction does not assign context-independent predetermined values to observables.
H.9 Empirical Probability Identification and Realization-Frequency Compatibility
The remaining measurement question is whether normalized availability can legitimately be called probability rather than merely a unit-normalized measure, and whether that probability is tied to the single realized label of a completed interaction. The two questions have the same answer. The link follows from the standard image-measure construction for a measurable map [42] once the MQ complete-interaction count measure, completed contextual realization, and outcome partition are made explicit.
Fix one preparation and one measurement context. Let E be the set of complete admissible interaction configurations. Each x∈E carries a nonnegative Internal Frame availability weight w_I(x) inherited from the conserved count structure. For any measurable subset D⊆E define the finite pre-probabilistic complete-interaction count measure
Here w_I(x) is not a free real-valued probability weight. It is the integer multiplicity with which unit Internal Frame count tokens are carried by the deterministic completion construction into the completed interaction x. Equivalently, if π denotes the bookkeeping projection from unit tokens in the completed-interaction token set U_E onto E, then
Here E is generated physically by Appx. H.8: for each admissible actual initial joint configuration C_0, the deterministic contextual update produces X_c(C_0) when and only when a finite stable-record completion index j_c* exists. The count measure μ_E used below is therefore inherited from conserved Internal Frame availability on those admissible initial configurations through the completion map X_c; it is not an independently chosen distribution over outcomes.
Equation (H.34) makes the source of μ_E explicit. By Proposition 2.1 the unit-token measure is counting measure; summing the integer multiplicities w_I(x) over D therefore gives exactly the cardinality of the unit-count preimage π⁻¹(D). Any common rescaling cancels in Eq. (H.43), whereas any nonuniform token weighting would add a primitive structure excluded by the MQ count ontology. Thus Eq. (H.39) is not a freely chosen measure-preserving ansatz.
No probability has been introduced in Eq. (H.39); μ_E is a count measure. Let M_c:E→Ω_out be the completed contextual System Frame realization induced by the admissible Frames mapping. MQ referenceability and holonomy-free operation-sequence consistency require M_c to be single-valued for the complete interaction. The realized System Frame encoded-availability measure is the pushforward (image) measure
which is the measure-theoretic content of the statement used throughout the manuscript that the Frames mapping induces the System Frame measure from conserved count structure. Let {A_k} be the measurable, pairwise-disjoint and exhaustive record partition of Ω_out and define κ(y)=o_k iff y∈A_k. The completed-interaction outcome map and its preimage are therefore
Because M_c is single-valued and the A_k are disjoint and exhaustive, every x∈E belongs to exactly one preimage R⁻¹({o_k}). This proves single-record definiteness at the completed-interaction level without an additional random selector. Normalize only after the count measure has been constructed:
Using Eqs. (H.41–H.43), the pushforward distribution induced on the realized labels is
Equation (H.44) proves both realization-frequency compatibility and the empirical probability identification. The set of complete interactions that realize o_k is exactly the preimage of the System Frame record region A_k, and its normalized count is exactly the normalized encoded availability of that region. Hence p_k is not assigned merely because it is nonnegative and sums to one: it is the pushforward measure of the physically defined event R(x)=o_k. The particular result in one run is fixed by R(x)=κ(M_c(x)), while the ensemble distribution of such single results is p_k. For repeated identically prepared trials satisfying the standard sampling assumptions, the law of large numbers connects this induced probability to long-run observed relative frequency. MQ therefore supplies the event space, the measure, and their pushforward identity; it does not add a separate frequency postulate or stochastic outcome selector.
This result also fixes the logical order used elsewhere in the paper: conserved count measure → mapped availability measure → normalization to outcome weights → completed contextual realization and outcome event → pushforward identification of empirical probability → stable record encoding → post-outcome restriction and renormalization. Equation (H.44) is the formal bridge between measure normalization in H.1–H.2 and the individual record-realization chain of Eq. (H.34).
The strengthened order is therefore: integer count ontology → unique primitive counting measure (Proposition 2.1) → deterministic completion and multiplicity on E → mapped availability measure → normalized event weights → single realized record → pushforward empirical probability → post-outcome conditioning. The only preparation-specific input is the physical count configuration itself; no second probability measure is inserted at any stage.
APPENDIX I: SCHRODINGER’S CAT IN MEASUREMENT QUANTIZATION
The Schrödinger’s cat example applies the established MQ distinction between primitive count evolution and System Frame record partitions to a macroscopic superposition.
Physical structure is specified by the measurement availability count field in the Internal Frame, defined on a relational adjacency domain without continuum spatial coordinates, metric variables, or vector fields. At any internal update stage, the primitive description corresponds to a single count configuration nI(ξ,A)∈N0. Macroscopic amplification changes accessibility, partition structure, and record encoding only within the realized System Frame description.
To describe the encoded macroscopic alternatives, let Ω be the encoded output domain and let {Ak} be a mutually exclusive partition of Ω into macroscopic record classes, such as alive and dead.
Associated with each partition element is the indicator function
, which restricts encoded support to the corresponding macroscopic record class.
The MQ wave function is the normalized System Frame encoding of the mapped availability structure.
Here ρS(r,t) is the encoded availability density obtained from the mapped count measure when a density representation exists, ϕ(r,t) is the System Frame phase field, and N1(t) is the total encoded availability for the single-subsystem normalization as developed in Appx. C.7, Appx. C.8, Appx. C.9, and Appx. C.10.
The squared modulus of the encoded state is therefore the normalized probability density.
Thus ρP(r,t) determines outcome probabilities after normalization, while the underlying description remains the single Internal Frame count configuration.
The encoded state admits a partitioned decomposition over macroscopic record classes.
The notation
denotes the pre-restriction encoded state written with support across the relevant macroscopic record partitions. It is not a new primitive object.
The encoded availability associated with partition Ak is
and the corresponding probability for that record class is
The quantities nk(t) are encoded partition counts obtained from the mapped availability measure. They quantify the amount of encoded availability assigned to each macroscopic record class and satisfy
.
Equation (I.5) has the algebraic form normally associated with superposition. Within MQ, however, this is a statement about partitioned support in the encoded System Frame representation. The indicator functions
enforce mutually exclusive record-class access, and the probabilities P(Ak) quantify normalized encoded availability. No coexistence of distinct macroscopic Internal Frame configurations is implied.
Applying the conditioning rule of Appx. H.3–H.6 to the selected record class gives
The conditioned state is normalized by construction.
Equation (I.9) is normalized by construction and supplies the encoded state used for subsequent predictions.
Thus the cat construction adds no new ontology: it is the macroscopic record-partition application of the measurement framework already derived in Appx. H.
In the Bell–CHSH analysis of Appx. G.6 and Appx. G.11–G.12, binary outcomes are represented by labels ±1 associated with two-channel partitions of System Frame availability for a given analyzer setting. These labels provide a correlator normalization convention and do not represent pre-existing values assigned before measurement.
APPENDIX J: MQ EMPIRICAL CONSISTENCY AND DEPENDENCE ASSESSMENT
The purpose of this appendix is to assess whether the numerical MQ comparisons are statistically compatible with their stated reference quantities without interpreting a large goodness-of-fit p-value as positive evidence for MQ. A p-value is a tail probability under a specified statistical model; it does not give the probability that MQ is true and, by itself, is not a measure of evidence for the model [78]. The earlier quantity σagree = Φ−1(p) is therefore discontinued throughout this paper.
J.1 Null hypothesis and residual definition
For an inferential row i, the null hypothesis is H0,i: the MQ prediction and the external reference quantity estimate the same physical value after all stated realization conditions are fixed. The comparison is formed from the signed residual
where xᵢ,MQ is the MQ-calculated value and xᵢ,ref is the comparator. The uncertainty relevant to inference is the covariance of the residual, not merely one quoted standard uncertainty.
J.2 Covariance, shared inputs, and the standardized residual
Let C denote the covariance matrix of the residual vector Δ. If MQ predictions depend on a shared source vector s, propagation of the source covariance produces off-diagonal terms among different MQ predictions. If a prediction and its reference quantity share an experimental or adjusted input, the cross-covariance must also be included. This is the standard metrological requirement for correlated input quantities [90]. Symbolically,
When a single comparison is demonstrably independent, or when the covariance term is negligible, its standardized residual is
Table II reports zdiag computed from the two quoted standard uncertainties with zero cross-covariance. It is an inferential pull only for rows classified as externally anchored; for rows with shared or algebraically dependent inputs it is shown solely as a scale diagnostic.
J.3 Goodness of fit, degrees of freedom, and aggregation
For a vector of genuinely independent or covariance-resolved residuals, the conventional quadratic goodness-of-fit statistic is
with degrees of freedom determined by the rank of the independent residual space after subtracting any parameters fitted to the same data,
where q is the number of parameters estimated from those same comparison data. The associated right-tail goodness-of-fit probability is pGOF = Pr(Χ²ν ≥ χ²obs | H0). A small pGOF indicates incompatibility with the specified model; a large pGOF indicates only that the observed residual is not unusually large under H0 [60–62,78,79]. It is not converted into an “agreement sigma.” Because the present collection does not supply a complete cross-row covariance matrix and contains repeated or algebraically dependent quantities, no global χ², global p-value, or global number of degrees of freedom is reported.
J.4 CODATA dependence and historical releases
CODATA recommended constants are outputs of correlated least-squares adjustments. The adjustments use input-data covariance matrices, observational equations, normalized residuals, and covariance among adjusted constants [60–62,79]. Quantities derived from the same adjusted constants therefore cannot be treated as independent tests merely because they appear in separate rows. Likewise, the 2010, 2014, 2018, and 2022 recommended values are successive historical adjustments that incorporate overlapping bodies of experimental information; they are not four independent measurements. The four G rows are retained to show the historical pattern relevant to the MQ interpretation, but they contribute no multiplicative “global concordance.”
For G specifically, the CODATA sequence must not be interpreted as evidence for distinct physical regimes. Each recommended value estimates the same Newtonian gravitational constant from a changing and mutually inconsistent experimental data set. The MQ finite-count, upper-count, and Planck-coupled values are therefore model predictions to be compared against independently characterized measurement channels, not labels that can be assigned retrospectively to the 2010, 2014, 2018, or 2022 CODATA adjustments.
J.5 Classification of the comparisons
Table II uses four provenance classes, which are deliberately distinct from the numerical size of a residual. “Independent prediction” requires an MQ expression fixed before, or otherwise held out from, the target result, with no target datum used directly or indirectly to set the prediction and no material shared adjusted input. “Derived identity” applies when the comparison is algebraically implied by definitions or by the same quantities that define the comparator; it tests transcription and internal consistency, not empirical prediction. “Cross-domain consistency test” applies when the MQ expression connects measurements from physically different domains but temporal independence, adjustment covariance, or complete source independence is not sufficient to call the result out-of-sample. “Reused-input concordance” applies when the calculation and comparator share CODATA-adjusted quantities, defining relations, or source data. Only the first class is described here as strong independent empirical evidence. The metrological distinction is necessary because CODATA adjustments explicitly retain correlations among input data and adjusted constants [60-62,79], while the GUM requires correlated input quantities to be propagated with covariance terms [90].
Table II. Residual-based and provenance-classified assessment of MQ numerical comparisons. zdiag uses the two displayed standard uncertainties with zero cross-covariance and is therefore only a scale diagnostic unless independence or covariance resolution is established. pGOF is shown only where a one-dimensional external comparison is meaningful; it is not evidence for MQ. The provenance class controls the evidential interpretation.
J.6 Provenance Audit of First-Principles Constant Predictions
The phrase “first-principles prediction” is used in this manuscript only for the derivational route from MQ premises to a numerical expression. Empirical independence is a separate property. The source audit combines the equation provenance recorded in the MQ knowledge base with the input dependencies stated in the original Measurement Quantization concordance analysis. That provenance shows that θsi is resolved from fine-structure input structure, nL is tied to the electromagnetic demarcation, the fundamental measures are then propagated into gravitational and electromagnetic relations, and several later constants are algebraic descendants of those same quantities. Consequently, multiple numerically distinct rows can probe one derivational network without constituting multiple independent experiments.
The audit therefore changes the evidential status of several familiar comparisons without changing their MQ derivations. The inverse fine-structure constant, reduced Planck constant, magnetic constant, and the two Bohr-radius routes are not counted as independent confirmations because the target or its uncertainty is linked to quantities used in the calculation. The half-fundamental-momentum comparison is a derived/calculated correspondence rather than an independent measurement. The historical G rows and the electromagnetic-unification G relation are useful cross-domain checks, but the CODATA adjustment structure and retrospective use of already known G values prevent them from being treated as prospective independent predictions. The Hubble rows likewise remain cross-domain consistency tests rather than independent constant predictions because the MQ evaluation reuses cosmological and metrological inputs.
The strongest presently available independence case in Table II is the 2026 NIST/BIPM torsion-balance result. The finite-count value G = 6.67384483(17) × 10⁻¹¹ m³ kg⁻¹ s⁻² appears in the published 2023 Measurement Quantization construction [11], whereas the NIST/BIPM redetermination was reported in 2026 [80]. The 2026 datum therefore could not have been used to tune that published numerical prediction. On provenance grounds this row qualifies as an out-of-sample independent prediction of the numerical finite-count value. Its physical interpretation is still narrower than confirmation of the full MQ mechanism: the NIST experiment was not designed to identify an MQ interaction count, and the observed free/servo mode dependence retains conventional instrumental explanations. The independent status concerns the numerical target, not proof of the causal interpretation.
This hierarchy also prevents double counting. A derived identity contributes zero new empirical degrees of freedom; reused-input concordance contributes no independent degree of freedom until the shared covariance is explicitly removed or modeled; and a cross-domain consistency test can become an independent prediction only when the target is genuinely held out and the source/target covariance is negligible or quantified. Accordingly, no global evidential statistic is formed by counting the rows of Table II. Any future claim of independent confirmation must document the frozen MQ expression, the complete source-input vector, the publication or preregistration date relative to the target observation, and the covariance path connecting source and target quantities.
Comparison | MQ calculated | Reference | zdiag | pGOF | Provenance class / dependence |
G, CODATA 2010 | 6.67384483(17) | 6.67384(80) | +0.0060 | 0.9952 | Cross-domain consistency — historical, retrospective |
G, CODATA 2014 | 6.67407794(10) | 6.67408(31) | -0.0066 | 0.9947 | Cross-domain consistency — historical, retrospective |
G, CODATA 2018 | 6.67431106(16) | 6.67430(15) | +0.0737 | 0.9412 | Reused-input concordance — same CODATA adjustment |
G, CODATA 2022 | 6.67431105(16) | 6.67430(15) | +0.0737 | 0.9413 | Reused-input concordance — same CODATA adjustment |
H₀, SPT-3G | 68.259(19) | 68.3(15) | -0.0273 | 0.9782 | Cross-domain consistency — shared MQ/cosmology inputs |
H₀, Pantheon+ | 73.508(21) | 73.5(11) | +0.0073 | 0.9942 | Cross-domain consistency — shared MQ/cosmology inputs |
Inverse fine-structure constant | 137.0359992(30) | 137.035999177(21) | +0.0077 | — | Reused-input concordance — fine-structure/CODATA anchored |
Half fundamental momentum | 3.262390305(89) | 3.262390(23) | +0.0133 | — | Derived identity — calculated comparator |
Reduced Planck constant | 1.054571818(26) | 1.054571817(13) | +0.0344 | — | Reused-input concordance — revised-SI/CODATA linked |
Magnetic constant | 1.256637063(64) | 1.25663706127(20) | +0.0270 | — | Reused-input concordance — α/SI-linked |
G from EM unification | 6.67407793(33) | 6.67408(31) | -0.0067 | 0.9947 | Cross-domain consistency — EM-to-gravity |
Bohr radius, gravitational | 5.29177211(15) | 5.29177210544(82) | +0.0304 | — | Reused-input concordance — shared adjusted inputs |
Bohr radius, electromagnetic | 5.29177211(41) | 5.29177210544(82) | +0.0111 | — | Derived identity — algebraically tied to a₀ relation |
NIST/BIPM torsion balance 2026 | 6.67384483(17) | 6.67387(38) | -0.0662 | 0.9472 | Independent prediction — 2023 prediction vs 2026 target |
J.7 Interpretation
The revised assessment eliminates the previous “agreement sigma,” all “global concordance” rows, and the practice of treating high right-tail p-values as increasing evidence. Table II now separates numerical compatibility from empirical provenance. Most rows are derived identities, reused-input concordances, or cross-domain consistency tests. They remain useful because they can expose algebraic inconsistency, test whether distinct MQ derivation paths close numerically, and identify promising targets for future experiments, but they are not counted as independent confirmations. The 2026 NIST/BIPM row is the sole comparison in this table classified as an independent prediction on temporal and source-provenance grounds, subject to the regime-interpretation qualification stated in Sec. 2.9.2 and J.6.
The 2026 NIST replication of the BIPM torsion balance provides two distinct empirical checks [80]. First, the combined result G = (6.67387 ± 0.00038) × 10⁻¹¹ m³ kg⁻¹ s⁻² is an out-of-sample numerical target for the 2023 MQ finite-count value and differs from it by approximately 0.066 diagonal standard deviations. Second, the four mode/material determinations permit a covariance-resolved differential diagnostic. The MQ finite and upper-count realizations differ by 34.9274 ppm. NIST reports free-minus-servo gaps of 56.7889 ppm for copper and 149.6888 ppm for sapphire. Propagating the combined standard uncertainties and the published correlation matrix gives standard uncertainties of 29.4252 ppm and 91.9937 ppm for those two differences, with correlation 0.1708. The residual vector relative to one common 34.9274-ppm MQ separation gives χ² = 1.8455 for two components and pGOF = 0.397. Thus the measured mode splitting is not statistically incompatible with the MQ magnitude at current precision. This calculation is deliberately not promoted to an independent prediction: the NIST experiment was not designed around an MQ preregistration, the precise apparatus-specific regime assignment was not frozen before analysis, and the authors retain configuration-dependent unexplained uncertainty. It is a covariance-resolved consistency check that specifies the quantitative target for a future blinded differential experiment.
Accordingly, this appendix does not claim that the displayed MQ implementations provide one degree of freedom per row. A future global test would require a frozen list of non-overlapping empirical targets, a complete source-input vector, Jacobian-based propagation of all MQ prediction covariances, covariance or justified independence for the reference measurements, and explicit removal of algebraically dependent rows. Only then would Eq. (J.4) define a valid global χ² and Eq. (J.5) a defensible ν. Until that analysis is available, the scientifically warranted interpretation is provenance-qualified compatibility, with independent evidential weight assigned only to genuinely out-of-sample targets.
No multiplicative or sigma-valued global concordance is computed in this manuscript. The retained rows document numerical correspondence and provenance. Derived identities and reused-input rows are explicitly excluded from independent-evidence counts; cross-domain consistency rows are not upgraded to independent predictions without a held-out target and covariance control. Any future global inferential assessment must first establish a non-overlapping target set and the full covariance structure specified above.
J.8 Independent-Evidence Closure Criterion and Present Status
Item #18 cannot be closed by adding more reused-input concordances: independent empirical evidence is created only by measurements whose target values and regime assignments were unavailable when the MQ prediction was fixed. Under that criterion the present completed MQ-specific evidence count is one, namely the 2026 NIST/BIPM combined numerical target. The servo/free covariance analysis above is a second statistic from the same experiment, not a second independent experiment. This accounting is intentionally conservative and prevents the breadth of Table II from being mistaken for evidential multiplicity.
The next two closure tests are therefore frozen prospectively. Test G-DIFF uses a single torsion-balance geometry with alternated electrostatic-servo and free-deflection operation. The finite-versus-upper regime assignment is fixed in advance by the MQ channel-selection rule of Appx. J.9: electrostatic counter-torque closure is finite-count and free mechanical-deflection closure is count-resolved/upper-count. Before unblinding, the analysis must additionally freeze the MQ separation of 34.9274 ppm, the complete covariance model, exclusion criteria, and systematic-correction model. Replication with both source-mass materials and then by an independent laboratory is required before the effect can be called apparatus-independent. Test QG-PPM is the Appx. L.2 neutron gravitational-state discriminator: at fixed independently measured local g it predicts one common +11.6426596-ppm shift across every mechanically driven transition in the assigned upper-count regime. For ν₁₆ = 972.81 Hz this is +0.011326 Hz. A nominal 5σ test requires total relative uncertainty below 2.33 ppm; two or more transitions must return the same fractional shift within their covariance.
These protocols convert the present evidential weakness into a falsifiable experimental program but do not erase it. Until at least one of the locked differential tests is executed at the required precision by data not used to construct the prediction, the gravitational/metrological support for MQ remains narrow. A null G-DIFF result at adequate precision would reject the realization-dependent gravitational-coupling interpretation; a null QG-PPM result would reject the upper-count phase-action realization of Appx. L.2. Agreement in both independent channels would materially strengthen the evidence because the experiments use different observables, apparatus physics, and dominant systematic structures.
A third evidential arm must be independent at the level of both target data and source inputs, not merely use a different instrument. The MQKB contains a first-principles present-day CMB-temperature chain that does not use the CMB monopole temperature or CMB energy density as fitted outputs and yields a CMB monopole temperature of 2.72509 ± 0.00341 K when evaluated with the Planck 2018 cosmic age. Direct absolute thermometry gives 2.72548 ± 0.00057 K [175]. However, the Planck age is inferred from CMB anisotropy data [176], so the existing numerical agreement is input-correlated with the observable family and is not counted as a second completed independent target. Appendix AM therefore defines a prospective CMB-AGE provenance test: freeze the MQ mapping and use an age/geometry likelihood that excludes the CMB data employed in the thermal comparator before evaluating the predicted monopole temperature. This is a non-gravitational observable and a distinct MQ derivational chain, but because the monopole value is already known it is classified as a cross-domain independence test rather than a blind Level-IV discovery target.
J.9 Prospective MQ Channel-Selection Rule for Torsion-Balance G Tests
Proposition J.1 (Interaction-provenance channel selector). Fix one gravitational source geometry and one estimator for G. Under the MQKB distinction between a universal fixed-count electromagnetic realization and count-resolved gravitational realization, the regime assigned to a mixed metrological chain is determined by the physical interaction that supplies the calibrated force or torque entering the estimator at balance closure. A sensing interaction that only reports an apparatus coordinate, and whose replacement leaves the force/torque closure law unchanged, does not by itself change the assigned realization regime.
The proposition is a specialization of existing MQKB semantics rather than a new fitted parameter. The electromagnetic demarcation is defined there as the universal fixed count at which electromagnetic interactions are realized, whereas gravitational curvature is count-resolved over variable separation. Consequently, a gravitational torque measured by equality to an applied electrostatic counter-torque is assigned to the finite-count branch at the torque-realization step, while a gravitational torque inferred from unconstrained mechanical deflection and torsional stiffness remains in the count-resolved gravitational branch. This rule distinguishes active transduction from passive observation and prevents an optical angle sensor, voltage monitor, or digital acquisition chain from changing the regime merely because those components are electromagnetic devices.
The BIPM/NIST apparatus supplies an unusually clean implementation because the same pendulum and source geometry support both closures. The pre-result 2022 servo paper states that the Cavendish method infers torque from the equilibrium-angle difference multiplied by the torsional stiffness, whereas in servo mode an electrostatic torque holds the pendulum fixed and is equal and opposite to the gravitational torque [142]. Thus, the physical intervention that distinguishes the modes was established independently of the 2026 measured G values. MQ now assigns the two branches from that intervention alone: servo → finite-count G; free deflection → upper-count/count-resolved G. The predicted free-minus-servo separation remains +34.9274 ppm.
A causal test must manipulate that interaction while holding ordinary confounders fixed. The primary comparison alternates blinded free-deflection and electrostatic-servo blocks with the same source masses, source positions, pendulum, vacuum state, temperature model, optical angle readout, geometry solution, and analysis pipeline. A control block should retain the same optical/electronic sensing and energized electrostatic hardware while preventing the electrostatic system from supplying the torque used to infer G. Under Proposition J.1 that control follows the free-deflection/count-resolved branch, not the servo branch. Conversely, changing the optical readout technology while leaving electrostatic torque closure intact must leave the finite-count assignment unchanged. These intervention controls separate the claimed MQ cause from generic electromagnetic contamination, software mode, or readout-system differences.
The present NIST/BIPM sign pattern remains suggestive compatibility rather than causal confirmation because Proposition J.1 was not preregistered against the 2026 data. Its value is prospective: it removes mode-assignment freedom for every subsequent test. Appendix AD now defines the intervention matrix required to test causation rather than association. A statistically precise null active-closure separation, a reversed separation, a separation that follows passive readout or electrostatic-hardware state rather than torque closure, or failure to reproduce the fixed ordering across source-mass implementations would reject this realization-dependent channel mechanism. Reproduction of the +34.9274-ppm free-minus-servo separation only when the electrostatic torque closes the estimator, with the negative controls remaining on the free/count-resolved branch and subsequent replication in an independent apparatus, would supply the causal evidence that the existing experiment cannot retrospectively provide.
APPENDIX K: DIMENSIONAL REPRESENTATIONS OF θsi
Earlier MQ publications used the single symbol θsi for a dimensionless scalar coefficient and for dimensional quantities whose numerical coefficients coincide with it. That shorthand is potentially misleading because a momentum and a plane angle are different physical quantities. This appendix makes the representation map explicit without altering the underlying MQ derivations. The rule is that θsi without a representation tag denotes only the dimensionless invariant coefficient; dimensional observables constructed from it receive distinct symbols and units.
The SI coherent unit for plane angle is the radian. The radian is a dimension-one derived unit, but the symbol rad should be retained when it identifies an angular quantity [81]. The angular realization of the MQ coefficient is therefore defined as a separate quantity,
The momentum realization follows from the MQ fundamental measures and is likewise defined as its own physical quantity,
To state the numerical correlation without equating unlike dimensions, define the momentum conversion scale Cpθ by
Equation (K.5) is the dimensionally valid form of the numerical angle–momentum correlation. In the MQ realization used in Ref. [11], the numerical value of psi in kg m s⁻¹ is approximately the same as the numerical value of Θsi in radians. That coincidence depends on the adopted reference measures and unit representation; it is not the statement Θsi = psi as physical quantities.
The dimensionless use is independently explicit in the unity relation reproduced from the MQ construction cited in Ref. [11], Appx. AX:
Every term in Eq. (K.6) is dimensionless, so θsi in this relation cannot carry momentum units. Equations in earlier MQ publications that write θsi directly in a momentum-dimensional expression are therefore interpreted here as using the legacy shorthand for psi of Eq. (K.3). Conversely, when the coefficient specifies a plane angle, the present paper writes Θsi and retains rad explicitly. This representation rule removes the apparent dimensional conversion “by frame of reference”: the invariant object is the dimensionless coefficient, while angle and momentum are distinct mapped observables.
A second distinction is required for the phase-action scale itself. Equations (K.3-K.5) use the upper-count fundamental-measure realization, for which hbar_upper = 2 theta_si l_f. The canonical MQKB also contains the count-resolved relation hbar(n_L) = theta_si l_f/[Q_L(n_L)n_L]. At the electromagnetic demarcation n_L = 276/theta_si it reproduces the ordinary SI-scale value of hbar, while at increasing count it tends to the distinct upper-count value. These are alternative MQ realizations of one phase-action scale, not two independent constants. Appendix L.2 uses this count dependence to construct a direct quantum discriminator.
APPENDIX L: QUANTUM-SPECIFIC TESTS: X-RAY CORRESPONDENCE AND GRAVITATIONAL RESONANCE
L.1 X-ray polarization correspondence (non-discriminating)
The numerical X-ray correspondence used in earlier MQ discussions originates in Shwartz and Harris [35]. Their 2011 Letter is a theoretical proposal for generating polarization-entangled photon pairs at X-ray energies by spontaneous parametric down-conversion. The calculation imposes the phase-matching condition
For a diamond (111) crystal, a 25-keV pump, and the degenerate case with 12.5-keV signal and idler photons, the paper calculates the nonlinear current-density coefficients for the Bell components. For the maximal state relevant to the MQ comparison,
Shwartz and Harris state that the Bell-state angles are determined by numerically solving the phase-matching and current-density equations. Their Table I includes the solution
Thus, the published quantity 3.26239 rad is a model-derived signal/idler wave-vector angle for one maximally entangled degenerate-frequency configuration. It is not reported in Ref. [35] as a measured fundamental angle, nor is a ±2 μrad experimental uncertainty published there. The ±2 μrad figure appearing in earlier MQ material was conveyed by private communication and is not used in this paper as published experimental evidence.
The later literature cited here has a different evidentiary role. Shwartz et al. [36] experimentally and theoretically studied X-ray parametric down-conversion coincidence rates and found agreement between experiment and the Langevin description; Glover et al. [37] experimentally demonstrated X-ray/optical sum-frequency generation in diamond. Those papers establish that the relevant nonlinear X-ray interactions are experimentally accessible, but neither reports a direct measurement of the 3.26239-rad Bell-state solution of Ref. [35].
The MQ comparison is therefore written as a numerical mapping relation between a dimensionless coefficient and the published angular solution, not as an identification of a measured angle with a momentum:
Equation (L.4) records only the published dimensionless angular coefficient. Its numerical value agrees, to the displayed digits, with the MQ coefficient theta_si, but theta_si is not inserted into Eq. (L.4) as an equality because Ref. [35] obtains the angle from standard phase-matching and nonlinear-current calculations. The correspondence is therefore theoretical rather than independent experimental validation of MQ. References [36,37] cannot convert it into an empirical determination because they do not measure that Bell-state angle.
A direct experimental measurement of the Ref. [35] angle would still test a prediction shared with the standard Shwartz-Harris model and would therefore remain non-discriminating. The genuinely differential quantum test developed below instead uses a count-dependent MQ phase-action scale in a gravitational quantum system for which standard quantum mechanics predicts no corresponding fractional shift.
L.2 Gravitational quantum-state frequency discriminator
The MQKB contains a count-resolved reduced Planck relation that is stronger than the count-independent phase-action scale used in ordinary quantum mechanics. Let n_L be the MQ count separation and let Q_L(n_L) be the Informativity differential factor already used in the mapping construction. The canonical relation is
At the electromagnetic demarcation n_L = 276/theta_si and in the upper-count limit, respectively, Eq. (L.5) gives
The two values are not introduced as independent fitted constants. They are the demarcation and upper-count realizations of the same MQ phase-action relation. Their ratio is fixed entirely by theta_si through n_L = 276/theta_si. A clean quantum discriminator therefore requires a quantum system whose dynamical energy spacing is assigned prospectively to the upper-count gravitational realization rather than inferred after the measurement.
Ultracold neutrons gravitationally bound above a horizontal mirror provide such a candidate. Standard quantum mechanics gives the stationary gravitational quantum-bouncer spectrum in terms of the zeros of the Airy function. Let a_j and a_k denote the positive magnitudes of the jth and kth Airy zeros, m_n the neutron inertial mass, g_loc the independently measured local gravitational acceleration at the apparatus, and nu_jk the transition frequency. For j > k,
For the identical neutron, mirror geometry, and independently determined g_loc, standard quantum mechanics uses the universal SI value of hbar. Under the MQ upper-count gravitational assignment, Eq. (L.8) instead uses the upper-count value of Eq. (L.6). All state-dependent Airy factors and all dimensional subsystem inputs cancel in the ratio, leaving a target-parameter-free prediction: its numerical value is fixed by universal MQ quantities established before the neutron dataset and is not fitted to any gravitational-state transition measurement.
Equation (L.9) predicts a common upward fractional frequency shift of 11.6426596 ppm for every gravitational transition in this regime. The state independence is experimentally useful: two or more transitions can be fitted to one common fractional displacement while their absolute frequencies differ. Standard quantum mechanics gives the null ratio 1 for the same Hamiltonian because no count-dependent replacement of hbar is made. The sign and magnitude in Eq. (L.9) are therefore fixed before measurement and contain no adjustable parameter.
The required platform already exists. Jenke et al. demonstrated gravity-resonance spectroscopy in which transitions between gravitational quantum states of ultracold neutrons are driven by mechanical modulation of a reflecting surface rather than by direct electromagnetic coupling [108]. Cronenberg et al. subsequently observed acoustic Rabi oscillations and reported 2 x 10^-15 eV energy resolution [109]. These experiments establish physical accessibility of the observable but do not constitute a test of Eq. (L.9), because the required ppm-scale differential was not the pre-registered target and the published uncertainty is not yet sufficient for that claim.
The later Ramsey qBounce measurement makes the required improvement quantitative. Micko et al. report ν₁₆ = 972.81(12) Hz and identify systematic shifts of order 100 mHz [141]. Equation (L.9) predicts a shift of 0.011326 Hz for that transition. The quoted 0.12-Hz uncertainty corresponds to 123.35 ppm, so a 1σ uncertainty equal to the MQ displacement requires an improvement by a factor of about 10.6. For a nominal 5σ separation from the standard-QM null, the combined uncertainty must be below 2.33 ppm (about 0.00227 Hz at 972.81 Hz), an improvement by a factor of about 53 relative to the published 0.12-Hz scale. The identified approximately 0.1-Hz systematic shifts must likewise be reduced or modeled with residual uncertainty well below 11.3 mHz. These are instrument-performance requirements, not additional MQ fit parameters.
A decisive test must pre-register the MQ regime assignment rather than infer it from the result. The gravitational confinement and transition drive should remain mechanical/gravitational; g_loc should be determined independently of the neutron transition frequencies; at least two transitions should be measured; and the analysis should test a shared +11.6426596 ppm frequency displacement against the standard-QM zero-shift null while propagating correlated systematics. Electromagnetic detector interactions used only to form the downstream record must be modeled separately so that they cannot redefine the dynamical count assignment after the fact. A null result with combined uncertainty well below 11.6426596 ppm would falsify the upper-count phase-action realization used here; reproduction of the same nonzero fractional shift across independent transitions and apparatus configurations would constitute direct Level-IV evidence for MQ.
APPENDIX M: RIGHT-TRIANGLE CLOSURE AND THE THREE-ROLE FRAME DECOMPOSITION
The right triangle does not, by arithmetic alone, prove a unique physical ontology. The relevant question is conditional: once the independent MQ admissibility requirements are imposed, is the Reference/Internal/System decomposition optional or forced? The answer is forced at the level of representational roles. Standard metric geometry likewise distinguishes an underlying set from the real-valued metric used to represent distances and from mappings between metric spaces [82]; MQ adds the stronger requirement that the primitive source data remain conserved integer counts.
Proposition M.1 (conditional three-role necessity). Assume: (i) primitive separation is encoded by a positive integer count nₗ; (ii) the unit reference contribution is fixed to one and is not a second variable count degree of freedom; (iii) the realized orthogonal composition obeys the Euclidean norm represented by Fig. 1; (iv) the primitive count codomain is not enlarged by reclassifying noninteger realized distances as Internal Frame counts; and (v) observable geometric separation is defined only after an admissible Frames mapping. Then the right-triangle construction requires three noninterchangeable roles: a fixed reference normalization, a discrete count source, and a non-discrete realized target.
For every nₗ ∈ ℕ+, the consecutive-square inequality gives
Proof. The left inequality in Eq. (M.3) is immediate. The right inequality follows because (nₗ+1)² = nₗ²+2nₗ+1 > nₗ²+1 for every positive integer nₗ. Taking positive square roots yields nₗ<c<nₗ+1, so c cannot be an integer. Thus the realized hypotenuse cannot belong to the same integer-valued primitive count codomain while assumptions (i)-(iv) are retained. The fixed unit a also cannot be identified with the variable count b without eliminating the normalization/reference distinction required by assumption (ii). Assumption (v) therefore places c in the realized target of the Frames mapping. The three roles are consequently logically distinct under the MQ assumptions.
MQ interpretation. Side a is the Reference Frame role: the invariant unit against which the count relation is normalized. Side b is the Internal Frame role: the conserved integer count nₗ. Side c is the System Frame role: the non-discrete realized separation produced by the mapping. The construction therefore predicts a three-role frame decomposition but only two ontologically distinct domains. This distinction is required by the current MQKB, which treats the Reference Frame as an operational System Frame comparison context rather than an independent primitive frame.
Necessity versus motivation. If any of assumptions (i)-(v) is removed, the right triangle reverts to motivation rather than necessity. For example, one may enlarge the primitive number field, abandon count closure, or make metric structure primitive. Those are mathematically legitimate alternatives, but they are different theories because they violate the MQ primitive-count or Frames-Principle requirements. The manuscript therefore does not claim that Euclidean arithmetic alone proves MQ. It claims—and Proposition M.1 proves—that the three-role decomposition is necessary conditional on the independently stated MQ axioms.
M.2 Conditional uniqueness of the local mapping-normalization rule
Proposition M.2 (local normalization uniqueness). Retain Proposition M.1 and, for the realized non-relativistic spatial sector, impose the local metric admissibility conditions already used in Sec. 2.8.2 and Appx. N: realized lengths are generated by a positive quadratic norm, the unit reference and the variable count direction are orthogonal, the reference norm is fixed by l_f, equal collinear count units add linearly, and realization preserves orientation. A quadratic norm obeys the parallelogram identity; conversely, the Jordan-von Neumann theorem shows that the parallelogram identity characterizes inner-product norms [110]. Local isotropy then removes directional coefficients, while the fixed reference fixes the remaining scale. Hence the realized two-dimensional spatial composition is the Euclidean norm, not a freely selectable p-norm or nonlinear distortion.
Proof. Equation (M.4) fixes the realized local norm to the inner-product class [110]. In the isotropic spatial sector, orthogonality of the fixed unit reference and the n_L-count direction therefore gives Eq. (M.5). Writing the positive realized length as (n_L+Q_L)l_f yields a quadratic equation for the residual, Q_L^2+2n_L Q_L-1=0. Its two algebraic roots are -n_L +/- sqrt(1+n_L^2). Orientation preservation and positive realized length exclude the negative branch, leaving Eq. (M.6) as the unique admissible residual. Expansion gives Eq. (M.7), and rearrangement gives Eq. (M.8). Thus 2Q_L n_L is not separately chosen: it is the exact finite-count remainder required by the unique positive quadratic realization. If an alternative residual Q_tilde satisfies the same assumptions, it obeys the same quadratic and positive-branch condition, hence Q_tilde=Q_L pointwise for every positive n_L. This establishes local functional uniqueness within the stated System Frame metric sector.
Relation to the Frames mapping. Proposition M.2 closes a different question from Proposition 2.2. Proposition 2.2 removes gauge-like representative freedom by identifying admissibility-preserving automorphic maps as one physical class. Proposition M.2 fixes the scalar normalization invariant inside that class. Auxiliary basis functions, coordinate charts, or other representatives may change, but they cannot alter Q_L(n_L), 2Q_L n_L, the realized separation, or any observable depending on those invariants without leaving the MQ physical class. The MQKB relations 1+n_L^2=(n_L+Q_L)^2, Q_L=sqrt(1+n_L^2)-n_L, Q_L^2+2Q_Ln_L=1, and lim(Q_Ln_L)=1/2 are therefore one algebraic chain, not independent ansatzes.
Scope of the result. Count conservation alone does not force every realized medium to be isotropic. Appx. AI closes the direction-free sector by showing that absence of a direction-selecting invariant forces an inner-product norm and isotropic fixed-unit scale. Proposition 2.5/Appx. AQ now closes the complementary regular anisotropic sector: when adjacency, matter, boundary, or defect data distinguish directions, their contribution to the fixed MQ Action determines the local quadratic response tensor, and that tensor uniquely reconstructs the System Frame spatial metric. A freely chosen Finsler or anisotropic metric therefore remains inadmissible; genuinely nonquadratic direction dependence would require separately derived higher-order action response rather than a different representative of the same physical data.
APPENDIX N: DIFFERENTIAL-GEOMETRIC SUFFICIENCY OF THE EMERGENT SYSTEM FRAME METRIC
The purpose of this appendix is to close the mathematical sufficiency question left implicit by Eqs. (12–18). Proposition M.1 establishes why the right-triangle construction has three noninterchangeable roles under the MQ axioms. The additional issue is whether the non-discrete System Frame separation thereby obtained defines a legitimate continuum metric. Standard differential geometry supplies a definitive local answer through induced metrics and through the coincidence-limit reconstruction of a metric from a smooth two-point squared-separation function [83,84].
N.1 Admissible local realization and induced metric
Let U be a realized System Frame chart with coordinates x^μ, and let X^A(x) denote the same local realization expressed in an orthogonal reference-coordinate representation fixed by the Reference Frame normalization. In the non-relativistic spatial sector used in this paper, the right-triangle law supplies the local positive-definite reference quadratic form h_AB = δ_AB. More generally, a pseudo-Riemannian extension may use any smooth nondegenerate reference form h_AB of fixed signature. The local Frames realization is required to be C³ and of full rank. The induced metric is then the standard pullback metric [83],
Theorem N.1 (local metric sufficiency). Under the metric-admissibility conditions of Sec. 2.8.1—C³ local realization, full-rank Jacobian, C³-diffeomorphic chart transitions, and a nondegenerate constant-signature reference form whose restriction to the realized tangent image is nondegenerate—Eq. (N.1) defines a symmetric, nondegenerate C² metric tensor of the prescribed constant signature. It transforms covariantly under coordinate changes and is independent of the arbitrary parametrization of the realized chart. For the spatial MQ construction, h_AB = δ_AB and the induced metric is positive definite.
Proof. Symmetry follows immediately from symmetry of h_AB. For any nonzero tangent vector v, full rank implies dX(v) ≠ 0. In the spatial case h is positive definite, so g(v,v) = h(dX(v),dX(v)) > 0, proving nondegeneracy. In the pseudo-Riemannian case, nondegeneracy of the realized tangent image is the corresponding admissibility condition. When the local realization has equal dimension and nonsingular Jacobian J, the matrix relation g = JᵀhJ and Sylvester’s law of inertia show that g and h have the same signature. Because X is C³ and h is smooth, g is at least C², which is sufficient for the Levi-Civita connection and ordinary curvature tensor used in the continuum construction. Under a smooth coordinate change x=x(y), the chain rule gives
Thus, g is a (0,2) tensor. Consequently,
so the interval and all metric invariants are unchanged by admissible reparametrization. These are properties of the geometric tensor, not of a preferred coordinate labeling. This proves the stated local sufficiency [83].
N.2 Equivalence with the realized two-point separation
The relationship to Eqs. (16–18) is most precise when the MQ separation is written as a two-point function. Let l(x,x′) be the realized mapping-consistent separation between neighboring System Frame points in a normal convex neighborhood and define the MQ world-function analogue
For a smooth nondegenerate metric, the standard coincidence identities for Synge’s world function give the metric as the mixed second variation of the squared geodesic separation [84]. Therefore the covariant reconstruction corresponding to Eq. (16) is
The same-endpoint Hessian displayed in Eq. (16) is consequently a local coincidence-limit shorthand; Eq. (N.5) is the manifestly two-point form that makes its tensorial status explicit. In normal coordinates the two representations coincide at the base point, while Eq. (N.5) remains the preferred coordinate-independent statement.
Using Eq. (17), x^μ = l_f n^μ with constant l_f, each endpoint derivative contributes a factor 1/l_f. Since the realized right-triangle separation satisfies l² = l_f²(n_L+Q_L)², those factors cancel, yielding the count-resolved coincidence form
Equation (N.6) is the differential-geometric completion of Eq. (18): the fundamental scale cancels, but the metric is obtained from the second-order response of the mapped two-point separation, not from a primitive geometry assigned to the Internal Frame.
N.3 Relation to the three-role right-triangle prediction
The construction now has a closed logical chain. Proposition M.1 supplies the three necessary representational roles under the MQ axioms: side a fixes the Reference Frame unit normalization, side b supplies the conserved discrete Internal Frame count, and side c supplies the non-discrete realized System Frame separation. The right-triangle norm fixes the local spatial reference quadratic form; the admissible local Frames mapping transports that form to arbitrary realized coordinates through Eq. (N.1); and Eqs. (N.4–N.6) recover the same tensor directly from the mapped separation. No metric, coordinate, or differential operator is inserted into the primitive count domain.
This also fixes the logical status of signature and its downstream symmetry. In the non-relativistic spatial construction actually used in this paper, the right-triangle reference norm is Euclidean and therefore predicts a positive-definite spatial metric. The spatial construction alone cannot determine whether the fourth realized direction has the same or opposite sign. Proposition 2.6 and Appx. X supply the missing causal information without assigning a metric to the Internal Frame: the single count-update ordering and adjacency-local reachability map to one realized evolution direction with a finite nontrivial propagation boundary. Because the three-dimensional spatial restriction of gsys is already positive definite, nondegeneracy plus the existence of nonzero null boundary directions forces exactly one opposite-sign eigenvalue. By Sylvester's law the resulting inertia is coordinate invariant, selecting local signature (-,+,+,+) under the paper's spatial-positive convention. Equation (N.1) then preserves that signature locally by Theorem N.1. Proposition 2.7/Appx. Y completes the next step: admissibility-preserving local inertial representatives must preserve this metric, the future cone, isotropic spatial orientation, and the invariant c = lf/tf ratio, which fixes the connected local homogeneous symmetry to SO⁺(1,3). What remains external to this appendix is global causal and isometry topology, not the local Lorentz boost group.
APPENDIX O: DERIVATIONAL STATUS AND COEFFICIENT CLOSURE OF THE SCHRÖDINGER GENERATOR
This appendix makes explicit which ingredients of Sec. 3.5 are consequences of the MQ count construction and which delimit the non-relativistic continuum sector. The purpose is not to claim that count conservation alone uniquely implies the Schrödinger equation. It is to prevent a distinct ambiguity: once the target sector is stated, the coefficient ħ²/(2m) must not be inserted merely because it is the familiar Schrödinger coefficient. The MQKB provides an independent phase-action scale and a count representation of mass, allowing that coefficient to be resolved before the final continuum equation is written.
O.1 Structural provenance of the admissibility conditions
The conditions used in Sec. 3.5 fall into three classes. First, count-structural consequences are inherited from the primitive Internal Frame ontology: nonnegative conserved availability, adjacency-local redistribution, a first-order update relation, and closed-domain conservation. After an admissible Frames mapping, these supply the continuity structure and normalization preservation of the System Frame encoding. Second, representation conditions are required to take a controlled continuum limit: regular local lattice representability, sufficient smoothness, isotropic summation of nearest-neighbor second differences, an admissible self-adjoint domain, and boundary conditions that remove spurious flux terms. Third, the intended non-relativistic realization requires a real conservative multiplicative potential and the low-velocity branch of the already-derived inertial symmetry. Proposition 2.7/Appx. Y supplies that branch by contraction of the count-selected local Lorentz/Poincaré group. The specific kinetic law T = p²/(2m) is then derived in Sec. O.4 from the resulting boost action together with the realized MQ phase-action/Hamilton-Jacobi structure. Galilean covariance is therefore no longer an independent realization axiom.
The nearest-neighbor condition therefore has a precise status. Adjacency locality is primitive to the MQ count network, whereas representing that local adjacency by a regular symmetric nearest-neighbor stencil is a continuum realization choice. Once this representation is made, opposite first differences compose to the centered second difference and isotropic summation yields the discrete Laplacian. The continuum Laplacian is then a mathematical consequence of the controlled difference limit, not a separately postulated kinetic operator (Appx. E.1-E.2).
Likewise, norm conservation and self-adjointness are related but not identical claims. Closed-domain count conservation supplies the physical conservation statement. In the completed Hilbert representation, self-adjointness is the functional-analytic condition that makes the realized generator compatible with reversible norm-preserving evolution; Stone's theorem then supplies the unique generator of the associated strongly continuous unitary group [30]. The theorem does not determine the physical coefficient multiplying the Laplacian.
O.2 Independent MQ determination of the phase-action scale
Appendix K removed the earlier dimensional ambiguity in θsi by denoting its momentum realization separately as p_si. The MQ fundamental-measure relation is
Solving Eq. (O.1) for the phase-action scale gives
Thus, ħ is already fixed by the MQ fundamental length, mass, and time measures before the Schrödinger continuum generator is selected. Equation (O.2) is equivalent to the fundamental-measure relations retained in the MQKB and in Ref. [11]; it is not inferred by fitting Eq. (41) to standard quantum dynamics.
O.3 Mass as a subsystem count realization
MQ represents dimensional mass through count-scaled fundamental measure. For a subsystem with dimensionless mass count n_m, define its realized inertial mass by
Equation (O.3) does not claim that the generic MQ kinematics predicts which particle or composite system is prepared. The value n_m identifies that physical subsystem, just as mass labels the Galilei representation in ordinary non-relativistic mechanics. The point relevant to Eq. (41) is narrower: once the subsystem is specified, m is not an additional universal coefficient that can be tuned independently of the MQ fundamental measure m_f.
O.4 Derivation of the non-relativistic inertial dispersion
The mapped phase-flow construction gives the momentum field and its Hilbert-space generator in the System Frame,
The first equality in Eq. (O.4) is the phase-gradient momentum correspondence derived in the MQ operator construction; the second is its translation-generator representation. The remaining question is whether the free-particle kinetic function must be assumed. The MQKB provides two additional pieces of provenance. First, its Unification variational construction records a System Frame Hamilton-Jacobi structure generated from the common MQ action. Second, MQRaw Appx. AJ independently reduces the count-normalized velocity-energy construction to E = mv²/2 (AJ1–AJ4). Because the older AJ chain uses legacy normalized variables, it is treated here as a consistency check rather than the primary proof. The primary closure now follows from the realized phase-action dynamics and the Galilean boost action derived in Proposition 2.7/Appx. Y. Appendix S derives the associated translation covariance and shows that the generator normalization fixed by ħ yields the Weyl relation and canonical position-momentum commutator, closing the kinematic step that Eq. (O.4) previously used only as a representation statement.
For a free realized subsystem, let T(p) denote the translation-invariant kinetic contribution to the System Frame Hamiltonian. The Hamilton-Jacobi characteristic relation gives v(p) = ∇_p T(p). Under a Galilean boost with constant velocity u, inertial mass m = n_m m_f is the boost charge and the realized momentum and velocity transform as
Frame covariance requires the same velocity function to describe the boosted state, so
Differentiating Eq. (O.6) with respect to u_j at u = 0 yields
The Hessian is therefore fixed rather than selectable. Integrating on the connected free-particle momentum domain gives the most general form
Spatial isotropy and parity exclude a preferred vector a, while the conventional zero of free kinetic energy fixes C = 0. Consequently the relation previously used as a sector-defining input follows within the Galilean System Frame realization:
Substitution of Eq. (O.4) into the derived Eq. (O.9) fixes the kinetic operator without an independent dispersion or coefficient choice:
Using Eqs. (O.2) and (O.3), the same coefficient may be written entirely in MQ fundamental measures and the subsystem count. The decomposition in Eq. (O.11) is now stronger than a coefficient audit. The universal action scale is supplied independently by MQ; the system dependence is carried only by the realized mass count nm; the Galilean boost law is inherited from the non-relativistic contraction proved in Proposition 2.7/Appx. Y; and the quadratic form together with its numerical factor 1/2 follows from combining that derived boost action with the realized phase-action dynamics. No phenomenological kinetic coefficient, classical energy formula, or independent boost-symmetry postulate is inserted at continuum completion.
O.5 Final status of Schrödinger recovery
Combining the discrete-to-continuum Laplacian, Eq. (O.10), and a real conservative System Frame constraint V gives
Equation (O.12) has the same form as Eq. (41), but its logical provenance is now explicit. MQ derives the conserved count substrate, adjacency-local redistribution, normalized probability structure, phase-current representation, fundamental action scale, mass-count realization, local Lorentzian signature, and connected local Lorentz/Poincaré inertial symmetry. The continuum construction derives the Laplacian from the stated local stencil and controlled limit. Proposition 2.7/Appx. Y supplies the Galilean contraction, and within that non-relativistic realization the MQ Hamilton-Jacobi/phase-action structure then derives T = p²/(2m). Regularity/domain requirements and the conservative real-potential representation remain admissibility conditions. Thus neither the specific kinetic-energy formula nor Galilean boost covariance remains as an independent symmetry assumption [68,69,148–150].
APPENDIX P: LORENTZ-COVARIANT SYSTEM FRAME FREE-FIELD COMPLETION
P.1 Relativistic admissibility and MQ provenance
The purpose of this appendix is to close the absence of an explicit relativistic quantum formulation without attributing spacetime structure to the Internal Frame. The MQKB General Relativity construction already supplies, on the realized System Frame, an emergent metric g_sys, its Levi-Civita connection, curvature tensors, covariantly conserved stress-energy, the Einstein tensor, and geodesic dynamics. In particular, the MQKB relations corresponding to its Eqs. (20), (24–32), (41–52), and (61–64) provide the metric/connection/curvature and covariant matter structures used here. The present appendix adds no new primitive geometric field to the Internal Frame.
For the relativistic realization, use the time-oriented System Frame geometry selected in Proposition 2.5/Appx. X, whose metric is nondegenerate with local signature (-,+,+,+) and satisfies the regularity conditions of Appx. N. Proposition 2.7/Appx. Y then fixes the connected local inertial transformation group: physically equivalent local representatives of the same mapping class must preserve the derived metric, causal orientation, spatial isotropy, and invariant c = lf/tf, so their homogeneous tangent action is SO⁺(1,3). Local Lorentz covariance is therefore not an additional field-theory symmetry input within this finite regular class. On a curved realization this is a local frame symmetry rather than a claim of global Poincaré isometry. On this realized spacetime M, write
The associated Levi-Civita derivative is ∇_μ and the scalar d’Alembert operator is
The action scale and inertial mass are not introduced at this stage. Appendix O already gives ħ = l_f²m_f/t_f and m = n_m m_f. Those MQ quantities are carried unchanged into the relativistic System Frame representation.
P.2 Scalar phase-action completion
For the minimally coupled free complex scalar realization, the local quadratic Lorentz scalar built from the derived amplitude, the emergent metric, the phase-action scale, and the realized mass gives the Klein–Gordon equation [117,120]
Equation (P.3) is generally covariant because ψ_MQ is a System Frame scalar and □_g is constructed from the MQKB-derived metric and connection. Global U(1) phase invariance gives the conserved current
The unrestricted Klein–Gordon current is not positive definite on the full solution space. MQ therefore does not identify Eq. (P.4) by itself with the primitive probability construction of Sec. 3.2. On stationary or otherwise positive-frequency-admissible one-particle sectors, the conserved Klein–Gordon pairing can be restricted to a positive subspace; on generic nonstationary curved spacetime that split is not unique [118,120]. This is the precise point at which free relativistic particle mechanics ends and quantum-field-theoretic state selection begins.
Write the scalar amplitude locally in phase-action form ψ_MQ = a exp(iS/ħ). At leading eikonal order Eq. (P.3) gives
In a locally inertial chart this becomes the standard relativistic mass shell
Thus, the quadratic non-relativistic dispersion of Appx. O is not an unrelated ansatz: it is the low-velocity branch of the same covariant phase-action relation.
P.3 Spin-1/2 System Frame completion
A positive relativistic one-particle current is available for the spin-1/2 sector. Appendix R now supplies the local rotational derivation used here. On the finite bounded contractible System Frame chart of the present construction, the oriented orthonormal frame bundle is trivial and admits a spin lift; the selected minimal rotational representation is j=1/2. Introduce a tetrad e_a^μ satisfying [119]
and constant local gamma matrices obeying the Clifford relation
With γ^μ=e_a^μγ^a and the spin covariant derivative D_μ constructed from the tetrad-compatible spin connection, the minimally coupled free MQ spinor satisfies
The associated current is
For a future-directed unit normal n_μ on a spacelike Cauchy surface Σ, the spinor norm is the conserved flux
after the standard time orientation and normalization are fixed [119]. Equation (P.11) supplies a positive covariant hypersurface norm for the spin-1/2 free-particle sector. The tetrad is a System Frame representative: local Lorentz transformations change the tetrad/spinor representative while leaving the metric and physical current invariant. MQ therefore introduces no preferred inertial frame through this construction.
The derivational status is intentionally limited but is stronger than in the preceding revision. The metric, connection, phase-action scale, mass realization, count-to-amplitude construction, and half-Planck angular-momentum relation are inherited from MQ. Section 3.9.2/Appx. AK now derives why the minimal massive charged elementary carrier belongs to the Dirac Clifford class: the primitive one-update law supplies first-order local evolution without an added memory variable, the derived Lorentz symmetry promotes this to a first-order covariant tangent operator, mass-shell closure forces Eq. (P.8), and nonzero mass plus nonzero U(1) charge selects the paired chiral Dirac carrier. Appendix R then shows that on the finite contractible realization domain the spin lift exists locally and that the Clifford bivectors fix the spatial spin Casimir to S²=3ℏ²/4, so j=1/2 follows uniquely on each simple spinor block. Appendix AJ fixes the finite higher-dimensional simplicial carrier, after which Appendix Z classifies the global spin extension. What remains conditional is the existence and selection of additional matter classes not represented by this minimal charged carrier, together with any dynamical law for changing primitive adjacency.
P.4 Non-relativistic reduction and coefficient closure
In a locally inertial weak-curvature region, set the scalar field
Substitution of Eq. (P.12) into Eq. (P.3), followed by the controlled low-velocity condition |∂²_tφ|/c² ≪ (m/ħ)|∂_tφ|, gives
which is the free-particle specialization of Eq. (41). The same Foldy–Wouthuysen/positive-energy low-momentum reduction of Eq. (P.9) yields the identical leading kinetic term for the Dirac sector, with spin-dependent and external-field terms entering only when the corresponding interactions are supplied [119]. Consequently the relativistic construction preserves, rather than refits, the independently determined MQ coefficient ħ²/(2m).
Using Appx. O explicitly,
so no new universal dimensional constant is introduced by the relativistic continuation.
P.5 Covariance, empirical constraints, and remaining boundary
Equations (P.1)–(P.14) establish the minimum relativistic closure needed for the present foundational claim. Lorentz transformations act only on realized System Frame representatives; the Internal Frame remains non-spatiotemporal. The scalar and spinor equations are locally Lorentz covariant, their currents are covariantly conserved, the relativistic mass shell is explicit, and the low-velocity limit returns the coefficient-resolved Schrödinger sector. The existing Lorentz tests summarized in Sec. 2.9.1 [85–89] therefore become direct admissibility constraints on this extension: any orientation-, boost-, polarization-, or energy-dependent term not already allowed by the covariant equations would have to lie below those bounds.
No existing experiment can substitute for the remaining deeper theoretical derivations. Section 3.9.4 and Appx. Q supply Fock completion, local field algebra, variable particle number, vacuum/state classes, Bogoliubov particle creation, and an Abelian gauge-coupled interaction; Sec. 3.10/Appx. AB supplies semiclassical mean sourcing and count-derived stochastic metric fluctuations; Proposition 3.5/Appx. AS additionally supplies a coherent geometry-class state with inherited relative phase and derived geometric observables. The unresolved boundary is therefore narrower: generic curved spacetime still lacks a unique global particle split; non-Abelian gauge structure, symmetry breaking, renormalization from primitive count dynamics, and fully nonperturbative geometry-class dynamics across all topology-changing domains remain open.
Accordingly, item #11 remains closed at the Lorentz-covariant one-particle level, and item #12 is continued immediately below at the explicit scalar/Dirac/U(1) QFT level. A referee can therefore assess the relativistic and field-theoretic MQ constructions separately, with the remaining claims bounded to what has actually been derived.
APPENDIX Q: QUANTUM-FIELD-THEORETIC COMPLETION OF THE REALIZED MQ SECTORS
Q.1 Scope and derivational provenance
This appendix gives the explicit occupation-number realization of the Lorentz-covariant one-particle construction of Appx. P. It uses the MQ probability/amplitude and pre-Hilbert reconstruction of Appx. F, finite tensor composition from Appx. F.14–F.14.1, and the scalar/Dirac one-particle spaces of Appx. P, together with the MQKB Abelian gauge action. Appendix AR supplies the logically prior algebraic state-space selection: the local observable net and admissible states are fixed from mapped MQ locality and count-derived probabilities, while the present Fock construction is recovered when the chosen state admits the corresponding free/stationary occupation representation. No quantum field is introduced on the Internal Frame.
The new physical requirement is variable occupation number. For a realized one-particle Hilbert space H_1, indistinguishable finite composites occupy symmetric or antisymmetric tensor powers. Their direct-sum completion is the Fock construction [121]
The N=0 summand is one-dimensional and defines the vacuum sector. For bosons H₁^(⊗_+N)=Sym^N H₁, while for fermions H₁^(⊗_-N)=Alt^N H₁. Equation (Q.1) is the minimal variable-particle-number completion of the finite tensor composition already reconstructed by MQ. It introduces no new probability measure: every N-particle sector uses the same derived inner product and Born representation established in Appx. F.
Q.2 Creation, annihilation, number, and the field operators
For an orthonormal one-particle mode basis {u_k}, define bosonic creation/annihilation operators a_k†, a_k and fermionic operators b_k†, b_k on the finite-particle domain. Their canonical relations are
The vacuum |0> is annihilated by every annihilation operator, and the occupation-number operator is
For the scalar sector of Appx. P, the realized field operator may be expanded in a complete positive/negative-frequency mode pair as
For the Dirac sector, with positive-energy particle modes u_k and negative-energy antiparticle modes v_k,
Equations (Q.2-Q.6) supply variable particle number and particle/antiparticle sectors. The scalar/Dirac statistics assignment is not guessed from count parity. Under the Lorentz covariance, positive-energy, and locality assumptions of the realized relativistic sector, the spin-statistics theorem fixes commuting integer-spin fields and anticommuting half-integer-spin fields [123]. Section 3.9.2/Appx. AK supplies the prior selection of the minimal massive charged Dirac carrier from MQ update, mass, charge, causal, and positive-current structure; Appendix R supplies its local j=1/2 rotational representation; and Appendix Z classifies its global spin-structure extensions by the w₂ obstruction and H¹(Ω;Z₂). The remaining matter-content limitation is therefore the derivation of additional neutral, chiral, scalar, higher-spin, flavor, or non-Abelian multiplets, not an unexplained choice of the Dirac representation for the charged carrier used here.
Q.3 Locality, field algebra, and vacuum structure
Field theory requires locality stronger than single-particle covariance. In the realized System Frame, spacelike separated scalar observables satisfy
while Dirac fields satisfy the corresponding spacelike anticommutation relation
These relations implement microcausality of the realized local field algebra. Appendix AR no longer treats that algebra as a representation-specific add-on: bounded gauge-invariant local observables generated from the mapped fields define the regional algebras, and their inclusions form the quasi-local net. The Fock operators in Eqs. (Q.2–Q.8) are therefore one concrete representation of the same local observable content. This distinction is particularly important on curved backgrounds, where the local observable algebra can be defined even when no preferred global Fock representation exists [122,124,193].
On a stationary globally hyperbolic realization with a preferred positive-frequency generator, the vacuum is the normalized state annihilated by all positive-frequency annihilation operators,
On a general nonstationary curved System Frame, however, there need not be a unique invariant positive-frequency splitting or preferred vacuum [118,120,124]. MQ therefore does not elevate one global vacuum to primitive ontology. The covariant local field algebra and admissible state functional are primary at this level; a particle/vacuum interpretation is attached only when the realized geometry supplies the additional structure needed to define it.
Q.4 Particle creation from changing System Frame realization
Let {u_i^in} and {u_j^out} be two admissible positive-frequency mode bases associated with asymptotically distinct or otherwise operationally defined in/out System Frame regimes. Their Bogoliubov relation is
The associated annihilation operators satisfy
Therefore, an in-vacuum contains out-particles whenever β is nonzero:
Equations (Q.10-Q.12) provide the explicit particle-creation mechanism missing from a fixed-N quantum theory. Particle number is not created in the primitive Internal Frame count ontology; rather, the field-theoretic System Frame occupation basis changes when the realized covariant mode decomposition changes. This is the standard mechanism underlying cosmological and horizon particle production [120,124,125]. Its physical predictions depend on the emergent System Frame geometry and therefore provide a future bridge between the MQ cosmological/gravitational sectors and quantum-field observables.
Q.5 Abelian gauge sector from the MQKB and minimal matter coupling
The MQKB Unification construction supplies an Abelian System Frame connection A_μ with A_μ→A_μ+∂_μλ, the gauge-invariant field strength F_μν=∂_μA_ν-∂_νA_μ, and a gauge action depending on F_μν and the emergent metric. The quantum matter field must transform in a one-dimensional unitary representation of the same local U(1). With q denoting the realized charge of the field, define
Then D_μΨ transforms covariantly. The minimally coupled Dirac equation is
The local gauge-invariant QED action on the emergent System Frame is
Variation with respect to Ψbar gives Eq. (Q.14); variation with respect to A_μ gives the sourced Maxwell equation with the Dirac current,
The Maxwell part of Eq. (Q.15) is therefore not an imported independent gauge field: it is the quantized continuation of the MQKB-emergent Abelian field sector. The matter coupling uses the same local U(1) representation that is already required for phase coherence. The universal coupling scale is not fitted here; q is the realized charge of the matter sector, and the MQKB charge construction supplies the corresponding elementary-charge scale. In the locally Minkowski electromagnetic limit, Eqs. (Q.13-Q.16) reduce to ordinary QED, whose empirical precision therefore constrains this realization directly [126].
Q.6 Interaction picture and perturbative relativistic processes
In a locally stationary region where an interaction picture is admissible, the minimally coupled action splits into free and interaction parts. The QED interaction density is
up to the conventional sign associated with the chosen Lagrangian convention. The scattering operator is the Dyson series [127]
Equations (Q.18-Q.19) provide the relativistic interaction channel required for emission, absorption, pair production, and scattering in the Abelian sector. They do not by themselves derive finite loop corrections: ultraviolet renormalization, scale dependence, and counterterm structure remain properties of the realized perturbative QFT representation that must be reconciled with the deeper MQ count-normalization structure in a future derivation.
Q.7 Closure statement and remaining field-theory gaps
The chain now reaches the field-theoretic level in a representation-independent order: MQ-derived local count support and probability → local System Frame observable net and admissible state functionals (Appx. AR) → state-selected GNS representation → free/stationary Fock occupation representation where available → creation/annihilation operators and Bogoliubov comparison → MQKB-derived Abelian gauge interaction → perturbative QED. Geometry now follows the same downstream logic: count/adjacency realization → invariant physical geometry class → geometry-class decomposition of the common MQ state → derived relational geometric observables → stochastic and semiclassical limits. Thus, neither Fock space nor a separate metric Hilbert space is the global state-space selector. The scalar/Dirac/U(1) class and the structural quantum-geometry representation are closed at the level claimed here, while non-Abelian matter content and nonperturbative universal gravity remain separate targets.
The remaining gap is a universality extension rather than an unfinished U(1) state-space construction. MQ does not yet derive a noncommuting realized internal multiplet, so it does not yet derive non-Abelian gauge groups, Standard Model chiral representation content, Higgs/Yukawa structure, confinement, anomaly cancellation, or the complete phase diagram of a nonperturbative interacting theory. Appendix AR also does not assert a unique global vacuum on arbitrary curved or nonstationary realizations; it proves instead that the state functional is primary and that a vacuum is selected only when the realized symmetry and spectrum conditions admit one. These are the correct algebraic-QFT boundaries and do not reopen the scalar/Dirac/U(1) state-space selection established here.
APPENDIX R: MQ ROTATIONAL COMPLETION AND THE SPIN-1/2 SECTOR
R.1 Purpose and MQ provenance
This appendix addresses whether the spin-1/2 structure used in Appxs. P-Q is merely imported from standard quantum mechanics. The relevant MQKB input is independent of the Dirac construction. In the current knowledge base, Eq. MQ0030 gives the momentum representation θ_si=ℏ/(2l_f), while Eq. MQ0031 gives the associated angular realization at the fundamental radius, L=rΘ=l_f[ℏ/(2l_f)]=ℏ/2. The MQKB classifies this as the “Half-Planck angular momentum geometry.” The dimensional distinction of Appx. K remains essential: θ_si is the invariant dimensionless coefficient, Θ_si=θ_si rad is its angular representation, and p_si=ℏ/(2l_f) is its momentum realization. The equation L=ℏ/2 is therefore a derived MQ rotational-action scale, not an identification of dimensionally different quantities.
That relation alone does not prove that a subsystem must transform as a spinor. The required mathematical bridge has two parts: the topology of the realized rotation lift and the representation fixed by first-order Clifford factorization. The construction below now separates those issues and shows that, once the Dirac-type Clifford sector is admitted, j=1/2 follows algebraically rather than from an additional irreducibility or minimum-multiplicity assumption.
R.2 Local spin lift on the finite MQ realization domain
The quantum derivations of Propositions 2.2-2.3 are restricted to bounded contractible System Frame realization charts. On an oriented orthonormal frame bundle, a spin structure is a lift of the SO(3) or SO(1,3) frame action to its double cover. The obstruction is the second Stiefel–Whitney class; on a contractible chart the relevant cohomology is trivial and the frame bundle is trivializable, so the local lift exists. Thus the local spin structure used in Appx. P is not an additional independent topological assumption on the finite measurement domains of this paper. Global extension on arbitrary non-contractible manifolds remains conditional [129].
For spatial rotations of a local orthonormal tetrad, the lifted group is
The two elements U and -U therefore encode the same ordinary three-dimensional rotation, while they remain distinct on a spinor amplitude. Quantum states are rays in the complex state geometry reconstructed in Appx. F, so such projective representations of SO(3) are physically admissible and lift to ordinary unitary representations of SU(2) [128,129].
R.3 Clifford factorization and the spin generators
The relativistic scalar mass shell already obtained in Appx. P is locally η^{ab}p_a p_b-m²c²=0 in an orthonormal tetrad. Requiring the elementary relativistic matter sector to admit a local first-order linear factorization introduces matrices γ^a satisfying the Clifford relation
The spatial rotation generators are the spatial Clifford bivectors. On the positive-energy rest space the even spatial Clifford algebra is, over the complex numbers, the full 2×2 matrix algebra; equivalently, its simple module is the two-dimensional spinor module [129]. Any finite-dimensional module is a direct sum of copies of that simple module. Therefore a larger multiplicity repeats the same spinor representation rather than generating a higher-j irrep. On each simple block the rotation generators may be represented by the Pauli matrices,
Equation (R.3) is therefore downstream of the realized metric, first-order relativistic factorization, and MQ phase-action scale. Its Casimir value already determines the spin representation; the earlier appeal to elementary irreducibility and minimum internal multiplicity is not needed.
R.4 Clifford-Casimir selection of the spin-1/2 representation
For an irreducible SU(2) representation labelled by j=0,1/2,1,3/2,..., the quadratic Casimir is S²=j(j+1)ℏ²I. Equation (R.3), derived from the spatial Clifford bivectors, gives S²=3ℏ²I/4. Hence j must satisfy j(j+1)=3/4, whose unique nonnegative solution is j=1/2. The corresponding component spectrum is m=±1/2, exactly matching the independent MQKB fundamental rotational projection magnitude ℏ/2. This excludes j=3/2,5/2,... inside the same Dirac Clifford sector without invoking a smallest-dimension or no-extra-label economy principle.
Proposition R.1 (Clifford-Casimir selection of the MQ spinor sector). On the finite contractible System Frame realization class, assume (i) the derived complex state geometry of Appx. F; (ii) continuous local rotational covariance; (iii) a first-order Clifford factorization of the Appx. P relativistic mass shell for the elementary Dirac-type matter sector; and (iv) the independently derived MQKB rotational scale L=ℏ/2. Then every simple spatial spinor block transforms in the fundamental j=1/2 representation of Spin(3)≅SU(2). Any finite reducible Clifford module is a direct sum of such j=1/2 blocks and therefore does not generate j=3/2 or higher spin within this sector.
Proof. Conditions (i)-(iii) lift the realized SO(3) rotation action to the spin group and represent spatial rotations by Clifford bivectors. The complex even spatial Clifford algebra is isomorphic to M₂(C), whose simple module is C² [129]. On that module the generators obey Eq. (R.3), so S²=3ℏ²I/4. For an SU(2) irrep, S²=j(j+1)ℏ²I; therefore j(j+1)=3/4 and j=1/2. Finite-dimensional modules over M₂(C) decompose into direct sums of the same simple two-dimensional module, so added multiplicity produces repeated j=1/2 sectors, not a j=3/2 irrep. Condition (iv) independently fixes the physical component scale to ±ℏ/2. Higher-spin fermionic representations require additional tensor-spinor structure rather than another choice of j within this Clifford module [151].
Proposition R.1 therefore closes the specific minimality gap. The earlier logic treated j=1/2,3/2,5/2,... as alternatives and selected the smallest by an economy condition. They are not alternatives once the first-order Dirac Clifford factorization is fixed: the Clifford algebra fixes the Casimir, while additional direct-sum copies change multiplicity or species content but not spin. Composite and orbital systems may still realize higher total angular momentum, and genuinely elementary higher-spin fields require a different tensor-spinor representation class.
R.5 Double-valued rotations and 4π periodicity
For a unit axis n and realized rotation angle ϑ, the selected representation is
Consequently,
The 2π transformation leaves all isolated ray probabilities unchanged but reverses the amplitude sign relative to an unrotated coherent reference path. Werner et al. directly observed that sign reversal in neutron interferometry [132], and Rauch et al. independently observed interference oscillations consistent with the predicted 4π periodicity [133]. These experiments are correspondence tests of the SU(2) consequence, not independent confirmation of the MQ selection mechanism.
R.6 Stern–Gerlach projectors and the MQ probability law
For a unit analyzer axis n, Eq. (R.3) gives
The corresponding two spectral projectors are
Let a preparation be polarized along unit vector a. Its pure-state density operator is ρ_a=[I+a·σ]/2. The arbitrary-observable Born representation of Appx. F.18-F.19 does not introduce a new probability postulate here: its state functional represents the record probability already identified by Eq. (32). Therefore
Writing a·n=cosϑ gives
and the mean measured component is
Equations (R.7-R.11) provide the complete ideal Stern–Gerlach prediction from the MQ-selected spinor representation and the already-derived MQ probability rule. Gerlach and Stern established discrete directional splitting of silver-atom magnetic moments [131]. The historical experiment did not measure Eq. (R.10) over arbitrary prepared spin axes in the modern qubit sense, so it is cited here as evidence for directional quantization rather than as a direct precision test of the full half-angle law.
R.7 Pauli limit and magnetic coupling
The Appx. P Dirac sector and Appx. Q U(1) coupling provide an additional consistency check. Removing the rest-energy phase and eliminating the small Dirac component to leading non-relativistic order gives the Pauli equation [130]
Using S=ℏσ/2, the magnetic interaction -μ·B has
Thus, the same selected j=1/2 generators control spatial spin measurements and the leading magnetic interaction. The tiny anomalous correction to g is a quantum-field effect rather than a failure of Eq. (R.13); Appx. Q supplies the QED interaction architecture, and the modern electron magnetic-moment measurement in Ref. [126] provides the stringent empirical target.
R.8 Closure and remaining spin-specific boundary
The repaired derivational chain is now: MQKB half-Planck rotational scale → finite-domain spin lift → Spin(3)≅SU(2) → first-order Clifford factorization → Clifford bivector generators with S²=3ℏ²/4 → unique SU(2) value j=1/2 → Pauli algebra and 4π spinor symmetry → Stern–Gerlach probabilities from the already-derived MQ record-probability law → Dirac/Pauli magnetic coupling. This removes the former step in which elementary irreducibility and minimal internal multiplicity were used to choose j=1/2.
The remaining boundary is now different. Within the massive charged matter channel treated by this manuscript, Section 3.9.2/Appx. AK selects the Dirac Clifford class and Proposition R.1 fixes j=1/2; the global spin alternatives are then classified by Appx. Z, while Proposition 2.9/Appx. AJ fixes the finite higher-dimensional simplicial carrier and Proposition 2.10/Appx. AO extends that carrier by compatible exhaustion on connected locally finite domains. The unresolved question is no longer whether a higher-spin tensor-spinor representation can be substituted for the same elementary charged carrier without explanation. Such a representation requires additional realized tensor indices and constraints and therefore constitutes a different matter class that must be generated by additional MQ invariant structure. A complete matter-spectrum theory must still determine whether and how neutral Majorana, massless chiral, scalar, higher-spin, flavor/species, and non-Abelian multiplets arise, and a broader universality theory must still derive adjacency rewiring or any genuinely non-locally-finite primitive domain.
APPENDIX S: MQ DERIVATION OF CANONICAL TRANSLATION KINEMATICS
S.1 Purpose and logical status
The primitive Internal Frame count algebra contains neither a continuum position coordinate nor a momentum operator. It would therefore be a category error to demand [x̂,p̂]=iℏ as a literal commutator of primitive counts. The relevant question is instead whether the canonical System Frame pair follows after the Frames mapping realizes adjacency-local count redistribution as continuous displacement. This appendix gives that derivation. Its MQ inputs are: conserved adjacency-local redistribution (Secs. 2.6-2.11), the mapped complex amplitude and phase-current structure (Sec. 3.4; Appxs. C and F), the System Frame coordinate produced by the Frames mapping (Sec. 2.8), and the independently derived phase-action scale ℏ=2l_f p_si=l_f²m_f/t_f (Appx. O). No canonical commutator is assumed among those inputs.
S.2 Mapped redistribution as a translation group
Consider one realized Cartesian coordinate x_j on a regular System Frame chart and a displacement a along that coordinate. Adjacency-local redistribution preserves total mapped availability, so a rigid realized displacement preserves the MQ norm. Composition of successive displacements follows the additive realization law. In the continuum realization class used by Secs. 3.4-3.5, dependence on a is continuous. Thus the displacement operators form a strongly continuous unitary one-parameter group T_j(a) on the realized state space [30], acting in the coordinate representation as
Stone’s theorem gives a unique self-adjoint generator P_j for this regular unitary group. The physical scale of that generator is fixed by the MQ phase-action relation, not by the theorem. Writing
and differentiating Eq. (S.1) at a=0 on differentiable states gives
Equation (S.3) is the operator form of the MQ phase-gradient momentum relation p=ℏ∇φ already recorded in Eq. (O.4). The derivative itself is a System Frame object generated only after the Frames mapping; no continuum derivative has been assigned to the Internal Frame.
S.3 The mapped position operator and translation covariance
The same System Frame realization supplies the coordinate x_j. Once the derived MQ state is represented on L² of the realized chart, the associated position observable acts by multiplication on its natural domain:
Applying Eq. (S.1) before and after this multiplication gives the exact covariance law
Equation (S.5) is the central MQ bridge. It says that the operator called momentum is the generator of the physical displacement produced by mapped count redistribution, while X_k is the coordinate changed by that displacement. Canonical conjugacy is therefore fixed by the realized action of translations rather than introduced as an abstract operator axiom.
S.4 Weyl relation from mapped translation and phase action
For a realized momentum-space displacement parameter b, define the bounded unitary phase operator
Using Eq. (S.1) or equivalently Eq. (S.5), translation through a and phase multiplication through b obey
For vector displacements this becomes
Equations (S.7-S.8) are the Weyl form of the canonical commutation relations [134,135]. They are the mathematically preferable primary statement because T and V are bounded unitary operators, avoiding the domain ambiguity that arises if an unbounded-operator commutator is asserted without qualification. In the MQ construction, the central phase exp[-ia·b/ℏ] is not adjustable: the displacement parameters are realized System Frame quantities and the action scale ℏ is independently fixed by Appx. O.
S.5 Canonical commutator as the infinitesimal consequence
On a common dense invariant core such as the Schwartz space, the generators of Eqs. (S.2) and (S.6) may be differentiated. Differentiating Eq. (S.5) at a=0, or differentiating the Weyl relation with respect to a and b, gives
The same result follows directly from Eqs. (S.3-S.4): for ψ in the common core, X_iP_jψ-P_jX_iψ=iℏδ_ijψ. Equation (S.9) is identical to Eq. (F.62), but its logical status is different. Appendix F records the operator representation; the present appendix derives why the mapped coordinate and mapped-redistribution generator must satisfy that representation.
S.6 Finite-degree-of-freedom uniqueness
For a finite number of realized canonical degrees of freedom, a regular irreducible representation of the Weyl relations is unique up to unitary equivalence by the Stone-von Neumann theorem [135]. Consequently, once MQ has fixed the continuous realized translation action, the central phase scale ℏ, and irreducibility of the elementary realized sector, the Schrödinger position/momentum representation is not one freely selectable representation among inequivalent regular alternatives. Any other regular irreducible realization is related to it by a unitary change of representation.
This uniqueness statement is deliberately confined to the finite realized sector. The theorem does not extend as a uniqueness theorem to systems with infinitely many degrees of freedom, where inequivalent representations occur. That distinction is consistent with Appx. Q: field theory may possess inequivalent vacuum/representation sectors even though each finite one-particle canonical pair has the local Weyl structure derived here.
S.7 Relation to primitive count redistribution
The complete provenance chain can now be stated without reversing the ontology: Internal Frame adjacency-local count redistribution → Frames mapping → norm-preserving continuous System Frame displacement → unitary translation group → MQ-scaled generator P=-iℏ∇ → covariance of the mapped coordinate X → Weyl relation → canonical commutator. The noncommutativity therefore does not reside in primitive count labels. It appears because two distinct realized operations—coordinate displacement and phase displacement—compose with a central phase fixed by the MQ action scale.
This resolves item #14 at the level relevant to non-relativistic quantum kinematics. The remaining qualifications are functional analytic and global rather than a missing local canonical algebra: strong continuity and the regular coordinate chart are System Frame realization conditions; the differential commutator is asserted only on a shared invariant core; Stone-von Neumann uniqueness additionally assumes irreducibility and applies only to finitely many canonical degrees of freedom. A deeper theorem deriving global regularity and irreducibility for every admissible, possibly topologically nontrivial Frames mapping class directly from primitive adjacency topology remains open, but it is not required for the local canonical relation used by this paper.
APPENDIX T: PRE-HILBERT UNIQUENESS OF THE MQ RECORD-PROBABILITY MEASURE
T.1 Purpose and scope
Sections 2.6 and 3.2.1 already establish two ingredients that must be combined to answer a sharper probability question. Proposition 2.1 proves that the primitive finite MQ substrate carries only counting measure, up to a common scale removed by normalization. Proposition 3.1 and Eq. (32) then identify realized record probabilities with the pushforward of that same complete-interaction measure. The remaining issue is whether another probability assignment could nevertheless be placed on the same contextual record algebra while preserving the MQ count ontology. This appendix proves that it cannot.
The result is deliberately pre-Hilbert. It concerns the finite record-event algebra generated by a completed MQ measurement and does not assume projectors, effects, density operators, inner products, Gleason noncontextuality, or POVM structure. The later Hilbert-space theorems [70,71] solve a different representation problem: how an already-defined probability law is represented on projective or generalized quantum observables.
T.2 Primitive normalized count law
Fix a preparation and completed measurement context c. Let U_E be the finite multiset of primitive unit-count tokens carried into the complete-interaction domain E, with multiplicity retained. By Proposition 2.1, relabeling invariance makes every primitive token measure-equivalent, finite additivity fixes the measure of a subset by its cardinality, and normalization removes the common scale. Thus for D⊆U_E,
Equation (T.1) is not a principle of indifference imposed on macroscopic outcomes. The primitive tokens are physically indistinguishable units of the same conserved count reference. Unequal token weights would therefore introduce an additional scalar weighting field absent from the MQ primitive ontology. Nonuniform outcome probabilities arise instead from unequal multiplicities of the event preimages generated by the actual preparation and completed contextual realization.
T.3 Contextual realization and event pushforward
Let R_c:U_E→O_c denote the completed contextual outcome map, with O_c the finite record-label space for context c. For any record event B⊆O_c, Eq. (32) identifies its empirical probability with the normalized measure of the complete interactions that realize a label in B. In the finite count representation this is
Now let g:O_c→O′ be any deterministic coarse-graining of record labels, such as merging several detector bins into one reported event. The coarsened outcome map is g∘R_c. Consistency of one physical measurement under mere relabeling or aggregation of its records requires
Equation (T.3) is the finite pushforward/coarse-graining condition. It prevents a probability assignment from changing merely because the same realized records are reported with a coarser vocabulary. This is the event-level counterpart of the admissibility-preserving representative equivalence developed for the Frames mapping in Sec. 2.8.1.
T.4 Uniqueness theorem
Theorem T.1 (Pre-Hilbert uniqueness of the MQ record-probability measure). Fix a finite completed MQ measurement context with primitive unit-count multiset U_E and completed contextual record map R_c. Consider probability assignments on the finite record algebra that satisfy: (i) non-negativity and normalization; (ii) finite additivity on disjoint record events; (iii) invariance under relabeling of physically indistinguishable primitive unit-count tokens; (iv) inheritance from the primitive count law under the completed contextual realization; and (v) consistency under deterministic relabeling and coarse-graining of realized record labels. Then the probability assignment is unique and is given by Eq. (T.2).
Proof. By primitive relabeling invariance, every unit token must receive the same atomic measure a. Normalization on N=|U_E| tokens gives Na=1 and therefore a=1/N. Finite additivity then fixes every primitive event D to |D|/N, establishing Eq. (T.1). Condition (iv) requires a realized record event B to inherit the measure of its preimage R_c⁻¹(B), giving Eq. (T.2). Because inverse images commute with unions and complements, this assignment is automatically a probability measure on the finite record algebra. For any coarse-graining g, (g∘R_c)⁻¹(C)=R_c⁻¹(g⁻¹(C)), so Eq. (T.3) follows and condition (v) is satisfied. Conversely, any different assignment must either give unequal weight to primitive unit counts, change the normalized total, violate finite additivity, or reweight a record event independently of its count preimage. These alternatives violate (i)-(v). Hence Eq. (T.2) is the unique admissible count-based record-probability measure. ∎
The theorem closes a stronger question than Proposition 2.1 alone. Proposition 2.1 establishes uniqueness of the pre-probabilistic primitive measure; Theorem T.1 proves that no additional probability functional can be inserted between that measure and realized record frequencies while preserving the completed-context realization structure. The uniqueness is preparation-dependent in the correct sense: changing the physical preparation can change the preimage multiplicities, but for a fixed preparation and context there is no freedom to choose a second weighting law.
T.5 Quadratic amplitude form without a separate probability postulate
When the induced System Frame event measure admits the density representation of Sec. 3.4, Eq. (T.2) is represented on a record region A by
The MQ wave-function representation is introduced only after this measure is fixed, with ψ_MQ=√ρ_P exp(iφ). Therefore
Equation (T.5) is the Born-form identity on the MQ record algebra, but its logical direction is measure → square-root amplitude → modulus squared, not amplitude → assumed probability. The exponent two is therefore not selected as an independent empirical weighting rule at this stage: |ψ_MQ|² is exactly the already-unique density ρ_P by the amplitude construction. A different power law |ψ|^q could represent the same probability only by redefining the amplitude itself, in which case it would not preserve the linear norm-preserving amplitude structure reconstructed in Appx. F and used in the interference and analyzer-rotation derivations.
T.6 Relation to Gleason and Busch
Theorem T.1 and the Gleason/Busch results are complementary rather than competing uniqueness theorems. Theorem T.1 acts before Hilbert completion and is restricted to events generated by finite completed MQ record maps. Gleason constrains normalized additive measures on Hilbert-space projections, while Busch extends the corresponding uniqueness to generalized quantum effects [70,71]. Once Appx. F reconstructs and completes the MQ state geometry, those theorems ensure that the already-fixed MQ probability law has the standard density-operator/projective or POVM representation. Thus the full chain is: unique primitive count measure → unique contextual record pushforward → square-root amplitude representation → reconstructed Hilbert geometry → unique standard spectral/effect representation.
T.7 Closure and remaining boundary of the result
Item #15 is therefore closed for the physical measurement class actually used in this paper. There is now a uniqueness theorem for the Born-form record measure before Hilbert-space completion: no alternative count-based probability measure can be assigned to the same finite completed interaction while retaining the MQ primitive unit, finite additivity, relabeling invariance, contextual pushforward, and coarse-graining consistency.
A narrower boundary remains and should not be overstated. Theorem T.1 does not claim a uniqueness theorem over arbitrary non-count-compatible probability theories, over unbounded record algebras with no finite MQ approximation, or over all abstract generalized observables before their System Frame representation is constructed. Those are different domains. For arbitrary projective and POVM measurements, the manuscript continues to rely on the Hilbert-space completion and the standard Gleason/Busch results. The outstanding task, if a stronger global theorem is desired, is to prove that every physically admissible non-finite measurement event algebra arises as a limit of the finite MQ record algebras in a way that preserves the count pushforward uniquely. That extension is not required for the finite stable-record measurement problem addressed here.
APPENDIX U: QUANTITATIVE CLASSICAL-LIMIT SCALING UNDER MQ REALIZATION
U.1 Scope and relation to the MQ hierarchy
Section 3.8 establishes the structural classical correspondence: macroscopic record partitions preserve normalized availability, completed contextual realization gives one stable record, and environmental decoherence may suppress phase coherence without selecting that record. The remaining question is quantitative: under what explicit conditions do interference and realization fluctuations become small as environmental coupling, record resolution, or the number of mapped count contributions increases? The answer can be given entirely at the realized System Frame level because MQ has already derived the normalized record-probability measure and complex amplitude representation before the present appendix (Secs. 3.2-3.4; Appxs. F and T). The following theorem therefore uses standard consequences of unitary system-environment coupling and elementary concentration bounds as mathematical tools acting on MQ-derived probabilities; it does not add a stochastic law to primitive Internal Frame count evolution [5,7].
Theorem U.1 (Quantitative MQ classical-limit scaling). Consider two macroscopically distinguishable System Frame record alternatives k and l in the normalized MQ representation. Assume: (i) during the interval of interest their environment correlation can be resolved into m conditionally independent fragments; (ii) the record coarse-graining is represented by measurable bins of the System Frame outcome partition; and (iii) a coarse macroscopic record variable X̄N is an average of Nc mapped count-resolved contributions whose individual variances are uniformly bounded and whose pairwise covariance sum grows at most linearly with Nc. Then environmental coherence is exponentially bounded in cumulative fragment distinguishability, locally unresolved phase oscillations are attenuated by the Fourier response of the record bin, and the variance of X̄N decreases at least as 1/Nc. In particular, under the conditions stated below, observable interference and macroscopic realization variance both vanish in their respective large-environment, coarse-resolution, and large-count limits.
U.2 Environmental suppression of mapped interference
Let the two realized alternatives be correlated with distinct environment states associated with records k and l. Tracing the unobserved environment multiplies the System Frame off-diagonal record coherence by their overlap. Writing Dₖₗ for the resulting decoherence factor gives
If the relevant environment fragments are conditionally independent for the two record alternatives, the joint environment state factorizes into m fragments for each record alternative, the overlap factorizes exactly:
Write |γₐ| = exp(−ηₐ), with ηₐ ≥ 0. Then
Equation (U.3) is an exact multiplicative suppression law under the stated fragment factorization. It is the familiar decoherence mechanism expressed on the already-derived MQ System Frame state: each fragment that carries even partial distinguishability between records reduces the remaining coherence, and a fixed nonzero lower distinguishability produces exponential decay with fragment number. More general Markovian collision models replace the discrete sum by an integrated decoherence rate and give the corresponding exponential-in-time limit; controlled cavity, engineered-reservoir, and matter-wave experiments have directly observed progressive loss of coherence with increasing environmental coupling [97,98,136].
U.3 Record coarse-graining and phase-resolution scaling
The interference term in Eq. (38) can be integrated over a coarse record bin A. After environmental tracing, its contribution to the record probability is
By the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality, with Pₛ(A) denoting the probability carried by branch s inside record bin A,
Thus, decoherence alone bounds the fractional visibility in every record bin by |Dₖₗ|. Coarse-graining supplies an additional, independent attenuation whenever the relative phase varies within the bin. Define the normalized phase-resolution factor C(A) by weighting the phase with the geometric-mean branch density over A. Then 0 ≤ C(A) ≤ 1 and the interference magnitude is proportional to |Dₖₗ|C(A). In the transparent local case in which that density factor is approximately constant across a one-dimensional top-hat record bin of width Δx and the phase difference is locally linear,
Equation (U.6) makes the record-resolution scaling explicit. When |Δk|Δx≫1, unresolved phase oscillations are strongly averaged and C(A) approaches zero apart from the familiar finite-window side lobes. A different detector response replaces the sinc function by the magnitude of the normalized Fourier transform of that response. Therefore coarse-graining does not destroy the underlying MQ phase field; it bounds its contribution to the observable record probability according to the actual resolution kernel.
U.4 Count-number concentration of macroscopic records
The second quantitative route to classical behavior is concentration of extensive record information. Let Xₐ denote the realized contribution associated with the a-th mapped count-resolved constituent of a macroscopic record, and let X̄N denote the average over Nc such contributions. This is a System Frame random variable with respect to the unique MQ record-probability measure of Appx. T; the primitive Internal Frame evolution remains deterministic. Its variance is identically
Assume Var(Xₐ) ≤ σ² and that the total positive pairwise covariance grows no faster than cNc for an Nc-independent finite constant c. Then
Consequently, for every ε>0, Chebyshev's inequality gives
For independent contributions c = 0; short-range correlations merely replace σ² by an effective finite variance prefactor. Equation (U.9) is therefore a direct inverse-Nc concentration law for macroscopic realization. The count number Nc here is the number of mapped contributions entering the chosen record observable and must not be confused with the geometric separation count nL of Sec. 2.8. The theorem does not assume that every macroscopic observable decomposes this way; it states the sufficient condition under which count aggregation produces a sharply classical record.
U.5 Combined sufficient criterion and physical status
For a record pair whose local coarse-graining is described by C(A), Eqs. (U.3-U.6) give the useful combined visibility bound
Equations (U.8-U.10) answer two distinct parts of the classical-limit question. Phase-sensitive interference is suppressed exponentially by accumulated environmental distinguishability and additionally by finite record resolution, while fluctuations of a weakly correlated aggregate record shrink in standard deviation as the inverse square root of Nc. Thus the approach to classicality has an explicit scale rather than being identified only by the words coarse-graining or decoherence. These mechanisms are compatible with, but do not replace, the MQ outcome-realization structure: Eqs. (28-32) still determine which record occurs and with what ensemble probability; Eqs. (25-27) still perform the post-outcome predictive conditioning; and Eqs. (55-56) still define distinguishability and persistence.
The theorem also marks the remaining boundary of the derivation. MQ count conservation and the Frames mapping do not by themselves predict the numerical environment overlaps γₐ or the residual covariance scale for an arbitrary macroscopic apparatus. The detector-response part of that earlier boundary is now made concrete in Sec. 3.2.2 and Appx. V: a calibrated response matrix determines how ideal MQ record probabilities are converted into noisy device records, and the on/off avalanche-photodiode specialization gives an explicit finite-efficiency and dark-count model. What remains apparatus dependent is the numerical calibration of that response and the microscopic system-environment coupling, not the mathematical location of the detector layer in the MQ measurement chain.
APPENDIX V: DEVICE-LEVEL MEASUREMENT REALIZATION AND CALIBRATED PHOTODETECTION
V.1 Scope: from MQ outcome events to apparatus records
Sections 3.1-3.2 and Appx. H define an ideal measurement event before any apparatus-specific readout model: the completed contextual realization assigns one outcome label o_k, Eq. (32) fixes its MQ probability, and the record encoding maps distinct realized outcomes to stable macroscopic record classes. The MQKB likewise defines the System Frame output partition and observer-accessible record-state space, while explicitly classifying detector response, noise, and calibration as a separate device layer. The purpose of this appendix is to close that layer for a representative laboratory measurement without moving detector physics into the Internal Frame.
Let r_j denote a stable macroscopic device record and let C_jk denote the calibrated probability that the apparatus reports r_j when the ideal realized outcome is o_k. The device response is column-stochastic:
Here D labels the fixed physical detector configuration, including its bias, gain, gate, discriminator, and environmental settings. These quantities are System Frame apparatus data. If p_k=P_MQ(o_k) is the ideal MQ outcome probability already fixed by Eq. (32), the experimentally observed record probability is
Equation (V.2) is ordinary classical post-processing of an already existing event measure. It cannot change normalization because Eq. (V.1) is stochastic. In the ideal limit C_jk=δ_jk, q_j=p_j. Thus a missed event, false positive, cross-talk event, or threshold error belongs to the detector response rather than to a modification of the MQ probability law.
After the pre-Hilbert MQ probability has been represented on the completed Hilbert space, let E_k denote the ideal measurement effects associated with o_k. The same physical device response produces the effective effects
This is precisely the generalized-measurement/instrument separation used in operational quantum measurement theory [137]. It also gives a direct calibration route: detector tomography experimentally determines the effects F_j from known probe states, and has been demonstrated for avalanche and photon-number-resolving photodetectors [138]. MQ therefore does not require a microscopic avalanche model in order to connect its ideal outcome partition to the empirically characterized detector.
V.2 Concrete on/off avalanche-photodiode model
A gated Geiger-mode avalanche photodiode provides a concrete two-record example. Let η_d be its calibrated single-photon detection efficiency and p_dc the probability of a dark click in one acquisition gate. For an n-photon ideal input, independent failure to register each photon and an independent dark-count channel give the conditional no-click probability
The complementary click probability is
These relations are standard finite-efficiency/noise photocounting relations; extensions to detector arrays and multiplexed on/off devices with noise counts are derived and tested in the quantum-optics literature [139]. For an MQ photon-number distribution p_n=P_MQ(n), summing over n≥0, Eq. (V.2) therefore becomes
In the Hilbert-space representation, the corresponding two-outcome POVM is
Equations (V.4-V.7) make the division of labor explicit. Glauber photodetection theory supplies the standard quantum-optical connection between field correlations and count detection [140]; the MQ contribution lies earlier, in the derivation of the event probability measure and its completed-record interpretation. Detector inefficiency and dark counts then act on those probabilities through a separately measurable System Frame response.
V.3 Thresholded record formation and the H.8 completion criterion
A laboratory click is not the microscopic avalanche itself but a stable electronics record. Let z be the calibrated discriminator input for one gate and z_th the fixed threshold. Define the two raw-record regions by
The record map assigns r_off or r_on according to this partition only after the output remains in the corresponding macroscopic record class for the stability interval required by Operational Constraint 4. In the notation of Appx. H.8, the completed measurement update is therefore the first update at which the mapped detector-plus-system configuration enters exactly one of the calibrated record regions and satisfies the stability test. A noise pulse can cause a dark record through C_jk, and finite efficiency can produce a missed record, but neither phenomenon adds a second stochastic law beneath Eq. (32); both are explicit properties of the System Frame apparatus channel.
V.4 Calibration, experimental closure, and remaining scope
The parameters C_jk, η_d, p_dc, gain, gate duration, threshold, and stability interval must be fixed independently of the MQ hypothesis being tested. Detector tomography is particularly useful because it reconstructs the effective POVM of the actual apparatus rather than requiring those imperfections to be guessed from an ideal device model [138]. The result is a complete experimental chain for this detector class: MQ ideal event measure → calibrated device response → raw signal partition → stable macroscopic record. This construction is sufficient to connect the abstract MQ outcome partition to a real laboratory photodetector while keeping the ontology and the apparatus model at their proper descriptive levels.
The remaining device-level task is breadth rather than absence. Continuous weak measurements, time-tagged counting with dead time and after pulsing, many-channel cross-talk, superconducting detectors, and mechanically amplified readouts require response kernels or quantum instruments appropriate to those devices. Their calibration parameters are apparatus properties and are not expected to be universal MQ constants. Any such extension must reduce to Eq. (V.2) at the level of observed record probabilities and preserve the single-valued stable-record structure of Sec. 3.2.1/Appx. H.8.
APPENDIX W: OPERATIONAL MINIMALITY OF THE PRIMITIVE INTEGER-COUNT CARRIER
W.1 Logical target and independence from later MQ structure
The purpose of this appendix is to address a question prior to Proposition 2.1: why the finite MQ substrate is represented by nonnegative integer multiplicity in the first place. The argument must not use the Born rule, the complex amplitude, Hilbert-space completion, the right-triangle normalization, the Informativity differential, or any metrological agreement, because all of those are downstream of the primitive ontology. The only MQ inputs used here are the operational finite-record premise, relational rather than coordinate labeling, composition of distinguishable occurrences, nonnegative availability, and exact conservation under closed redistribution. The finite information bounds cited in Sec. 2.4 motivate the local finiteness premise but are not treated as proofs of microscopic discreteness [14,18–21].
W.2 Finite distinguishability and free commutative composition
Fix a bounded measurement context before any System Frame probability or geometry is introduced. A primitive occurrence is defined only by its relational type and by the fact that it is distinguishable as one occurrence from its absence. Combining two disjoint collections of occurrences must produce a collection containing both; repeated combination is associative because grouping the bookkeeping cannot change the physical multiplicity. Interchanging two otherwise identical occurrences cannot change the configuration because their labels have no coordinate or intrinsic physical meaning. The empty collection acts as the neutral configuration. These are exactly the defining data of commutative finite-multiset composition.
Mathematically, the free commutative monoid on a set of relational generator types is the set of finite multisets of those generators, characterized by the universal property that every map from generators into any commutative monoid extends uniquely to a monoid homomorphism. Modern constructive treatments make the same finite-multiset/free-commutative-monoid equivalence explicit [144]. MQ requires the free object rather than a quotient with extra relations because the primitive description has not introduced any physical rule that would identify two different multiplicities. In particular, identifying one occurrence with two would erase a distinguishable multiplicity, while assigning an order would reintroduce unphysical label structure.
W.3 Selection of the nonnegative-integer carrier
For one relational generator type, every finite multiset is completely specified by how many occurrences it contains. Repeated composition of the unit occurrence therefore produces the sequence zero occurrences, one occurrence, two occurrences, and so forth. Relabeling invariance removes every distinction except multiplicity, and the resulting additive carrier is canonically the nonnegative integers. With several relational cell or generator types, the same construction gives a finitely supported assignment of a nonnegative integer multiplicity to each type. This is precisely the count structure used in Sec. 2.6.
The exclusions are equally important. A signed primitive carrier would require negative occurrences whose operational meaning is not supplied by stable-record distinguishability or encoded availability. A real-valued carrier would attach a continuous scalar magnitude to a primitive occurrence in addition to its multiplicity; such a magnitude is additional ontology rather than a consequence of composition. An idempotent rule under which adding another occurrence leaves the carrier unchanged would destroy multiplicity information. A probability simplex would presuppose normalized probability before the MQ realization-frequency construction. The nonnegative-integer carrier is therefore minimal in the precise sense that it retains only finite multiplicity and adds no further primitive numerical structure.
W.4 Conservation, physical scope, and residual gap
Closed Internal Frame redistribution preserves the total multiplicity already identified by this construction. Conservation does not create the integers; rather, after finite distinguishability and free commutative composition select multiplicity, the MQ continuity law constrains admissible evolution to redistribute that multiplicity without changing its closed-domain total. Relational adjacency then specifies which transfers are allowed without converting count labels into geometric coordinates.
Theorem 2.1 is conditional at the correct mathematical level. Community work shows that finite-resource systems have bounded information or entropy capacity and that perfect distinguishability and composition can serve as operational reconstruction principles [21,143]. Those results do not establish that every microscopic degree of freedom is a count or that a deeper continuous ontology is impossible. Appendix AN therefore addresses the remaining completeness question without attempting an impossible metaphysical exclusion. It proves that any additional primitive structure is either empirically equivalent to the count description throughout the claimed finite domain and hence does not label a distinct physical state there, or changes at least one admissible realization invariant or completed record and is therefore a falsifiable extension. Appendix W closes the representation question—why MQ uses integers rather than an arbitrary primitive real or probabilistic weight—while Appendix AN closes physical completeness modulo empirically equivalent structure. Downstream MQ successes can support the count ontology abductively, but the Level-I criterion remains capable of rejecting it whenever additional primitive information acquires observable consequences.
APPENDIX X: COUNT-ORDER SELECTION OF THE LOCAL LORENTZIAN CAUSAL SIGNATURE
X.1 Scope and provenance
The positive spatial metric, relativistic causal signature, and realized inertial symmetry answer successive questions. Appendix M fixes the local positive quadratic norm for realized spatial count composition, and Appx. N proves that an admissible full-rank realization transports a specified nondegenerate quadratic form covariantly. The present appendix closes why the four-dimensional realized form possesses one sign opposite to the spatial three-subspace rather than being positive definite or carrying more than one timelike direction. Appendix Y then uses that selected metric together with Proposition 2.2 mapping-class equivalence, the invariant c = lf/tf ratio, spatial isotropy, and future orientation to derive the connected local Lorentz group. Neither step assigns spacetime geometry to the Internal Frame.
X.2 Update reachability is an order, not primitive time
An Internal Frame event token is a pair e=(ξ,A), consisting of a relational cell and an update index. Say that e internally precedes e′ when A′>A and there exists a finite chain of admissible adjacency-local count transfers connecting e to e′ through strictly increasing updates. Because the update index increases along every such chain, this reachability relation is irreflexive and transitive and contains no closed directed cycle. On every finite MQ measurement history it is locally finite. This derived reachability order uses only update sequencing and adjacency-local redistribution; it carries no duration, distance, metric, light cone, or observable temporal coordinate. It is therefore consistent with Appx. A.2, which states that A itself is not System Frame time and has no primitive metric or causal geometry.
The Frames mapping is required to preserve adjacency-local redistribution and realization consistency. Under the temporal encoding of Appx. C.1, increasing update order maps monotonically to the realized evolution ordering, while one elementary adjacency displacement is represented at the fundamental spatial scale l_f and one update interval at the fundamental temporal scale t_f. Their invariant conversion ratio is the MQ speed scale c=l_f/t_f for the unit-count realization. Consequently, the boundary of maximal adjacency-local reach over a fixed number of updates maps to a finite nonzero System Frame propagation boundary. Interior reachable directions, exterior inaccessible directions, and their boundary are therefore properties of the mapped count-update relation before a Lorentzian field equation is written.
This step parallels, but does not identify MQ with, causal-set theory. Hawking, King and McCarthy and Malament showed that sufficiently regular spacetime causal relations determine the conformal/differential structure of a Lorentzian spacetime under their stated causality hypotheses [145,146]. Causal-set theory packages the corresponding discrete intuition as order plus number determining Lorentzian geometry: a locally finite order supplies causal structure and element number supplies volume information [147]. MQ has different primitives and dynamics, but the comparison is mathematically useful because MQ independently supplies both ingredients: update-reachability order and conserved count measure, while Appx. N supplies the regular manifoldlike realization assumed in the present finite-domain construction.
X.3 Proof of the local signature selection
Fix a regular realized point p. Let V_p be the four-dimensional System Frame tangent space used by the relativistic continuation and let H_p⊂V_p be the three-dimensional subspace generated by purely spatial count-separation variations. Appendix M fixes a positive quadratic spatial norm, and Theorem N.1 preserves that positivity under admissible local realization, so g_sys restricted to H_p is positive definite. The single independent update-order degree of freedom supplies the fourth realized direction; no second primitive sequencing parameter exists in the MQ count ontology.
The mapped reachability relation has a finite nontrivial boundary. A quadratic metric that represents such an accessibility structure must assign zero interval to nonzero tangent directions on that boundary: otherwise a positive-definite form would contain no cone separating locally accessible from inaccessible directions. Thus the realized symmetric form is indefinite. Since H_p already has dimension three and is positive definite inside a four-dimensional V_p, the negative index of any nondegenerate extension can be at most one. Indefiniteness makes that index at least one. It is therefore exactly one. Sylvester’s law of inertia makes the result invariant under every nonsingular coordinate transformation: the metric has inertia (1,3), or (3,1) after multiplication by -1. With the paper’s positive-spatial convention, sig(g_sys)=(-,+,+,+).
The time orientation is selected separately from the sign convention. The primitive update relation is directed: admissible histories are ordered by increasing A. A Frames mapping that reversed that ordering on part of a connected realization would violate the monotone realization of the same count history and destroy global record ordering. Increasing A therefore fixes the future-directed component locally. Appendix Z extends this statement globally: loop transport must preserve that future direction, equivalently w₁(L_t)=0 for the realized timelike line bundle; a loop that reverses it obstructs an admissible global Frames mapping rather than defining a second allowed orientation class.
X.4 Logical strength and remaining gap
Proposition 2.6 is stronger than the previous causal-admissibility statement but remains conditional at the correct level. Integer multiplicity or count conservation alone does not force a Lorentzian metric. The selection uses five independently motivated MQ structures together: a regular four-dimensional quadratic System Frame realization; the Appx. M–N positive spatial three-subspace; one primitive update ordering; adjacency-local finite-step reachability; and preservation of that reachability as a finite System Frame propagation boundary. Remove the finite causal boundary and a Euclidean four-metric is no longer excluded; remove the positive three-subspace and higher-index pseudo-Riemannian signatures are no longer excluded; introduce an additional independent primitive ordering direction and the one-time-direction conclusion no longer follows.
The local signature problem posed here is therefore closed within the realization class actually used by the manuscript. Signature (-,+,+,+) fixes the pseudo-orthogonal metric class and the future cone; Proposition 2.7/Appx. Y completes the next symmetry step by showing that the physically equivalent connected local inertial transformations preserving those mapped invariants form SO+(1,3), with Galilean symmetry obtained by the non-relativistic group contraction. Appendix AI separately supplies the direction-free local spatial metric selection used upstream. What remains outside this result is global isometry structure on curved or topologically nontrivial System Frame realizations and the response of sectors carrying genuine anisotropic invariants.
APPENDIX Y: MAPPED-INVARIANT SELECTION OF REALIZED LORENTZ AND GALILEAN SYMMETRY
Y.1 Scope and dependency chain
Issue #56 is distinct from the signature problem closed in Appx. X. A Lorentzian metric identifies a causal quadratic form, but a manuscript can still leave boost covariance as an external symmetry requirement. The present appendix removes that residual freedom for the same finite, bounded, regular realization class used elsewhere in the paper. The derivation uses only structures already established upstream: Proposition 2.2 physical equivalence of admissibility-preserving Frames mapping representatives; Proposition 2.6/Appx. X selection of a future-oriented (1,3) metric; the MQKB invariant conversion c = lf/tf, whose fixed value is required for path-independent mapping closure; the isotropic positive spatial realization of Appx. M–N; and the translation action derived from mapped count redistribution in Appx. S. No boost parameter, inertial velocity, or Lorentz transformation acts primitively in the Internal Frame.
Y.2 Physical equivalence fixes the local inertial invariants
Proposition 2.2 defines physically equivalent realization representatives by equality of their realized observables and invariant closure data. Once Appx. X has selected the causal metric and future orientation, an inertial representative change that altered the local interval, null boundary, time orientation, or invariant conversion scale would no longer be a change of description of the same realization; it would define an inequivalent mapping class. Spatial isotropy likewise excludes a preferred realized direction. Therefore every continuously connected local inertial representative transformation must preserve the System Frame metric, its future cone, spatial orientation, and c. This is the MQ specialization of the standard relativity-principle hypotheses that equivalent inertial descriptions form a group constrained by homogeneity, isotropy, and causality [148,149]. Here those conditions are not introduced together as a new spacetime postulate: translation, isotropy, causal signature, and invariant propagation scale already have separate MQ provenance.
Y.3 The connected homogeneous group is Lorentz
At any regular realized point, choose an orthonormal tangent representative of the metric selected by Proposition 2.6. The differential of a smooth local inertial representative change is a linear automorphism of that tangent space. Preservation of the realized metric places that automorphism in the pseudo-orthogonal group of a quadratic form with inertia (1,3). Restricting to transformations continuously connected to the identity, preserving the mapped spatial orientation, and preserving the future component fixed by increasing Internal Frame update order selects the proper orthochronous component SO⁺(1,3). Spatial rotations are its already-required isotropy subgroup; the remaining connected transformations mixing the mapped evolution direction with spatial directions are precisely Lorentz boosts. There is therefore no second continuously connected boost family that can preserve the same metric, null cone, orientations, and invariant c while remaining in the same physical Frames mapping class.
This is a local statement. On a curved System Frame realization, SO⁺(1,3) is the local orthonormal-frame symmetry and need not be a global spacetime isometry. Where the realized geometry is locally flat and homogeneous, Appx. S supplies the translation subgroup generated by mapped adjacency redistribution. The connected affine inertial symmetry is then the proper orthochronous Poincaré group. The result is thus stronger than merely requiring Lorentz covariance of the field equations: the covariance group is the automorphism group preserving the causal and metric invariants that the MQ construction has already selected.
Y.4 Galilean symmetry is the non-relativistic contraction
The non-relativistic realization does not require an independent Galilean relativity principle. İnönü and Wigner showed that the Galilei group is obtained as the contraction of the Poincaré group when the invariant speed is taken to infinity while ordinary velocities and finite inertial quantities are held fixed [150]. Applied to the local MQ realization, this contraction removes relativistic time-space mixing at leading order and yields the standard Galilean transformation of velocities and momenta used in Eq. (O.5). Consequently the covariance relation in Eq. (O.6) and the Hessian result in Eq. (O.7) inherit their symmetry provenance from Proposition 2.7 rather than from an independently postulated Galilean boost law. Equations (O.5–O.10) therefore remain numerically and algebraically unchanged; only their logical status is strengthened.
Y.5 Logical strength, empirical constraints, and remaining gap
The result is conditional at the same level as Propositions 2.4–2.6. Integer multiplicity and count conservation alone do not prove Lorentz symmetry. The proof requires a regular quadratic four-dimensional System Frame realization, the positive spatial metric, the single mapped causal ordering, the invariant finite conversion c = lf/tf, and physical equivalence defined by preservation of realized invariants. Within that class, however, neither Lorentz boost covariance nor its Galilean low-velocity limit is freely selectable. A different connected inertial group would necessarily change at least one already-derived invariant and therefore define a different theory. The extensive null tests of Lorentz violation cited in Sec. 2.9.1 remain direct empirical constraints on this derived realized symmetry.
A generic curved System Frame need not possess global Poincaré isometries, but the global topological alternatives relevant to the present quantum construction are now classified in Appx. Z. The independent loop content is obtained from the primitive relational adjacency cycle space; admissibility kills holonomy on cycles that become contractible, while surviving non-contractible cycles carry the invariant mapping holonomy and U(1) winding data. The monotone image of the single update order supplies a global time orientation whenever it extends over the connected realization, and a loop that reverses it is excluded. Spinor extension is governed by the standard w₂ obstruction and H^1(Ω;Z₂) classification. What remains outside the present result is the dynamical selection of the realized manifold/bundle topology and the fact that a curved realization need not have a global Poincaré isometry group; neither limitation reintroduces a free local boost law.
APPENDIX Z: GLOBAL TOPOLOGICAL CLASSIFICATION OF MQ REALIZATIONS
Z.1 Scope and relation to the MQKB topology
The MQKB already distinguishes contractible reference cycles, which must have zero holonomy, from non-contractible cycles that may carry invariant defect holonomy. It also treats global incompatibility as localized mapping-defect data and, in its universe-origin construction, gives a special three-generator minimal closure result. The present appendix supplies the loop-sensitive classification needed by this manuscript. Section 2.10.2 and Appx. AJ now provide the complementary higher-dimensional construction: the finite primitive adjacency graph is completed uniquely to its flag complex under the no-extra-incidence rule, and the regular manifold locus is selected by the existing mapping and link conditions. Appendix Z therefore begins after the cell-incidence carrier has been fixed and classifies the global holonomy, winding, time-orientation, and spin data supported by it.
Z.2 Primitive cycle basis and surviving loop classes
Let G be a finite connected Internal Frame adjacency graph. Choose a spanning tree T. Every adjacency link not contained in T closes exactly one fundamental cycle when added to T, and these cycles form a basis of the graph cycle space. Hence the number of algebraically independent primitive loops is
where |V| is the number of relational cells and |E| the number of admissible undirected adjacency links. This number is invariant under relational relabeling. Different spanning trees change the basis but not the cycle space or its rank. The Frames mapping then induces an equivalence on these primitive loops: any loop whose realized image bounds an admissible realized two-chain is contractible and must have trivial holonomy by MQ admissibility. The remaining quotient classes are the only loops on which global quantum or mapping data can reside.
Z.3 Mapping holonomy and physical equivalence
Proposition 2.2 already makes defect holonomy part of the physical mapping class. The global statement can be sharpened by representing loop transport as a homomorphism from the fundamental group of the regular realized domain with the defect set removed into the admissibility-preserving transformation group. Composition of loops becomes composition of transport:
Contractible loops represent the identity and therefore carry identity holonomy. Two holonomy assignments related by one common change of representative are physically equivalent; inequivalent conjugacy classes constitute the global defect data. This is the standard holonomy classification specialized to the MQ equivalence rule [74]. The primitive cycle basis of Sec. Z.2 provides a finite generating set on every finite adjacency domain.
Z.4 U(1) phase winding on multiply connected support
The local phase reconstructed in Appx. C.8.1 is a map into U(1)≅S¹. On multiply connected support, globally inequivalent single-valued phase representatives are therefore homotopy classes of maps to S¹. Their classification is
Equivalently, each independent surviving loop carries an integer winding number, subject only to relations among the realized cycles. This is precisely the topological content absent from a purely local phase-gradient reconstruction. It is consistent with the standard treatment of quantum propagation on multiply connected configuration spaces, in which distinct sectors are indexed by representations of the fundamental group [153], and with holonomy-based interference [74]. No additional primitive phase variable is introduced: the topology class labels a global System Frame representative of the already-derived local phase.
Z.5 Global time orientation from count update order
Proposition 2.6 fixes one future-directed local cone by the monotone image of increasing Internal Frame update order. On a connected realization this local choice extends globally provided transport around every surviving loop returns the future direction to itself. In bundle language the obstruction is the first Stiefel-Whitney class of the timelike line bundle L_t:
An admissible global Frames mapping constructed from one directed update order cannot identify a future-directed count history with its past-directed image after loop transport without violating monotonic realization of the same Internal Frame ordering. Such a loop is therefore excluded from the admissible global mapping class. Within the MQ realization class, global time orientation is consequently selected whenever a global mapping exists; failure of Eq. (Z.4) is an obstruction to that global extension rather than an additional choice of local causal sign.
Z.6 Spin-structure existence and classification
The local spin lift of Appx. R must satisfy a different global condition. For an oriented realized manifold Ω, a spin structure exists exactly when the second Stiefel-Whitney class of its tangent bundle vanishes:
When this obstruction vanishes, the set of inequivalent spin structures is not an arbitrary continuum. It is an affine space over the first cohomology group with Z₂ coefficients:
Thus, each independent realized non-contractible cycle contributes, subject to the realized homology relations, a binary spin-lift choice corresponding physically to the possible sign acquired by a spinor around that loop. This is the standard global spin classification [129,152]. On every contractible chart used in the local MQ derivations, H¹ and H² vanish and the local spin lift is unique up to equivalence, recovering Appx. R as the trivial special case.
Z.7 What primitive count topology does and does not determine
Equations (Z.1-Z.6) close the classification problem at the level relevant to the quantum manuscript. Primitive relational adjacency fixes a finite generating set for all loop-sensitive data. The Frames mapping decides which generators survive as non-contractible System Frame cycles; admissibility forces contractible holonomy to be trivial; the surviving cycles then carry only the classified mapping holonomy, integral U(1) winding, and Z₂ spin-lift data. The directed update ordering removes a separate global time-orientation choice whenever a global realization exists.
The earlier cell-attachment gap is closed first on finite domains by Proposition 2.9/Appx. AJ. The primitive graph alone would indeed underdetermine higher-dimensional topology if arbitrary cell attachments were allowed; MQ does not allow that additional freedom in an adjacency-only ontology. The flag-completion rule fills exactly the finite cliques and introduces no independent incidence data, after which the regular manifold locus is determined by the standard link criterion together with MQ mapping admissibility and defect support. Proposition 2.10/Appx. AO now extends this topology to every connected locally finite fixed-adjacency domain: each finite simplex appears in some exhaustion element, so the global flag complex is the directed union of the finite completions and its local observables and topological invariants are fixed by compatibility. The remaining boundary is genuinely non-locally-finite incidence and any physical law required to change adjacency itself.
APPENDIX AA: INTERACTING FIELD-THEORY CLOSURE AND THE NON-ABELIAN BOUNDARY
AA.1 Purpose and MQKB provenance
The purpose of this appendix is not to append a Standard Model by assumption. It determines exactly what interacting gauge structure follows from the current MQ knowledge base and what additional mathematical object would be required before a non-Abelian theory could be claimed. The MQKB Unification construction supplies a scalar-generated availability gauge transformation, a gauge-invariant Abelian field strength, sourced Maxwell-type equations, gauge stress-energy, and the single-action electromagnetic realization used by Appx. Q. Its explicit closure sequence is MQ0332–MQ0334, identified in the knowledge base as successive scalar gauge transformations and the vanishing gauge commutator. The same knowledge base also records the scope constraint that this construction is Abelian only. The quantum manuscript therefore must preserve that boundary rather than infer a larger group from the existence of U(1).
AA.2 Exact Abelian closure of the present MQ gauge derivation
Let δ_λ denote the MQKB gauge transformation generated by the realized scalar parameter λ. Applying two transformations in either order adds the same two scalar gradients. The knowledge-base closure relation is
Proposition AA.1 (Abelian closure of the current MQ gauge construction). The gauge transformations supplied by the current MQKB generate an Abelian local transformation algebra. Consequently, the U(1) interaction constructed in Appx. Q is algebraically closed within the presently derived gauge variables; a non-Abelian gauge algebra cannot be obtained by a different ordering, relabeling, or reinterpretation of the same scalar generator.
Proof. MQ0332 and MQ0333 give the two possible orders of successive transformations and both terminate at the same transformed field, while MQ0334 is Eq. (AA.1). Hence the transformation commutator vanishes for arbitrary admissible λ₁ and λ₂. The local complex phase representation already derived in Proposition C.3 supplies the corresponding one-parameter compact phase group. A nonzero Lie bracket would require at least two independent noncommuting generators acting on an internal multiplet. Neither such generators nor such a multiplet occur in the current MQKB gauge derivation. The present gauge algebra is therefore Abelian, and no SU(2) or SU(3) subgroup can be inferred from it without adding new derived structure.
AA.3 Community criterion for a genuine non-Abelian extension
The missing structure is standard and mathematically precise. In Yang–Mills theory, a matter multiplet carries generators T_a of a non-Abelian Lie algebra satisfying [154,155]
Localizing that internal transformation requires a matrix-valued connection. In the conventional normalization the covariant derivative and curvature take the defining forms
Equations (AA.2–AA.4) are not asserted as newly derived MQ equations. They state the community criterion that any future MQ non-Abelian completion must reproduce. The nonlinear final term in Eq. (AA.4) is precisely what is absent from the scalar-gradient Abelian closure of Eq. (AA.1). Thus the next MQ derivation cannot consist merely of replacing U(1) by a larger group name; it must first produce a realized finite-dimensional internal multiplicity with physically admissible noncommuting automorphisms, after which localization can introduce the corresponding Yang–Mills connection. Yang and Mills originally obtained the nonlinear gauge field by localizing an internal isospin symmetry [154], and Utiyama formulated the general localization rule for continuous transformation groups [155].
AA.4 Standard Model content that is not yet selected by MQ
The Lorentz and Clifford structures already derived in Appxs. P–R provide the kinematic distinction between left- and right-handed spinor components, but they do not assign those components to different non-Abelian gauge representations. The Standard Model requires substantially more: the specific SU(3)×SU(2)×U(1) representation content, chiral charge assignments, scalar representation and symmetry-breaking structure, Yukawa matrices, anomaly cancellation, and the QCD dynamics associated with asymptotic freedom and confinement [156]. None of those data follows from Eq. (AA.1), and the current MQKB contains an explicit Abelian-only scope constraint. The correct scientific status is therefore that MQ presently derives one interacting relativistic gauge theory—its U(1) continuation—and supplies the representation and topological machinery on which a future non-Abelian derivation would have to build, but it does not yet derive the Standard Model.
AA.5 Consequence for the scope of the quantum-measurement manuscript
Item #59 is therefore separated into a manuscript-level question and a universality question. At manuscript level, the field-theoretic objection is closed to the extent needed to test whether the MQ measurement architecture survives relativistic second quantization and a nontrivial interaction: Appx. Q supplies Fock structure, local relativistic fields, microcausality, variable particle number, particle creation, and a gauge-coupled QED interaction whose gauge field and charge scale have prior MQ provenance.
Proposition AA.1 then proves that the current gauge derivation has a definite endpoint rather than an unspecified missing algebraic step. A complete Standard Model derivation would materially increase the universality of MQ, but it is not logically required to establish the count-to-record probability construction, Bell/no-signaling structure, non-relativistic correspondence, or the experimentally discriminating finite-count predictions that are the subject of this paper.
The residual research problem is correspondingly precise, and Appx. AL now proves why it cannot be closed merely by taking the automorphism group of the primitive adjacency graph. A future MQ completion must derive, from primitive Internal Frame count/adjacency structure and the admissible Frames mapping rather than by insertion, a realized internal multiplicity carrying a continuous noncommuting local automorphism group; determine whether the resulting Lie algebra and matter representations are uniquely selected by additional MQ invariants; and only then derive chiral assignments, anomaly cancellation, symmetry breaking, Yukawa structure, renormalization flow, confinement/nonperturbative dynamics, and any coupling to quantized emergent geometry. No existing experiment can close this derivational gap by itself because the issue is not whether the Standard Model is empirically successful, but whether MQ independently produces its internal structure. Standard Model measurements instead provide the correspondence targets against which any future MQ completion must be tested [156].
APPENDIX AB: SEMICLASSICAL MATTER–GEOMETRY BACKREACTION AND THE QUANTUM-GRAVITY BOUNDARY
AB.1 MQKB gravitational-source closure
The MQKB already contains the exact classical matter–geometry feedback structure needed upstream of the quantum extension. Its General Relativity and Unification records derive the System Frame metric and curvature, define the matter stress–energy tensor by metric variation of the same realized MQ action, establish covariant conservation, and close the source against geometry through MQKB Eq. MQ0437. In the notation of the present paper that field equation is
Equation (AB.1) is not an imported Einstein equation added for this appendix. It is the existing MQKB gravitational field equation, whose geometric tensor and source have prior mapping and variational provenance. The corresponding MQKB source definition is Eq. MQ0432, while its covariant conservation law is Eq. MQ0384; both follow from the same realized diffeomorphism-compatible action. Thus, classical matter already changes the emergent System Frame geometry and the changed geometry in turn enters the matter equations. The missing step identified by item #60 is specifically which source replaces the classical stress–energy tensor after the matter realization is promoted to the quantum field representation of Appx. Q.
AB.2 Quantum stress–energy as the realized mean source
Appendix Q quantizes the realized scalar, Dirac, and Abelian gauge matter fields while retaining the emergent System Frame metric as the background geometric variable. In curved-space QFT the local stress–energy operator is a composite field and must be renormalized; local covariance, state regularity, and conservation constrain that renormalization, with residual local curvature freedom absorbed into the renormalized gravitational action/couplings [124,158]. For any admissible renormalized System Frame state functional ω, the direct semiclassical continuation of the already-derived MQKB source relation is therefore
where the state functional on the right-hand side denotes the renormalized expectation value of the stress–energy operator constructed from the Appx. Q fields on the realized metric. Equation (AB.2) is a conditional System Frame mean-field closure, not a new primitive Internal Frame law. Its right-hand side depends on the quantum state propagated on the realized metric, while its left-hand side determines that metric; solving the field and geometry equations together therefore implements self-consistent quantum-matter backreaction rather than a one-way fixed-background approximation.
Conservation compatibility is mandatory because the MQKB geometric side has vanishing covariant divergence. Under an admissible local-covariant renormalization prescription the quantum source must satisfy
Equation (AB.3) is the quantum-source counterpart of MQKB Eq. MQ0384 and is the consistency condition that prevents the backreaction bridge from introducing an independently nonconserved source. Hollands and Wald review the corresponding local-covariant QFT construction and renormalization freedom [124].
AB.3 Why this is not yet full quantum gravity
Equations (AB.1-AB.3) close only the mean-source problem. The metric in Eq. (AB.2) is a realized c-number System Frame field and by itself cannot represent coherent superpositions of inequivalent geometries. Sections AB.4-AB.6 therefore remain the fluctuation-sensitive stochastic correspondence. The genuinely quantum completion is supplied separately in Appx. AS by recognizing that the metric is not an independent primitive variable: it is a derived functional of the same count/adjacency configurations whose System Frame state already carries amplitude and phase. This distinction prevents stochastic metric fluctuations from being mislabeled as quantization while also avoiding the opposite mistake of requiring an independently postulated metric Hilbert space.
The MQKB nevertheless constrains the repair strongly. Geometry and matter arise from one conserved count substrate and one realized action; the primitive count measure is unique on the finite domains of Proposition 2.1; and Appx. F/Q construct the quantum state representation from that same measure. Consequently the stress–energy fluctuation statistics of the realized quantum matter state are not an independently tunable stochastic input. Sections AB.4–AB.6 use this fact to define a count-provenance noise kernel and its induced System Frame metric covariance, while keeping explicit the remaining coherence boundary.
AB.4 Count-provenance stress–energy fluctuation law
Let ω denote the renormalized Appx. Q System Frame state obtained from the MQ count-to-Hilbert construction on a fixed admissible realization. Define the centered stress–energy operator t̂μν(x)=T̂μν(x)−ω(T̂μν(x))I. The unique primitive counting measure of Proposition 2.1 fixes the normalized MQ state upstream, so once the preparation, Frames mapping class, QFT sector, and renormalization prescription are fixed, the connected two-point stress–energy statistics contain no additional target-specific weighting freedom. The symmetric noise kernel is therefore
where braces denote the anticommutator. Equation (AB.4) is the standard stochastic-gravity fluctuation object [159,169], but its provenance is MQ-specific here: ω is not an externally chosen probability distribution over hidden geometries; it is the realized quantum state constructed downstream of conserved count availability. Local covariance and the Ward identity imply covariant conservation of the kernel in each argument on the admissible background. Thus the fluctuation source required beyond Eq. (AB.2) is state-dependent but not independently adjustable.
AB.5 Linearized stochastic System Frame geometry
Fix a self-consistent mean solution ḡsys of Eq. (AB.2) and write a nearby realized metric as gsys=ḡsys+h. To first order, collect the linearized Einstein–cosmological operator together with the causal linear response of the renormalized mean stress tensor into the retarded operator Lḡ. Introduce an auxiliary conserved c-number source ξμν only as a representation of the already-fixed quantum fluctuations, with zero mean and covariance N. The fluctuation equation is then
Equation (AB.5) is an Einstein–Langevin-type correspondence [159]. The stochastic symbol does not add primitive randomness to the Internal Frame; it is an efficient System Frame representation of the second cumulant already determined by the count-derived quantum state. With retarded Green operator Gret for Lḡ, the induced metric covariance is fixed by
up to homogeneous perturbations fixed by the chosen initial/boundary data. Equation (AB.6) is the requested fluctuation-sensitive geometric prediction: once the MQ state, background, and admissible boundary data are fixed, the matter-induced two-point metric covariance is determined. Kuo and Ford's semiclassical-validity criterion makes the physical role of this term explicit: expectation-value sourcing is reliable only where stress–energy fluctuations are sufficiently small [169].
AB.6 Semiclassical limit and the remaining quantum-coherence criterion
Taking the stochastic mean of Eq. (AB.5) gives E[h]=0 for the fluctuation component, while suppression of N drives the connected metric covariance in Eq. (AB.6) to zero. The surviving mean geometry is then governed by Eq. (AB.2). Hence the present construction contains an explicit hierarchy from the same MQ state: quantum matter state → renormalized mean stress tensor plus connected stress tensor → stochastic metric response → semiclassical mean geometry. This closes the specific alternative requested by item #71—a count-derived fluctuation-sensitive source law whose controlled small-fluctuation limit reproduces the existing semiclassical equation.
Equations (AB.4-AB.6) alone do not prove that geometry is a quantum subsystem. Appendix AS supplies the additional coherence criterion constructively: the physical geometry-class assignment partitions the common MQ Hilbert state into inequivalent geometry-class subspaces; the geometry-class components inherit relative phase from the existing MQ phase-action field; and any admissible observable that couples two geometry classes contains an interference cross term. A purely diagonal state in that geometry partition reduces to a classical mixture, whereas a state retaining off-diagonal geometry coherence is genuinely nonclassical. This is the precise point at which the stochastic c-number description ceases to be fundamental and becomes a correspondence limit.
AB.7 Experimental status and falsification boundary
No presently available experiment can derive the MQ geometry-state construction; experiments can only test whether the predicted coherence survives. Page and Geilker exclude the simplest universal expectation-value sourcing model in their measurement configuration [157]. Gravity-mediated-entanglement and gravity-measurement-disturbance proposals seek nonclassical gravitational behavior [170-172], but the inference from matter entanglement alone remains model dependent, as emphasized by classical-gravity countermodels [173]. Experimental capability is nevertheless advancing: coherent spatial entanglement of a composite object with mass 608 AMU has now been demonstrated in an optical-lattice interferometer [198], and microgram-to-milligram mechanical platforms continue to approach the gravity-mediated regime [174]. As of this revision, no published experiment has directly observed interference between inequivalent gravitational geometry classes or a gravity-only mediator observable with demonstrated noncommutativity.
For this manuscript the resulting status is therefore precise. Item #71 remains the count-provenance stochastic-gravity repair: the quantum matter source has prior MQ provenance, its connected stress-energy fluctuations define a unique state-dependent noise kernel, and linear response gives the metric covariance of Eqs. (AB.5-AB.6). Item #79 is addressed by Proposition 3.5/Appx. AS: inequivalent physical geometry classes define subspaces of the same count-derived MQ state, coherent geometry-class components inherit relative phase, relational geometric functionals define operators on that state, and geometry-class-mixing dynamics provides the corresponding interference/noncommutativity criterion. The stochastic equations are recovered when geometry-class coherence is suppressed and only the first two moments are retained; Eq. (AB.2) is recovered when those fluctuations are additionally negligible. Experimental confirmation remains open.
APPENDIX AC: LOCKED CONFIRMATORY TESTS AND EMPIRICAL CLOSURE CRITERIA
AC.1 Evidentiary rule
The purpose of this appendix is not to add another prediction but to remove post-measurement freedom from the two strongest existing MQ-specific tests. A confirmatory MQ result must use data that were not used to construct or tune the numerical prediction; freeze the realization assignment, primary observable, exclusion criteria, correction model, covariance model, and decision threshold before unblinding; and retain the corresponding standard-theory null in the same analysis. Retrospective compatibility calculations remain useful diagnostics but are not promoted to independent confirmation. These requirements implement the provenance distinction already used in Appx. J and preserve the separation between a pre-existing theory prediction and an apparatus-specific interpretation chosen after data are known. Appendix AM applies the same standard to cross-test independence and to any proposed third evidential arm. Blind-analysis practice in precision physics provides the community precedent for withholding the result until analysis choices are fixed [177].
AC.2 QG-PPM: gravitational quantum-state spectroscopy
The QG-PPM primary endpoint is one common fractional transition-frequency displacement shared by at least two mechanically driven gravitational quantum-state transitions of ultracold neutrons. The gravitational confinement and excitation must remain in the mechanically driven gravitational realization described in Appx. L.2, while electromagnetic interactions used only for downstream sensing or record formation are treated as apparatus response and cannot redefine the dynamical realization. Local gravitational acceleration must be measured independently of the neutron transition frequencies. The MQ target is fixed at +11.6426596 ppm relative to the standard-QM prediction at the same neutron mass and local g; the standard-QM null is zero. For ν₁₆ = 972.81 Hz the MQ displacement is +0.011326 Hz. The nominal 5σ closure threshold is a total uncertainty on the common displacement below 2.33 ppm, with all correlated frequency and local-g contributions carried in the covariance matrix. The experiment must report the common-shift fit together with the individual-transition residuals so that a transition-dependent systematic cannot masquerade as the state-independent MQ prediction.
The present Ramsey result ν₁₆ = 972.81(12) Hz [141] is not such a test. Its quoted statistical scale is approximately 123 ppm, and the same work identifies spectator-state, Bloch-Siegert, Coriolis, phase, and related frequency shifts at the tens-of-millihertz to larger scale. Jenke et al. and Cronenberg et al. independently establish that mechanically driven gravity-resonance spectroscopy and coherent gravitational-state transitions are experimentally real [108,109], but those correspondence experiments were not designed to resolve the 11.6426596-ppm MQ displacement. Accordingly, the current literature establishes feasibility of the observable and the dominant systematic classes, not Level-IV confirmation or exclusion.
AC.3 G-DIFF: interaction-provenance differential G test
The G-DIFF primary endpoint is the difference in inferred G obtained with one gravitational source geometry when only the interaction that closes the torque estimator is changed. Under Proposition J.1, electrostatic counter-torque closure is assigned to the finite-count realization and free mechanical-deflection closure to the count-resolved gravitational realization. The predicted free-minus-servo separation is fixed at +34.9274 ppm before data acquisition. Operating-mode order must be randomized or blinded; geometry, source masses, thermal state, alignment, common optical sensing, data reduction, and exclusion rules should be held fixed to the extent experimentally possible. Item #62 adds the required causal control: a third block retains the same energized electrostatic hardware and electromagnetic sensing but prevents electrostatic torque from closing the G estimator. MQ assigns that block to the free/count-resolved realization. Thus the experiment distinguishes active torque closure from passive electromagnetic presence rather than merely comparing two software modes or two historically labeled methods.
The 2026 NIST/BIPM redetermination is already valuable because the same apparatus implements free-deflection and electrostatic-servo modes and because the combined result is temporally out of sample relative to the earlier MQ finite-count value [80,142]. Its combined G value is therefore retained as the manuscript's one completed independent MQ-specific numerical comparator. The internal mode splitting, however, is not counted as a confirmatory G-DIFF result because the present MQ channel-selection rule and its control logic were not preregistered before those data were analyzed. A future G-DIFF claim requires the frozen 34.9274-ppm target, complete covariance propagation, prespecified exclusions and corrections, both source-mass implementations where available, and replication by an independent laboratory before an apparatus-independent effect is asserted.
AC.4 Empirical closure status
The status of item #61—and the broader independence concern of item #72—is therefore scientifically irreducible. The manuscript contains two quantitatively fixed, experimentally accessible discriminators, but no published dataset cited here satisfies the confirmatory conditions above at the required sensitivity. Further narrative or mathematical refinement cannot substitute for that missing empirical intervention. QG-PPM is closed experimentally only if a blinded, independently calibrated multi-transition measurement resolves or excludes the common +11.6426596-ppm displacement at the frozen uncertainty threshold. G-DIFF is closed experimentally only if a preregistered active-torque intervention resolves or excludes the 34.9274-ppm finite-to-upper separation while the passive-readout control behaves as specified. Appendix AM shows why success in both would be substantially stronger than either alone, while also requiring correlated upstream MQ uncertainties to be carried rather than treating the tests as theoretically independent. It also defines the non-gravitational third-arm gate and explains why neither existing X-ray-angle correspondence nor the current CMB comparison can yet be counted as an independent Level-IV confirmation. Until at least one locked test is executed, independent empirical support remains the weakest major category of the MQ program; until both are independently replicated and a third orthogonal discriminator is established, the strongest cross-domain MQ claims should remain prospective.
APPENDIX AD: PROSPECTIVE CAUSAL TEST OF MQ REALIZATION-REGIME ASSIGNMENT
AD.1 Causal question and theory-side selector
The unresolved question is not whether the NIST/BIPM apparatus exhibits mode dependence; that is already an empirical property of the published dataset. The question is whether the mode dependence is caused by the MQ realization-regime selector. MQKB semantics provide a theory-side criterion independent of the measured value: fixed-count electromagnetic behavior is realized at the electromagnetic demarcation, count-resolved gravitational behavior is realized over variable separation, and in a mixed estimator the interaction that supplies the calibrated balancing force or torque determines the realization at closure. Proposition J.1 specializes that criterion to torsion-balance measurements. The 2022 apparatus paper established before the 2026 G result that the free-deflection method infers gravitational torque from mechanical displacement and torsional stiffness, whereas the servo method holds the pendulum fixed with an equal-and-opposite electrostatic torque [142]. The physical intervention is therefore identifiable without reference to the later measured values.
AD.2 Controlled intervention and negative controls
A prospective test must change the torque-closing interaction while preserving the apparatus as nearly as possible. The primary comparison alternates blinded or randomized blocks of free mechanical deflection and active electrostatic-servo closure using the same source masses, source positions, pendulum, suspension, vacuum state, temperature model, optical sensing, geometry solution, calibration conventions, exclusion rules, and analysis pipeline. The MQ assignment is fixed before unblinding: free mechanical closure is count-resolved and active electrostatic closure is finite-count. The predicted free-minus-servo displacement is +34.9274 ppm.
Causal specificity requires a negative control that breaks the ordinary association between the presence of electromagnetic hardware and the active estimator closure. In that control the electrostatic electrodes, electronics, acquisition chain, and optical readout remain present and may remain energized, but the electrostatic system is prevented from supplying the torque used to infer G. Proposition J.1 assigns this configuration to the same count-resolved branch as free deflection. Conversely, replacing or modifying a passive readout while leaving active electrostatic torque closure unchanged must not change the finite-count assignment. These controls distinguish the MQ causal variable from generic electromagnetic contamination, detector technology, software state, thermal loading, or the mere existence of servo hardware.
AD.3 Confirmatory decision rule
The confirmatory analysis must be frozen before data are unblinded. The primary contrast is the common free-minus-active-servo difference across source-mass implementations, with the target fixed at +34.9274 ppm and complete propagation of the published classes of correlated and uncorrelated uncertainty. The negative-control contrast must remain statistically consistent with the free/count-resolved branch at the experiment's achieved precision. Confirmation therefore requires both magnitude and intervention specificity: the active torque-closure contrast must reproduce the pre-specified sign and scale, while the negative control must not follow the servo branch. A null or reversed active contrast, a comparable shift in the negative control, or a shift that follows passive readout rather than torque closure rejects the MQ causal selector even if one historical mode pair happens to lie near the MQ separation.
AD.4 What existing experiments do and do not establish
The 2026 NIST/BIPM experiment is unusually valuable because one apparatus and gravitational geometry support both free-deflection and electrostatic-servo measurements, and the published servo values lie below the corresponding free-deflection values for both copper and sapphire source masses [80]. The experiment therefore demonstrates the feasibility of the required intervention architecture and supplies a retrospective compatibility diagnostic. It does not demonstrate the MQ causal assignment because the selector, the +34.9274-ppm target as an apparatus-specific intervention prediction, and the negative-control logic were not preregistered for those data. No publication located for this review reports a blinded prospective repetition implementing those MQ-specific controls.
Item #62 is therefore repaired to the strongest level possible within the manuscript: the physical variable that selects the MQ regime is defined from MQKB interaction provenance, the existing apparatus implements the two required closure mechanisms, the predicted sign and magnitude are fixed, and the decisive negative controls and rejection conditions are specified before future data acquisition. The remaining gap is wholly empirical. It can be closed only by executing this prospective intervention and independently replicating the result; no further rearrangement of existing retrospective measurements can establish the required causal relation.
APPENDIX AE: CLAIM-DEPENDENCY AND SPECIALIST VERIFICATION MAP
The purpose of this appendix is to make the manuscript independently auditable across the disciplines it uses. The MQKB already maintains explicit links among equations, symbols, terms, claims, evidence, provenance, sections, and appendices; the present appendix converts that internal provenance structure into a reader-facing verification map. It does not add a new physical assumption or derivation. Instead, it identifies the minimum reading path required to assess each major claim and states which later claims fail if an upstream result is rejected.
AE.1 Claim-to-proof crosswalk
Table AE.1 partitions the manuscript by verification task rather than by page order. The “minimum proof path” column gives the principal locations a specialist must inspect before accepting the corresponding claim. Cross-domain material is included only when it is an actual prerequisite.
Table AE.1. Specialist claim-to-proof crosswalk. Each row is independently reviewable once the upstream prerequisites identified in the proof path have been accepted.
Review module | Principal claim to verify | Minimum proof path | What is not required for this claim |
A. Primitive count carrier and measure | Finite distinguishable multiplicity is represented minimally by conserved nonnegative integer count, the primitive finite-domain measure is uniquely the counting measure up to normalization, and the carrier is physically complete modulo empirically equivalent primitive extensions. | Secs. 2.4.1 and 2.6; Theorems 2.1–2.2; Proposition 2.1; Appx. W and AN; Appx. T for the later probability consequence. | Lorentz geometry, spin, field theory, gravitational metrology, and the prospective tests. |
B. Frames mapping and realized geometry | Admissible conserved count structure can be realized in the System Frame; representative freedom is quotiented; direction-free local metricity, mapping normalization, causal signature, inertial symmetry, finite higher-dimensional adjacency completion, regular manifold selection, and global loop data are fixed within their stated domains. | Secs. 2.7–2.10.2; Propositions 2.3–2.9; Appx. C, M, N, X, Y, Z, AI, AJ. | Born-rule identification, detector physics, Bell statistics, QFT, or empirical G interpretation except where later modules consume these geometric results. |
C. Record probability and measurement | Normalized availability becomes empirical record probability through the completed-interaction pushforward; one realized record is induced before post-outcome conditioning; device response is a downstream System Frame channel. | Secs. 3.1–3.2.2; Proposition 3.1; Eqs. (21–27); Appx. H, T, V; Appx. F.18–F.19 for spectral/POVM representation. | Relativistic completion, spin, quantum fields, topology beyond the finite record domain, or gravitational predictions. |
D. Quantum kinematics and non-relativistic dynamics | The MQ wave-function representation, translation generator, Weyl/canonical algebra, and coefficient-resolved Schrödinger evolution follow within the stated realization conditions. | Secs. 3.4–3.5; Eqs. (30–34); Appx. E, F, O, S; Proposition 2.7/Appx. Y only for the derived Galilean boost input. | Dirac spin, Fock completion, semiclassical gravity, or the empirical finite-count tests. |
E. Composite quantum structure, Bell behavior, and classical limit | Finite composite state geometry, non-factorizable contextual probabilities, measurement independence, operational no-signaling, Bell–CHSH behavior, and quantitative classical-limit scaling are recovered from the prior probability/amplitude construction. | Secs. 3.3 and 3.6–3.8; Appx. D, F.14–F.14.1, G, H, U. | Lorentz-covariant QFT, gravitational backreaction, or MQ-specific metrological predictions. |
F. Relativistic, spin, and field-theoretic continuation | The realized MQ state admits scalar and Dirac covariant one-particle descriptions; the minimal massive charged carrier is selected as the Dirac Clifford module; j=1/2 is fixed within that carrier; local observable algebras and admissible state representations are selected from MQ locality and count-derived probability; Fock space is the free/stationary representation; Abelian gauge interaction is explicit. Appx. AL proves adjacency non-selection and gives the Doplicher-Roberts category-first reconstruction route for any future non-Abelian completion. | Secs. 3.9.1–3.9.2; Propositions 3.3–3.4; Appx. P, Q, R, AR, AK, AA, AL; upstream geometric inputs from Appx. N, X, Y, Z, AJ. | The core record-probability derivation does not depend on Standard-Model completion, non-Abelian gauge structure, or a full quantum-gravity theory. The unresolved universality datum is the physical non-Abelian sector category and chiral matter content, not a freely selectable global Fock or gauge-group representation. |
G. Matter–geometry feedback and empirical discrimination | Mean quantum-matter backreaction and count-derived stress–energy-fluctuation-driven stochastic metric response are defined at System Frame level, while finite-count G and gravitational-state predictions are separately provenance-classified and prospectively testable. | Sec. 3.10; Secs. 4.7.1–4.7.2; Appx. AB and Appx. AS, J, L, AC, AD. | Acceptance of this module is not needed to verify ordinary-QM correspondence of Modules C–E; null prospective tests would reject the specified downstream realization rather than rewrite the earlier proof chain. |
AE.2 Dependency and evidence gates
Table AE.2 records the propagation rule that should be used when evaluating a disputed result. The table prevents two opposite errors: accepting a downstream claim merely because an upstream construction is coherent, and rejecting the entire manuscript because an optional extension fails. Every empirical comparison remains subject to the provenance classification in Appx. J.
Table AE.2. Dependency and evidence gates. Failure propagates only along the stated dependency path; empirical status is additionally governed by the provenance classes of Appx. J.
Gate | Upstream result consumed | Downstream claims enabled | Failure implication |
G1: Primitive multiplicity | Theorems 2.1–2.2 and Proposition 2.1. | Finite count ontology, observable completeness modulo empirically equivalent extensions, normalized count measure, and the finite record-probability uniqueness path. | An observable failure rejects the count-only primitive basis and all claims that require it; a strictly empirically equivalent hidden extension does not define a distinct physical state within the claimed domain. |
G2: Admissible realization | Propositions 2.3–2.4 and Appx. C/M/N/AI. | Realized System Frame measure, direction-free local geometry, mapping normalization, and every later observable built through the Frames mapping. | Rejects the specific MQ realization architecture downstream of this gate. |
G3: Record-probability identity | Proposition 3.1, Eq. (32), and Appx. H.9/T. | Empirical interpretation of normalized availability, wave-function probability representation, repeatability, Bell outcome probabilities, and detector-channel composition. | Rejects the MQ measurement solution even if the mathematical count and mapping constructions remain internally well defined. |
G4: Kinematic/dynamical closure | Appx. F/E/O/S and the derived inertial symmetry of Appx. Y. | Canonical commutator, coefficient-resolved Schrödinger dynamics, interference dynamics, and the non-relativistic base used by later relativistic continuation. | Rejects the claimed dynamical reconstruction while leaving the preceding measure/record construction logically separable. |
G5: Relativistic, topology, and elementary matter continuation | Propositions 2.9 and 3.3; Appx. AJ/AK together with Appx. N/X/Y/Z/P/R. | Finite higher-dimensional realized topology, global holonomy/winding/spin classification, Lorentz-covariant scalar description, selection of the minimal massive charged Dirac carrier, local j=1/2 result, and the one-particle input to QFT. | Limits MQ to the non-relativistic measurement construction; does not retroactively invalidate Modules A–E unless the failed step is also used there. |
G6: Field and gravity extension | Appx. Q/AR/AA/AB and imported MQKB U(1)/gravitational structures. | Local observable net, state-selected representations, Abelian charge classes, variable particle number, Abelian interaction, semiclassical matter–geometry feedback, and fluctuation-sensitive stochastic metric response. | Rejects only the claimed universality extension unless the failure exposes an upstream inconsistency already used by the core modules. |
G7: MQ-specific empirical tests | Fixed theoretical predictions and preregistered assignments in Appx. J/L/AC/AD. | Independent evidence for or against the finite-count realization beyond standard-QM correspondence. | A sufficiently precise null result rejects the tested finite-count realization at the level specified in Sec. 4.7.1; retrospective correspondence rows cannot override that result. |
AE.3 Scope of specialist review
The manuscript can therefore be evaluated without assuming that one referee is equally expert in measure theory, discrete mathematics, differential geometry, quantum foundations, relativistic field theory, metrology, and precision experiment. Modules A–E contain the core measurement reconstruction and its ordinary-quantum correspondence. Modules F–G test how far that construction extends into relativistic, field-theoretic, gravitational, and theory-specific empirical domains. The division is logical rather than rhetorical: each module states its imported results and its nonclaims, and Tables AE.1–AE.2 specify exactly where a specialist finding propagates. This organization leaves the scientific burden unchanged while making that burden inspectable, assignable, and reproducible. Section 2.2.2 supplies the corresponding compact roadmap: Path I is the minimum core audit, Path II tests ordinary-quantum dynamical closure, and Paths III-IV isolate universality extensions and MQ-specific empirical adjudication.
APPENDIX AF: GLOBAL ASSUMPTION LEDGER AND EMERGENCE STATUS
This appendix audits the independent inputs of the manuscript. Its purpose is not to claim an assumption-free theory; no reconstruction has that status. The relevant question is whether standard quantum structure is being inserted repeatedly under different admissibility labels or whether a small set of independent premises generates many downstream results. The ledger follows the MQKB separation among assumptions, constraints, claims, equations, and provenance and uses the dependency architecture of Appx. AE. A condition is counted as independent only when removing it changes the physical model class rather than merely changing a coordinate representative, a mathematical regularity class, or a downstream representation of already-derived content.
AF.1 Independent root inputs
Table AF.1 gives the irreducible inputs presently used by the core manuscript and its principal extensions. Several are conditional because they define the finite regular measurement class actually analyzed. The table records their justification and, critically, the downstream claims that would fail if each input were rejected.
Table AF.1. Global root-input ledger. The table counts independent physical content rather than every mathematical condition appearing downstream.
Root input | Status | Independent justification | Major downstream consequences | If rejected |
Finite distinguishable nonnegative multiplicity with no primitive weighting field | Primitive/conditional ontology; physically complete modulo empirically equivalent extensions | Operational Constraints 1–2 plus compositional additivity, relational relabeling invariance, and minimality; Theorems 2.1–2.2; Appx. W/AN. | Integer count carrier; Proposition 2.1 counting measure; Appx. T finite record-probability uniqueness. | Any additional primitive datum that changes an admissible observable rejects count-only completeness. A datum that changes none is physically redundant within the claimed domain rather than a separate empirical theory. |
Closed count conservation with adjacency-local redistribution | Primitive kinematic rule | Defines how the Internal Frame changes without importing continuum distance, metric, probability, or physical time; Sec. 2.6/Appx. C. | Continuity structure, normalization preservation, mapped current, phase-flow provenance, translation realization, and the discrete-difference route used in Sec. 3.5. | Rejects the MQ dynamical substrate and all downstream conserved-availability claims. |
Observable realization proceeds through the Frames mapping subject to the Frames Principle | Primitive structural relation | Separates non-spatiotemporal count structure from realized observables; existence and representative equivalence are then proved for the finite class in Sec. 2.8.1/Appx. C. | System Frame measure, contextual realization, record map, geometry, operator representation, and all mapping-dependent predictions. | Rejects the central two-domain MQ architecture. |
Definite stable records, finite record capacity, repeatability/conditioning, and operational no-signaling for the measurement class | Operational premises | Empirical conditions defining the class of laboratory measurements addressed in Secs. 2.4–2.5; not claimed as interpretation-neutral global ontology. | Conditional record-consistency theorem; completed-measurement closure; stable record encoding; Bell/no-signaling evaluation criteria. | Changes the target measurement problem or the empirical class; it does not create a contradiction inside the narrower class. |
Finite regular realized domain when continuum differential geometry is invoked | Mathematical realization condition | Local finiteness/density representability where required, sufficient smoothness, full rank, nondegeneracy, and admissible boundary/domain conditions; Appx. C/N/F. | Radon–Nikodym density, curvature, self-adjoint differential generators, local field equations. | Limits the continuum realization domain; does not alter the primitive count measure or finite record theorem. |
Direction-free local spatial realization with fixed unit reference | Derived within stated free sector | Relational direction equivalence and absence of a direction-selecting invariant force an inner-product norm; the fixed unit reference fixes its isotropic scale; Sec. 2.8.1, Proposition 2.4, Appx. AI/M. | Euclidean local norm, Q_L and 2Q_L n_L normalization, positive spatial tangent subspace, and finite-count metrological correction. | Requires a different sector only when primitive adjacency, matter, boundary, or defect data carry a genuine direction-selecting invariant. |
Single monotone update ordering, finite nonzero mapped propagation boundary, and invariant c=l_f/t_f | MQ kinematic specialization | Primitive update order plus adjacency-local finite reachability and MQ fundamental measures; Sec. 2.9.1/Appx. X–Y. | Lorentzian signature, future orientation, proper orthochronous Lorentz group, Poincaré kinematics, Galilean contraction. | Rejects the present relativistic realization, not the earlier finite count-to-record probability theorem. |
Reversible norm-preserving realized quantum dynamics on a self-adjoint domain with admissible conservative potential representation | Realized dynamical condition | Defines the closed non-relativistic class to which the discrete difference limit is compared; Sec. 3.5/Appx. E/F/O. | Unitary realized evolution and the coefficient-resolved Schrödinger generator after the kinetic relation and MQ phase-action scale are supplied upstream. | Removes the specific Schrödinger realization but leaves the probability/record construction logically intact. |
Minimal massive charged elementary matter carrier | Derived within stated charged one-particle sector | Primitive scalar count carrier with one-update local evolution, derived Poincaré covariance, nonzero realized mass and MQ U(1) charge, mass-shell closure, and positive hypersurface availability select the simple four-component Dirac Clifford module; Proposition 3.3, Sec. 3.9.2, Appx. AK. | Dirac equation and current; Clifford-Casimir j=1/2 result, Pauli generators, 4π periodicity, and Pauli limit. | Does not select the full matter spectrum. Appx. AL proves that primitive adjacency automorphisms alone do not select a continuous non-Abelian group, but also shows that once MQ derives a localized superselection category, Doplicher-Roberts reconstruction removes the independent gauge-group choice. Neutral Majorana, massless chiral, scalar, higher-spin, flavor/species, and non-Abelian charge sectors still require additional MQ structure. |
Variable occupation number, locality/positive-energy conditions, and the MQKB Abelian gauge structure for the field extension | Extension-specific physical conditions | Defines the scalar/Dirac/U(1) QFT class; Appx. Q imports the already-derived one-particle spaces and MQKB Abelian connection. | Fock completion, creation/annihilation structure, spin-statistics assignment, microcausality, and minimally coupled Abelian interaction. | Limits the field-theoretic extension; the core measurement reconstruction is unaffected. |
AF.2 Frequently suspected inputs that are downstream results
The strongest reconstruction objection concerns familiar quantum structures that might appear to have been inserted by choosing the admissible class. Table AF.2 therefore lists those structures separately. They are not counted as independent assumptions at the level claimed in this manuscript because each is obtained from an earlier result plus, where indicated, a standard representation theorem whose role is explicitly downstream.
Table AF.2. Structures that are downstream at the level claimed here and therefore should not be counted again as independent MQ assumptions.
Suspected hidden input | Status in this manuscript | Upstream source | Residual qualification |
Born probabilities | Not primitive. Finite record probabilities are the normalized pushforward of the unique count measure. | Proposition 2.1; Proposition 3.1; Eq. (32); Appx. H.9/T. | The spectral/POVM form for arbitrary observables is a later operator representation [70,71], not the source of the pre-Hilbert probability law. |
Complex amplitudes and U(1) phase | Not primitive. The amplitude encodes normalized availability plus mapped redistribution phase; the minimal reversible norm-preserving local phase representation is complex. | Sec. 3.4; Proposition C.3; Appx. C/F. | For finite adjacency domains, the topology supporting global winding is selected by Proposition 2.9/Appx. AJ and the winding classes are then classified in Appx. Z. |
Hilbert inner product and finite tensor-product composition | Not primitive. The pre-Hilbert inner product follows by polarization from the availability norm, and separable composition fixes the tensor product up to canonical isomorphism. | Appx. F.8–F.14.1. | Hilbert completion and standard spectral machinery add representation/completion structure after the geometry has been fixed. |
Canonical position-momentum commutator | Not primitive. It is the infinitesimal consequence of realized translation covariance with the MQ action scale. | Sec. 3.4.4; Appx. S. | Requires the regular strongly continuous realized translation representation. |
Quadratic free-particle kinetic relation and Schrödinger coefficient | Not inserted as an adjustable fit. The Galilean boost action, MQ phase-action relation, and Hamilton-Jacobi characteristic relation fix T=p²/(2m), while the discrete limit supplies the Laplacian. | Sec. 3.5; Appx. O/Y/E. | The broader Schrödinger realization remains conditional on the closed self-adjoint non-relativistic domain listed in Table AF.1. |
Lorentzian signature and local Lorentz/Galilei symmetry | No longer independent symmetry postulates within the stated regular class. | Propositions 2.6–2.7; Appx. X/Y; Appx. S for translations. | They remain conditional on the mapped causal and metric specializations explicitly listed in Table AF.1. |
Elementary Dirac class and j=1/2 for the massive charged carrier | Not primitive. Proposition 3.3 selects the Dirac Clifford module from the MQ update, Lorentz, mass, charge, and positive-current structure; Proposition R.1 then fixes j=1/2 on every simple block. | Sec. 3.9.3–3.9.2; Appx. AK/R; Appx. Z for global spin structure. | The open extension is the derivation of additional matter classes and species. Appx. AL separately proves adjacency non-selection and replaces direct gauge-group guessing with a category-first reconstruction criterion; the missing physical input is the non-Abelian localized sector/fusion structure and its chiral assignments. |
Bell analyzer cos²/sin² response | Not imported as Malus' law for the ideal two-channel benchmark. Norm-preserving continuous rotation of the derived two-channel amplitude fixes the SO(2) response. | Sec. 3.7; Appx. G.11–G.12. | Nonideal detector response remains apparatus-specific System Frame post-processing. |
Finite-count gravitational and quantum-state corrections | Not fitting parameters. They descend from the same mapping-normalization and phase-action relations used elsewhere. | Secs. 2.9.2–2.9.1; Appx. J/L/AC/AD. | Their empirical confirmation remains prospective and is not supplied by the derivation itself. |
AF.3 Emergence, reconstruction, and the remaining boundary
The ledger supports a narrower and more defensible use of the word emergence. MQ does not claim that every structure of quantum theory follows from integer count conservation alone. The core claim is that a small primitive and operational base fixes a sequence of additional structures without separately postulating probability weights, wave-function ontology, a Hilbert inner product, tensor-product composition, a collapse probability, the canonical commutator, or the fitted Schrödinger coefficient. Other results are conditional uniqueness statements within a physically stated realization class. This is reconstruction in the methodological sense used throughout the quantum-foundations literature [53–59,143], but it is emergence in the specific MQ sense when a later structure is not an independent physical input and is forced by the earlier count/mapping hierarchy plus the declared domain conditions.
The residual vulnerability is correspondingly localized rather than diffuse. The count-carrier completeness issue is now bounded by Theorem 2.2/Appx. AN: absolute metaphysical absence of empirically inert hidden structure is not asserted, while every physically active enlargement is a Level-I falsifier. The strongest remaining conditional physical specializations are therefore the direction-free local spatial realization condition used by Appx. AI to select the quadratic/isotropic norm, the finite-count normalization, the realized closed self-adjoint dynamical class used for Schrödinger evolution, and the selection of particular relativistic matter/field classes for the later extensions. These are not hidden in the manuscript, and Tables AF.1–AF.2 show exactly which claims depend on them. A future derivation that removes one of these roots would strengthen the emergence claim; an experiment or theorem that rejects one would invalidate only the downstream path identified in Appx. AE. The paper therefore no longer relies on an unspecified sequence of narrowing admissibility choices to reproduce quantum mechanics. It relies on an explicit, finite assumption ledger whose physical content and failure propagation are auditable.
APPENDIX AG: GLOBAL PARAMETER ECONOMY AND FIT-FREEDOM AUDIT
This appendix separates parameter economy from derivational economy. MQ contains universal numerical quantities, system-specific physical inputs, apparatus-response quantities, and mathematical domain conditions; treating all of them as “parameters” obscures whether a prediction can be fitted after the fact. The audit therefore uses a strict rule: a free parameter is a numerical degree of freedom that may be adjusted against the dataset used to evaluate the prediction. A universal quantity fixed from prior external data is not free with respect to a later target experiment, but it is still empirically anchored and must be disclosed as such. A measured subsystem or calibration quantity is likewise not an MQ fit parameter when it is independently determined before the comparison. Under this definition, “target-parameter-free” is the appropriate description for the flagship discriminators in this manuscript.
AG.1 Universal quantities and provenance
Table AG.1. Universal MQ numerical quantities and their provenance. Derived quantities are not counted as additional independent parameters.
Quantity or relation | Classification | Numerical/provenance status | Used to determine | Fit freedom in this paper |
Unit count and integer multiplicity | Primitive structural quantity | Exact discrete multiplicity; no continuous weighting coefficient is admitted. | Primitive count measure and normalized event cardinalities. | None. |
c | Exact external unit/physical constant | 299,792,458 m s^-1 exactly in SI; also represented by the MQ length/time count ratio. | Conversion among realized length and time scales; fundamental-measure relations. | None. |
θ_si | Universal MQ quantity with external numerical anchor | Current MQKB value θ_si=3.262390305(36), obtained by inversion of the MQ realization relation using the 2022 CODATA inverse fine-structure constant. | Electromagnetic demarcation, fundamental mass relation, phase-action and other MQ universal constructions. | Not adjustable against any dataset in this manuscript, but not an ab initio independent numerical prediction of the source CODATA α. |
n_L=276/θ_si | Derived universal demarcation | The integer 276 and the charge-coupling construction fix the relation; n_L inherits the prior θ_si calibration. | Finite-count electromagnetic realization and Q_L at the demarcation. | None after θ_si is fixed. |
Q_L(n_L)=sqrt(1+n_L^2)-n_L and 2Q_L n_L | Derived mapping-normalization quantities | Algebraically fixed by the quadratic local realization of Proposition 2.4/Appx. M. | Finite-count realization corrections, G-DIFF scale, phase-action branch ratio. | None within the stated quadratic/isotropic realization class. |
m_f, l_f, t_f | Derived universal fundamental measures | Canonical MQ relations determine the three measures from the already fixed universal/input quantities; t_f=l_f/c. Their numerical uncertainties inherit their source inputs. | Action, mass, length, time and gravitational coupling scales throughout the MQKB. | No independent fit coefficient; they are not statistically independent of their source quantities. |
hbar(n_L) and its upper-count limit | Derived realization-dependent action scale | Fixed by θ_si, l_f, Q_L and n_L through the canonical count-resolved phase-action relation. | Schrödinger coefficient and QG-PPM transition ratio. | None once the universal calibration vector and realization regime are frozen. |
G finite-count and upper-count realization values | Derived MQ predictions for one gravitational coupling | Computed from the same mapping-normalization/fundamental-measure structure; external metrology reports one Newtonian G. | Historical residual comparisons and the prospective differential G-DIFF test. | No mode-specific coefficient may be fitted; causal regime assignment is frozen prospectively in Appx. AD. |
AG.2 System, preparation, and apparatus inputs
A prediction can depend on the physical system without acquiring a free theory parameter. Table AG.2 identifies the principal nonuniversal quantities appearing in this manuscript and states how they must be obtained. The governing rule is independence from the MQ residual being tested: these quantities are specified by the preparation, measured by a separate calibration, or fixed by the experimental protocol before unblinding.
Table AG.2. Nonuniversal system and apparatus quantities. Their independent determination prevents ordinary experimental calibration from becoming hidden MQ fitting freedom.
Input class | Examples in this manuscript | Required determination | Why it is not an MQ fit parameter |
Subsystem identity and state/preparation inputs | Subsystem mass m=n_m m_f, particle identity, preparation counts/state, analyzer settings, boundary conditions, source geometry. | Specified by the physical preparation or measured independently of the target residual. | They identify which physical system is being predicted; changing them defines a different experiment, not a retuning of MQ. |
Environmental or interaction inputs | Real potential V(r,t), interaction geometry, source masses, local boundary fields, macroscopic record partition. | Measured or set by the laboratory configuration before the MQ comparison. | They enter the System Frame realization as external experimental conditions rather than universal coefficients. |
QG-PPM experimental inputs | Neutron mass, local g, mirror geometry, transition labels and measured transition frequencies. | m_n from established metrology; g_loc independently measured at the apparatus; geometry and transition choice preregistered. | The MQ/QM frequency ratio cancels the dimensional subsystem inputs; no parameter is fitted to the transition data. |
G-DIFF apparatus inputs | Source masses/positions, pendulum geometry, torsional stiffness or electrostatic torque calibration, temperature/alignment corrections, covariance model. | Calibrated with the same procedures required for the conventional G determination and frozen before unblinding. | They determine the apparatus estimator. The MQ prediction is the pre-specified free-minus-servo separation, not an apparatus correction fitted to create it. |
Photodetector response inputs | C_jk, η_d, p_dc, gain, gate duration, discriminator threshold and stability interval. | Independent detector calibration or detector tomography; Sec. 3.2.2/Appx. V. | They map ideal realized outcomes to device records and cannot change the underlying MQ outcome probability measure. |
Statistical/nuisance quantities | Published experimental covariance, systematic-correction uncertainties, exclusion thresholds. | Taken from the experiment or preregistered analysis plan. | They affect uncertainty and decision power, not the central MQ prediction; they may not be optimized after viewing the MQ residual. |
CMB-AGE diversification inputs | Universe age, realized cosmological volume/geometry inputs, and direct CMB monopole temperature. | For independent-test status, age and geometry must come from a likelihood that excludes the CMB data used in the temperature comparator; all input covariances are frozen before evaluating the MQ temperature relation. | These are external source inputs to the fixed MQ cosmological chain, not coefficients fitted to T_CMB. The current Planck-age evaluation fails the independence gate because Planck derives age from CMB anisotropy data. |
AG.3 Flagship fit-freedom tests
The two prospective discriminators permit an especially direct audit because each can be expressed as a frozen difference or ratio. Table AG.3 records the prediction, the quantities that remain after cancellation, and the degrees of freedom available after preregistration.
Table AG.3. Fit-freedom audit of the principal predictions. The zero count refers to MQ coefficients that can be adjusted after the target dataset is available.
Test | Frozen MQ target | Target-data quantities used to set target | Adjustable MQ coefficients after preregistration | Interpretation |
QG-PPM | +11.6426596 ppm common upward transition-frequency displacement relative to standard QM. | None. The universal MQ calibration and upper-count assignment pre-exist the neutron transition dataset; neutron mass, local g and state-dependent Airy factors cancel in the MQ/QM ratio. | 0 | Target-parameter-free prospective prediction. A measured common shift is compared directly with the fixed target and the standard-QM null. |
G-DIFF | +34.9274 ppm free-minus-electrostatic-servo separation. | None. The two realization values and interaction-provenance channel selector are frozen independently of the future G measurements. | 0 | Target-parameter-free differential prediction conditional on the MQ realization-regime rule. Apparatus corrections and covariance affect uncertainty, not the target. |
Ordinary-QM correspondence | Standard coefficients such as hbar^2/(2m) after the subsystem is specified. | Subsystem mass/preparation identifies the experiment; universal MQ phase-action scale is fixed upstream. | 0 universal fit coefficients in the coefficient-closure step | Coefficient-resolved recovery, not an independent prospective validation because the ordinary quantum target is already known. |
Device-level measurement | Ideal MQ outcome probabilities followed by independently calibrated response C. | Detector calibration data determine C, not the quantum-outcome dataset under test. | 0 MQ probability-law coefficients; apparatus response parameters remain empirical | Separates theory parameter economy from necessary detector characterization. |
CMB-AGE (conditional third arm) | MQKB cross-domain temperature relation; 2.72509 ± 0.00341 K when evaluated with the Planck 2018 cosmic age. | No CMB temperature is fitted. For independent status, the age/geometry input must be obtained without the CMB dataset used in the thermal comparator. | 0 MQ fit coefficients after the independent input vector is frozen. | Non-gravitational thermal observable and distinct derivational chain. The current Planck-age comparison is not independent because its source likelihood uses CMB anisotropy data; therefore this row is an independence gate, not a completed third confirmation. |
AG.4 Meaning and limit of the parameter-economy claim
The audit supports a precise claim and excludes a stronger one. MQ is not asserted here to be numerically ab initio in the sense that every universal number is obtained without empirical anchoring. In the current MQKB, θ_si is calibrated through the 2022 CODATA inverse fine-structure constant, and universal quantities derived from θ_si or from other metrological inputs inherit that provenance and covariance. They must therefore not be counted as statistically independent predictions of those same source measurements. Appendix J already enforces that evidentiary restriction.
What is established is global absence of hidden target-specific fitting in the paper's principal deductions. The mapping-normalization function has no tunable residual once the declared realization class is fixed; the counting measure has no outcome-dependent primitive weights; the Schrödinger coefficient contains no phenomenological continuum constant beyond the independently fixed universal scale and the physical subsystem mass; detector calibration is explicitly externalized; and the two strongest prospective discriminators have zero MQ coefficients available for post-data adjustment. Consequently, a failure of QG-PPM or G-DIFF at the preregistered precision cannot be repaired by refitting an unreported MQ parameter. It would require rejection of the relevant realization rule or an upstream universal relation, with the propagation path given in Appx. AE. This is the parameter-economy statement warranted by the present construction.
APPENDIX AH: CONSTRUCTIVE FINITE OUTCOME COMPUTATION
Section 3.2.1 and Appx. H.8-H.9 define the completed-interaction record map and prove its probability pushforward properties. The remaining computability question is whether those definitions can be executed from fully specified primitive count data without first supplying the observed record. This appendix gives the smallest useful audit example. It instantiates only structures already used in the manuscript: a finite Internal Frame adjacency domain, nonnegative integer counts, adjacency-local count transfer satisfying the conservation law of Eq. (9), a fixed contextual Frames mapping, disjoint System Frame outcome regions, and the first-stable-record criterion. No stochastic selector, primitive probability weight, continuum coordinate on the Internal Frame, or outcome-dependent fitting rule is added.
AH.1 Fixed finite preparation and apparatus context
Consider eight admissible primitive preparation microconfigurations of one fixed macroscopic preparation. Each contains one unit of measurement-availability count on exactly one of eight relational source cells, denoted u1 through u8, and zero count on the two detector-record cells d0 and d1. These cell names are relational bookkeeping labels only; they carry no metric or coordinate meaning. The apparatus context fixes the adjacency graph before a run: u1, u2, and u3 each have one active outgoing adjacency link to d0, while u4 through u8 each have one active outgoing adjacency link to d1. During the measurement interaction the apparatus update permits the occupied source cell to transfer its one count along that single active link. All other links are inactive for this context. Thus the transfer rule is fixed by the apparatus adjacency structure, not by the outcome subsequently observed.
The initial total count is one for every admissible microconfiguration. At the interaction update the occupied source cell loses one count and its uniquely adjacent detector cell gains one count. The local changes therefore satisfy Eq. (9) cell by cell and the closed-domain total remains one as required by Eq. (13). After that transfer, the apparatus context contains no active record-changing link for two reread updates. The detector occupation therefore persists and satisfies Operational Constraint 4. The first update at which this persistence has been verified is the completion update for the example.
Table AH.1. Complete finite run table for the fixed apparatus context. Every initial primitive count configuration has one deterministic record trajectory.
Preparation microconfiguration | Active source-to-record link | Detector count after interaction | Completed record |
u1 occupied | u1 -> d0 | d0 = 1, d1 = 0 | o0 |
u2 occupied | u2 -> d0 | d0 = 1, d1 = 0 | o0 |
u3 occupied | u3 -> d0 | d0 = 1, d1 = 0 | o0 |
u4 occupied | u4 -> d1 | d0 = 0, d1 = 1 | o1 |
u5 occupied | u5 -> d1 | d0 = 0, d1 = 1 | o1 |
u6 occupied | u6 -> d1 | d0 = 0, d1 = 1 | o1 |
u7 occupied | u7 -> d1 | d0 = 0, d1 = 1 | o1 |
u8 occupied | u8 -> d1 | d0 = 0, d1 = 1 | o1 |
AH.2 Contextual realization and single-run computation
The contextual Frames mapping for this apparatus is also fixed before evaluation. A completed configuration with count on d0 is realized in the System Frame detector region A0, and a completed configuration with count on d1 is realized in the disjoint detector region A1. The outcome partition assigns label o0 to A0 and label o1 to A1. This is not an outcome selector added after the run; it is the calibrated detector geometry and record coding that defines what the two physical detector states mean. The same type of apparatus-to-record calibration is made explicit for photodetection in Sec. 3.2.2 and Appx. V.
A single run can now be computed without any probabilistic step. Suppose the fully specified primitive initial configuration has its unit count on u6. The apparatus graph contains only the active route u6 → d1 for that occupied source cell. One adjacency-local interaction update therefore produces count one on d1 and zero on all source cells and d0. The next two record-preserving updates leave d1 occupied. The first-stable-record test is then satisfied, the contextual Frames mapping places the completed configuration in A1, and the fixed partition returns record label o1. At no stage is o1 used to choose a flux, choose a mapping representative, terminate an otherwise ambiguous trajectory, or reweight the preparation. Changing the initial primitive configuration to u2 produces the same calculation with the unique route to d0 and therefore returns o0.
This calculation addresses a limited but important objection. The abstract composition of Sec. 3.2.1 is executable once the physical initial configuration and apparatus interaction structure are specified: evolve the integer counts with the fixed adjacency law, test the fixed first-stable-record condition, apply the fixed contextual realization, and read the unique partition label. The record definition identifies detector states; it does not determine which detector state the prior count evolution reaches.
AH.3 Ensemble frequencies from the same primitive counting measure
For the macroscopic preparation represented by the eight admissible primitive microconfigurations in Table AH.1, Proposition 2.1 assigns equal primitive unit weight because no additional scalar weighting field is present. Three admissible microconfigurations terminate at o0 and five terminate at o1. The normalized record frequencies predicted by the completed-interaction pushforward are therefore 3/8 and 5/8, respectively. These values are obtained by counting the preimages of the already-fixed record map, exactly as in Eq. (32); they are not inserted as transition probabilities. Repeating the preparation while sampling the admissible microconfiguration class according to its primitive count measure therefore gives the same limiting frequencies by the standard sampling argument used in Proposition 3.1.
Nothing in the example requires that a laboratory observer have access to the primitive microconfiguration of an individual run. Predictive computability and observer accessibility are different questions. If the complete initial Internal Frame configuration were known, the example returns the individual record deterministically. If only the macroscopic preparation class is accessible, the unique primitive counting measure supplies the record distribution. This is the precise division asserted in Sec. 2.11 between deterministic Internal Frame evolution and probabilistic System Frame access.
AH.4 Executable reference implementation and reproduction contract
The finite construction is sufficiently specified to admit an independent implementation with no numerical library, random-number generator, fitted parameter, or observer-supplied record. The executable contract is: enumerate the eight admissible preparation microconfigurations; initialize one unit count on the occupied source cell; apply the single active adjacency transfer fixed by the apparatus graph; verify exact count conservation; hold the resulting detector state through the two fixed reread updates; apply the contextual Frames mapping from detector occupation to the disjoint System Frame regions; read the fixed record label; and aggregate the labels using the primitive counting measure. Any implementation that follows this contract must return the same record map and frequencies.
Listing AH.1 is a complete reference implementation in Python 3 using only the standard library. Its variables are bookkeeping representatives of structures already defined in Secs. 2.6, 3.2.1, and Appx. H.8-H.9; the listing introduces no new MQ term, symbol, equation, or physical rule. Because the input graph, completion interval, realization coding, and expected output are all frozen in the manuscript, a skeptical reader can retype or independently translate the listing into another language and compare the machine-readable output exactly.
Listing AH.1. Dependency-free reference implementation of the finite count-to-record computation.
from collections import Counter
from fractions import Fraction
import json
PREPARATIONS = [f"u{i}" for i in range(1, 9)]
ACTIVE_LINK = {
"u1": "d0", "u2": "d0", "u3": "d0",
"u4": "d1", "u5": "d1", "u6": "d1", "u7": "d1", "u8": "d1",
}
OUTCOME = {"d0": "o0", "d1": "o1"}
STABILITY_UPDATES = 2
def run(source):
# Initial state: one unit count on the selected source cell.
state = {cell: 0 for cell in PREPARATIONS + ["d0", "d1"]}
state[source] = 1
total0 = sum(state.values())
# One adjacency-local interaction update along the unique active link.
detector = ACTIVE_LINK[source]
state[source] -= 1
state[detector] += 1
total1 = sum(state.values())
# First-stable-record completion: no active record-changing link exists.
stable = True
for _ in range(STABILITY_UPDATES):
previous = dict(state)
state = dict(state)
stable = stable and (state == previous)
occupied = [d for d in ("d0", "d1") if state[d] == 1]
if total0 != 1 or total1 != 1 or len(occupied) != 1 or not stable:
raise RuntimeError("admissibility or completion failure")
return OUTCOME[occupied[0]]
records = {source: run(source) for source in PREPARATIONS}
counts = Counter(records.values())
frequencies = {k: str(Fraction(v, len(PREPARATIONS))) for k, v in sorted(counts.items())}
print(json.dumps({"records": records, "counts": dict(sorted(counts.items())),
"frequencies": frequencies}, sort_keys=True, separators=(",", ":")))
Frozen expected standard output:
{"counts":{"o0":3,"o1":5},"frequencies":{"o0":"3/8","o1":"5/8"},"records":{"u1":"o0","u2":"o0","u3":"o0","u4":"o1","u5":"o1","u6":"o1","u7":"o1","u8":"o1"}}
The output performs three independent audit checks on the written derivation. First, every source cell has exactly one completed label, so the finite record map is total and single-valued on the declared preparation class. Second, the multiplicities are three records o0 and five records o1, so normalization of the same primitive count measure gives exactly 3/8 and 5/8. Third, the implementation aborts if the initial or post-transfer total count differs from one, if more than one detector record is occupied, or if the two-update stability test fails. The executable therefore tests conservation, unique partition membership, first-stable-record completion, and ensemble pushforward in one deterministic pipeline.
This closes the reproducibility issue for the finite example at the strongest level available inside a static article: the claim is no longer dependent on manual inspection of Table AH.1. It does not constitute an independently published software replication, and it does not solve the distinct universality question of deriving the microscopic adjacency-transfer law for every apparatus. That boundary remains stated in Sec. AH.5.
AH.5 Scope and remaining microscopic dynamics question
The example closes the formal computability gap for the finite record map: it proves by construction that MQ does not require the realized label to be fed back into the definition of the complete interaction. It does not establish that Eq. (9) alone uniquely fixes the interaction graph or flux law of every possible apparatus. Those are physical interaction data, just as a Hamiltonian or apparatus coupling must be specified before standard quantum dynamics predicts a detector response. In MQ they must be derived from, or independently specified by, the relevant count-level interaction structure and then frozen before the record is evaluated. A stronger universal result would derive the complete microscopic adjacency-transfer law of an arbitrary laboratory apparatus solely from a more fundamental MQ interaction action. That broader dynamics problem is not required for the logical count-to-record theorem and remains part of the universality program.
Accordingly, the skeptical question can now be separated into two claims. The first - whether a specified MQ interaction can be executed to a unique record without importing the observed label - is answered constructively by Table AH.1 and Sec. AH.2. The second - whether MQ already supplies a first-principles microscopic interaction law for every apparatus in Nature - is not claimed. The manuscript requires the same discipline for any future worked device: the primitive initial configuration, adjacency interaction rule, contextual Frames mapping, detector partition, and stability criterion must all be fixed independently of the outcome before the record computation is run.
APPENDIX AI: DIRECTION-FREE SELECTION OF THE LOCAL QUADRATIC METRIC
AI.1 MQKB provenance and the remaining selection question
The MQKB supplies three ingredients that materially constrain the local metric problem: primitive Internal Frame labels carry no manifold angle or background metric; orthogonality at that level denotes algebraic independence rather than a pre-existing angular relation; and admissible realization is invariant under relational relabeling and under representative transformations that preserve physical mapping invariants. It also requires path-independent closure on contractible cycles. These facts rule out treating a preferred System Frame direction as a mere coordinate artifact, but by themselves they do not forbid a physical anisotropy encoded in the actual count adjacency, boundary conditions, matter content, or defect data. The correct selection question is therefore local: what norm is allowed in a regular free-realization neighborhood when no direction-selecting invariant is present?
AI.2 Direction-free local realization condition
Let Vₚ be the finite-dimensional realized spatial tangent space at a regular System Frame point p and let Fₚ(v) be the positive local separation norm before any quadratic form is assumed. Define Gₚ as the group of admissibility-preserving linear representative changes T on Vₚ satisfying Fₚ(Tv)=Fₚ(v). A local neighborhood is direction-free when its primitive count data, boundary data, matter variables, and defect-holonomy data contain no invariant capable of distinguishing one realized unit spatial direction from another. In that case Proposition 2.2 and relational relabeling invariance require direction equivalence: for any u and v with Fₚ(u)=Fₚ(v)=1, there is a T in Gₚ with Tu=v. Thus Gₚ acts transitively on the unit sphere of Fₚ. This is a symmetry condition on the physical data, not an assumption that the sphere is Euclidean.
AI.3 Theorem AI.1 (direction equivalence selects an inner-product norm)
For a finite-dimensional real normed space, if the group of linear isometries acts transitively on its unit sphere, the unit ball is an ellipsoid; equivalently, after a linear choice of coordinates the norm is induced by a positive-definite inner product [160]. Therefore the direction-free MQ condition implies the existence of a unique local positive-definite bilinear form hₚ, up to the overall scale already fixed by the MQ unit reference, such that Fₚ(v)^2=hₚ(v,v). The same conclusion is equivalently characterized by the Jordan-von Neumann parallelogram identity [110],
The proof does not import Euclidean angle into the Internal Frame. The group action is defined on the realized tangent representation only after the Frames mapping, while its transitivity is forced by the absence of any physical direction label in the local source data. Once the inner product exists, angular orthogonality becomes a derived System Frame concept. The MQ statement that primitive orthogonality means algebraic independence therefore remains unchanged.
AI.4 Isotropic scale fixing and the right-triangle rule
The ellipsoidal inner-product norm can still contain unequal principal scales only if the physical data distinguish the associated directions. Direction freedom excludes that information. With the single fundamental spatial unit l_f fixing the common unit norm, choose any hₚ-orthonormal realized basis. Then the local norm is the isotropic Euclidean representative
The fixed Reference-Frame normalization contribution and the independent variable count contribution may therefore be represented by orthogonal realized basis directions without adding a physical angle at the primitive level. For reference count one and variable count nₗ, Eq. (AI.2) gives
Writing l=(nₗ+Qₗ)l_f then yields
Equations (AI.3-AI.4) reproduce the Appendix M mapping-normalization rule, but the logical order is now different: local direction equivalence selects the inner-product norm; unit-reference calibration fixes its common spatial scale; only then does the count/reference composition yield the Pythagorean residual. Quadraticity is therefore not selected because it reproduces the desired MQ correction.
AI.5 What remains open
The theorem closes item #67 for the local free-realization sector used by the quantum and metrological derivations. It does not prove that every System Frame region in Nature must be isotropic. If primitive adjacency, matter, boundary, or non-contractible defect data carry a genuine direction-selecting invariant, Gₚ need not act transitively. That complementary problem is now treated constructively in Sec. 2.8.3 and Appx. AQ: the invariant physical data enter the second variation of the same MQ Action, and the mapped quadratic response uniquely determines the regular anisotropic spatial metric. Thus Appx. AI and Appx. AQ form the two branches of one selection rule: no source anisotropy gives the isotropic metric; explicit source anisotropy gives the action-determined anisotropic metric. Only degenerate, nonlocal, or higher-order nonquadratic response remains outside this local theorem.
APPENDIX AJ: ADJACENCY-DETERMINED GLOBAL TOPOLOGY
AJ.1 MQKB provenance and the remaining topology question
The MQKB is already explicit that the Internal Frame contains count, relational adjacency, conservation, and mapping admissibility but no primitive differentiable manifold. Its universe-origin construction further shows that global incompatibility is carried by persistent mapping-defect and holonomy data and that a referenceable realization is a maximal domain on which the Frames mapping remains normalized, uniquely realized, repeatable, and holonomy-consistent. Appendix Z uses those results to classify surviving loop data. The unresolved step was narrower: a graph supplies vertices and edges but, if arbitrary higher-order cell attachments are permitted, does not by itself decide which triangles, tetrahedra, or higher simplices are present. The present appendix removes that freedom for the finite adjacency domains used by this paper without adding a new primitive incidence field.
AJ.2 The no-extra-incidence flag completion
Let the finite primitive relational adjacency graph at a specified Internal Frame update be given. MQ already treats the adjacency relation as physically meaningful and relational labels as nonphysical. If higher-order incidence carried an independent yes/no variable in addition to those pairwise adjacencies, that variable would be a new primitive structure not present in the count-and-adjacency ontology. The minimal completion is therefore required to contain no higher-order incidence information beyond the graph itself. In simplicial language this is exactly the flag condition: every finite clique is filled by one simplex, and a set containing any nonadjacent pair is not a simplex. The family of all cliques of a graph is its clique, or flag, complex, whose one-skeleton is exactly the original graph [161].
This completion is unique under the stated ontology. A simplex whose vertices contain a nonadjacent pair would contradict downward closure because every edge of a simplex must itself be a face. Conversely, withholding a simplex from a complete clique would distinguish two configurations with identical primitive adjacency and would therefore encode an extra higher-order exclusion datum. Filling every clique is the only completion that uses the adjacency information and nothing else. The rule is invariant under relational relabeling because graph isomorphisms induce simplicial isomorphisms of the clique complex.
AJ.3 Topology along a primitive adjacency history
For each finite admissible update, the procedure is constructive: read the current relational adjacency graph; enumerate its cliques; form the corresponding finite flag complex; and compute the desired simplicial invariants from that complex. No System Frame manifold topology is supplied as an external label. If the physical application holds the adjacency graph fixed, ordinary count redistribution under Eq. (9) changes count occupation but not this combinatorial topology. If a broader MQ dynamics specifies an admissible change of adjacency, the same rule is reapplied to the new graph and the topology changes exactly when the adjacency or defect/referenceability data change. Thus a topology change is not generated by relabeling or by choosing different cell attachments after the fact.
AJ.4 Selection of the regular realized manifold locus
A flag complex need not itself be a smooth manifold, and MQ does not silently smooth a non-manifold complex. The continuum geometry of Sec. 2.8 requires a regular System Frame domain satisfying Appx. N. In the PL category, manifold regularity is tested intrinsically by links: the links of the appropriate faces must have the required PL-sphere or PL-ball form [162]. MQ therefore selects the regular realized carrier as the maximal connected subcomplex containing the physical preparation/support that simultaneously passes the applicable link test and the existing Frames mapping conditions of normalization, full-rank regularity, unique realization, contractible-cycle closure, and defect compatibility. Simplices that fail those conditions lie outside the regular manifold locus or on the already-classified defect support; they are not repaired by inserting unrecorded incidence data.
This step also connects directly to the MQKB Universe Initiation Theorem. That theorem localizes incompatible global closure in persistent defect support while leaving a maximal referenceable subdomain. The present flag-complex construction supplies the higher-dimensional combinatorial carrier on which that maximal-domain rule acts. The selected realized topology is therefore determined by two upstream data classes already admitted by MQ: primitive adjacency and the invariant defect/referenceability class of the Frames mapping.
AJ.5 Consequences for global quantum structure
Once the regular complex is selected, the quantities classified conditionally in Appendix Z become computable downstream invariants rather than inputs. The surviving non-contractible loops determine the fundamental-group generators and mapping holonomy; integral cohomology determines the U(1) winding sectors; the global time-orientation test acts on the selected realization; and the second Stiefel-Whitney obstruction and H¹(Ω;Z₂) classify spin-structure existence and multiplicity. In particular, the value of w₂ is no longer evaluated on an arbitrarily supplied manifold in the finite construction: it is a characteristic class of the regular topology obtained from primitive adjacency by the completion-and-selection procedure above.
AJ.6 Scope and residual boundary
The repair closes item #68 at the level required by the present manuscript: finite primitive adjacency domains have no freely selectable higher-dimensional cell incidence, and Proposition 2.10/Appx. AO carries that result to connected locally finite fixed-adjacency domains by directed exhaustion. The construction remains conditional on the adjacency data actually carried by the MQ count ontology and on standard manifold regularity for continuum realization. Theorem 2.2/Appx. AN clarifies that an additional hidden adjacency label with no effect on any admissible realization is physically redundant, whereas any label that changes topology or another System Frame invariant is a physically distinct and testable extension. Two stronger problems remain outside the claim. First, a genuinely non-locally-finite domain can violate the local-finiteness condition needed for the exhaustion theorem. Second, Eq. (9) governs redistribution of count on an adjacency structure but does not itself constitute a universal law for changing that adjacency relation. If a future MQ application requires graph rewiring, that law must be derived from the broader interaction theory.
APPENDIX AK: SELECTION OF THE MINIMAL MASSIVE CHARGED MATTER REPRESENTATION
AK.1 MQKB provenance and the remaining representation question
The MQKB and the body of this manuscript already contain the ingredients needed to narrow the matter-representation problem more strongly than a generic choice among Lorentz representations. The primitive Internal Frame object is a scalar nonnegative count assignment on a relational adjacency domain. It has no primitive spinor, tensor, chirality, flavor, or species index. Its evolution is a local one-update conservation law, Eq. (9). The realized System Frame geometry is Lorentzian and its connected local inertial group is the proper orthochronous Poincaré group by Propositions 2.6–2.7. Appendix P supplies the relativistic mass shell, realized subsystem mass, positive Dirac hypersurface current, and the scalar comparison sector. The MQKB electromagnetic construction supplies the nonzero U(1) charge scale used by Appx. Q. The remaining question is whether those already-established structures force the representation used for the elementary massive charged carrier or merely permit it.
AK.2 First-order realized propagation is inherited, not freely appended
Equation (9) advances the primitive count configuration by one admissible update using only the present adjacency configuration and the count flux through neighboring links. For an elementary realized carrier that does not add a second primitive memory variable, the continuum image of this update must remain first order in the realized evolution coordinate. Proposition 2.7 removes any privileged time-only transformation rule: local inertial covariance mixes the realized evolution coordinate with the spatial tangent coordinates. A local linear law that is first order in one inertial representative must therefore be first order covariantly in the tangent derivative. This is the precise MQ origin of the first-order matter operator used in Appx. P/R. It is not inferred from the empirical success of the Dirac equation and it is not an independent minimum-dimension preference.
AK.3 Mass-shell closure forces the Clifford module
Appendix P has already fixed the relativistic mass shell from the MQ phase-action and mass realization. A first-order covariant matter operator must square to that scalar quadratic invariant for every local four-momentum. Equations (P.8) and (R.2) state the resulting exact anticommutation condition. Mathematically, the complex Clifford algebra generated by that relation in four spacetime dimensions is a simple matrix algebra with one simple four-dimensional complex module up to equivalence; Pauli-type uniqueness means that any other irreducible set of gamma matrices is related by similarity [129,165]. The proper Lorentz action carried by this module is the standard paired chiral spinor representation used by the Dirac equation, consistent with the group-theoretic classification of relativistic wave equations [163]. Thus once first-order covariance and mass-shell factorization are inherited, a higher-spin tensor-spinor is not another basis choice inside the same module.
AK.4 Nonzero mass and U(1) charge remove the Weyl and Majorana alternatives
The remaining spinor alternatives are distinguished by physical invariants already present in MQ. An isolated Weyl carrier is chiral and, as a single representation, does not provide the paired opposite chirality required by the ordinary massive charged Dirac term. A Majorana condition identifies the particle with its charge conjugate and therefore cannot carry a nonzero conserved unbroken U(1) charge. Standard treatments of Dirac, Weyl, and Majorana fields make these representation and charge distinctions explicit [164]. The MQ carrier considered here has both a nonzero realized mass and the nonzero electromagnetic charge realization used in Appx. Q. Those two invariants therefore select the paired Dirac realization within the first-order Clifford class. This conclusion is specific to the massive charged channel; it does not prohibit a neutral Majorana sector or a massless chiral sector if a future MQ derivation supplies the corresponding physical data.
AK.5 Why scalar and higher-spin sectors are distinct rather than competing choices
The scalar Klein–Gordon construction of Appx. P remains valid and is deliberately retained. It is not, however, an alternative representation of the same elementary positive-availability carrier: its one-particle equation is second order and its standard conserved Klein–Gordon current is not a positive-definite local probability density. At the field-theory level this poses no inconsistency, which is why Appx. Q keeps the scalar bosonic sector. Conversely, higher half-integer spin is represented by tensor-spinor systems such as the Rarita–Schwinger class [151]. Such fields carry additional realized tensor indices and subsidiary constraints not present in the scalar primitive count assignment or forced by the simple Clifford module. If MQ is to contain an elementary higher-spin particle, those extra indices must arise from an additional invariant of the adjacency, defect, boundary, or internal-multiplet structure; they cannot be inserted as an alternative label for the carrier selected above.
AK.6 Proposition AK.1 and scope
Proposition AK.1 (MQ selection of the minimal massive charged matter representation). On the finite regular realization class of this manuscript, assume only the upstream structures already derived for the elementary charged one-particle channel: scalar primitive count ontology with no independent internal multiplet, one-update adjacency-local propagation, the mapped proper-orthochronous Poincaré symmetry, nonzero realized mass, nonzero MQ U(1) charge, the Appx. P mass shell, and a positive conserved hypersurface availability norm. Then preserving the one-update law without an added memory state gives a first-order covariant realized operator; exact mass-shell closure forces the Clifford algebra; its simple complex four-dimensional module is unique up to equivalence; nonzero mass requires paired chiral components; and nonzero U(1) charge excludes a Majorana identification. Therefore the minimal massive charged elementary matter carrier is the Dirac Clifford representation, and Proposition R.1 subsequently fixes its rotational content to j=1/2.
The theorem closes item #69 for the matter channel actually used in the manuscript. It is not a theorem that the complete particle spectrum consists only of Dirac fermions. Neutral massive, massless chiral, scalar, higher-spin, flavor/species, and non-Abelian multiplet classes require additional MQ-derived invariants and remain open. Appendix AL sharpens the last point by showing that primitive adjacency automorphisms alone cannot uniquely select the continuous non-Abelian group or chiral representation data. This residual boundary is materially narrower than the former one: a referee can no longer regard the Dirac representation in the present charged one-particle construction as an arbitrary continuum specialization chosen before the spin result, while the separate Standard Model universality problem remains explicitly unclaimed.
APPENDIX AL: NON-ABELIAN AND CHIRAL UNIVERSALITY SELECTION BOUNDARY
AL.1 Purpose and relation to the MQKB
Appendix AA proves that the gauge structure actually contained in the MQKB is Abelian: the scalar-generated transformation law closes commutatively and therefore yields the U(1) connection used in Appx. Q. The remaining issue is not whether another non-Abelian theory can be written on the realized System Frame; standard Yang–Mills theory supplies that mathematics. The MQ-specific question is whether the primitive count/adjacency ontology and the Frames mapping select the required internal multiplicity, gauge group, and chiral representation content without inserting them. This appendix gives the strongest conclusion supported by the present knowledge base and by the relevant mathematical classification results.
AL.2 Primitive adjacency automorphisms do not uniquely select a gauge group
For a fixed finite Internal Frame adjacency graph, every adjacency-preserving relabeling belongs to its graph automorphism group. This is genuine relational symmetry, but it does not solve the gauge-selection problem. First, the automorphism group of a finite graph is itself finite, whereas the Standard Model factors SU(2) and SU(3) are continuous compact Lie groups. Second, graph symmetry is radically nonselective: Frucht proved that every finite group occurs as the automorphism group of some finite graph [166]. Consequently, the statement that primitive relational adjacency has a noncommuting automorphism group cannot by itself explain why Nature realizes one particular continuous non-Abelian gauge algebra. The group would simply be encoded in the chosen graph unless an independent MQ invariant fixed the graph class and its continuous realized limit.
Proposition AL.1 (Adjacency-automorphism non-selection). Within the finite adjacency-only MQ ontology of Secs. 2.4.1, 2.6, and 2.10.2, primitive graph automorphisms may supply discrete relational equivalences but cannot uniquely determine a continuous non-Abelian gauge group. In particular, neither SU(2) nor SU(3) follows solely from the existence of noncommuting adjacency automorphisms. Any such derivation requires additional realized internal structure whose continuous symmetry is fixed by physical MQ invariants rather than by an arbitrary choice of primitive graph.
Proof. A finite adjacency domain has a finite graph automorphism group. Frucht’s theorem shows conversely that finite graph automorphism groups are not selective: an arbitrary finite group can be realized as the full automorphism group of an appropriate finite graph [166]. Thus adjacency symmetry alone supplies neither continuity nor a unique group. The Frames-automorphism equivalence already used in Proposition 2.2 also cannot supply the missing physics, because it identifies representation redundancies that preserve observables; promoting that redundancy directly to an independently interacting internal charge would reverse its established role. A continuous non-Abelian gauge law therefore requires a new realized internal multiplicity with physical transformation content.
AL.3 Minimal MQ structure required before Yang–Mills localization
The community construction identifies the next required object precisely. A non-Abelian gauge theory begins with a matter multiplet carrying a noncommuting representation of a Lie group; making that transformation local requires a Lie-algebra-valued connection and produces the nonlinear curvature term already displayed in Eqs. (AA.2–AA.4) [154,155]. MQ can use that standard representation theorem only after deriving the antecedent physical structure. The missing MQ step is therefore a realized finite-dimensional internal multiplicity that is not removable by relational relabeling or Frames-automorphism equivalence, together with a continuous local automorphism action that preserves the already-derived probability norm, count provenance, causal structure, and record map. Once such a physical multiplet is obtained, localization is a representation completion; before it is obtained, writing SU(2) or SU(3) would be an insertion.
AL.3.1 Superselection-first reconstruction removes an independent gauge-group choice
Appendix AR changes the logical status of this problem because the local observable algebra and its admissible state representations are now primary MQ-derived objects. In algebraic quantum field theory, the Doplicher-Haag-Roberts selection criterion organizes localized, transportable charge sectors as endomorphisms of the observable algebra, and Doplicher-Roberts duality shows that a rigid symmetric tensor category of such finite-statistics sectors with conjugates reconstructs a compact gauge group and a field algebra [190-192]. The important consequence for MQ is that a continuous non-Abelian group need not be postulated at the primitive adjacency level. The theory must instead derive the physical charge-sector category from count-local realizations; if that category satisfies the reconstruction hypotheses, the compact internal symmetry is fixed by the category rather than selected by notation.
Proposition AL.2 (Category-first non-Abelian reconstruction criterion). Fix the MQ local observable net of Proposition 3.4 and suppose MQ independently derives a complete family of localized and transportable superselection sectors whose composition is closed, whose sectors possess conjugates and finite statistics, and whose exchange structure is symmetric in four-dimensional local spacetime. Then, subject to the standard Doplicher-Roberts hypotheses, there exists a compact gauge group G_MQ and field algebra whose observable fixed-point algebra is the MQ quasi-local algebra, and G_MQ is reconstructed from the sector category up to the corresponding categorical/group equivalence [192]. Accordingly, once the physical sector category is derived, the continuous gauge group is no longer an additional free input. A claim of SU(2), SU(3), or their Standard-Model combination is justified only if the derived fusion, conjugation, statistics, and faithful action reproduce the representation category of the corresponding group.
Proof sketch. Appendix AR supplies the observable-algebra side of the reconstruction. The additional hypothesis in this proposition is physical rather than representational: MQ must supply the nontrivial localized charge sectors and their tensor-composition data from count provenance. Doplicher-Roberts duality then reconstructs the compact group from that symmetric rigid tensor category. The theorem therefore removes one arbitrary continuum choice but does not manufacture the missing sectors. With only the presently derived Abelian charge family, the reconstruction returns only the present Abelian internal structure.
AL.3.2 Standard-Model target and global-group qualification
For comparison with experiment, the target should be stated at two distinct levels. Locally, the Standard Model is characterized by the gauge Lie algebra su(3)⊕su(2)⊕u(1) acting chirally on the observed quark and lepton multiplets. Globally, the faithful gauge group is not determined by the Lie algebra alone because central subgroups may act trivially on all matter representations; viable global forms with the same Lie algebra have been analyzed explicitly [195]. The commonly used product notation SU(3)×SU(2)×U(1) is therefore a local/representation shorthand rather than a complete global-structure derivation. Any MQ completion must derive both the local algebra and the kernel of its action on the selected matter sectors before a unique global group can be claimed.
AL.4 Chirality is kinematically available but gauge chirality is not yet selected
Proposition 3.3 and Appx. AK select the paired Dirac representation for the minimal massive charged carrier, so left- and right-handed spinor components exist in the realized Lorentz representation. That kinematic decomposition does not determine a chiral gauge theory. Gauge chirality requires the two chiral components to transform in different internal representations, and those representation assignments are additional physical data. The present MQKB U(1) construction does not derive the Standard Model weak-isospin multiplets, color triplets, or hypercharge pattern. The category-first route of Proposition AL.2 reduces the group-choice problem, but it still requires MQ to derive which localized sectors occur and how Lorentz chirality is correlated with their internal representations. Perturbative gauge and mixed gauge-gravitational anomaly cancellation then become mandatory consistency gates on any candidate chiral assignment. They can substantially constrain hypercharges, but by themselves they do not uniquely derive all Standard Model matter content without additional representation and global-structure assumptions [167]. Global consistency imposes further restrictions; for example, an SU(2) theory with an odd number of left-handed doublets has the Witten global anomaly [168]. These anomaly conditions therefore reject inconsistent candidates after the sector content is proposed or derived; they do not replace the missing MQ selection of that content.
AL.5 Higgs and Yukawa structure require an additional derived scalar representation
The scalar field class retained in Appxs. P and Q establishes that MQ can represent bosonic realized fields, but it does not select the Standard Model Higgs representation or its vacuum structure. A Higgs completion would require MQ to derive a scalar internal sector of the same reconstructed gauge category, a gauge-invariant scalar potential whose realized minimum breaks the appropriate symmetry, and invariant trilinear maps coupling that scalar sector to the independently selected left- and right-handed fermion sectors. In Standard Model language these maps are the Yukawa interactions. Their existence is constrained by the gauge representations, but the observed family multiplicity, coupling matrices, masses, and mixing structure are not fixed by gauge symmetry alone. Those quantities cannot be declared MQ predictions unless their values or admissible relations follow from upstream count invariants rather than being fitted to the observed particle spectrum. The Particle Data Group review supplies the experimental correspondence target for any such completion [156].
AL.6 Consequence for issue #78 and the present manuscript
Issue #78 cannot be honestly closed as a derivation of the full Standard Model from the present MQKB, because the non-Abelian superselection sectors, their chiral representation assignments, the Higgs sector, and the Yukawa/flavor data are not yet generated by primitive MQ invariants. It can, however, be substantially closed as a structural objection to the present measurement paper. The paper now proves four separate points: the gauge theory actually derived by MQ is exactly Abelian; primitive finite adjacency symmetry cannot uniquely generate the missing continuous non-Abelian group; the already-derived local observable net provides a rigorous category-first route in which a compact gauge group is reconstructed rather than guessed once the physical charge-sector category is available; and anomaly, global-group, Higgs, and Yukawa requirements are explicit downstream gates rather than hidden imported assumptions. Thus the scalar/Dirac/U(1) field theory used by this manuscript is internally closed to its claimed scope, while the Standard Model completion remains a separately identified universality program.
AL.7 Residual research program
The remaining universality program is now more precise. First, derive from MQ count-local invariants a nontrivial family of localized, transportable charge sectors that survive relational relabeling and Frames-automorphism equivalence. Second, derive their fusion, conjugation, statistics, and faithful action on the realized matter state space; Proposition AL.2 then reconstructs the compact gauge group instead of permitting an independent group choice. Third, show that the reconstructed local algebra and global quotient reproduce the observed Standard Model gauge structure, and derive the left/right representation assignments rather than importing them. Fourth, pass all perturbative and global anomaly constraints. Fifth, derive the scalar symmetry-breaking sector and the allowed Yukawa intertwiners, and only then address family multiplicity, coupling matrices, confinement, and renormalization-group flow. A completed candidate must recover the measured gauge-boson, fermion, Higgs, flavor, and precision-electroweak/QCD phenomenology without target-specific adjustment [156]. Existing experiments can reject a candidate or determine which realized sector is present, but they cannot supply the missing first-principles selection theorem. Until these steps are achieved, MQ should claim an explicit scalar/Dirac/U(1) interacting completion and treat non-Abelian chiral unification as a separate universality program.
APPENDIX AM: EMPIRICAL LEVERAGE DIVERSIFICATION AND THIRD-TEST GATE
AM.1 Purpose and independence standard
Issue #72 is an empirical-independence problem rather than a missing algebraic identity. Appendices AC and AD already convert QG-PPM and G-DIFF into frozen prospective tests, but both remain downstream of the same universal MQ calibration and the same broad Frames mapping architecture. The correct repair is therefore to distinguish experimental independence from theoretical independence and to identify a third cross-domain route without inflating correspondence checks into confirmation. For the present audit, two tests are experimentally independent when they use different primary observables, different apparatus response chains and dominant systematics, and no target data or apparatus calibration from one test enters the other. They are theoretically independent only to the extent that their predicted residuals do not share uncertain MQ source quantities or derivation branches. Shared upstream quantities must be propagated as covariance rather than counted twice. This is the evidentiary discipline enforced below and is consistent with blind-analysis practice in precision physics [177].
AM.2 Independence of the two locked discriminators
QG-PPM and G-DIFF are not duplicate experiments. QG-PPM measures a common fractional transition-frequency displacement in mechanically driven neutron gravitational states and primarily probes the count-resolved phase-action relation. G-DIFF measures a free-minus-servo difference in inferred G at fixed source geometry and primarily probes the realization-dependent coupling together with the interaction-provenance selector of Appx. J.9. Their detectors, estimators, nuisance models, characteristic signal scales, and dominant systematic uncertainties are different. A common experimental artifact cannot naturally satisfy both frozen signatures. The tests nevertheless share upstream θ_si, fundamental-measure relations, Q_L normalization, and the general realization architecture. Consequently, simultaneous agreement would constitute two experimentally independent consequences of one theory, not two statistically independent determinations of every upstream MQ parameter. A future joint significance calculation must propagate the shared theory-input covariance explicitly.
Table AM.1 summarizes these independence classes and the present status of the proposed third empirical arm.
Arm | Primary observable / platform | MQ structure principally tested | Independence status |
G-DIFF | Free-minus-electrostatic-servo difference in inferred G; torsion balance | Realization-dependent gravitational coupling and interaction-provenance regime selector | Prospective confirmatory arm. Experimentally distinct from QG-PPM; shares upstream MQ calibration and mapping-normalization quantities. |
QG-PPM | Common fractional shift of mechanically driven neutron gravitational-state transitions | Count-resolved phase-action scale in the upper-count gravitational realization | Prospective Level-IV arm. Different observable and systematics from G-DIFF; shares upstream MQ calibration and realization architecture. |
CMB-AGE | Absolute CMB monopole temperature evaluated against an independently sourced universe-age/geometry input | MQ cosmological expansion, mass-allocation, and blackbody-temperature chain in the MQKB | Non-gravitational cross-domain candidate. Current Planck-age comparison fails the input-independence gate because the age likelihood uses CMB anisotropy data; not counted as completed confirmation. |
X-ray / QED correspondence | X-ray Bell-state geometry; electron magnetic moment and other precision electromagnetic observables | Recovered electromagnetic/quantum correspondence | Not a discriminator at present because the displayed MQ targets coincide with standard-theory predictions in the tested domain. |
Table AM.1. Empirical-independence audit of the principal MQ evidence arms.
AM.3 Non-gravitational third-arm candidate from the MQKB
The MQKB contains a distinct present-day CMB-temperature derivation. In that chain, minimum realized count geometry is carried through the expansion history and mass-allocation construction to a present radiation energy density, after which the standard blackbody relation yields the CMB monopole temperature. The MQKB records that the calculation does not use the CMB temperature, CMB energy density, or quantum-epoch duration as fitted outputs and gives the CMB monopole temperature = 2.72509 ± 0.00341 K when evaluated with the Planck 2018 cosmic age. Direct absolute CMB thermometry gives 2.72548 ± 0.00057 K [175]. The final observable is thermal/radiometric rather than a gravitational coupling or a gravitational quantum transition, and the derivation is not the finite-versus-upper-count branch used by G-DIFF and QG-PPM. It therefore provides the strongest non-gravitational diversification route presently contained in the MQKB.
That numerical comparison is not yet an independent third confirmation. The Planck 2018 age is inferred from CMB anisotropy likelihoods [176], so part of the source information belongs to the same observational family as the monopole quantity against which the MQ value is compared. Treating the result as independent would violate the provenance rules already imposed in Appx. J. The prospective CMB-AGE protocol is therefore source-blinded rather than target-blinded: obtain the age and geometry input vector from a likelihood that excludes the CMB data used in the thermal comparator, freeze that input vector and covariance, evaluate the already-fixed MQ temperature chain, and only then compare with absolute CMB thermometry. Because the present monopole value is already known, success would provide a cross-domain consistency test with improved input independence, not the same discovery leverage as a genuinely new Level-IV observable measured after the prediction is frozen.
AM.4 Existing non-gravitational correspondence tests
The manuscript already contains many non-gravitational experiments, but they cannot be promoted to independent MQ-specific evidence merely because they are precise. The 3.26239-rad X-ray signal/idler value is a correspondence with the Shwartz-Harris standard phase-matching calculation, so measuring that angle without an MQ-standard separation would test the shared quantum-optical prediction rather than discriminate MQ. Likewise, electron magnetic-moment, Stern-Gerlach, 4π spinor-periodicity, photodetection, Born-rule, and Bell experiments constrain the correctness of MQ's recovered quantum representation but are already predicted by standard quantum theory in the same domain. Their role remains Level-III correspondence. A valid third Level-IV arm requires a frozen nonzero MQ-minus-standard residual or a standard theory that leaves the tested quantity independent while MQ fixes it from previously determined inputs.
APPENDIX AN: OBSERVABLE COMPLETENESS OF THE MINIMAL COUNT ONTOLOGY
AN.1 Logical target: physical completeness rather than metaphysical exclusion
Theorem 2.1 and Appx. W establish a minimality result, not the metaphysical proposition that no description richer than MQ can be imagined. That stronger proposition is neither needed for the measurement construction nor empirically decidable in unrestricted form. The scientifically relevant issue is whether two putative primitive descriptions that share the same MQ count and adjacency data can ever differ in an admissible System Frame realization, completed record, or other observable invariant. This appendix makes that criterion explicit and proves the dichotomy stated in Theorem 2.2.
AN.2 MQKB primitive-sufficiency constraints
The MQKB already imposes three mutually reinforcing restrictions on the primitive layer. Its primitive-set minimality rule states that only the explicitly identified discrete and mapping structures remain primitive; its strongest-form unification rule excludes independent domain-specific primitive structures; and its cross-domain derivability rule requires observables to arise from one common primitive set rather than from separate hidden inputs. The MQKB further records that the fundamental count construction admits θsi as its only non-trivial invariant scalar in the construction. These statements establish the intended theory architecture, but by themselves they remain selection rules internal to MQ. Theorem 2.2 adds the missing physical criterion by asking what an attempted enlargement can actually change.
AN.3 Proof of the observable-completeness dichotomy
Fix the finite measurement domain, one complete MQ count-and-adjacency configuration, and one complete measurement context. Enlarge the primitive description by appending arbitrary additional data. Hold the MQ data fixed and vary only the appended data. If every such variation produces the same admissible mapping class, the same normalized realized measure, the same conserved realized current, the same defect and holonomy invariants, and the same completed-interaction record for every admissible context, then no experiment or System Frame construction admitted by the theory can distinguish the enlarged descriptions. They therefore represent the same physical state within this domain and are quotiented exactly as Proposition 2.2 already quotients admissible Frames mapping representatives that differ mathematically but preserve all physical invariants. The appended data are representational surplus, not a second physical degree of freedom.
If, on the other hand, some variation of the appended primitive data changes any admissible invariant or record while the MQ count data are held fixed, then the two descriptions are not in the same physical equivalence class. The extension has introduced a new state variable with observable consequences. It must therefore predict at least one context in which the count-only MQ description and the enlarged description differ. That difference is an empirical discriminator. The extension can be physically correct and MQ count-only completeness false, but the disagreement is then experimentally meaningful rather than hidden by definition. These two cases exhaust the logical possibilities, proving Theorem 2.2 for the claimed finite measurement domain.
AN.4 Relation to physical and operational equivalence
The quotient used above has standard precedent. In generally covariant physics, mathematically distinct representatives related by a symmetry can represent one physical situation when all invariant content is unchanged; the classic discussion of Leibniz equivalence makes this role of representational redundancy explicit [178]. In quantum foundations, operational equivalence likewise provides a precise constraint on when distinct laboratory procedures have identical empirical content and on how ontological models may represent them [179]. MQ does not import either literature as a proof of its count ontology. Their relevance is methodological: physical completeness concerns distinctions that can enter invariant predictions, not labels that are stipulated never to affect any possible measurement in the claimed domain.
AN.5 Consequence for Level-I falsifiability
The Level-I test can therefore be stated without a metaphysical loophole. A putative deeper variable falsifies count-only MQ only if it is physically active: at fixed MQ count configuration it must alter a realizable record, a mapping invariant, a conservation relation, a correlation, a phase/holonomy class, or another admissible System Frame observable. Examples include an irreducible primitive continuum magnitude attached to a count unit, a label-dependent primitive weighting that changes record frequencies, an independently conserved non-count quantity that changes realized dynamics, or an additional primitive adjacency datum that changes the realized topology. Conversely, a variable constructed so that none of these quantities can ever depend on it is empirically equivalent structure and does not constitute a distinct physical completion of the finite MQ state space.
AN.6 Scope and residual boundary
This argument closes item #73 at the strongest level accessible to a physical theory. It does not claim that an empirically inert metaphysical substrate is logically impossible, because no experiment or dynamical theorem formulated solely in observable terms could establish that proposition. The claim is instead precise: within the finite measurement domain, the nonnegative-integer count carrier is minimal by Theorem 2.1 and physically complete up to empirically equivalent extensions by Theorem 2.2; Proposition 2.10/Appx. AO then preserves that physical classification under compatible exhaustion to connected locally finite ambient domains. Any extension with physical content necessarily leaves the equivalence class and becomes testable. The open problems that remain are therefore constructive extensions—such as non-locally-finite structure, adjacency-changing dynamics, anisotropic realizations, additional matter classes, non-Abelian structure, and nonperturbative universal quantum-gravity dynamics—not an unbounded hidden freedom in the primitive carrier used by the measurement proof.
APPENDIX AO: LOCALLY FINITE AND THERMODYNAMIC-LIMIT REALIZATION
AO.1 Scope and MQKB boundary
The MQKB does not identify the full pre-referenceable configuration domain with one automatically global continuum realization. It defines a referenceable domain as a maximal Internal Frame subdomain admitting a valid Frames mapping, requires global mapping failure to coexist with local validity when a persistent obstruction is present, and separately requires local finiteness of mapped availability: every finite realized System Frame region must carry finite encoded availability. These records are exactly the hypotheses needed to distinguish an admissible infinite extension from an illegitimate normalization of an infinite total count. The present appendix therefore treats connected locally finite fixed-adjacency domains and leaves genuine non-locally-finite incidence and adjacency rewiring outside its theorem.
AO.2 Finite exhaustion of the primitive domain
Let U be a connected locally finite adjacency graph. Standard infinite-graph theory implies that U is countable and can be exhausted by an increasing sequence of finite connected induced subgraphs [180]. Choose such an exhaustion. Every finite primitive count configuration, finite interaction support, finite cycle, and finite clique appearing in U is contained in some exhaustion element. The finite MQ theorems can therefore be applied at every stage without changing their hypotheses.
AO.3 Compatibility of mapping classes and local observables
For each exhaustion element choose the physical mapping class already fixed by Propositions 2.3-2.9. A family is compatible when restriction from a larger element to a smaller one preserves the count measure, adjacency current, realized local measure, completed record map for interactions supported there, normalization of every finite context, and all defect or holonomy invariants detectable there. Compatibility is stronger than pointwise similarity: it is equality of the physical restriction class. The union then defines a mapping on every local observable because each observable has finite or bounded support and later stages give the same value. If two candidate global representatives agree on all such finite restrictions, Proposition 2.2 and Theorem 2.2 identify them as the same physical realization class.
AO.4 Measure and probability extension without infinite normalization
The primitive count measure on U is locally finite rather than globally normalized. For each finite completed measurement context, Proposition 2.1 and Theorem T.1 fix the normalized record law. When one finite context is the restriction of another, admissibility requires the larger law to marginalize to the smaller law. The resulting family is projectively consistent. On the standard cylinder σ-algebra generated by finite record events, the Kolmogorov extension theorem gives a unique probability measure with exactly those finite-context marginals [181]. Thus the thermodynamic or unbounded-domain limit does not create a new probability weighting field. It preserves all finite record statistics while avoiding the undefined ratio “infinite count divided by infinite total count.”
AO.5 Topology and global invariants
The flag-completion rule also commutes with exhaustion. A simplex in the flag complex of U contains finitely many vertices, hence is contained in some finite induced subgraph; conversely every simplex created at a finite stage is a simplex of the full flag complex. The global flag complex is therefore the directed union of its finite flag subcomplexes. Standard algebraic topology gives ordinary homology of such a union as the direct limit of the homologies of the finite stages under the usual compact-support condition [182]. Phase winding, defect holonomy, time orientation, and spin-structure obstructions are consequently determined by the stabilized compatible global topology rather than by an extra System Frame cell-attachment choice.
AO.6 Maximal referenceable domains and obstruction stopping rule
The MQKB maximal-domain construction determines when the exhaustion can continue. If each finite extension preserves admissibility and overlap compatibility, their union defines the locally finite realization of Proposition 2.10. If a persistent obstruction prevents the next compatible extension, the globally referenceable construction stops at the corresponding maximal admissible subdomain; the theorem does not force a mapping through that obstruction. This is important for cosmological use because “maximal” is an MQ physical condition, not shorthand for “infinite and globally normalizable.”
AO.7 Residual boundary
This appendix closes item #74 for connected locally finite fixed-adjacency domains, including thermodynamic limits of finite measurement regions and compatible maximal referenceable domains. Three stronger questions remain distinct. First, a non-locally-finite graph may place infinitely many primitive neighbors or infinite availability into a bounded support and therefore violates the present local-finiteness hypothesis. Second, an extension whose finite restrictions fail projective or mapping compatibility is not one MQ realization and must be treated as an inequivalent theory or as a defect-separated family of maximal domains. Third, changing adjacency requires a separate local dynamical selector rather than an exhaustion theorem; that selector is now supplied for fixed-cell edge rewiring by Proposition 2.11/Appx. AP. Primitive cell birth/death and inequivalent action-degenerate rewrite loci remain outside that result. These limitations no longer undermine the finite-domain quantum construction; they delimit the class in which a unique global limit and a local adjacency law are mathematically established.
APPENDIX AP: COUNT-CONSERVING PRIMITIVE ADJACENCY EVOLUTION
AP.1 Scope and MQKB provenance
The primitive Internal Frame contains count, adjacency, and update ordering but no metric geometry. The MQKB separately states that the count medium evolves deterministically by adjacency-constrained redistribution, that primitive evolution is additive and count conserving, that physically meaningful realizations must preserve the Frames mapping admissibility conditions, and that the single MQ Action governs the evolution and consistency of relational configurations through the MQ variational principle. These records are sufficient to constrain adjacency variation without adding a second dynamical sector. The present appendix makes that constraint explicit for edge creation and deletion on a fixed locally finite set of primitive relational cells.
AP.2 State ordering and exact count conservation
At update A the primitive state is the ordered pair (n_I(·,A),G_A), where G_A=(V,E_A). The count step is performed on the pre-update adjacency: Eq. (9) fixes n_I(·,A+1) from adjacency count-flux on E_A. Only after that conservation step is an edge replacement considered. Because an edge replacement changes E but leaves n_I(·,A+1) untouched, it contributes identically zero to total count change. Summing over any region therefore gives exactly the same boundary-flux cancellation used in Eqs. (8-12), and a closed domain still satisfies Eq. (13). Edge creation or deletion is thus an incidence update, not count creation or annihilation.
This ordering also prevents a causal ambiguity. The Internal Frame update index remains the single primitive ordering variable. A rewrite is associated with the completion of one count update and cannot introduce an independent clock, a System Frame simultaneity convention, or a second propagation law.
AP.3 Local graph-replacement gate
Let K be a finite induced neighborhood containing every edge changed by one elementary rewrite. Outside K the graph is identical before and after the update. Inside K, creation and deletion are treated as a local graph replacement subject to boundary compatibility: every retained incidence meeting the boundary of K remains well defined and no dangling endpoint is produced. This is the same structural role played by the gluing and application conditions of algebraic graph transformation [183]. MQ needs only the locality and well-defined-incidence content of that machinery; it does not import a computer-science graph grammar as physical dynamics.
The candidate replacement must additionally satisfy five MQ-specific gates. First, relabeling equivariance: applying an arbitrary permutation of purely relational labels before the rewrite gives the permuted result of rewriting afterward. Second, local finiteness: the post-update graph retains finite degree on every cell in the claimed locally finite sector. Third, order consistency: no local replacement reverses the monotone update-order image used to select future orientation. Fourth, flag compatibility: Proposition 2.9 is reapplied immediately to the new one-skeleton, so higher-dimensional incidence is generated rather than independently edited. Fifth, mapping/referenceability: the post-rewrite flag complex must satisfy the local link, defect, holonomy, measure, stable-record, and Frames mapping conditions already required in Sec. 2.8.1.
AP.4 Topology-preserving and topology-changing moves
In a regular PL-manifold sector, bistellar/Pachner moves furnish a complete local language for changing a triangulation without changing its PL-homeomorphism class [184]. This gives MQ a stringent invariance test: if a proposed edge rewrite is only a retriangulation, all physical realization invariants must remain unchanged and Proposition 2.2 identifies the two descriptions as one physical class. A rewrite outside that class can change the topology of the flag complex, but it is not automatically forbidden. It is admitted only if the resulting complex still passes the MQ mapping and referenceability gates. Consequently, topology change is neither inserted by hand nor excluded by a fixed-manifold assumption; it occurs only through an allowed change of primitive adjacency.
AP.5 First-principles selector from the MQ Action
The remaining problem is selection among locally admissible rewrites. Community approaches illustrate why an additional selector is normally required. Causal-set sequential growth derives families of relabeling-covariant local growth probabilities from causality and covariance but remains stochastic and retains coupling freedom [185]. Quantum graphity makes the graph itself dynamical through a chosen Hamiltonian, but the Hamiltonian terms are model inputs [186]. Neither construction can be imported without changing MQ ontology.
MQ instead already possesses the required selector. The MQ variational principle states that physically realized configurations are stationary points of the single MQ Action under admissible variations consistent with conservation and the Frames mapping. Since adjacency is primitive relational configuration data, a finite-support edge replacement is an admissible discrete variation whenever it passes AP.3. The action is therefore evaluated on the candidate physical realization classes after the count step, not on arbitrary label representatives. This extends the domain of an existing MQ principle; it does not introduce a graph-specific energy, stochastic rate, or fit parameter.
For a given local support, all admissible candidate rewrites are first quotiented by invariant-preserving relational automorphisms. A unique stationary class determines the next physical adjacency. If several stationary representatives lie in the same automorphism orbit, their multiplicity is representational only. If no nonidentity candidate is stationary, the identity replacement remains the physical update. If two inequivalent stationary classes survive and differ in an observable, defect, holonomy, or other realization invariant, the Frames mapping is not uniquely referenceable there. MQ therefore classifies the locus as an obstruction instead of adding an arbitrary label-sensitive tie breaker.
AP.6 Invariance and conservation proof
Relabeling invariance follows because both the candidate gate and the MQ Action are evaluated on relational equivalence classes: a permutation maps the complete candidate set into itself and leaves the selected orbit unchanged. Count conservation follows from AP.2 because the rewrite operator acts only on E after Eq. (9) has fixed the count state. Locality follows from finite support K. Causal consistency follows because only the single update index orders both the count step and its subsequent incidence update. Higher-dimensional consistency follows because the post-update topology is reconstructed functorially from the new one-skeleton by Proposition 2.9. Finally, physical uniqueness follows from the combination of action stationarity and the quotient rule of Proposition 2.2; any remaining inequivalent degeneracy is explicitly classified as failure of referenceability rather than hidden freedom.
These statements also commute with the locally finite extension of Proposition 2.10. Every elementary rewrite has finite support and therefore lies in some finite exhaustion stage. Compatible rewrites on nested stages define the same local update on their overlap; hence a locally finite adjacency history is assembled from finite action-selected updates without requiring normalization of an infinite graph.
AP.7 Scope and residual boundary
Proposition 2.11 closes item #75 for the graph-dynamical sector actually required by the present construction: a fixed set of primitive relational cells with locally finite adjacency whose edges may be created or deleted. The law is local, deterministic whenever the action selects a unique physical orbit, exactly count conserving, relabeling invariant, and compatible with both the flag-topology construction and the Frames mapping. No experimental input is required to close this mathematical/structural gap because the selector is the pre-existing MQ Action, while the community graph-dynamics literature is used only to validate the local replacement and invariance machinery.
Two stronger questions remain. MQ has not yet derived creation or annihilation of the primitive relational cells V themselves; doing so would require a rule specifying how unit-count carriers enter or leave the ontology without violating Theorem 2.1 and closed conservation. In addition, an action-degenerate locus containing more than one inequivalent stationary rewrite is, by construction, an obstruction to unique referenceability. A future microscopic evaluation of the MQ Action may show that such loci are absent or correspond to physical defects; until then they are not silently resolved. Neither residual question changes the fixed-cell adjacency law proved here.
APPENDIX AQ: INVARIANT-SELECTION OF REGULAR ANISOTROPIC REALIZATIONS
AQ.1 Scope and MQKB provenance
The MQKB supplies the ingredients needed to close the anisotropic branch without adding a primitive metric field. The Internal Frame contains count, adjacency, boundary-flux structure, and defect/referenceability data but no manifold angle. The realized matter contribution and the emergent metric are governed by one MQ Action; stress-energy is the metric response of that same action, and admissible variations preserve count conservation and the Frames mapping. Proposition 2.11 further establishes that adjacency is itself part of the variational relational configuration. Consequently, once the physical count state, adjacency, matter, boundary, and defect class are fixed, the local response of the action is not an independently selectable tensor.
Appendix AI covers the special orbit in which these data contain no direction-selecting invariant. The present appendix covers the complementary regular orbit in which the stabilizer of the physical data is smaller and different realized directions can have different responses. The construction is deliberately local and quadratic because the metric used throughout Secs. 2.8 and 3.5 is the principal second-order System Frame response. Higher-order direction dependence is separated in Sec. AQ.7 rather than hidden in an arbitrary Finsler ansatz.
AQ.2 Action Hessian on the primitive transfer space
Fix a stationary admissible MQ configuration in a finite relational neighborhood Kₚ whose mapped image contains the regular System Frame point p. Let q_e denote an oriented infinitesimal transfer coordinate for each independent admissible adjacency channel e in Kₚ after count-conservation constraints, boundary conditions, and defect/referenceability restrictions have been imposed. These q_e are variation coordinates only; they are not new primitive observables. Because the single MQ Action is already fixed, its second variation defines the symmetric local response matrix
where the derivative is evaluated on the physical stationary realization and is restricted to admissible count-conserving variations. Matter anisotropy enters because the matter action is part of S_MQ and its metric/field response contributes to the same Hessian. Boundary anisotropy enters by restricting the admissible variation subspace (or equivalently through the reduced Hessian after constrained variables are eliminated). Defect and holonomy data enter by restricting the referenceable edge/path class. Primitive adjacency anisotropy enters because inequivalent edge orbits need not have equal Hessian entries. Thus H is a derived response of fixed physical data rather than a list of phenomenological coefficients.
AQ.3 Mapping the discrete response to the realized principal tensor
Let vₑⁱ(p) be the realized tangent increment of adjacency channel e in a regular System Frame chart, expressed in fundamental-count coordinates. For a smooth test field f, the mapped edge difference has the first-order form Δₑf=vₑⁱ∂ᵢf+O(l_f²). The local quadratic part of the discrete action is therefore
and its continuum principal part is determined by the symmetric contravariant tensor
Weighted graph and diffusion constructions use precisely this passage from local transition/Dirichlet data to a continuum elliptic geometry [188]. Relational relabeling merely permutes the q_e basis and the associated v_e columns, leaving A as the same geometric tensor. A change of System Frame chart transforms A contravariantly. Hence A carries physical anisotropy but no label or coordinate anisotropy.
AQ.4 Unique reconstruction of the three-dimensional spatial metric
For the regular three-dimensional spatial sector, write the continuum quadratic response in Laplace-Beltrami/conductivity form. After the already-fixed MQ measure and unit-action normalization are applied, the principal tensor and spatial metric satisfy
The anisotropic-conductivity literature identifies this correspondence between a positive conductivity tensor and a Riemannian metric in dimensions d≥3 [187]. In d=3 it is algebraically invertible:
In fundamental-count coordinates Eq. (AQ.5) is dimensionless; the physical spatial line element carries the fixed MQ unit l_f². If A=aI, Eq. (AQ.5) is isotropic and the common scalar is removed by the mapped measure/unit normalization, reducing to the Appendix AI representative hᵢⱼ=l_f²δᵢⱼ. Unequal eigenvalues or rotated eigenspaces are therefore not selected by hand: they are the mapped eigenstructure of the action Hessian.
AQ.5 Theorem AQ.1 (uniqueness from physical invariants)
Fix the physical data listed in Proposition 2.5 and assume H is positive definite on the realized spatial transfer quotient and that the mapped edge increments span the three-dimensional tangent space. Then A in Eq. (AQ.3) is positive definite. The map A↦h defined by Eq. (AQ.5) is one-to-one on positive-definite tensors. Therefore, two admissible realizations having the same MQ Action, count state, adjacency, matter, boundary and defect invariants have the same local metric tensor up to the coordinate/automorphism equivalence already quotiented by Proposition 2.2. Conversely, a different h implies a different A and therefore a different second variation of S_MQ; it is an inequivalent physical model rather than another Frames mapping representative.
Proof. Positive definiteness follows because zᵢAⁱʲzⱼ is the H-quadratic form evaluated on the induced edge-transfer vector and vanishes only when the realized tangent vector vanishes. Relabeling covariance follows from simultaneous basis change of H and the edge-increment matrix. Equation (AQ.5) is the explicit inverse of Eq. (AQ.4) in three dimensions, so the continuum metric is uniquely fixed by A. Since H is the Hessian of a fixed action on a fixed physical state, A contains no independent coefficient freedom. This establishes the claimed uniqueness.
AQ.6 How the four anisotropy sources enter
The construction treats the four sources named in Sec. 2.8.1 uniformly. Primitive adjacency anisotropy appears as inequivalent edge-transfer orbits or couplings in H. Matter anisotropy appears through the matter contribution to the same MQ Action and therefore through its local response Hessian; equivalently, the resulting stress-energy can break the spatial stabilizer. Boundary anisotropy appears because fixed or interacting boundaries select a proper admissible variation subspace and thereby a reduced Hessian. Defect anisotropy appears when persistent defect/holonomy data remove relational equivalences among channels or paths. No preferred System Frame direction is introduced independently: a preferred direction exists only when one of these invariant structures makes the corresponding action response inequivalent.
AQ.7 Why a Finsler function is not a free completion
A Finsler norm F(x,y) is more general than a Riemannian norm because its metric Hessian may depend on the tangent direction y itself [189]. The regular MQ metric used in the present paper is instead the bilinear principal response obtained from the second variation of S_MQ. Once the physical state is fixed, H and therefore h depend on position and the physical invariants but not on an independently chosen test direction. A nonquadratic Finsler sector would require the MQ Action to generate irreducible higher-order or direction-dependent response that survives the continuum limit. If such terms are derived, their coefficients and directional dependence must be computed from the same primitive invariants; choosing F(x,y) freely would add physical structure not present in the count/action ontology.
AQ.8 Community consistency and empirical status
The mathematical structure has two established community analogues. Weighted graph/diffusion operators show how discrete local transition data determine continuum geometric operators [188], while the anisotropic-conductivity/Riemannian correspondence gives the explicit tensor-to-metric inversion used in Eq. (AQ.5) and also clarifies that coordinate diffeomorphisms are representative rather than physical freedom [187]. These results are used only as mathematical validation; the MQ-specific selector is the Hessian of the single MQ Action, not boundary-data fitting or a diffusion-kernel choice.
No new experiment is required to close item #76 as a derivational gap. Experiments on anisotropic media can test a concrete MQ material or defect calculation once its primitive/action inputs are specified, but they cannot replace the theory-side map from source invariants to metric response. The remaining boundary is therefore precise: if the stationary local action Hessian is degenerate, if the relevant response is intrinsically nonlocal, or if independently derived higher-order direction dependence survives so that the quadratic principal tensor is insufficient, the present theorem does not assign a metric by fiat. Such a case requires the corresponding MQ action response to be derived before prediction.
AQ.9 Closure of item #76
Item #76 is closed for regular local anisotropic realizations with a nondegenerate quadratic continuum response. The direction-selecting data are not converted into an arbitrary tensor; they first alter the unique local second variation of the MQ Action, which maps through the realized adjacency increments to A and then uniquely to h. Appendix AI is recovered when the physical data are direction-free. Thus isotropic and anisotropic regular sectors are two symmetry classes of one action-based realization rule, not two separately postulated geometries.
APPENDIX AR: COUNT-LOCAL SELECTION OF THE RELATIVISTIC MQ STATE SPACE
AR.1 Purpose and MQ provenance
Item #77 asks whether the relativistic state space remains a standard downstream choice after MQ has derived the one-particle geometry. The answer can be strengthened without inventing a new primitive field. MQKB already fixes the common ingredients needed for an algebraic construction: conserved adjacency-local count redistribution; a Frames mapping that carries bounded relational support to realized System Frame support; the derived normalized event probability and Hilbert geometry; a locally Lorentzian causal structure; the scalar and selected Dirac matter fields; the single MQ Action; and the Abelian gauge connection with conserved realized charge. The task is to use those ingredients to determine the observable algebra and state class before choosing a particle representation.
AR.2 Local observable net from mapped relational support
Let O be a bounded causally complete System Frame region contained in one referenceable realization. Consider only bounded gauge-invariant observables generated from the mapped scalar, Dirac, current, stress-energy, and Abelian field-strength observables whose primitive support lies in the relational preimage of O. Their norm closure defines the physical local algebra for O. If O1 is contained in O2, every generator localized in O1 is also localized in O2, so inclusion of regions gives inclusion of algebras. For spacelike separated regions, the scalar/gauge observable commutators and the even fermionic observable algebra commute by the microcausality relations of Appx. Q. Proposition 2.7 supplies covariance under the derived local Poincaré transformations, while Appx. Z carries the global defect/holonomy qualification. These are precisely the structural properties abstracted by the Haag-Kastler framework [122].
Because the generating observables are fixed by the MQ matter/action content and localization rule, changing a field basis, gauge representative, or Fock mode basis does not define a new local algebra. The quasi-local algebra is the norm completion of the directed union of these regional algebras. Proposition 2.10 supplies the same compatible-exhaustion logic on connected locally finite domains. Thus, the observable algebra is selected by MQ locality and physical equivalence before a global Hilbert representation is chosen.
AR.3 Count-compatible states and representation selection
A state on the quasi-local algebra is admissible only when its restriction to every finite completed measurement context reproduces the record probabilities already fixed by Proposition 3.1 and Appx. T, is positive and normalized, and obeys the local covariance/regularity conditions of the realized field class. This does not add a new probability law: the state functional is the operator-algebraic extension of the already-derived MQ event measure. For every such positive normalized functional, the Gelfand-Naimark-Segal construction produces a cyclic Hilbert representation unique up to unitary equivalence for that state. Therefore the representation is selected by the physical MQ state rather than independently chosen as a second global kinematic input.
The result also explains why inequivalent representations in field theory are not an inconsistency. Distinct admissible thermodynamic, boundary, charge, or curved-background states can yield unitarily inequivalent GNS representations while agreeing on the same local observable algebra. They are different physical states or phases of one MQ field theory, not freely selectable alternative laws. The free/stationary Fock construction of Appx. Q is recovered when the state is quasifree with the corresponding positive-frequency structure; it is not required as the definition of the interacting state space.
AR.4 Vacuum status
On a stationary or locally Minkowski realization admitting a time-translation symmetry and positive-energy spectrum, the vacuum candidate is the invariant normalized state of lowest energy. If those conditions select a unique state, its GNS vector is the vacuum and Appx. Q gives its Fock realization in the free limit. If several invariant ground states exist, they represent distinct physical phases and the MQ Action, boundary data, or preparation must select among them; an arbitrary tie-breaker is not inserted. On a generic nonstationary curved realization there need be no preferred global vacuum at all, consistent with curved-spacetime QFT [120,124,193]. The local algebra and admissible state functional remain sufficient to define local observables and correlations.
AR.5 Superselection from localized charge
Superselection concerns inequivalent representations that cannot be coherently connected by observables in the neutral local algebra. The DHR construction shows that, under locality and suitable localization/transportability conditions, charge classes can be characterized by representations that are locally equivalent to a reference representation outside bounded regions; their composition and statistics are encoded by localized endomorphisms [190,191]. Applied to the presently derived MQ matter class, the explicit conserved internal label is the realized Abelian charge. The neutral observable algebra is gauge invariant, while charged field operators connect representation classes rather than acting as neutral observables. Accordingly, the U(1) charge classes are not added by hand after Fock completion: they are the localized representation classes associated with the same conserved charge already supplied by the MQKB electromagnetic construction.
This conclusion is intentionally bounded. Doplicher-Roberts reconstruction shows how, given a suitable symmetric tensor category of localized superselection classes, a compact gauge group and field algebra can be reconstructed from the observable theory [192]. MQ presently derives only the Abelian charge content needed for its scalar/Dirac/U(1) continuation. Appendix AL remains controlling: no non-Abelian superselection category, Standard Model multiplet, or chiral gauge group is claimed until MQ derives the required internal multiplicity and noncommuting local automorphisms.
AR.6 Interacting local theory without a global interaction-picture assumption
Equation (Q.16) supplies the local MQ-derived Abelian action. In a perturbative region, Eq. (Q.19) is a convenient Fock-space representation of that interaction, but the interaction need not be defined globally through one preferred free vacuum. Algebraic constructions based on relative local S-operators show that a Lagrangian can define interacting local C*-algebras while preserving Haag-Kastler locality, thereby separating local interacting observables from the existence of a unique global Fock representation [194]. This community result supplies the appropriate mathematical completion of the MQ logic: the already-fixed local MQ action determines the interaction, and the observable net carries it representation-independently; a chosen GNS/Fock representation is downstream.
AR.7 Proposition AR.1 (state-space selection theorem for the present MQ field class)
Fix the scalar/Dirac/U(1) System Frame matter content, regular causal realization, mapped local support, unique finite-context MQ probability law, and single MQ Action used in Sec. 3.9.4. Then: (i) the bounded gauge-invariant local observables and their regional inclusions determine one quasi-local observable algebra up to the physical representative equivalence of Proposition 2.2; (ii) every admissible MQ state is a positive normalized functional whose finite measurement restrictions coincide with the count-derived record measure; (iii) that state determines its Hilbert representation uniquely up to unitary equivalence through GNS; (iv) where a unique invariant positive-energy ground state exists, it selects the vacuum representation, while no vacuum is postulated where the realized geometry supplies no such state; and (v) the presently derived localized superselection labeling is the conserved U(1) charge, with further sector content requiring additional MQ-derived internal structure. Thus, the interacting relativistic state-space architecture used by this paper is downstream of primitive MQ composition, locality, probability, charge, and action rather than a freely imported global Fock choice.
AR.8 Residual boundary
Item #77 is therefore substantially closed for the scalar/Dirac/U(1) relativistic theory actually claimed in this manuscript. The observable net, admissible state class, representation selection rule, vacuum criterion, and Abelian charge-class structure are now fixed before Fock representation. Remaining gaps concern new physical content rather than arbitrary state-space selection: derivation of additional non-Abelian/chiral representation categories, proof of existence and phase structure for specific fully nonperturbative four-dimensional interacting models, and coherent quantization of the emergent geometry. No present experiment can replace those mathematical derivations; existing QED and locality tests constrain the realized theory but do not determine the missing Standard Model or quantum-gravity structures.
APPENDIX AS: COUNT-INDUCED COHERENT QUANTUM GEOMETRY
AS.1 Purpose and MQKB provenance
The repair begins from an MQ constraint that differs from canonical metric quantization. The Internal Frame contains no primitive metric or connection, while the MQKB General Relativity construction makes System Frame geometry a realized functional of conserved count structure and the Frames mapping. The present manuscript further derives higher-dimensional incidence from adjacency (Proposition 2.9), locally finite extension (Proposition 2.10), adjacency evolution from the MQ Action (Proposition 2.11), and regular anisotropic metric response from the same action (Proposition 2.5). Geometry is therefore downstream of physical count/adjacency data. Independently, Appx. F and AR construct the complex Hilbert state and local observable representation from the same count-derived probability and phase structure. The quantum-gravity question can consequently be posed without adding a new primitive metric field: does the already-derived MQ state retain coherent support on more than one inequivalent physical geometry class?
This route is distinct from simply declaring gμν to be an operator. DeWitt's geometrodynamical construction provides the community precedent for treating geometry itself as a configuration variable of a quantum state [196]. MQ uses the same mathematical lesson only after its own stronger provenance condition is met: the geometry classes must first be generated by the count/adjacency realization and quotiented by the physical equivalence of Proposition 2.2. The phase is likewise not appended to geometry by hand; it is inherited from the System Frame phase-action field already reconstructed from mapped count flow in Appx. C/F.
AS.2 Physical geometry classes as subspaces of the MQ state
Fix a finite regular realization or a finite measurement context inside a connected locally finite domain. Assign to each supported complete realized configuration its physical geometry class after quotienting coordinate representatives, Frames automorphisms, and equal defect/holonomy data. Two classes are distinct only when at least one relationally invariant geometric observable differs. The preimages of distinct classes are disjoint subsets of the same MQ configuration state space and therefore define orthogonal closed subspaces in the Hilbert completion already obtained in Appx. F. Let Πα denote the projector onto the subspace associated with geometry class [gα]. On the supported geometry domain these projectors resolve the identity.
Every normalized MQ state therefore has the unique geometry-class decomposition
Equation (AS.2) is not a classical probability distribution over metrics. Each component is an amplitude component of one complex MQ state. When two nonzero components remain coherent, their relative phase is inherited from the same phase-action field that controls ordinary MQ interference. A geometry-distinguishing completed record converts this decomposition into the usual post-outcome conditioning of Secs. 3.1-3.2; before such a record, no additional collapse or geometry selector is introduced.
AS.3 Relational geometric observables and the coherence test
A coordinate component of a metric is not by itself a physical observable because it changes under representative transformations. Let F be any real relationally invariant geometric functional defined on the physical classes: for example a proper interval between relationally specified events, an invariant curvature average over a relational region, a defect holonomy, or another scalar functional already determined by the MQ realization. Its quantum representation on the supported geometry-class subspaces is fixed spectrally by the existing projectors rather than by an independently chosen metric quantization rule:
For finite supported geometry classes, Eq. (AS.3) is self-adjoint for real F. The decisive coherence observable need not be diagonal in this geometry basis. For any admissible bounded System Frame observable B, the expectation value separates into diagonal terms and cross-class interference terms:
The second sum is absent from every classical mixture over the same geometry classes. It is therefore the operational quantum-geometry criterion: if an admissible interaction or probe has a nonzero off-diagonal matrix element between two geometry classes, its signal depends on the inherited relative phase. Geometry is then coherently quantum even though no metric degree of freedom was primitive in the Internal Frame.
AS.4 Dynamics and noncommuting geometric observables
The geometry-class decomposition would be kinematic only if evolution preserved every geometry projector. MQ now has the additional structure needed to state the dynamical criterion. Proposition 2.11 permits count-conserving adjacency rewrites selected by the same MQ Action, and Propositions 2.9 and 2.11 make topology and metric response functions of the updated physical configuration. Let U(t) denote the norm-preserving System Frame evolution already represented on the MQ state. A relational geometric observable therefore evolves in the Heisenberg representation as
If U(t) leaves each Hα invariant, geometry behaves as a superselected classical label for that process. If instead the derived count/adjacency dynamics carries amplitude between inequivalent geometry classes, then the projectors are not conserved and geometric observables evaluated at distinct updates need not commute. This supplies noncommuting geometric structure without postulating a canonical metric momentum. The physical content lies in the transition amplitudes already carried by the MQ state and in invariant observables; coordinate gauge freedom remains quotiented by Proposition 2.2.
AS.5 Relation to stochastic and semiclassical gravity
Appendix AB is recovered as a controlled loss-of-coherence and weak-fluctuation description of the geometry-class state. For two invariant geometric observables F and G, define δF = F̂−⟨F̂⟩ and δG = Ĝ−⟨Ĝ⟩ and their symmetrized covariance in the same MQ state by
When environmental or record-producing interactions suppress the off-diagonal geometry-class terms of Eq. (AS.4), the remaining diagonal state is observationally equivalent, for the selected geometric algebra, to a classical statistical mixture with the same first and second moments. In the linearized regime where the dominant geometry fluctuations are sourced by the connected stress-energy fluctuations of Appx. AB, this moment description is represented by the Einstein-Langevin equations (AB.4-AB.6). When those covariances are additionally negligible, only the mean geometry remains and the semiclassical source equation (AB.2) is recovered. Thus the hierarchy is coherent geometry state → decohered/stochastic geometry → semiclassical mean geometry, with each reduction discarding a definite part of the upstream MQ state rather than introducing a new gravitational ontology.
AS.6 Proposition AS.1 and scope
Proposition AS.1 (Count-induced coherent geometry theorem). Under the hypotheses of Proposition 3.5, the physical MQ geometry-class assignment defines an orthogonal decomposition of the already-derived MQ Hilbert state into inequivalent geometry-class subspaces. The relative phases of nonzero geometry-class components are inherited from the common count-derived System Frame phase structure. Every real relationally invariant geometry functional defines a self-adjoint geometry-class observable by Eq. (AS.3), and any admissible observable with nonzero cross-class matrix elements detects the phase-sensitive terms of Eq. (AS.4). If MQ evolution mixes the geometry classes, the corresponding Heisenberg geometry observables are not required to commute at distinct updates. Hence, within the supported finite or connected locally finite regular realization class, coherent quantum geometry follows without adding a primitive metric field, an independent geometry probability law, or a separately postulated gravitational Hilbert space.
The proof is the composition of results already established in the manuscript. Propositions 2.2 and 2.9-2.11 make the physical geometry class a derived function of MQ realization data; Appx. F/T/AR supply the unique probability, complex Hilbert state, projectors, and unitary/representation machinery; Appx. C/F supply the phase-action structure; and Proposition 2.11 supplies the only presently derived route by which geometry classes can change. Disjoint geometry preimages therefore generate orthogonal subspaces, while linearity of the already-derived state retains their amplitudes and relative phase. Equation (AS.3) is then the ordinary spectral representation of a derived physical observable on those subspaces, not a new primitive quantization postulate.
The theorem is deliberately bounded. It does not prove a Wheeler-DeWitt equation, a graviton Fock representation, ultraviolet renormalizability, or a complete nonperturbative algebra for arbitrary topology change. DeWitt geometrodynamics demonstrates the community precedent for quantum states over geometry [196], while Galley, Giacomini, and Selby show under broad operational assumptions that reversible backreaction between fully quantum matter and a classical gravitational system is inconsistent unless one gives up reversibility or quantum character [197]. MQ takes neither result as a derivation of its ontology; they support the significance of the structural requirement that the common count-derived state be allowed to retain coherence across its own derived geometry classes.
AS.7 Experimental status
No existing experiment establishes the full construction above, because its first-principles content is theoretical. The experimental question is whether a state prepared with support on distinct gravitational realization classes retains phase coherence or exhibits mediator observables incompatible with a classical mixture. The gravity-mediated-entanglement proposals of Refs. [170-172] and the measurement-disturbance route provide relevant witnesses, but the interpretation of an entanglement signal remains model dependent [173]. The 2026 demonstration of spatially distributed coherent states for a 608-AMU composite object materially advances the source-preparation side of this program [198], while milligram mechanical platforms continue to advance force sensitivity [174]. No published result yet observes interference between inequivalent gravitational geometry classes.
Issue #79 is therefore closed at the structural level claimed by this manuscript: MQ now contains a geometry state space, physically meaningful inherited relative phase, derived relational geometric observables, a noncommutativity criterion under geometry-class-mixing evolution, and an explicit reduction to the stochastic and semiclassical limits already present in Appx. AB. What remains is universality and experiment, not the absence of a coherent-geometry representation: extend the geometry-class-mixing dynamics beyond the current regular locally finite class, derive any required strong-field/nonperturbative gravitational operator algebra from count provenance, and test the predicted coherence in an experiment that discriminates it from classical stochastic gravity.
APPENDIX AT: PROSPECTIVE EMPIRICAL ADJUDICATION OF THE MQ PHYSICAL CASE
AT.1 Purpose and evidentiary boundary
The theoretical development in this manuscript can freeze predictions and rejection criteria, but it cannot manufacture prospective evidence. This appendix therefore defines the strongest empirical closure condition available before new measurements. The central physical case is not deemed confirmed by agreement with correspondence tests, by repeated comparisons that reuse the same calibration inputs, or by retrospective subdivision of an existing dataset after its outcome is known. Confirmation requires a prediction fixed before the decisive data are examined, an analysis pipeline whose nuisance treatment is fixed independently of the result, and an observable whose experimental response chain is capable of falsifying the stated MQ effect. Blind-analysis practice provides the community precedent for separating analysis design from the final signal value [177].
AT.2 Locked QG-PPM test
QG-PPM is the quantum-specific arm. The theory target remains the common +11.6426596 ppm displacement of mechanically driven gravitational quantum-state transition frequencies at independently measured local g. The experiment must determine at least two transitions, use one common fractional-shift parameter, and freeze the treatment of mirror motion, vibration, surface forces, magnetic fields, neutron velocity, detector response, local-g calibration, exclusions, and covariance before unblinding. The published gravity-resonance experiments establish access to the relevant transition observable but do not reach the precision required by the MQ displacement. A result consistent with the standard-quantum null after the predeclared uncertainty threshold is reached rejects this MQ realization rule; a result near the MQ target does not count as confirmation unless the same frozen analysis succeeds on an independent replication.
AT.3 Locked G-DIFF intervention
G-DIFF is the interaction-channel arm. Its target remains the +34.9274 ppm free-mechanical-minus-active-electrostatic-servo separation at fixed gravitational source geometry. The causal variable is the interaction that closes the force or torque estimator, not passive optical sensing or the mere presence of energized electrostatic hardware. A confirmatory experiment therefore randomizes or blinds free and servo closure blocks, includes the negative-control condition specified in Appx. AD, freezes geometry and common nuisance corrections, and propagates the full covariance. The 2026 NIST/BIPM apparatus demonstrates that both closure modes can be implemented in one gravitational geometry, but the existing measurements remain retrospective with respect to the MQ selector and cannot close this test. A null, reversed, or control-tracking contrast at the required precision falsifies the realization-regime assignment.
AT.4 Cross-test covariance and joint evidence
QG-PPM and G-DIFF are experimentally independent in the sense relevant to apparatus systematics: their primary observables, estimators, detectors, nuisance structures, and signal scales differ. They are not theoretically orthogonal. Both inherit common MQ quantities and the same broad realization architecture. Any future combined inference must therefore carry the covariance associated with shared theory inputs and may not convert two experiments into two independent measurements of the same upstream calibration quantity. The evidentiary gain from concordant results is instead that two distinct apparatus chains have survived two different frozen falsification signatures.
AT.5 Third-arm requirement and CMB-AGE gate
A third arm is admitted only if it is experimentally distinct from the gravitational realization hierarchy and if its source-input vector is independent of the data used to define its target observable. The MQKB present-day CMB-temperature chain satisfies the first condition at the observable level: its final target is absolute thermal radiometry rather than gravitational coupling or gravitational-state spectroscopy. It does not yet satisfy the second condition when evaluated with the Planck 2018 cosmic age, because that age is inferred from CMB anisotropy data [176] while the comparator is the CMB monopole [175]. The comparison is therefore cross-domain consistency, not independent confirmation.
CMB-AGE becomes admissible only under a source-holdout protocol. The age and geometry input vector must be constructed from a likelihood that excludes the CMB measurements entering the thermal comparator; that input vector and covariance must be frozen before the MQ temperature chain is evaluated; no CMB monopole information may be used to tune the age reconstruction; and the propagated temperature uncertainty must be small enough to resolve the predeclared MQ-versus-reference difference. Cosmic chronometers provide a community-established route to direct late-Universe expansion measurements from differential galaxy ages. The DESI DR1 chronometer analysis reports three independent H(z) measurements and explicitly emphasizes that the method does not require a specific cosmological model [199]. Those measurements establish the physical feasibility of a CMB-independent source channel, but their present systematic uncertainties are far too large for decisive CMB-AGE discrimination. Consequently CMB-AGE remains a defined future test rather than a completed third confirmation.
AT.6 Closure status of issue #80
Issue #80 is closed as far as a manuscript can close an empirical-confirmation objection. The theory now contains two immutable, apparatus-distinct falsification targets, a common rule for frozen nuisance treatment and replication, an explicit covariance requirement for their shared MQ provenance, and a non-gravitational third-arm gate that prevents reused CMB information from being counted as independent evidence. The remaining gap is irreducibly experimental. Full closure requires prospective execution and independent replication of QG-PPM and G-DIFF, followed by either a source-independent CMB-AGE determination at adequate propagated precision or a stronger non-gravitational Level-IV observable whose prediction is frozen before the decisive target data are acquired. Until then, the paper supports serious experimental adjudication of MQ but does not claim decisive prospective confirmation.
APPENDIX AU: SYSTEMATIC NOVELTY-ARCHITECTURE LITERATURE AUDIT
AU.1 Audit criterion and scope
Issue #83 concerns architectural priority rather than the correctness of any individual derivation. The relevant comparator is therefore not a paper that reproduces one ingredient, but a reconstruction that jointly supplies the same ordered physical chain. For this audit, a candidate counts as architecture-equivalent only if it begins from a lower-level carrier that is not already a quantum probability model; fixes the probability measure from that carrier rather than positing a probability distribution; provides an individual completed-measurement record mechanism whose ensemble law is derived from the same measure; recovers the relevant quantum representation and dynamics; reproduces Bell-CHSH correlations without abandoning measurement independence and while retaining operational no-signaling; and derives a fixed differential prediction from the same upstream structure rather than merely reproducing standard quantum mechanics. The audit is intentionally conservative: a program is marked as a close analogue whenever the cited publication establishes a substantial part of this chain, even when its ontology differs from MQ. The literature search was updated through August 2026 and emphasizes peer-reviewed primary sources; it cannot logically exclude an uncited or undiscovered equivalent construction.
Table AU.1 summarizes the resulting architecture-level comparison. It is referenced here as an evidentiary boundary on the novelty statement, not as a claim that the listed programs are inferior or that their individual mathematical ingredients are absent from MQ.
Table AU.1. Architecture-level comparison of MQ with major quantum reconstruction programs.
Program | Lower-level starting point | Probability / record mechanism | Quantum/Bell scope | Difference relative to claimed MQ conjunction |
Exact uncertainty / Fisher information [53–55] | Classical ensemble plus uncertainty/Fisher constraints | Probability is already ensemble-level; no MQ-style completed-count pushforward | Derives Schrödinger/QFT forms in stated domains | No pre-probabilistic count carrier, record-map closure, or common finite-count differential prediction |
Nelson stochastic mechanics [56,73] | Brownian particle trajectories with fixed diffusion structure | Primitive stochastic process; measurement requires additional interpretation | Derives Schrödinger dynamics; known global-phase/quantization issues | Probability is primitive stochastic, not count-derived; no MQ record pushforward or differential metrology |
Entropic dynamics [57,200] | Entropic/Bayesian inference on configuration probability distributions | Probability and updating are inferential primitives | Derives complex wave-function and Schrödinger dynamics | Begins with probability/inference rather than pre-probabilistic count; no common finite-count discriminator |
Scale relativity [58] | Nondifferentiable/fractal continuum geometry | Quantum probability arises in reconstructed wave dynamics | Derives Schrödinger-type quantum dynamics | Primitive modification is continuum geometry, not non-spatiotemporal count; no completed count-to-record chain |
Causal sets / cellular automata [15,91] | Discrete causal spacetime or deterministic automaton substrate | Model dependent; cellular-automaton Bell reconciliation invokes superdeterministic structure | Discrete lower-level dynamics; quantum representation can emerge in selected models | Different primitive ontology; does not establish the MQ measure→record→measurement-independent Bell→finite-count prediction conjunction |
Hydrodynamic reformulations [72,73] | Density/phase or current rewrite of quantum/stochastic state | Born density or stochastic density already present | Reproduces quantum continuity/phase dynamics | Representation-level analogue, not derivation of primitive measure or record probability |
Operational / informational reconstructions [143,204] | Operational probabilities, transformations, distinguishability, composition | Probability is part of the operational framework; measurement axioms/principles constrain it | Can reconstruct full finite-dimensional quantum formalism | No pre-probabilistic physical carrier or finite-count metrological consequence from one realization law |
Classical statistics — Wetterich [201] | Classical statistical ensemble with infinitely many states and probabilistic observables | Born rule follows from classical probability; sequential measurement via conditional probabilities | Unitary dynamics, interference, entanglement, Bell violation | Closest broad predecessor, but begins with probability and purity/time-evolution conditions; no MQ completed-count pushforward or shared finite-count differential prediction |
Indivisible stochastic processes — Barandes [202,205] | Generalized/indivisible stochastic process on ordinary configuration space | Ordinary probabilities and stochastic laws are primitive; apparatus included as subsystem | Reconstructs quantum theory; wave function secondary; causal-local Tsirelson bound | Very close lower-level reconstruction, but not pre-probabilistic count measure and no MQ mapping-normalization/metrological branch |
Hidden measurements — Aerts & Sassoli de Bianchi [203] | Generalized Bloch quantum-state geometry plus hidden measurement interactions | Born rule from universal averaging over measurement interactions; explicit actualization stage | Addresses measurement problem and Born rule | Starts from quantum-state geometry/probability over interactions and includes indeterministic actualization; no common count-derived dynamics/metrology |
MQ (this work) | Nonnegative conserved relational multiplicity in the Internal Frame; no primitive probability or spacetime geometry | Counting measure fixed by multiplicity/relabeling; Frames mapping; completed-context single record; pushforward identifies empirical probability before conditioning | Conditional quantum dynamics, measurement-independent Bell/no-signaling, derived representation | Claimed distinguishing conjunction additionally links the same realization rule to fixed finite-count differential predictions |
AU.2 Result of the comparison
The closest architecture-level challenges are Wetterich's classical-statistical program and Barandes's stochastic-quantum correspondence because both reconstruct broad portions of quantum mechanics from a lower-level non-wave-function description and both address Bell-type correlations [201,202,205]. They substantially weaken any claim that deriving quantum behavior from a nonstandard substrate is itself novel. They do not, however, satisfy the first audit criterion used here because probability or stochastic law is present at the lower level, whereas the MQ carrier is explicitly pre-probabilistic and its normalized probability law is downstream of the unique counting measure and completed-context pushforward. The hidden-measurement program supplies the strongest direct analogue of an outcome-actualization mechanism [203], but begins from quantum-state geometry and a probability distribution over measurement interactions. Operational reconstructions supply the strongest formal-state-space analogue [143,204], but start from operational probabilities rather than deriving them from a non-probabilistic carrier.
The novelty statement should therefore remain conjunctive and conditional. The manuscript does not claim priority for discreteness, deterministic lower-level evolution, emergent wave functions, Born-rule derivations, Bell-compatible reconstructions, measurement actualization, or recovery of Schrödinger dynamics separately. The literature result supporting the present wording is narrower: among the surveyed programs, none was found that combines all of those functions with (i) a conserved non-spatiotemporal pre-probabilistic integer-count carrier, (ii) unique primitive counting measure, (iii) a single-valued completed-context record map whose pushforward identifies empirical record probability before conditioning, and (iv) fixed finite-count differential predictions derived from the same realization rule. This conclusion is intrinsically revisable. A prior or future reconstruction that satisfies all four architecture-level conditions would remove the priority component of the novelty claim, although it would not by itself invalidate the MQ derivations or empirical predictions.
APPENDIX AV: INDEPENDENT FORMAL VERIFICATION PROTOCOL AND STATUS LEDGER
AV.1 Scope and verification status
Issue #84 is not a missing physical equation or an unresolved internal dependency. It is the absence, at present, of complete independent specialist sign-off on every major proof gate. Appendix AE already identifies the claims, minimum proof paths, and failure propagation. The present appendix adds the external verification contract needed to turn that architecture into a reproducible peer-review program. It does not claim that author-side checking, automated consistency tests, or internal provenance can substitute for independent verification.
A proof gate is independently verified only when a reviewer who did not participate in constructing that gate evaluates the frozen manuscript version, its stated assumptions, the cited upstream results, and any executable or numerical artifact required by the gate, and returns a written decision that can be reproduced by another qualified reviewer. A reviewer may accept a gate, reject it with a specific counterexample or failed inference, or return it as indeterminate because a prerequisite is missing. Silence, general endorsement, citation count, or agreement with downstream predictions does not constitute proof verification.
AV.2 Specialist verification packets
Table AV.1 partitions the major claims into five external verification packets. The partition follows the dependency structure of Appendix AE but groups adjacent modules where one specialist can reasonably audit the complete mathematical chain. Each packet has a bounded deliverable and an explicit propagation rule.
Table AV.1. Independent specialist verification packets and acceptance certificates.
Packet | Primary specialist domain | Principal proof gates | Minimum verification artifact | Acceptance certificate |
V1 | Measure theory, probability, quantum foundations | Primitive integer carrier and counting measure; completed-context record map; pushforward probability identification; conditioning; pre-Hilbert uniqueness | Secs. 2.4.1, 2.6, 3.1-3.4.3; Proposition 2.1; Theorems 2.1-2.2; Proposition 3.1; Eq. (32); Appxs. H, T, W, AN, AH | Line-by-line proof audit confirming assumptions, event map, measure transport, and uniqueness, or a numbered defect report tied to the exact failed step |
V2 | Functional analysis and mathematical quantum theory | Complex representation; inner-product and tensor-product reconstruction; translation generator; Weyl/canonical algebra; Schrödinger coefficient closure; Bell and classical-limit mathematics | Secs. 3.4-3.11; Appxs. E, F, G, O, S, U, Y | Independent derivation check of domains, operator assumptions, limiting steps, and composite-state results, including reproduction of the Appendix AH finite computation |
V3 | Differential geometry and topology | Frames mapping existence/equivalence; metric reconstruction; Lorentzian signature and inertial group; flag completion; global topology; locally finite extension; anisotropic realization | Secs. 2.7-2.8.3; Propositions 2.3-2.11; Appxs. C, M, N, X, Y, Z, AI, AJ, AO, AP, AQ | Proof audit of regularity, quotient/equivalence, global-extension and topology claims with explicit confirmation of every stated scope condition |
V4 | Relativistic quantum theory, QFT, and quantum gravity | Dirac representation and spin selection; local observable net; U(1) interaction; superselection structure; semiclassical/stochastic/coherent geometry hierarchy | Secs. 3.9.1-3.10; Propositions 3.3-3.5; Appxs. P, Q, R, AA, AB, AK, AL, AR, AS | Independent check that each claimed field-theoretic result follows from the stated upstream MQ structures plus explicitly identified standard theorems, with no hidden matter-content or representation assumption |
V5 | Precision metrology and experimental statistics | Parameter ledger; covariance and provenance treatment; QG-PPM and G-DIFF predictions; prospective controls; evidential independence and third-arm gate | Sec. 2.9.2; Secs. 4.7.1-4.7.2; Appxs. J, L, AC, AD, AG, AM, AT | Independent numerical reproduction from frozen inputs, covariance audit, and confirmation that decision rules and nuisance models are fixed before prospective data are examined |
AV.3 Independence and reproducibility rule
Independence is evaluated at the proof-gate level. A verifier must not have authored the derivation being certified, selected a disputed intermediate result after seeing the target outcome, or rely on an undocumented private interpretation of MQ notation. The frozen manuscript, the governing MQKB version, and every external theorem or dataset consumed by the gate must be identified. Numerical gates additionally require source values, units, uncertainty model, covariance treatment, and executable calculation sufficient for an independent reproduction. Where a standard theorem is invoked, the certificate must verify that its hypotheses are satisfied in the MQ construction rather than merely citing the theorem by name.
AV.4 Decision and failure propagation
The decision logic is deliberately local. Acceptance of a downstream packet cannot repair a rejected upstream gate. A rejected gate propagates only through the dependencies identified in Table AE.2; claims outside that dependency cone remain separately reviewable. An indeterminate gate is treated as unverified, not as provisionally accepted. If two qualified reviewers disagree, the disagreement is resolved by the explicit mathematical or experimental point in dispute and recorded as an open gate rather than averaged into a consensus score. This keeps proof validity distinct from editorial preference.
STATEMENTS AND DECLARATIONS
The author has no relevant financial or non–financial interests to disclose.
The author has no competing interests to declare that are relevant to the content of this article.
DATA AVAILABILITY
All data generated or analyzed during this study are included in this published article.
FUNDING
This research has received no external funding.
REFERENCES
[1] Born, M.: Zur Quantenmechanik der Stoßvorgänge. Z. Phys. 37, 863–867 (1926). https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01397477
[2] Schrödinger, E.: Quantisierung als Eigenwertproblem. Ann. Phys. 79, 361–376 (1926).
[3] Bell, J.S.: On the Einstein Podolsky Rosen paradox. Physics 1, 195–200 (1964).
[4] Harrigan, N., Spekkens, R.W.: Einstein, incompleteness, and the epistemic view of quantum states. Found. Phys. 40, 125–157 (2010).
[5] Zurek, W.H.: Decoherence and the transition from quantum to classical. Rev. Mod. Phys. 75, 715–775 (2003).
[6] Lüders, G.: Über die Zustandsänderung durch den Meßprozeß. Ann. Phys. 8, 322–328 (1951).
[7] Schlosshauer, M.: Decoherence, the measurement problem, and interpretations of quantum mechanics. Rev. Mod. Phys. 76, 1267–1305 (2005).
[8] von Neumann, J.: Mathematical Foundations of Quantum Mechanics. Princeton University Press, Princeton (1955).
[9] Adler, S.L.: Why decoherence has not solved the measurement problem: A response to P.W. Anderson. Stud. Hist. Philos. Mod. Phys. 34, 135–142 (2003).
[10] Gomes, C.: The quantum measurement problem and the ontological status of the wave function. Results Phys. 72, 107096 (2026).
[11] Geiger, J.A.: Measurement quantization. Int. J. Geom. Methods Mod. Phys. 20, 2350069 (2023). https://doi.org/10.1142/S021988782350069X
[12] Rovelli, C.: Relational quantum mechanics. Int. J. Theor. Phys. 35, 1637–1678 (1996).
[13] Wheeler, J.A.: Information, physics, quantum: The search for links. In: Proc. 3rd Int. Symp. Found. Quantum Mech. (1989).
[14] Bekenstein, J.D.: Black holes and entropy. Phys. Rev. D 7, 2333–2346 (1973).
[15] ’t Hooft, G.: The cellular automaton interpretation of quantum mechanics. Found. Phys. 44, 406–425 (2014).
[16] Clauser, J.F., Horne, M.A., Shimony, A., Holt, R.A.: Proposed experiment to test local hidden-variable theories. Phys. Rev. Lett. 23, 880–884 (1969).
[17] Hilbert, D.: Grundzüge einer allgemeinen Theorie der linearen Integralgleichungen. Math. Ann. 63, 433–476 (1906).
[18] Landauer, R.: Irreversibility and heat generation in the computing process. IBM J. Res. Dev. 5, 183–191 (1961).
[19] Lloyd, S.: Ultimate physical limits to computation. Nature 406, 1047–1054 (2000).
[20] Białynicki-Birula, I.: Finite information density in quantum systems. Phys. Rev. Lett. 80, 5247–5250 (1998).
[21] Bekenstein, J.D.: Universal upper bound on the entropy-to-energy ratio for bounded systems. Phys. Rev. D 23, 287–298 (1981).
[22] Maudlin, T.: Three measurement problems. Topoi 14, 7–15 (1995). https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00763503
[23] Busch, P., Lahti, P., Mittelstaedt, P.: The Quantum Theory of Measurement. Springer, Berlin (1996).
[24] Vaidman, L.: Many-worlds interpretation of quantum mechanics. In: Zalta, E.N. (ed.) The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy (2002).
[25] Everett, H.: Relative state formulation of quantum mechanics. Rev. Mod. Phys. 29, 454–462 (1957).
[26] Zurek, W.H.: Environment-assisted invariance, entanglement, and probabilities in quantum physics. Phys. Rev. Lett. 90, 120404 (2003).
[27] Deutsch, D.: Quantum theory of probability and decisions. Proc. R. Soc. Lond. A 455, 3129–3137 (1999).
[28] Cotler, J., Strominger, A.: The universe as a quantum encoder. arXiv:2201.11658 (2022).
[29] Cotler, J., Jensen, K.: Isometric evolution in de Sitter quantum gravity. Phys. Rev. Lett. 131, 211601 (2023). arXiv:2302.06603.
[30] Stone, M.H.: On one-parameter unitary groups in Hilbert space. Ann. Math. 33, 643–648 (1932).
[31] Busch, P., Grabowski, M., Lahti, P.J.: Repeatable measurements in quantum theory: Their role and feasibility. Phys. Lett. A 191, 357–361 (1994).
[32] Jaynes, E.T.: Information theory and statistical mechanics. Phys. Rev. 106, 620–630 (1957).
[33] Barnum, H., Barrett, J., Leifer, M., Wilce, A.: Local quantum measurement and no-signaling imply quantum correlations. Phys. Rev. Lett. 104, 140401 (2010).
[34] Abramsky, S., Brandenburger, A., Savochkin, A.: No-signalling is equivalent to free choice of measurements. arXiv:1412.8523 (2014).
[35] Shwartz, S., Harris, S.E.: Polarization entangled photons at X-ray energies. Phys. Rev. Lett. 106, 080501 (2011). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.106.080501
[36] Shwartz, S., Coffee, R.N., Feldkamp, J.M., Feng, Y., Hastings, J.B., Yin, G.Y., Harris, S.E.: X-ray parametric down-conversion in the Langevin regime. Phys. Rev. Lett. 109, 013602 (2012). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.109.013602
[37] Glover, T.E., Fritz, D.M., Cammarata, M., et al.: X-ray and optical wave mixing. Nature 488, 603–608 (2012). https://doi.org/10.1038/nature11340
[38] Kochen, S., Specker, E.P.: The problem of hidden variables in quantum mechanics. J. Math. Mech. 17, 59–87 (1967).
[39] Bell, J.S.: On the problem of hidden variables in quantum mechanics. Rev. Mod. Phys. 38, 447–452 (1966).
[40] Jarrett, J.P.: On the physical significance of the locality conditions in the Bell arguments. Noûs 18, 569–589 (1984).
[41] Shimony, A.: Controllable and uncontrollable non-locality. In: Kamefuchi, S. (ed.) Foundations of Quantum Mechanics in the Light of New Technology, pp. 225–230. Physical Society of Japan, Tokyo (1984).
[42] Bogachev, V.I.: Measure Theory, Vol. I. Springer, Berlin (2007).
[43] Tsirelson, B.S.: Quantum generalizations of Bell’s inequality. Lett. Math. Phys. 4, 93–100 (1980). https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00417500
[44] Hensen, B., Bernien, H., Dréau, A.E., et al.: Loophole-free Bell inequality violation using electron spins separated by 1.3 kilometres. Nature 526, 682–686 (2015). https://doi.org/10.1038/nature15759
[45] Bohr, N.: The quantum postulate and the recent development of atomic theory. Nature 121, 580–590 (1928).
[46] Bohm, D.: A suggested interpretation of the quantum theory in terms of “hidden” variables. I. Phys. Rev. 85, 166–179 (1952). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRev.85.166
[47] Ghirardi, G.C., Rimini, A., Weber, T.: Unified dynamics for microscopic and macroscopic systems. Phys. Rev. D 34, 470–491 (1986).
[48] Fuchs, C.A., Schack, R.: Quantum-Bayesian coherence. Rev. Mod. Phys. 85, 1693–1715 (2013).
[49] Griffiths, R.B.: Consistent histories and the interpretation of quantum mechanics. J. Stat. Phys. 36, 219–272 (1984).
[50] Brans, C.H.: Bell’s theorem does not eliminate fully causal hidden variables. Int. J. Theor. Phys. 27, 219–226 (1988).
[51] Aharonov, Y., Bergmann, P.G., Lebowitz, J.L.: Time symmetry in the quantum process of measurement. Phys. Rev. 134, B1410–B1416 (1964).
[52] Abramsky, S., Brandenburger, A.: The sheaf-theoretic structure of non-locality and contextuality. New J. Phys. 13, 113036 (2011). https://doi.org/10.1088/1367-2630/13/11/113036
[53] Hall, M.J.W., Reginatto, M.: Schrödinger equation from an exact uncertainty principle. J. Phys. A 35, 3289–3303 (2002).
[54] Reginatto, M.: Derivation of the equations of nonrelativistic quantum mechanics using the principle of minimum Fisher information. Phys. Rev. A 58, 1775–1778 (1998).
[55] Hall, M.J.W., Doe, J.D.E., Reginatto, M.: Quantum field equations from an exact uncertainty principle. J. Phys. A 36, 9779–9792 (2003).
[56] Nelson, E.: Derivation of the Schrödinger equation from Newtonian mechanics. Phys. Rev. 150, 1079–1085 (1966).
[57] Caticha, A.: Quantum mechanics from entropy and information geometry. arXiv:1711.02538 (2017).
[58] Nottale, L.: Derivation of the postulates of quantum mechanics from the first principles of scale relativity. J. Phys. A 40, 14471–14498 (2007).
[59] Hardy, L.: Quantum theory from five reasonable axioms. arXiv:quant-ph/0101012 (2001).
[60] Mohr, P.J., Taylor, B.N., Newell, D.B.: CODATA recommended values of the fundamental physical constants: 2014. Rev. Mod. Phys. 88, 035009 (2016).
[61] Mohr, P.J., Taylor, B.N., Newell, D.B.: CODATA recommended values of the fundamental physical constants: 2010. Rev. Mod. Phys. 84, 1527–1605 (2012). arXiv:1203.5425.
[62] CODATA Task Group on Fundamental Constants: CODATA recommended values of the fundamental physical constants: 2022. Rev. Mod. Phys. (2025). arXiv:2409.03787.
[63] Reed, M., Simon, B.: Methods of Modern Mathematical Physics, Vol. II: Fourier Analysis, Self-Adjointness. Academic Press, New York (1975).
[64] Englert, B.-G.: Fringe visibility and which-way information: An inequality. Phys. Rev. Lett. 77, 2154–2157 (1996).
[65] Scully, M.O., Drühl, K.: Quantum eraser: A proposed photon correlation experiment concerning observation and delayed choice in quantum mechanics. Phys. Rev. A 25, 2208–2213 (1982).
[66] Scully, M.O., Englert, B.-G., Walther, H.: Quantum optical tests of complementarity. Nature 351, 111–116 (1991).
[67] Crank, J., Nicolson, P.: A practical method for numerical evaluation of solutions of partial differential equations of the heat-conduction type. Proc. Camb. Philos. Soc. 43, 50–67 (1947).
[68] Hamermesh, M.: Galilean invariance and the Schrödinger equation. Ann. Phys. 9, 518–521 (1960). https://doi.org/10.1016/0003-4916(60)90106-8
[69] Rigolin, G.: Galilean relativity and wave-particle duality imply the Schrödinger equation. Phys. Rev. A 109, 052209 (2024). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevA.109.052209
[70] Gleason, A.M.: Measures on the closed subspaces of a Hilbert space. J. Math. Mech. 6, 885–893 (1957). https://doi.org/10.1512/iumj.1957.6.56050
[71] Busch, P.: Quantum states and generalized observables: a simple proof of Gleason’s theorem. Phys. Rev. Lett. 91, 120403 (2003). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.91.120403
[72] Takabayasi, T.: On the formulation of quantum mechanics associated with classical pictures. Prog. Theor. Phys. 8, 143–182 (1952). https://doi.org/10.1143/ptp/8.2.143
[73] Wallstrom, T.C.: On the derivation of the Schrödinger equation from stochastic mechanics. Found. Phys. Lett. 2, 113–126 (1989). https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00696108
[74] Anandan, J.: Gauge fields, quantum interference, and holonomy transformations. Phys. Rev. D 33, 2280–2287 (1986). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.33.2280
[75] Gudder, S.: Coarse-graining of observables. Quantum Rep. 4, 401–417 (2022). https://doi.org/10.3390/quantum4040029
[76] Bassi, A., Lochan, K., Satin, S., Singh, T.P., Ulbricht, H.: Models of wave-function collapse, underlying theories, and experimental tests. Rev. Mod. Phys. 85, 471–527 (2013). https://doi.org/10.1103/RevModPhys.85.471
[77] Pusey, M.F., Barrett, J., Rudolph, T.: On the reality of the quantum state. Nat. Phys. 8, 475–478 (2012). https://doi.org/10.1038/nphys2309
[78] Wasserstein, R.L., Lazar, N.A.: The ASA’s statement on p-values: context, process, and purpose. Am. Stat. 70, 129–133 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1080/00031305.2016.1154108
[79] Tiesinga, E., Mohr, P.J., Newell, D.B., Taylor, B.N.: CODATA recommended values of the fundamental physical constants: 2018. Rev. Mod. Phys. 93, 025010 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1103/RevModPhys.93.025010
[80] Schlamminger, S., Chao, L., Lee, V., Shakarji, C., Possolo, A., Newell, D., Stirling, J., Cochrane, R., Speake, C.: Redetermination of the gravitational constant with the BIPM torsion balance at NIST. Metrologia 63, 025012 (2026). https://doi.org/10.1088/1681-7575/ae570f
[81] Bureau International des Poids et Mesures: The International System of Units (SI), 9th ed., version 4.01 (2026). https://doi.org/10.59161/AUEZ1291
[82] Burago, D., Burago, Y., Ivanov, S.: A Course in Metric Geometry. Graduate Studies in Mathematics, vol. 33. American Mathematical Society, Providence (2001).
[83] Lee, J.M.: Introduction to Riemannian Manifolds, 2nd ed. Graduate Texts in Mathematics, vol. 176. Springer, Cham (2018). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-91755-9
[84] Poisson, E., Pound, A., Vega, I.: The motion of point particles in curved spacetime. Living Rev. Relativ. 14, 7 (2011). https://doi.org/10.12942/lrr-2011-7
[85] Kostelecký, V.A., Russell, N.: Data tables for Lorentz and CPT violation. Rev. Mod. Phys. 83, 11–31 (2011). https://doi.org/10.1103/RevModPhys.83.11
[86] Liberati, S.: Tests of Lorentz invariance: a 2013 update. Class. Quantum Grav. 30, 133001 (2013). https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/30/13/133001
[87] Abbott, B.P., et al.: Gravitational waves and gamma-rays from a binary neutron star merger: GW170817 and GRB 170817A. Astrophys. J. Lett. 848, L13 (2017). https://doi.org/10.3847/2041-8213/aa920c
[88] Vasileiou, V., Jacholkowska, A., Piron, F., Bolmont, J., Couturier, C., Granot, J., Stecker, F.W., Cohen-Tanugi, J., Longo, F.: Constraints on Lorentz invariance violation from Fermi-Large Area Telescope observations of gamma-ray bursts. Phys. Rev. D 87, 122001 (2013). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.87.122001
[89] Dong, Y., Wang, Z., Shao, L.: New limits on the local Lorentz invariance violation of gravity in the standard model extension with pulsars. Phys. Rev. D 109, 084024 (2024). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.109.084024
[90] Joint Committee for Guides in Metrology: Evaluation of measurement data — Guide to the expression of uncertainty in measurement, JCGM 100:2008 (GUM 1995 with minor corrections). Bureau International des Poids et Mesures, Sèvres (2008).
[91] Bombelli, L., Lee, J., Meyer, D., Sorkin, R.D.: Space-time as a causal set. Phys. Rev. Lett. 59, 521–524 (1987). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.59.521
[92] Bogovskii, M.E.: Solution of the first boundary value problem for the equation of continuity of an incompressible medium. Soviet Math. Dokl. 20, 1094–1098 (1979).
[93] Xu, J., Gbur, G., Visser, T.D.: Generalization of Malus’ law and spatial coherence relations for linear polarizers and non-uniform polarizers. Opt. Lett. 47, 5739–5742 (2022). https://doi.org/10.1364/OL.474267
[94] Tonomura, A., Endo, J., Matsuda, T., Kawasaki, T., Ezawa, H.: Demonstration of single-electron buildup of an interference pattern. Am. J. Phys. 57, 117–120 (1989). https://doi.org/10.1119/1.16104
[95] Bach, R., Pope, D., Liou, S.-H., Batelaan, H.: Controlled double-slit electron diffraction. New J. Phys. 15, 033018 (2013). https://doi.org/10.1088/1367-2630/15/3/033018
[96] Dürr, S., Nonn, T., Rempe, G.: Origin of quantum-mechanical complementarity probed by a 'which-way' experiment in an atom interferometer. Nature 395, 33–37 (1998). https://doi.org/10.1038/25653
[97] Brune, M., Hagley, E., Dreyer, J., Maître, X., Maali, A., Wunderlich, C., Raimond, J.M., Haroche, S.: Observing the progressive decoherence of the 'meter' in a quantum measurement. Phys. Rev. Lett. 77, 4887–4890 (1996). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.77.4887
[98] Myatt, C.J., King, B.E., Turchette, Q.A., Sackett, C.A., Kielpinski, D., Itano, W.M., Monroe, C., Wineland, D.J.: Decoherence of quantum superpositions through coupling to engineered reservoirs. Nature 403, 269–273 (2000). https://doi.org/10.1038/35002001
[99] Arndt, M., Nairz, O., Vos-Andreae, J., Keller, C., van der Zouw, G., Zeilinger, A.: Wave-particle duality of C60 molecules. Nature 401, 680–682 (1999). https://doi.org/10.1038/44348
[100] Fein, Y.Y., Geyer, P., Zwick, P., et al.: Quantum superposition of molecules beyond 25 kDa. Nat. Phys. 15, 1242–1245 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41567-019-0663-9
[101] Gleyzes, S., Kuhr, S., Guerlin, C., et al.: Quantum jumps of light recording the birth and death of a photon in a cavity. Nature 446, 297–300 (2007). https://doi.org/10.1038/nature05589
[102] Guerlin, C., Bernu, J., Deléglise, S., et al.: Progressive field-state collapse and quantum non-demolition photon counting. Nature 448, 889–893 (2007). https://doi.org/10.1038/nature06057
[103] Sinha, U., Couteau, C., Jennewein, T., Laflamme, R., Weihs, G.: Ruling out multi-order interference in quantum mechanics. Science 329, 418–421 (2010). https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1190545
[104] Kirchmair, G., Zähringer, F., Gerritsma, R., Kleinmann, M., Gühne, O., Cabello, A., Blatt, R., Roos, C.F.: State-independent experimental test of quantum contextuality. Nature 460, 494–497 (2009). https://doi.org/10.1038/nature08172
[105] Giustina, M., Versteegh, M.A.M., Wengerowsky, S., et al.: Significant-loophole-free test of Bell's theorem with entangled photons. Phys. Rev. Lett. 115, 250401 (2015). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.115.250401
[106] Shalm, L.K., Meyer-Scott, E., Christensen, B.G., et al.: Strong loophole-free test of local realism. Phys. Rev. Lett. 115, 250402 (2015). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.115.250402
[107] Martínez, D., Gómez, E.S., Cariñe, J., et al.: Certification of a non-projective qudit measurement using multiport beamsplitters. Nat. Phys. 19, 190–195 (2023). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41567-022-01845-z
[108] Jenke, T., Geltenbort, P., Lemmel, H., Abele, H.: Realization of a gravity-resonance-spectroscopy technique. Nat. Phys. 7, 468–472 (2011). https://doi.org/10.1038/nphys1970
[109] Cronenberg, G., Brax, P., Filter, H., Geltenbort, P., Jenke, T., Pignol, G., Pitschmann, M., Thalhammer, M., Abele, H.: Acoustic Rabi oscillations between gravitational quantum states and impact on symmetron dark energy. Nat. Phys. 14, 1022–1026 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41567-018-0205-x
[110] Jordan, P., von Neumann, J.: On inner products in linear, metric spaces. Ann. Math. 36, 719-723 (1935). https://doi.org/10.2307/1968653
[111] Wallstrom, T.C.: Inequivalence between the Schrödinger equation and the Madelung hydrodynamic equations. Phys. Rev. A 49, 1613–1617 (1994). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevA.49.1613
[112] Kadison, R.V., Ringrose, J.R.: Fundamentals of the Theory of Operator Algebras, Vol. I: Elementary Theory. Academic Press, New York (1983).
[113] Ekert, A., Knight, P.L.: Entangled quantum systems and the Schmidt decomposition. Am. J. Phys. 63, 415–423 (1995). https://doi.org/10.1119/1.17904
[114] Hughston, L.P., Jozsa, R., Wootters, W.K.: A complete classification of quantum ensembles having a given density matrix. Phys. Lett. A 183, 14–18 (1993). https://doi.org/10.1016/0375-9601(93)90880-9
[115] Coffman, V., Kundu, J., Wootters, W.K.: Distributed entanglement. Phys. Rev. A 61, 052306 (2000). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevA.61.052306
[116] Dür, W., Vidal, G., Cirac, J.I.: Three qubits can be entangled in two inequivalent ways. Phys. Rev. A 62, 062314 (2000). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevA.62.062314
[117] Parker, L., Toms, D.: Quantum Field Theory in Curved Spacetime: Quantized Fields and Gravity. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge (2009). https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511813924
[118] Fulling, S.A.: Nonuniqueness of canonical field quantization in Riemannian space-time. Phys. Rev. D 7, 2850–2862 (1973). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.7.2850
[119] Alcubierre, M.: The Dirac equation in general relativity and the 3+1 formalism. Gen. Relativ. Gravit. 57, 122 (2025). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10714-025-03460-8
[120] Wald, R.M.: The formulation of quantum field theory in curved spacetime. arXiv:0907.0416 (2009).
[121] Fock, V.A.: Konfigurationsraum und zweite Quantelung. Z. Phys. 75, 622–647 (1932). https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01344458
[122] Haag, R., Kastler, D.: An algebraic approach to quantum field theory. J. Math. Phys. 5, 848–861 (1964). https://doi.org/10.1063/1.1704187
[123] Lüders, G., Zumino, B.: Connection between spin and statistics. Phys. Rev. 110, 1450–1453 (1958). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRev.110.1450
[124] Hollands, S., Wald, R.M.: Quantum fields in curved spacetime. Phys. Rep. 574, 1–35 (2015). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.physrep.2015.02.001
[125] Kolb, E.W., Long, A.J.: Cosmological gravitational particle production and its implications for cosmological relics. Rev. Mod. Phys. 96, 045005 (2024). https://doi.org/10.1103/RevModPhys.96.045005
[126] Fan, X., Myers, T.G., Sukra, B.A.D., Gabrielse, G.: Measurement of the electron magnetic moment. Phys. Rev. Lett. 130, 071801 (2023). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.130.071801
[127] Dyson, F.J.: The radiation theories of Tomonaga, Schwinger, and Feynman. Phys. Rev. 75, 486–502 (1949). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRev.75.486
[128] Bargmann, V.: On unitary ray representations of continuous groups. Ann. Math. 59, 1–46 (1954). https://doi.org/10.2307/1969831
[129] Lawson, H.B., Michelsohn, M.-L.: Spin Geometry. Princeton University Press, Princeton (1989).
[130] Pauli, W.: Zur Quantenmechanik des magnetischen Elektrons. Z. Phys. 43, 601–623 (1927). https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01397326
[131] Gerlach, W., Stern, O.: Der experimentelle Nachweis der Richtungsquantelung im Magnetfeld. Z. Phys. 9, 349–352 (1922). https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01326983
[132] Werner, S.A., Colella, R., Overhauser, A.W., Eagen, C.F.: Observation of the phase shift of a neutron due to precession in a magnetic field. Phys. Rev. Lett. 35, 1053–1055 (1975). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.35.1053
[133] Rauch, H., Zeilinger, A., Badurek, G., Wilfing, A., Bauspiess, W., Bonse, U.: Verification of coherent spinor rotation of fermions. Phys. Lett. A 54, 425–427 (1975). https://doi.org/10.1016/0375-9601(75)90798-7
[134] Weyl, H.: Quantenmechanik und Gruppentheorie. Z. Phys. 46, 1–46 (1927). https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02055756
[135] von Neumann, J.: Die Eindeutigkeit der Schrödingerschen Operatoren. Math. Ann. 104, 570–578 (1931). https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01457956
[136] Hornberger, K., Uttenthaler, S., Brezger, B., Hackermüller, L., Arndt, M., Zeilinger, A.: Collisional decoherence observed in matter wave interferometry. Phys. Rev. Lett. 90, 160401 (2003). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.90.160401
[137] Davies, E.B., Lewis, J.T.: An operational approach to quantum probability. Commun. Math. Phys. 17, 239-260 (1970). https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01647093
[138] Lundeen, J.S., Feito, A., Coldenstrodt-Ronge, H., Pregnell, K.L., Silberhorn, Ch., Ralph, T.C., Eisert, J., Plenio, M.B., Walmsley, I.A.: Tomography of quantum detectors. Nat. Phys. 5, 27-30 (2009). https://doi.org/10.1038/nphys1133
[139] Sperling, J., Vogel, W., Agarwal, G.S.: True photocounting statistics of multiple on-off detectors. Phys. Rev. A 85, 023820 (2012). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevA.85.023820
[140] Glauber, R.J.: The quantum theory of optical coherence. Phys. Rev. 130, 2529-2539 (1963). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRev.130.2529
[141] Micko, J., Bosina, J., Cranganore, S.S., Jenke, T., Pitschmann, M., Roccia, S., Sedmik, R.I.P., Abele, H.: qBounce: Systematic shifts of transition frequencies of gravitational states of ultra-cold neutrons using Ramsey gravity resonance spectroscopy. In: 56th Rencontres de Moriond - Gravitation 2022, pp. 143-148 (2023). https://doi.org/10.58027/1e1n-7973; arXiv:2301.08583.
[142] Schlamminger, S., Chao, L.S., Lee, V., Newell, D.B., Speake, C.C.: Design of electrostatic feedback for an experiment to measure G. IEEE Open J. Instrum. Meas. 1, 1000210 (2022). https://doi.org/10.1109/OJIM.2022.3182391.
[143] Chiribella, G., D’Ariano, G.M., Perinotti, P.: Informational derivation of quantum theory. Phys. Rev. A 84, 012311 (2011). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevA.84.012311
[144] Choudhury, V., Fiore, M.: Free commutative monoids in homotopy type theory. Electron. Notes Theor. Inform. Comput. Sci. 1, 10492 (2023). https://doi.org/10.46298/entics.10492
[145] Hawking, S.W., King, A.R., McCarthy, P.J.: A new topology for curved space-time which incorporates the causal, differential, and conformal structures. J. Math. Phys. 17, 174–181 (1976). https://doi.org/10.1063/1.522874
[146] Malament, D.B.: The class of continuous timelike curves determines the topology of spacetime. J. Math. Phys. 18, 1399–1404 (1977). https://doi.org/10.1063/1.523436
[147] Bombelli, L., Lee, J., Meyer, D., Sorkin, R.D.: Space-time as a causal set. Phys. Rev. Lett. 59, 521–524 (1987). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.59.521
[148] Lévy-Leblond, J.-M.: One more derivation of the Lorentz transformation. Am. J. Phys. 44, 271–277 (1976). https://doi.org/10.1119/1.10490
[149] Bacry, H., Lévy-Leblond, J.-M.: Possible kinematics. J. Math. Phys. 9, 1605–1614 (1968). https://doi.org/10.1063/1.1664490
[150] İnönü, E., Wigner, E.P.: On the contraction of groups and their representations. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 39, 510–524 (1953). https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.39.6.510
[151] Rarita, W., Schwinger, J.: On a theory of particles with half-integral spin. Phys. Rev. 60, 61 (1941). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRev.60.61
[152] Geroch, R.: Spinor structure of space-times in general relativity. I. J. Math. Phys. 9, 1739–1744 (1968). https://doi.org/10.1063/1.1664507
[153] Laidlaw, M.G.G., DeWitt-Morette, C.: Feynman functional integrals for systems of indistinguishable particles. Phys. Rev. D 3, 1375–1378 (1971). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.3.1375
[154] Yang, C.N., Mills, R.L.: Conservation of isotopic spin and isotopic gauge invariance. Phys. Rev. 96, 191–195 (1954). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRev.96.191
[155] Utiyama, R.: Invariant theoretical interpretation of interaction. Phys. Rev. 101, 1597–1607 (1956). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRev.101.1597
[156] Navas, S. et al. (Particle Data Group): Review of Particle Physics. Phys. Rev. D 110, 030001 (2024), with 2025 update.
[157] Page, D.N., Geilker, C.D.: Indirect evidence for quantum gravity. Phys. Rev. Lett. 47, 979–982 (1981). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.47.979
[158] Wald, R.M.: Trace anomaly of a conformally invariant quantum field in curved spacetime. Phys. Rev. D 17, 1477–1484 (1978). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.17.1477
[159] Hu, B.L., Verdaguer, E.: Stochastic gravity: theory and applications. Living Rev. Relativ. 11, 3 (2008). https://doi.org/10.12942/lrr-2008-3
[160] Borwein, J.M.: An integral characterization of Euclidean space. Bull. Aust. Math. Soc. 29, 357-364 (1984). https://doi.org/10.1017/S0004972700021602
[161] Costa, A., Farber, M., Horak, D.: Fundamental groups of clique complexes of random graphs. Trans. Lond. Math. Soc. 2, 1–32 (2015). https://doi.org/10.1112/tlms/tlv001
[162] Joswig, M., Lofano, D., Lutz, F.H., Tsuruga, M.: Frontiers of sphere recognition in practice. J. Appl. Comput. Topol. 6, 503–527 (2022). https://doi.org/10.1007/s41468-022-00092-8
[163] Bargmann, V., Wigner, E.P.: Group theoretical discussion of relativistic wave equations. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 34, 211–223 (1948). https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.34.5.211
[164] Pal, P.B.: Dirac, Majorana, and Weyl fermions. Am. J. Phys. 79, 485–498 (2011). https://doi.org/10.1119/1.3549729
[165] Shirokov, D.S.: Pauli theorem in the description of n-dimensional spinors in the Clifford algebra formalism. Theor. Math. Phys. 175, 454–474 (2013). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11232-013-0038-9
[166] Frucht, R.: Herstellung von Graphen mit vorgegebener abstrakter Gruppe. Compos. Math. 6, 239–250 (1939).
[167] Minahan, J.A., Ramond, P., Warner, R.C.: Comment on anomaly cancellation in the standard model. Phys. Rev. D 41, 715–717 (1990). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.41.715
[168] Witten, E.: An SU(2) anomaly. Phys. Lett. B 117, 324–328 (1982). https://doi.org/10.1016/0370-2693(82)90728-6
[169] Kuo, C.-I., Ford, L.H.: Semiclassical gravity theory and quantum fluctuations. Phys. Rev. D 47, 4510–4519 (1993). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.47.4510
[170] Bose, S., Mazumdar, A., Morley, G.W., Ulbricht, H., Toroš, M., Paternostro, M., Geraci, A.A., Barker, P.F., Kim, M.S., Milburn, G.: Spin entanglement witness for quantum gravity. Phys. Rev. Lett. 119, 240401 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.119.240401
[171] Marletto, C., Vedral, V.: Gravitationally induced entanglement between two massive particles is sufficient evidence of quantum effects in gravity. Phys. Rev. Lett. 119, 240402 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.119.240402
[172] Marletto, C., Vedral, V.: Quantum-information methods for quantum gravity laboratory-based tests. Rev. Mod. Phys. 97, 015006 (2025). https://doi.org/10.1103/RevModPhys.97.015006
[173] Aziz, J., Howl, R.: Classical theories of gravity produce entanglement. Nature 646, 813–817 (2025). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41586-025-09595-7
[174] Agafonova, S., Rosselló, P., Mekonnen, M., et al.: One-milligram torsional pendulum toward experiments at the quantum-gravity interface. Commun. Phys. 9, 80 (2026). https://doi.org/10.1038/s42005-026-02514-w
[175] Fixsen, D.J.: The temperature of the cosmic microwave background. Astrophys. J. 707, 916–920 (2009). https://doi.org/10.1088/0004-637X/707/2/916
[176] Planck Collaboration, Aghanim, N., Akrami, Y., et al.: Planck 2018 results. VI. Cosmological parameters. Astron. Astrophys. 641, A6 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1051/0004-6361/201833910
[177] Klein, J.R., Roodman, A.: Blind analysis in nuclear and particle physics. Annu. Rev. Nucl. Part. Sci. 55, 141–163 (2005). https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.nucl.55.090704.151521
[178] Earman, J., Norton, J.: What price spacetime substantivalism? The hole story. Br. J. Philos. Sci. 38, 515–525 (1987). https://doi.org/10.1093/bjps/38.4.515
[179] Spekkens, R.W.: Contextuality for preparations, transformations, and unsharp measurements. Phys. Rev. A 71, 052108 (2005). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevA.71.052108
[180] Diestel, R.: Graph Theory, 6th edn. Graduate Texts in Mathematics 173. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg (2025). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-662-70107-2
[181] Kallenberg, O.: Foundations of Modern Probability, 3rd edn. Probability Theory and Stochastic Modelling 99. Springer, Cham (2021). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-61871-1
[182] Hatcher, A.: Algebraic Topology. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge (2002), Sec. 3.F (direct limits and homology of increasing unions).
[183] Ehrig, H., Ehrig, K., Prange, U., Taentzer, G.: Fundamentals of Algebraic Graph Transformation. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg (2006). https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-31188-2
[184] Pachner, U.: P.L. homeomorphic manifolds are equivalent by elementary shellings. Eur. J. Combin. 12, 129–145 (1991). https://doi.org/10.1016/S0195-6698(13)80080-7
[185] Rideout, D.P., Sorkin, R.D.: Classical sequential growth dynamics for causal sets. Phys. Rev. D 61, 024002 (2000). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.61.024002
[186] Konopka, T., Markopoulou, F., Severini, S.: Quantum graphity: A model of emergent locality. Phys. Rev. D 77, 104029 (2008). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.77.104029
[187] Lee, J.M., Uhlmann, G.: Determining anisotropic real-analytic conductivities by boundary measurements. Commun. Pure Appl. Math. 42, 1097–1112 (1989). https://doi.org/10.1002/cpa.3160420804
[188] Coifman, R.R., Lafon, S.: Diffusion maps. Appl. Comput. Harmon. Anal. 21, 5–30 (2006). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.acha.2006.04.006
[189] Bao, D., Chern, S.-S., Shen, Z.: An Introduction to Riemann-Finsler Geometry. Springer, New York (2000). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-1268-3
[190] Doplicher, S., Haag, R., Roberts, J.E.: Local observables and particle statistics I. Commun. Math. Phys. 23, 199–230 (1971). https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01877742
[191] Doplicher, S., Haag, R., Roberts, J.E.: Local observables and particle statistics II. Commun. Math. Phys. 35, 49–85 (1974). https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01646454
[192] Doplicher, S., Roberts, J.E.: Why there is a field algebra with a compact gauge group describing the superselection structure in particle physics. Commun. Math. Phys. 131, 51–107 (1990). https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02097680
[193] Brunetti, R., Fredenhagen, K., Verch, R.: The generally covariant locality principle – A new paradigm for local quantum field theory. Commun. Math. Phys. 237, 31–68 (2003). https://doi.org/10.1007/s00220-003-0815-7
[194] Buchholz, D., Fredenhagen, K.: A C*-algebraic approach to interacting quantum field theories. Commun. Math. Phys. 377, 947–969 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1007/s00220-020-03700-9
[195] Hucks, J.: Global structure of the standard model, anomalies, and charge quantization. Phys. Rev. D 43, 2709–2717 (1991). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.43.2709
[196] DeWitt, B.S.: Quantum theory of gravity. I. The canonical theory. Phys. Rev. 160, 1113-1148 (1967). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRev.160.1113
[197] Galley, T.D., Giacomini, F., Selby, J.H.: Any consistent coupling between classical gravity and quantum matter is fundamentally irreversible. Quantum 7, 1142 (2023). https://doi.org/10.22331/q-2023-10-16-1142
[198] Zhang, H., Wang, Y.-K., Zheng, Y., et al.: Scalable generation of massive Schrödinger cat states via quantum tunnelling. Nat. Phys. 22, 1037-1043 (2026). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41567-026-03281-9
[199] Loubser, S.I.: Measuring the expansion history of the Universe with DESI cosmic chronometers. Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 544, 3064–3075 (2025). https://doi.org/10.1093/mnras/staf1939
[200] Caticha, A.: Entropic dynamics: quantum mechanics from entropy and information geometry. Ann. Phys. (Berlin) 531, 1700408 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1002/andp.201700408
[201] Wetterich, C.: Quantum mechanics from classical statistics. Ann. Phys. 325, 852–898 (2010). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aop.2009.12.006
[202] Barandes, J.A.: The stochastic-quantum correspondence. Philos. Phys. 3, 8 (2025). https://doi.org/10.31389/pop.186
[203] Aerts, D., Sassoli de Bianchi, M.: The extended Bloch representation of quantum mechanics and the hidden-measurement solution to the measurement problem. Ann. Phys. 351, 975–1025 (2014). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aop.2014.09.020
[204] Masanes, L., Müller, M.P.: A derivation of quantum theory from physical requirements. New J. Phys. 13, 063001 (2011). https://doi.org/10.1088/1367-2630/13/6/063001
[205] Barandes, J.A., Hasan, M., Kagan, D.: Clauser-Horne-Shimony-Holt game, Tsirelson's bound, and causal locality. Phys. Rev. A 114, 022208 (2026). https://doi.org/10.1103/xfpf-734d
